<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:g="http://base.google.com/ns/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><title>ROBOMATIS® - Google Merchant Feed</title><link>https://bandmaskiner.se/</link><description>Product feed for Google Shopping</description><item><g:id>900500</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Montering]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Montering]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/assembly/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/assembly-1.webp</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>10 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>900500</g:mpn><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2497</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2497</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Uncategorized</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name></item><item><g:id>780020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 - maximum platform height 10 m, maximum working height 12 m - load capacity 320 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 is a self-propelled scissor type aerial work platform designed to lift personnel together with tools and materials to an elevated work position in industrial and commercial facilities. The platform supports controlled access for tasks such as maintenance, installation, inspection, and internal logistics where repeatable positioning and predictable vertical travel are required. Typical operating capability includes a maximum working height of 7.8 m and a maximum platform height of 5.8 m, with a compact chassis suitable for indoor aisles and production areas. The machine is engineered around proportional control and dual-mode driving to improve handling at low speed and to support precise positioning near work points. Core safety and operational design principles emphasize pre-operation inspection, function testing, and workplace assessment prior to each shift, with the equipment intended strictly for lifting personnel rather than load handling or crane-like use. Operational control is available from both ground and platform control stations, including emergency stop functions and emergency lowering provisions to manage unexpected stop conditions. The system is specified for controlled indoor use, with stability and capacity parameters defined for safe operation, including rated load limits and platform extension limitations.   SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 video FAQ of SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 1. What working height do we need?SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 provides a maximum working height of 7.8 m and a platform height of 5.8 m. Before purchasing, confirm the actual elevation required for maintenance, installation, or inspection tasks. Consider ceiling height, operator reach, and any overhead obstacles to ensure correct specification. 2. What load capacity is required for our operations?SMITH electric lifting platform supports a rated platform capacity of 230 kg and 120 kg on the extension deck. Buyers must calculate the combined weight of operators, tools, and materials. If two operators are working simultaneously, verify that the total load remains within defined limits. 3. Is the platform intended for indoor or outdoor use?This model is primarily designed for indoor operation with up to two occupants. Outdoor usage requires strict compliance with slope and wind limitations. Confirm environmental conditions before deployment. 4. Will the machine fit within our facility layout?With an overall width of 0.76 m and overall length of 1.84 m, the platform is suitable for narrow aisles and compact work zones. Buyers should verify doorway widths, turning space, and storage clearance. 5. What floor conditions will it operate on?The machine offers 25% gradeability (stowed position) and includes tilt alarm and pothole protection systems. Evaluate ramp angles, floor stability, and surface quality to ensure safe operation. 6. How is the platform controlled?SMITH electric lifting platform uses proportional controls for lift and drive functions, allowing precise positioning. Dual control stations (ground and platform) provide operational flexibility and emergency management capability. 7. What safety systems are included?The unit is equipped with emergency stop buttons, tilt alarm, overload warning system, pothole protection, and emergency lowering mechanism. These features support compliance with internal safety policies and reduce operational risk. 8. What power and charging requirements must be considered?The platform operates on a 24 VDC control system and includes a charger with 100–240 VAC input voltage. Ensure that suitable power supply and ventilation are available in the charging area. 9. How easy is maintenance and inspection?Daily pre-operation inspections are required, including checks of hydraulic systems, batteries, controls, and structural components. Routine maintenance procedures are clearly defined, supporting predictable uptime and reduced unexpected downtime. 10. What is the total weight and floor load impact?The machine has an overall weight of approximately 1540 kg. Buyers should confirm that floor load capacity in warehouses, mezzanines, or production areas is sufficient to support the equipment safely. Specifications of SMITH electric lifting platform AS-X1012 Max. working height 7.8 m Max. platform height 5.8 m Overall length 1.84 m Overall width 0.76 m Overall height (guardrails unfolded) 2.18 m Overall height (rails folded) 1.84 m Platform size (L x W) 1.65 x 0.75 m Guardrail height 1.1 m Extension platform length 0.9 m Ground clearance (retracted) 60 mm Ground clearance (lifting) 15 mm Wheelbase 1.36 m Rated capacity 230 kg Extension platform rated capacity 120 kg Max. number of workers (indoor/outdoor) 2 / - Drive speed (retracted) 0–4 km/h Drive speed (lifting) 0–0.8 km/h Min. turning radius (inside / outside) 0 m / 1.55 m Lifting / lowering time 18 s / 28 s Gradeabilit...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-electric-lifting-platform-as-x1012-maximum-platform-height-10-m-maximum-working-height-12-m-load-capacity-320-kg/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>15614 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>12799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>780020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2.165 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503767</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2444,1077</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2444</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industriell utrustning</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industriell utrustning &gt; Scissor Lifts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770200_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Truck XT2 – Laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Truck XT2 – Laddare]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-electric-forklift-xt2-charger/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SMITH-Electric-Forklift-XT2-Charger.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>169 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>770200_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2529,364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2529</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770200_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Gaffeltruck XT2 – Batteri 48 V/10h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Gaffeltruck XT2 – Batteri 48 V/10h]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-electric-forklift-xt2-battery-48-v-10h/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SMITH-Electric-Forklift-XT2-Battery.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>320 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>269 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770200_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2529,364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2529</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120032</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Batteri-bindningsset TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x batteri &amp; laddare + PP-band – bindningsvagn — strap-width: 15.5x0.7mm/406mm - 1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Batteri-bindningsset TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x batteri & laddare + PP-band – bindningsvagn - 15.5x0.7mm/406mm - 1750m]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-pro-12-16mm-incl-2xbattery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15.5x0.7mm%2F406mm+-+1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES2-12-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1195 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120032</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34549</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>39 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120033</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Batteri-bindningsset TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x batteri &amp; laddare + PP-band – bindningsvagn — strap-width: 12x0,6mm/406mm - 2500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Batteri-bindningsset TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x batteri & laddare + PP-band – bindningsvagn - 12x0,6mm/406mm - 2500m]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-pro-12-16mm-incl-2xbattery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=12x0%2C6mm%2F406mm+-+2500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES2-12-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1195 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120033</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34549</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120034</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Batteri-bindningsset TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x batteri &amp; laddare + PP-band – bindningsvagn — strap-width: 15.5x0.9mm/406mm - 1250m/600kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Batteri-bindningsset TES PRO 12-16mm inkl. 2x batteri & laddare + PP-band – bindningsvagn - 15.5x0.9mm/406mm - 1250m/600kg]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/battery-strapping-set-tes-pro-12-16mm-incl-2xbattery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15.5x0.9mm%2F406mm+-+1250m%2F600kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES2-12-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1195 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120034</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34549</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>39 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120017</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery &amp; Charger + PP strap – strapping cart — strap-width: 12x0,8mm/406mm - 2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap – strapping cart Polyester strapping kit NEO2 is a complete mobile strapping solution designed for industrial and logistics environments that require reliable load securing and consistent packaging results. By purchasing a complete strapping kit, enterprises reduce procurement complexity, shorten setup time, and achieve predictable packaging performance from the first day of use. The kit is supplied as an integrated system that enables immediate operation without the need for additional accessories or fixed strapping stations. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 supports PET and PP strap widths from 9 mm to 16 mm, allowing standardized pallet strapping across different load sizes, weight classes, and operational areas. The system is intended for professional daily use in warehouses, production facilities, and dispatch zones where mobility, flexibility, and repeatable strapping quality are required. In this Polyester strapping kit NEO2 you receive: • NEO2 battery-powered strapping tool for PET and PP straps from 9 mm to 16 mm• Rechargeable lithium-ion battery with matching charger• PP plastic strapping suitable for industrial load securing• Mobile strapping cart for PP strap dispensing and tool storage Battery strapping tool NEO2 supplied in this kit includes a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 will be shipped free to your address.   Specifications of Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Strap Type PP and PET compatible Supported Strap Width 9–16 mm Tool Operation Battery powered, fully automatic Sealing Method Friction weld Tension Adjustment Electronic, adjustable Battery Type Rechargeable lithium battery Charging System External charger included Strapping Cart Mobile dispenser for PP/PET coils Application Pallets, cartons, bundled goods Operating Environment Industrial and logistics facilities   ROI – Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Polyester strapping kit NEO2 contributes directly to operational efficiency by reducing manual effort, standardizing strapping quality, and minimizing packaging time per pallet. Compared to manual tensioners or steel strapping systems, the battery-powered operation eliminates repetitive physical strain and shortens the strapping cycle, allowing operators to secure more loads per shift. The electronically controlled tensioning ensures consistent strap force regardless of operator skill level, reducing rework caused by under- or over-tensioned straps. This consistency improves load stability during transport and storage, lowering the risk of product damage and associated costs. The mobile strapping cart enables point-of-use operation, eliminating unnecessary movement to fixed strapping stations and improving material flow within warehouses. By using PP and PET straps instead of steel, companies reduce consumable costs and simplify waste handling. The reduced training requirement for new operators further lowers indirect labor costs. Over time, these factors result in measurable savings through faster pallet processing, reduced material waste, and improved packaging reliability. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 supports predictable throughput and aligns with cost-control strategies in high-volume logistics environments.   Key Features and Benefits of Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Polyester strapping kit NEO2 combines several functional features that address the practical needs of industrial packaging operations. The automatic strapping cycle integrates tensioning, welding, and cutting into a single process, reducing operator intervention and ensuring repeatable results. The adjustable electronic tension control allows adaptation to different load types, from lightweight cartons to heavier palletized goods. The battery-powered design removes dependency on compressed air or power cables, enabling flexible deployment across multiple work areas. The included PP strap provides reliable performance for standard logistics applications while maintaining controlled elongation under load. The mobile dispenser cart improves workplace organization by keeping strap coils stable and preventing tangling or contamination. Ergonomic tool design supports extended use with reduced fatigue. Together, these features deliver consistent strapping quality, improved operator productivity, and reduced downtime. For enterprises managing diverse shipment profiles, Polyester strapping kit NEO2 offers a balanced combination of performance, reliability, and operational simplicity.   How to use Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Using Polyester strapping kit NEO2 follows a structured and intuitive process designed for industrial environments. First, the operator places the PP strap coil onto the strapping cart and feeds the strap through the guide system. The battery is inserted into the NEO2 tool and verified for sufficient charge. The strap is then wrapped around the pallet or load and overlapped at the desired joint location. ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=12x0%2C8mm%2F406mm+-+2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/battery-strapping-tool-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120017</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34511</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120018</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery &amp; Charger + PP strap – strapping cart — strap-width: 15x0.8mm/406mm - 1800m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyester strapping kit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP incl. Battery & Charger + PP strap – strapping cart Polyester strapping kit NEO2 is a complete mobile strapping solution designed for industrial and logistics environments that require reliable load securing and consistent packaging results. By purchasing a complete strapping kit, enterprises reduce procurement complexity, shorten setup time, and achieve predictable packaging performance from the first day of use. The kit is supplied as an integrated system that enables immediate operation without the need for additional accessories or fixed strapping stations. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 supports PET and PP strap widths from 9 mm to 16 mm, allowing standardized pallet strapping across different load sizes, weight classes, and operational areas. The system is intended for professional daily use in warehouses, production facilities, and dispatch zones where mobility, flexibility, and repeatable strapping quality are required. In this Polyester strapping kit NEO2 you receive: • NEO2 battery-powered strapping tool for PET and PP straps from 9 mm to 16 mm• Rechargeable lithium-ion battery with matching charger• PP plastic strapping suitable for industrial load securing• Mobile strapping cart for PP strap dispensing and tool storage Battery strapping tool NEO2 supplied in this kit includes a warranty and is serviced in Europe. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 will be shipped free to your address.   Specifications of Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Strap Type PP and PET compatible Supported Strap Width 9–16 mm Tool Operation Battery powered, fully automatic Sealing Method Friction weld Tension Adjustment Electronic, adjustable Battery Type Rechargeable lithium battery Charging System External charger included Strapping Cart Mobile dispenser for PP/PET coils Application Pallets, cartons, bundled goods Operating Environment Industrial and logistics facilities   ROI – Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Polyester strapping kit NEO2 contributes directly to operational efficiency by reducing manual effort, standardizing strapping quality, and minimizing packaging time per pallet. Compared to manual tensioners or steel strapping systems, the battery-powered operation eliminates repetitive physical strain and shortens the strapping cycle, allowing operators to secure more loads per shift. The electronically controlled tensioning ensures consistent strap force regardless of operator skill level, reducing rework caused by under- or over-tensioned straps. This consistency improves load stability during transport and storage, lowering the risk of product damage and associated costs. The mobile strapping cart enables point-of-use operation, eliminating unnecessary movement to fixed strapping stations and improving material flow within warehouses. By using PP and PET straps instead of steel, companies reduce consumable costs and simplify waste handling. The reduced training requirement for new operators further lowers indirect labor costs. Over time, these factors result in measurable savings through faster pallet processing, reduced material waste, and improved packaging reliability. Polyester strapping kit NEO2 supports predictable throughput and aligns with cost-control strategies in high-volume logistics environments.   Key Features and Benefits of Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Polyester strapping kit NEO2 combines several functional features that address the practical needs of industrial packaging operations. The automatic strapping cycle integrates tensioning, welding, and cutting into a single process, reducing operator intervention and ensuring repeatable results. The adjustable electronic tension control allows adaptation to different load types, from lightweight cartons to heavier palletized goods. The battery-powered design removes dependency on compressed air or power cables, enabling flexible deployment across multiple work areas. The included PP strap provides reliable performance for standard logistics applications while maintaining controlled elongation under load. The mobile dispenser cart improves workplace organization by keeping strap coils stable and preventing tangling or contamination. Ergonomic tool design supports extended use with reduced fatigue. Together, these features deliver consistent strapping quality, improved operator productivity, and reduced downtime. For enterprises managing diverse shipment profiles, Polyester strapping kit NEO2 offers a balanced combination of performance, reliability, and operational simplicity.   How to use Polyester strapping kit NEO2 Using Polyester strapping kit NEO2 follows a structured and intuitive process designed for industrial environments. First, the operator places the PP strap coil onto the strapping cart and feeds the strap through the guide system. The battery is inserted into the NEO2 tool and verified for sufficient charge. The strap is then wrapped around the pallet or load and overlapped at the desired joint location. ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pp-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15x0.8mm%2F406mm+-+1800m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/battery-strapping-tool-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120018</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34511</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>770030_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Staplare CLE – med S-Ride Bas – Batteri (12V/120AH)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Staplare CLE – med S-Ride Bas – Batteri (12V/120AH)]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-electric-stacker-cle-with-s-ride-base-battery-12v-120ah/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SMITH-Electric-Stacker-CLE-Battery.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>340 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>289 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>770030_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>50 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2529,364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2529</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770010_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Pallstaplare CLJB – Batteri (12/100 V/Ah)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Pallstaplare CLJB – Batteri (12/100 V/Ah)]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-electric-pallet-stacker-cljb-battery-12-100-v-ah/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/SMITH-Electric-Stacker-Battery.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>239 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>770010_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>29 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2529,364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2529</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550682_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[OPP-tejp 30 mm &#8211; 150 m &#8211; innerdiameter på rulle 40 mm &#8211; 40 stycken]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[OPP-tejp 30 mm – 150 m – innerdiameter på rulle 40 mm – 40 stycken]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/opp-tape-30-mm-150-m-inner-diameter-of-roll-40-mm-40-pieces/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/OPP-tape-30-mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>169 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550682_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>369</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>PET, PP, Plastband och tejp</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>PET, PP, Plastband och tejp</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120016</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyesterbandningskit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. Batteri &#038; Laddare + PET-band – bandningsvagn — strap-width: 12x0,6mm/406/2500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyesterbandningskit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. Batteri & Laddare + PET-band – bandningsvagn - 12x0,6mm/406/2500m]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pet-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=12x0%2C6mm%2F406%2F2500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/polyester-strapping-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120016</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34140</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120015</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyesterbandningskit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. Batteri &#038; Laddare + PET-band – bandningsvagn — strap-width: 15.5x0.7mm/406/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyesterbandningskit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. Batteri & Laddare + PET-band – bandningsvagn - 15.5x0.7mm/406/1750m]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pet-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15.5x0.7mm%2F406%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/polyester-strapping-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120015</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34140</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120014</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyesterbandningskit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. Batteri &#038; Laddare + PET-band – bandningsvagn — strap-width: 15.5x0.9mm/406/1250m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polyesterbandningskit NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. Batteri & Laddare + PET-band – bandningsvagn - 15.5x0.9mm/406/1250m]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polyester-strapping-kit-neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-incl-battery-charger-pet-strap-strapping-cart/?attribute_strap-width=15.5x0.9mm%2F406%2F1250m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/polyester-strapping-kit-NEO2-9-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120014</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34140</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550700_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålband för bandning 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 st — strap-width: 16x0,5mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålband för bandning 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 st - 16x0,5mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-for-binding-16-x-0-5-mm-25-kg-10-pieces-250-kg/?attribute_strap-width=16x0%2C5mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>549 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550700_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34000</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550711_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålband för bandning 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 st — strap-width: 19x0,5mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålband för bandning 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 st - 19x0,5mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-for-binding-16-x-0-5-mm-25-kg-10-pieces-250-kg/?attribute_strap-width=19x0%2C5mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550711_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34000</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550720_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålband för bandning 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 st — strap-width: 25x0,8mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålband för bandning 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 st - 25x0,8mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-for-binding-16-x-0-5-mm-25-kg-10-pieces-250-kg/?attribute_strap-width=25x0%2C8mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>549 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550720_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34000</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>250 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550731_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålband för bandning 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 st — strap-width: 32x1,0mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålband för bandning 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 250 kg – 10 st - 32x1,0mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-for-binding-16-x-0-5-mm-25-kg-10-pieces-250-kg/?attribute_strap-width=32x1%2C0mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>549 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550731_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>34000</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>250 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>1</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[test]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[test]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/__trashed/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0.5 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>1</g:mpn><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2497</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2497</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Uncategorized</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name></item><item><g:id>770062</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH elektrisk palllyft med våg SLL3C 1530 – lastkapacitet 1500 kg, lyfthöjd 200 mm, Li on 24/30 – V/Ah]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH elektrisk palllyft med våg SLL3C 1530 – lastkapacitet 1500 kg, lyfthöjd 200 mm, Li on 24/30 – V/Ah]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-electric-pallet-jack-with-scale-sll3c-1530-load-capacity-1500-kg-lift-height-200-mm-li-on-24-30-v-ah/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SMITH-electric-pallet-jack-with-scale-SLL3C.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770062</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>190 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2529,364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2529</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Electric pallet stacker – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Electric pallet stacker &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750080_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Golvrengörare SJ115 – Borstar]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Golvrengörare SJ115 – Borstar]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj115-brushes/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ115-Brush.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750080_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2508,967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2508</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrial Floor Cleaners – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrial Floor Cleaners &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750080_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 - Absorbent Rubber Strips]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 - Absorbent Rubber Strips Absorbent Rubber Strips for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 are essential consumable components that ensure consistent liquid recovery and controlled drying performance during mechanized floor cleaning. Mounted on the squeegee assembly, they direct wastewater toward the vacuum intake while maintaining continuous surface contact, enabling efficient removal of water, detergents, and debris. This ensures floors remain dry, safe, and immediately usable in professional environments. Absorbent Rubber Strips are engineered for precise compatibility with the SJ115, providing dimensional accuracy, stable mounting, and predictable performance. The front strip size 1055 x 57 x 4 mm and rear strip size 1126 x 60 x 4.76 mm deliver effective sealing across the full squeegee width. These specifications balance flexibility and rigidity, ensuring proper surface adaptation and reduced wear. Absorbent Rubber Strips directly support cleaning quality, operational safety, and cost efficiency. Effective single-pass water recovery reduces secondary drying, lowers slip risk, and supports workplace safety compliance. As a preventive maintenance consumable, timely replacement preserves vacuum efficiency, prevents streaking, and ensures stable productivity across warehouses, production facilities, logistics centers, and commercial spaces.   FAQ of Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 - Absorbent Rubber Strips Are these Absorbent Rubber Strips compatible with my machine?They are designed specifically for the Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115, ensuring full mechanical and dimensional compatibility. What are the exact dimensions of the rubber strips?The front rubber strip measures 1055 × 57 × 4 mm, and the rear rubber strip measures 1126 × 60 × 4.76 mm. What is the function of Absorbent Rubber Strips?They ensure effective water recovery, guide wastewater to the vacuum system, and leave floors dry and safe after cleaning. Are these rubber strips universal?No, they are machine-specific components intended only for use with the SJ115 floor scrubber. How often should Absorbent Rubber Strips be replaced?They should be replaced when drying performance decreases or when visible wear or deformation is observed. Do the rubber strips require adjustment after installation?No adjustment is required; a simple visual inspection confirms correct floor contact. What material are the Absorbent Rubber Strips made from?They are manufactured from industrial-grade absorbent rubber resistant to cleaning chemicals and abrasion. How do worn rubber strips affect cleaning performance?Worn strips reduce vacuum efficiency, cause streaking or puddling, and increase slip risk. Can replacement be done by in-house maintenance staff?Yes, replacement is straightforward and can be carried out by trained in-house personnel. Why should original-sized Absorbent Rubber Strips be used?Correct sizing ensures optimal sealing, protects machine components, and preserves the intended performance of the SJ115.   Specifications of Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 - Absorbent Rubber Strips Product Type Absorbent Rubber Squeegee Strips Compatible Machine Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ115 Front Rubber Strip Size 1055 x 57 x 4 mm Rear Rubber Strip Size 1126 x 60 x 4.76 mm Material Industrial-Grade Absorbent Rubber Function Water Recovery and Surface Drying Installation Position Squeegee Assembly Front and Rear Replacement Type Wear Part Consumable   ROI and Process Efficiency of Absorbent Rubber Strips Absorbent Rubber Strips directly impact operational efficiency and cost effectiveness in industrial floor cleaning. When operating correctly, they enable the SJ115 to recover cleaning solution and wastewater in a single pass, eliminating repeated cleaning cycles and manual drying. This reduces rework, delivers labor savings, and improves machine utilization, particularly in large facilities where downtime and floor availability are critical. Absorbent Rubber Strips also lower indirect operational costs by reducing safety risks and surface contamination. Effective water removal minimizes slip hazards and supports compliance with occupational safety regulations. In production and logistics environments, dry floors enable uninterrupted material flow and reduce the risk of damage to goods or equipment caused by residual moisture. Absorbent Rubber Strips enable predictable maintenance planning and cost control. As standardized consumables with a defined service life, they can be replaced proactively before performance declines. This approach reduces unplanned downtime, prevents premature wear of vacuum components, and protects the overall investment in the SJ115. Consistent replacement supports lower total cost of ownership and stable cleaning performance over time.   Key Features and Benefits of Absorbent Rubber Strips Absorbent Rubber Strips are engineered to balance flexibility and structural stability, maintaining continuous contact with varying ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj115-absorbent-rubber-strips/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ115-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750080_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2508,967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2508</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrial Floor Cleaners – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrial Floor Cleaners &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750060_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Golvrengörare SJ85 – Borstar]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Golvrengörare SJ85 – Borstar]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj85-brushes/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ85-Brush.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750060_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2508,967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2508</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrial Floor Cleaners – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrial Floor Cleaners &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750060_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85 - Absorbent Rubber Strips]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85 - Absorbent Rubber Strips Absorbent Rubber Strips are essential consumable components designed to ensure effective water recovery and consistent drying performance on the Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85. They form a direct interface between the machine and the floor surface, enabling controlled collection of dirty water during scrubbing operations. In professional industrial environments, the overall cleaning result depends on the condition and precision of these absorbent rubber elements. Absorbent Rubber Strips for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85 are engineered to meet defined dimensional and material requirements, supporting predictable cleaning results across industrial and commercial facilities. The product includes front and rear rubber strips designed for installation on the squeegee assembly. The front strip measures 850 × 47 × 3.2 mm, while the rear strip measures 900 × 50 × 4.2 mm, ensuring full-width floor contact and stable pressure distribution during operation. Manufactured from durable absorbent-grade rubber, the strips maintain flexibility under continuous use while resisting wear caused by chemicals, debris, and repeated contact with hard floor surfaces. Absorbent Rubber Strips for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85 are intended for enterprises requiring reliable cleaning performance without interruptions. Regular replacement supports drying efficiency, reduces slip risks, and protects key mechanical components, contributing to controlled maintenance and predictable service life in professional cleaning operations.   FAQ of Absorbent Rubber Strips for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85 What machine are these Absorbent Rubber Strips compatible with?These Absorbent Rubber Strips are designed specifically for the Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85 and compatible squeegee assemblies with the same geometry. What are the exact dimensions of the rubber strips?The front rubber strip measures 850 × 47 × 3.2 mm, and the rear rubber strip measures 900 × 50 × 4.2 mm. Are the front and rear rubber strips interchangeable?No, the front and rear strips have different dimensions and must be installed in their designated positions to ensure correct performance. What is the main function of Absorbent Rubber Strips?Their primary function is efficient water recovery, ensuring floors are left dry after cleaning and reducing slip risks. How often should Absorbent Rubber Strips be replaced?Replacement depends on usage intensity, floor conditions, and detergents used, but regular visual inspection is recommended to identify wear early. Do these rubber strips require calibration after installation?No, the strips rely on mechanical contact pressure and do not require electronic calibration or adjustment after installation. Are special tools required for installation?No specialized tools are needed. Installation can be performed by trained in-house maintenance personnel following standard procedures. Are the rubber strips resistant to cleaning chemicals?Yes, they are made from industrial-grade rubber resistant to common detergents and cleaning chemicals. What happens if worn rubber strips are not replaced on time?Delayed replacement can lead to poor drying performance, increased slip hazards, water streaking, and potential damage to suction components. Are these Absorbent Rubber Strips suitable for consumer-grade floor cleaners?No, they are intended exclusively for professional and industrial floor cleaning equipment, specifically the SJ85 platform.   Specifications of Absorbent Rubber Strips Specification Value Product Type Absorbent Rubber Strips Compatible Machine Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85 Front Rubber Strip Size 850 × 47 × 3.2 mm Rear Rubber Strip Size 900 × 50 × 4.2 mm Material Industrial Absorbent Rubber Installation Position Front and Rear Squeegee Assembly Application Water Collection and Drying Operating Environment Industrial and Commercial Floors   ROI – Process Efficiency with Absorbent Rubber Strips Absorbent Rubber Strips contribute to operational efficiency by enabling floor cleaning tasks to be completed correctly in a single pass. When the strips are in proper condition, the Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ85 collects wastewater effectively, leaving surfaces dry and ready for immediate use. This reduces the need for repeated cleaning passes, additional drying time, and manual intervention, all of which create unnecessary labor and time costs in industrial environments. Consistent performance of absorbent strips supports stable cleaning cycles and predictable scheduling. From a return-on-investment perspective, timely replacement of absorbent rubber strips minimizes secondary costs linked to poor drying results. Slippery floors increase safety risks and potential downtime, while worn strips may allow water ingress into mechanical components, leading to higher maintenance costs. Using correctly dimensioned replacement strips helps protect the cleaning system and extend the service life of t...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj85-absorbent-rubber-strips/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ85-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ85-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ85-Front-rubber-strip.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750060_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2508,967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2508</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrial Floor Cleaners – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrial Floor Cleaners &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750040_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B - Brushes]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B – Brushes Brushes for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B are core working components designed to deliver controlled mechanical scrubbing in professional and industrial cleaning operations. They provide direct contact with the floor surface, enabling effective removal of dirt and residues during mechanized cleaning cycles. In environments where hygiene, surface safety, and operational efficiency are critical, correct brush specification is essential for achieving predictable cleaning results. The brushes are developed specifically for the SJ45B platform to ensure stable operation and consistent contact pressure. The brushes feature a 19-inch diameter, providing wide cleaning coverage while maintaining balanced load distribution and maneuverability. This allows larger areas to be cleaned per pass, reducing overlap and improving productivity. The brush design ensures uniform pressure across the contact area, supporting efficient soil removal without excessive abrasion. Designed for professional and enterprise use, Brushes for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B support structured cleaning processes and predictable maintenance planning. Their standardized dimensions enable quick replacement and seamless integration into existing equipment fleets, supporting reliable performance in environments where safety, productivity, and operational continuity are required.   FAQ of Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B – Brushes What are Brushes used for in an industrial floor cleaner?Brushes provide mechanical scrubbing to remove dirt, residues, and contaminants from floor surfaces during mechanized cleaning. Are these Brushes compatible with all floor scrubbers?No, these Brushes are designed specifically for the Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B and its drive system. What is the diameter of the Brushes?The Brushes have a working diameter of 19 inches, supporting wide cleaning coverage per pass. Which floor types can these Brushes be used on?They are suitable for common industrial surfaces such as concrete, epoxy, tiles, and vinyl. How do Brushes affect cleaning performance?Correct brush specification ensures consistent contact pressure and uniform agitation, reducing rework and repeated passes. How often should Brushes be replaced?Replacement frequency depends on usage intensity and floor condition; routine inspection is recommended. Are special tools required to install or replace the Brushes?No, the Brushes use the standard SJ45B mounting system and can be replaced without specialized tools. Can worn Brushes create safety issues?Yes, worn Brushes may reduce cleaning effectiveness, leaving residues that can increase slip risk. Do Brushes help reduce operating costs?Yes, efficient scrubbing lowers labor time, detergent usage, and unnecessary wear on machine components. Who should purchase Brushes for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B?They are intended for enterprises, facility managers, and professional cleaning contractors operating the SJ45B floor scrubber.   Specifications of the Brushes Parameter Specification Product Type Rotary Floor Cleaning Brushes Compatible Machine Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B Brush Diameter 19 Inches Function Mechanical Surface Scrubbing Mounting System SJ45B Standard Brush Drive Application Surface Types Concrete, Epoxy, Tile, Vinyl Operating Environment Industrial And Commercial Indoor Areas   ROI – Process Efficiency with the Brushes Brushes directly influence operational efficiency and overall cost structure by determining how effectively contaminants are removed during each cleaning pass. Correctly specified 19-inch brushes allow the Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B to operate at its intended speed while maintaining consistent surface contact. This reduces repeated passes and manual rework, delivering measurable labor savings in facilities with large floor areas and fixed cleaning schedules. Wide cleaning coverage per pass shortens cleaning cycles and improves area availability, which is critical in logistics, production, and retail environments. From a maintenance perspective, stable brush performance reduces uneven loads on the drive system, limiting premature wear and unnecessary power consumption. Consistent mechanical agitation also supports efficient detergent use, reducing water and chemical consumption. For enterprises operating multiple machines or outsourced cleaning services, predictable brush performance supports standardized budgeting and inventory planning. Brushes for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B help maintain stable cleaning output while controlling replacement frequency and operational interruptions, resulting in a clear return on investment driven by productivity and controlled operating costs.   Key Features and Benefits of the Brushes Brushes for Industrial Floor Cleaner SJ45B are designed with functional reliability and controlled mechanical performance as primary objectives. The 19-inch diameter provides balanced coverage and uniform pressure across the...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj45b-brushes/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ45B-Brush.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>108 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>89 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750040_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2508,967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2508</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrial Floor Cleaners – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrial Floor Cleaners &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750040_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH SJ45B Industriell Golvrengörare – Absorberande Gummistreck]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH SJ45B Industriell Golvrengörare – Absorberande Gummistreck]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-sj45b-industrial-floor-cleaner-absorbent-rubber-strips/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ45B-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>71 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>59 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750040_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2508,967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2508</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrial Floor Cleaners – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrial Floor Cleaners &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750020_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 – Borstar]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 – Borstar]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj25-brushes/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ25-Brush.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>84 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>69 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750020_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2508,967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2508</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrial Floor Cleaners – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrial Floor Cleaners &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750020_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 – Absorberande Gummiremsor]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 – Absorberande Gummiremsor Absorberande gummiremsor för Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 är precisionskonstruerade komponenter utformade för att stödja effektiv vattenåtervinning och pålitlig ytorkning under mekaniserade golvrengöringsoperationer. De utgör en funktionell gränsyta mellan Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 och golvytan, vilket direkt påverkar torkkvaliteten, halreducering och den övergripande rengöringskonsekvensen. I industriella miljöer där säkerhet, hygien och driftskontinuitet krävs är korrekt specificerade absorberande gummiremsor avgörande för att uppnå förutsägbara rengöringsresultat. Produkten är utvecklad specifikt för SJ25-plattformen för att säkerställa korrekt passform, stabil kontakttryck och konsekvent sugprestanda. Setet inkluderar en framre gummiremsa 660 × 33 × 2 mm och en bakre gummiremsa 730 × 35 × 2,5 mm, tillverkade av en hållbar absorberande gummiblandning optimerad för våt återvinning. De definierade dimensionerna säkerställer enhetlig golvkontakt och kontrollerad vattenavlägsning över hela arbetsbredden. Materialet bibehåller flexibilitet och slitstyrka på vanliga industrigolv såsom betong, epoxi, kakel och vinyl, vilket stödjer effektiv fuktinsamling med minimala rester. Utformade för professionell och industriell användning stödjer dessa absorberande gummiremsor planerade underhållsrutiner och förutsägbara utbytesintervall. Deras standardiserade design möjliggör snabb installation, minskad servicetid och konsekvent prestanda över flera rengöringsskift, vilket bidrar till kontrollerade driftkostnader och pålitliga rengöringsoperationer.   FAQ om Absorberande Gummiremsor för Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 Vad används absorberande gummiremsor till?Absorberande gummiremsor används i industriella golvrengörare för att säkerställa effektiv vattenåtervinning och snabb ytorkning under mekaniserade rengöringsoperationer, vilket minskar kvarvarande fukt och halkrisker. Är dessa absorberande gummiremsor kompatibla med alla golvrengörare?Nej, dessa absorberande gummiremsor är specifikt designade för Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 och är dimensionerade för att passa dess skrapaggregats geometri. Vilka är dimensionerna på de absorberande gummiremsorna?Den främre gummiremsan mäter 660 × 33 × 2 mm, medan den bakre mäter 730 × 35 × 2,5 mm, vilket säkerställer korrekt passform och stegvis vattenåtervinning. Vilket material är de absorberande gummiremsorna tillverkade av?De är tillverkade av en hållbar absorberande gummiblandning designad för våt återvinning, kemikalieresistens och konsekvent flexibilitet i industriella miljöer. Hur påverkar absorberande gummiremsor rengöringsprestandan?De påverkar direkt torkeffektiviteten genom att säkerställa stabil golvkontakt och effektiv vattenledning till sugssystemet, vilket minskar behovet av upprepade rengöringspass. Hur ofta bör absorberande gummiremsor bytas ut?Utbytesfrekvensen beror på användningsintensitet, golvtyp och driftsförhållanden, men rutininspektion rekommenderas för att identifiera slitage som påverkar torkkvaliteten. Krävs specialverktyg för att installera absorberande gummiremsor?Nej, installation och byte kan utföras med standard mekaniska klämmor på skrapaggregatet utan specialverktyg. Kan slitna absorberande gummiremsor öka säkerhetsrisker?Ja, slitna eller skadade remsor kan minska vattenåtervinningseffektiviteten, öka kvarvarande fukt och risken för halkolyckor i industriella eller kommersiella miljöer. Hjälper absorberande gummiremsor till att minska driftkostnader?Ja, effektiv vattenåtervinning minskar arbetstid, vatten- och rengöringsmedelsförbrukning samt slitage på relaterade komponenter, vilket bidrar till lägre totala driftkostnader. Vem bör köpa absorberande gummiremsor för Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25?De är avsedda för företag, fastighetsförvaltare och professionella rengöringsentreprenörer som kräver pålitliga, kompatibla förbrukningsvaror för konsekvent industriell golvrengöringsprestanda.   Specifikationer för Absorberande Gummiremsor Parameter Specifikation Produkttyp Absorberande Gummiskrapremsor Kompatibel Maskin Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 Främre Gummiremsas Storlek 660 × 33 × 2 mm Bakre Gummiremsas Storlek 730 × 35 × 2,5 mm Material Industriell Absorberande Gummiblandning Funktion Vattenåtervinning och Ytorkning Installationsmetod Mekanisk Klämmmontering Tillämpningsytor Betong, Kakel, Epoxi, Vinyl Driftsmiljö Industriella och Kommersiella Inomhusområden   ROI – Processeffektivitet med Absorberande Gummiremsor Absorberande Gummiremsor påverkar driftseffektiviteten och kostnadsstrukturen för industriell golvrengöring genom att säkerställa pålitlig vattenåtervinning vid varje rengöringspass. När remsorna bibehåller korrekt kontaktgeometri och elasticitet kan Industriell Golvrengörare SJ25 arbeta i avsedd hastighet utan upprepade pass eller manuell torkning. Detta minskar omarbete och ger mätbara arbetsbesparingar, särskilt i stora anläggningar med fasta rengöringsscheman. Ko...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industrial-floor-cleaner-sj25-absorbent-rubber-strips/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/SJ25-Rear-rubber-strip.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>71 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>59 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>750020_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2508,967,2497</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2508</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industrial Floor Cleaners – Spare parts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industrial Floor Cleaners &amp;#8211; Spare parts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550690_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pappers tejp 12 mm &#8211; 150 m &#8211; innerdiameter på rulle 40 mm &#8211; 100 stycken]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pappers tejp 12 mm – 150 m – innerdiameter på rulle 40 mm – 100 stycken]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/paper-tape-12-mm-150-m-inner-diameter-of-roll-40-mm-100-pieces/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Paper-band-12-mm.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>451 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>370 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550690_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,2482,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660395</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping - 16-32 mm — width: 16x40mm - 1000 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are industrial fastening components designed to create secure, high-strength joints when using pneumatic steel strapping tools in demanding operational environments. These clips play a critical role in maintaining applied strap tension after tightening, ensuring that heavy or rigid loads remain stable throughout internal handling, storage, and transportation. They are engineered for professional use in sectors where load integrity, repeatability, and process reliability are essential operational requirements rather than optional enhancements. The clips function as the mechanical locking element within the strapping system, directly influencing joint strength, safety, and long-term performance. This product range supports multiple standardized dimensions, including 16x40 mm, 19x57 mm, 25x57 mm, and 32x57 mm, covering the most commonly used steel strap widths in industrial strapping operations. Each size is designed to match corresponding strap widths and thicknesses used with pneumatic tensioners and sealers, enabling consistent deformation and controlled gripping during the sealing process. The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, selected for its ability to withstand high tensile forces generated during pneumatic tensioning without cracking, excessive deformation, or loss of locking performance. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used in environments where load weights, sharp edges, or transport stress require a mechanical joint that performs reliably under dynamic conditions. Typical applications include steel coils, metal profiles, timber bundles, construction materials, pallets with heavy machinery components, and industrial goods prepared for long-distance shipment. By offering a standardized consumable that integrates seamlessly with existing pneumatic tools, these clips support efficient workflows, predictable sealing quality, and reduced risk of load failure in professional industrial operations.   FAQ of Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping What are Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping used for?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used to mechanically seal steel straps after tensioning with pneumatic tools. Their purpose is to lock the strap ends securely, maintaining applied tension and ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport in industrial environments. Which strap widths are compatible with these clips?These clips are available in 16×40 mm, 19×57 mm, 25×57 mm, and 32×57 mm sizes. Each size is designed to match a specific steel strap width, and correct size selection is essential to achieve proper sealing performance and joint strength. Are these clips suitable only for pneumatic strapping tools?Yes. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are engineered specifically for use with pneumatic tensioners and sealers. Their material strength and geometry are optimized for the higher and more consistent sealing forces generated by pneumatic systems. What material are the clips made from?The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, providing resistance to deformation under high tension and ensuring durable joint performance in demanding industrial applications. Can these clips be reused after sealing?No. Steel strapping clips are single-use consumables. Once compressed during the sealing process, they permanently deform to lock the strap ends and must be replaced for each new strapping cycle to ensure safety and reliability. How important is correct clip size selection?Correct clip size selection is critical. Using an incorrect size can lead to insufficient sealing force, reduced joint strength, or strap slippage. Always match the clip dimensions precisely to the steel strap width and tool specifications. What industries commonly use these clips?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are widely used in logistics, metal processing, steel production, timber and wood packaging, construction materials, heavy manufacturing, and export-oriented shipping operations. Do these clips support high-tension applications?Yes. When properly sealed with compatible pneumatic tools, these clips support high tension forces and provide strong joints capable of withstanding vibration, load movement, and long-distance transport conditions. Are these clips compatible with different brands of pneumatic tools?The clips are compatible with most standard pneumatic steel strapping tools, provided the tool is designed for the corresponding strap width. Always verify tool compatibility with the selected clip size to ensure optimal sealing results. How should these clips be stored before use?Clips should be stored in a dry, clean environment to prevent corrosion or contamination. Proper storage helps maintain consistent sealing performance and ensures reliable operation when used in industrial s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-16-32-mm/?attribute_width=16x40mm+-+1000+units</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660395</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33439</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660400</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping - 16-32 mm — width: 19x57mm - 1000 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are industrial fastening components designed to create secure, high-strength joints when using pneumatic steel strapping tools in demanding operational environments. These clips play a critical role in maintaining applied strap tension after tightening, ensuring that heavy or rigid loads remain stable throughout internal handling, storage, and transportation. They are engineered for professional use in sectors where load integrity, repeatability, and process reliability are essential operational requirements rather than optional enhancements. The clips function as the mechanical locking element within the strapping system, directly influencing joint strength, safety, and long-term performance. This product range supports multiple standardized dimensions, including 16x40 mm, 19x57 mm, 25x57 mm, and 32x57 mm, covering the most commonly used steel strap widths in industrial strapping operations. Each size is designed to match corresponding strap widths and thicknesses used with pneumatic tensioners and sealers, enabling consistent deformation and controlled gripping during the sealing process. The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, selected for its ability to withstand high tensile forces generated during pneumatic tensioning without cracking, excessive deformation, or loss of locking performance. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used in environments where load weights, sharp edges, or transport stress require a mechanical joint that performs reliably under dynamic conditions. Typical applications include steel coils, metal profiles, timber bundles, construction materials, pallets with heavy machinery components, and industrial goods prepared for long-distance shipment. By offering a standardized consumable that integrates seamlessly with existing pneumatic tools, these clips support efficient workflows, predictable sealing quality, and reduced risk of load failure in professional industrial operations.   FAQ of Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping What are Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping used for?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used to mechanically seal steel straps after tensioning with pneumatic tools. Their purpose is to lock the strap ends securely, maintaining applied tension and ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport in industrial environments. Which strap widths are compatible with these clips?These clips are available in 16×40 mm, 19×57 mm, 25×57 mm, and 32×57 mm sizes. Each size is designed to match a specific steel strap width, and correct size selection is essential to achieve proper sealing performance and joint strength. Are these clips suitable only for pneumatic strapping tools?Yes. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are engineered specifically for use with pneumatic tensioners and sealers. Their material strength and geometry are optimized for the higher and more consistent sealing forces generated by pneumatic systems. What material are the clips made from?The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, providing resistance to deformation under high tension and ensuring durable joint performance in demanding industrial applications. Can these clips be reused after sealing?No. Steel strapping clips are single-use consumables. Once compressed during the sealing process, they permanently deform to lock the strap ends and must be replaced for each new strapping cycle to ensure safety and reliability. How important is correct clip size selection?Correct clip size selection is critical. Using an incorrect size can lead to insufficient sealing force, reduced joint strength, or strap slippage. Always match the clip dimensions precisely to the steel strap width and tool specifications. What industries commonly use these clips?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are widely used in logistics, metal processing, steel production, timber and wood packaging, construction materials, heavy manufacturing, and export-oriented shipping operations. Do these clips support high-tension applications?Yes. When properly sealed with compatible pneumatic tools, these clips support high tension forces and provide strong joints capable of withstanding vibration, load movement, and long-distance transport conditions. Are these clips compatible with different brands of pneumatic tools?The clips are compatible with most standard pneumatic steel strapping tools, provided the tool is designed for the corresponding strap width. Always verify tool compatibility with the selected clip size to ensure optimal sealing results. How should these clips be stored before use?Clips should be stored in a dry, clean environment to prevent corrosion or contamination. Proper storage helps maintain consistent sealing performance and ensures reliable operation when used in industrial s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-16-32-mm/?attribute_width=19x57mm+-+1000+units</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660400</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33439</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660410</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping - 16-32 mm — width: 25x57mm - 1000 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are industrial fastening components designed to create secure, high-strength joints when using pneumatic steel strapping tools in demanding operational environments. These clips play a critical role in maintaining applied strap tension after tightening, ensuring that heavy or rigid loads remain stable throughout internal handling, storage, and transportation. They are engineered for professional use in sectors where load integrity, repeatability, and process reliability are essential operational requirements rather than optional enhancements. The clips function as the mechanical locking element within the strapping system, directly influencing joint strength, safety, and long-term performance. This product range supports multiple standardized dimensions, including 16x40 mm, 19x57 mm, 25x57 mm, and 32x57 mm, covering the most commonly used steel strap widths in industrial strapping operations. Each size is designed to match corresponding strap widths and thicknesses used with pneumatic tensioners and sealers, enabling consistent deformation and controlled gripping during the sealing process. The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, selected for its ability to withstand high tensile forces generated during pneumatic tensioning without cracking, excessive deformation, or loss of locking performance. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used in environments where load weights, sharp edges, or transport stress require a mechanical joint that performs reliably under dynamic conditions. Typical applications include steel coils, metal profiles, timber bundles, construction materials, pallets with heavy machinery components, and industrial goods prepared for long-distance shipment. By offering a standardized consumable that integrates seamlessly with existing pneumatic tools, these clips support efficient workflows, predictable sealing quality, and reduced risk of load failure in professional industrial operations.   FAQ of Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping What are Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping used for?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used to mechanically seal steel straps after tensioning with pneumatic tools. Their purpose is to lock the strap ends securely, maintaining applied tension and ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport in industrial environments. Which strap widths are compatible with these clips?These clips are available in 16×40 mm, 19×57 mm, 25×57 mm, and 32×57 mm sizes. Each size is designed to match a specific steel strap width, and correct size selection is essential to achieve proper sealing performance and joint strength. Are these clips suitable only for pneumatic strapping tools?Yes. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are engineered specifically for use with pneumatic tensioners and sealers. Their material strength and geometry are optimized for the higher and more consistent sealing forces generated by pneumatic systems. What material are the clips made from?The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, providing resistance to deformation under high tension and ensuring durable joint performance in demanding industrial applications. Can these clips be reused after sealing?No. Steel strapping clips are single-use consumables. Once compressed during the sealing process, they permanently deform to lock the strap ends and must be replaced for each new strapping cycle to ensure safety and reliability. How important is correct clip size selection?Correct clip size selection is critical. Using an incorrect size can lead to insufficient sealing force, reduced joint strength, or strap slippage. Always match the clip dimensions precisely to the steel strap width and tool specifications. What industries commonly use these clips?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are widely used in logistics, metal processing, steel production, timber and wood packaging, construction materials, heavy manufacturing, and export-oriented shipping operations. Do these clips support high-tension applications?Yes. When properly sealed with compatible pneumatic tools, these clips support high tension forces and provide strong joints capable of withstanding vibration, load movement, and long-distance transport conditions. Are these clips compatible with different brands of pneumatic tools?The clips are compatible with most standard pneumatic steel strapping tools, provided the tool is designed for the corresponding strap width. Always verify tool compatibility with the selected clip size to ensure optimal sealing results. How should these clips be stored before use?Clips should be stored in a dry, clean environment to prevent corrosion or contamination. Proper storage helps maintain consistent sealing performance and ensures reliable operation when used in industrial s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-16-32-mm/?attribute_width=25x57mm+-+1000+units</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660410</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33439</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660420</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping - 16-32 mm — width: 32x57mm - 800 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are industrial fastening components designed to create secure, high-strength joints when using pneumatic steel strapping tools in demanding operational environments. These clips play a critical role in maintaining applied strap tension after tightening, ensuring that heavy or rigid loads remain stable throughout internal handling, storage, and transportation. They are engineered for professional use in sectors where load integrity, repeatability, and process reliability are essential operational requirements rather than optional enhancements. The clips function as the mechanical locking element within the strapping system, directly influencing joint strength, safety, and long-term performance. This product range supports multiple standardized dimensions, including 16x40 mm, 19x57 mm, 25x57 mm, and 32x57 mm, covering the most commonly used steel strap widths in industrial strapping operations. Each size is designed to match corresponding strap widths and thicknesses used with pneumatic tensioners and sealers, enabling consistent deformation and controlled gripping during the sealing process. The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, selected for its ability to withstand high tensile forces generated during pneumatic tensioning without cracking, excessive deformation, or loss of locking performance. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used in environments where load weights, sharp edges, or transport stress require a mechanical joint that performs reliably under dynamic conditions. Typical applications include steel coils, metal profiles, timber bundles, construction materials, pallets with heavy machinery components, and industrial goods prepared for long-distance shipment. By offering a standardized consumable that integrates seamlessly with existing pneumatic tools, these clips support efficient workflows, predictable sealing quality, and reduced risk of load failure in professional industrial operations.   FAQ of Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping What are Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping used for?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are used to mechanically seal steel straps after tensioning with pneumatic tools. Their purpose is to lock the strap ends securely, maintaining applied tension and ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport in industrial environments. Which strap widths are compatible with these clips?These clips are available in 16×40 mm, 19×57 mm, 25×57 mm, and 32×57 mm sizes. Each size is designed to match a specific steel strap width, and correct size selection is essential to achieve proper sealing performance and joint strength. Are these clips suitable only for pneumatic strapping tools?Yes. Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are engineered specifically for use with pneumatic tensioners and sealers. Their material strength and geometry are optimized for the higher and more consistent sealing forces generated by pneumatic systems. What material are the clips made from?The clips are manufactured from high-strength carbon steel, providing resistance to deformation under high tension and ensuring durable joint performance in demanding industrial applications. Can these clips be reused after sealing?No. Steel strapping clips are single-use consumables. Once compressed during the sealing process, they permanently deform to lock the strap ends and must be replaced for each new strapping cycle to ensure safety and reliability. How important is correct clip size selection?Correct clip size selection is critical. Using an incorrect size can lead to insufficient sealing force, reduced joint strength, or strap slippage. Always match the clip dimensions precisely to the steel strap width and tool specifications. What industries commonly use these clips?Clips for steel strapping for pneumatic strapping are widely used in logistics, metal processing, steel production, timber and wood packaging, construction materials, heavy manufacturing, and export-oriented shipping operations. Do these clips support high-tension applications?Yes. When properly sealed with compatible pneumatic tools, these clips support high tension forces and provide strong joints capable of withstanding vibration, load movement, and long-distance transport conditions. Are these clips compatible with different brands of pneumatic tools?The clips are compatible with most standard pneumatic steel strapping tools, provided the tool is designed for the corresponding strap width. Always verify tool compatibility with the selected clip size to ensure optimal sealing results. How should these clips be stored before use?Clips should be stored in a dry, clean environment to prevent corrosion or contamination. Proper storage helps maintain consistent sealing performance and ensures reliable operation when used in industrial s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-16-32-mm/?attribute_width=32x57mm+-+800+units</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Clips-for-steel-strapping-for-pneumatic-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660420</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>33439</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550603_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[40x Stretch film 500mm/23my - (3 kg) - carton/6 pieces - transparent - 1 pallet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[40x Stretch film 500mm/23my (3 kg) 40x Stretch film 500mm/23my is a standardized industrial hand stretch film designed for secure pallet wrapping, load stabilization, and protection of goods during internal handling, storage, and transportation. This product is manufactured from LLDPE cast film material and supplied in a logistics-optimized configuration consisting of 40 cartons, each carton containing 6 rolls, for a total of 240 rolls per pallet. The film is transparent, allowing visual inspection of wrapped goods, barcode scanning, and stock identification without removing the protective layer. With a nominal width of 500 mm and a controlled thickness of 23 my ±1 my, the film is suitable for medium to heavy pallet loads where consistent holding force and tear resistance are required. Each roll has a gross weight of 3.0 kg and an effective film length of 212 meters, providing predictable material consumption and accurate cost calculations for procurement and operations. The film offers an elongation in use of 160 percent ±10 percent, enabling efficient manual application with reduced operator fatigue while maintaining load stability. The internal and external cohesion balance of 80 percent inside and 20 percent outside ensures strong layer bonding without excessive stickiness on the outer surface. Designed for professional environments, 40x Stretch film 500mm/23my is compliant with the MSZ 10386:1989 standard and is suitable for warehouses, production plants, and distribution centers seeking reliable and repeatable pallet wrapping results.   FAQ of Stretch film 500mm/23my (3 kg) What type of stretch film is Stretch film 500mm/23my?Stretch film 500mm/23my is a manual hand stretch film made from LLDPE cast film, designed for professional pallet wrapping and load stabilization. What loads is Stretch film 500mm/23my suitable for?It is suitable for medium to heavy pallet loads, including cartons, boxed goods, mixed pallets, and packaged industrial products. What are the key dimensions of the film?The film has a width of 500 mm, a thickness of 23 my, and a length of 212 meters per roll. How much does one roll weigh?Each roll has a gross weight of 3.0 kg, with a paper core weighing 0.75 kg. What elongation performance does the film offer?The film provides an elongation in use of approximately 160 percent, enabling effective load containment with controlled manual stretching. How many rolls are supplied per carton and per pallet?Each carton contains 6 rolls, and one pallet includes 40 cartons, totaling 240 rolls per pallet. Is the film compatible with standard hand dispensers?Yes, Stretch film 500mm/23my is fully compatible with standard manual stretch film dispensers used in industrial environments. Does the transparent film allow barcode scanning after wrapping?Yes, the transparent material allows labels, barcodes, and compliance markings to remain visible for scanning and identification. What storage conditions are recommended for this stretch film?The film should be stored in a dry room at ambient temperature, avoiding direct heat and light, to maintain quality for up to six months. Which industries typically use Stretch film 500mm/23my?It is commonly used in warehousing, manufacturing, distribution centers, logistics operations, retail backrooms, and export preparation environments.   Specifications of Stretch film 500mm/23my (3 kg) Parameter Specification Material Type LLDPE cast film Film Width 500 mm ±2% Film Thickness 23 my ±1 my Film Length per Roll 212 m Gross Roll Weight 3.0 kg Elongation in Use 160% ±10% Tensile Strength MD 32 N/mm² ±10% Tensile Strength TD 20 N/mm² ±10% Density 0.921 g/cm³ Color Transparent Cohesion Inside 80% Cohesion Outside 20% Core Material Paper Core Length 510 mm Core Weight 0.75 kg Rolls per Carton 6 Cartons per Pallet 40 Rolls per Pallet 240 Standard Compliance MSZ 10386:1989 Storage Recommendation Dry room, ambient temperature, avoid heat and light Quality Retention Up to 6 months under proper storage   ROI of Stretch film 500mm/23my (3 kg) 40x Stretch film 500mm/23my improves operational efficiency by reducing load damage, standardizing manual wrapping quality, and enabling predictable material consumption in daily dispatch and internal logistics. The controlled elongation in use supports effective load containment with fewer turns compared to lower-grade films that require additional layers to compensate for tearing or insufficient holding force. This reduces film usage per pallet and supports lower cost per shipped unit, especially in environments with repeated outbound shipments. The fixed film length of 212 meters per roll allows procurement teams to forecast consumption more accurately and reduce emergency purchasing caused by unplanned stock-outs. In warehouse operations, transparent film enables faster identification and scanning of wrapped pallets without removing protective layers, reducing handling time and minimizing the risk of accidental load disturbance. St...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/40x-stretch-film-500mm-23my-3-kg-carton-6-pieces-transparent-1-pallet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500mm23my-3-kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500mm23my-3-kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500mm23my-3-kg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2158 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1769 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550603_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,369,2584,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660390</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap clips 16x40mm - for manual strapping - 1000 pieces]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap clips 16x40mm Steel strap clips are essential consumable components used in manual steel strapping operations where secure, repeatable, and mechanically reliable load fastening is required. Steel strap clips 16x40mm are specifically designed to join overlapping steel strapping ends after tensioning, forming a mechanically locked joint that maintains load stability during handling, storage, and transport. This product is supplied in an industrial bulk package of 1,000 pieces, intended for continuous use in professional environments such as warehouses, production plants, logistics hubs, and construction-related operations. Steel strap clips are applied using manual steel strapping tools, typically consisting of a tensioner and a sealer, without the need for electrical or pneumatic power sources. Technically, these clips are manufactured from high-strength steel, engineered to allow controlled deformation during sealing while maintaining high joint retention strength. The dimensions 16x40mm are optimized for compatibility with 16 mm steel strapping, ensuring consistent sealing performance when used with standard manual tools. The clips are designed for single-use industrial applications, prioritizing mechanical integrity over reusability. Their role in industrial operations is to provide a cost-controlled, standardized fastening method that supports predictable packaging outcomes. Steel strap clips are commonly selected by procurement and operations teams that require dependable consumables with stable specifications, simple application procedures, and compatibility with established manual strapping workflows.   FAQ of Steel strap clips What are Steel strap clips used for?Steel strap clips are used to mechanically secure overlapping ends of steel strapping in manual strapping operations. They create a locked joint after tensioning, ensuring load stability during handling, storage, and transport. Which strap width are these Steel strap clips compatible with?These Steel strap clips are designed specifically for 16 mm steel strapping. Using the correct strap width is essential to achieve proper deformation, joint strength, and secure fastening. Do Steel strap clips require powered tools to operate?No. Steel strap clips are intended for manual strapping systems and are applied using a manual tensioner and sealer. No electrical or pneumatic power source is required. Are Steel strap clips reusable?No. Steel strap clips are single-use consumables. Once deformed during sealing, they are designed to remain permanently locked and should not be reused. What types of loads can Steel strap clips secure?Steel strap clips are suitable for securing heavy, rigid, or irregular loads, including palletized goods, steel profiles, pipes, machinery components, and construction materials. How strong is the joint created by Steel strap clips?Joint strength depends on correct tensioning, proper clip placement, and adequate sealing force. When applied correctly, Steel strap clips provide reliable mechanical joints capable of withstanding typical manual steel strapping tension levels. Are Steel strap clips compatible with all manual sealers?Steel strap clips are compatible with standard manual sealers designed for 16 mm steel strapping. They do not require proprietary or brand-specific tools. How should Steel strap clips be stored?Steel strap clips should be stored in dry, covered conditions to preserve surface quality and prevent corrosion. Proper storage ensures consistent performance over long periods. Do Steel strap clips require maintenance or adjustment?The clips themselves require no maintenance or adjustment. However, the manual tensioner and sealer should be regularly inspected to ensure proper alignment and sealing performance. What are the main advantages of Steel strap clips compared to alternative fastening methods?Steel strap clips offer high mechanical reliability, predictable costs, compatibility with standard tools, and independence from powered equipment. They are especially suitable for environments where simplicity, portability, and operational stability are required.   Specifications of Steel strap clips 16x40mm Specification Value Product type Steel strap clips for manual strapping Clip dimensions 16 x 40 mm Compatible strap width 16 mm steel strapping Material High-strength steel Application method Manual sealing with steel strap sealer Packaging unit 1,000 pieces Usage type Single-use industrial consumable Typical environment Industrial, logistics, warehousing   ROI and process efficiency of Steel strap clips Steel strap clips contribute directly to operational efficiency and cost control in manual strapping processes. From a return-on-investment perspective, Steel strap clips enable secure load fastening without the capital expenditure associated with powered strapping systems. Their use supports decentralized packaging operations, allowing multiple workstations or on-site teams to perform strappin...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-for-manual-strapping-1000-pieces/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Steel-strap-clips-16x40mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>96 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>79 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660390</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,2543,881,655</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Strapping Seals</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550601_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch film 500 mm/23 my - 5 kg - 120 units - 1 pallet/600 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch film 500 mm/23 my Stretch film is a standard packaging consumable used to stabilize unit loads during internal transport, storage, and outbound logistics. The product Stretch film 500 mm/23 my - 5 kg - 120 units - 1 pallet/600 kg is intended for professional manual wrapping in warehouses, production plants, and distribution environments where repeatable load security and controlled packaging cost are required. It is produced from LLDPE using cast film technology, supporting consistent material behavior across typical operational conditions. The film is specified at 23 microns thickness and 500 mm width, providing practical coverage for pallet wrapping while maintaining predictable elasticity. The roll format is designed for industrial handling, with a paper core and a 60 mm core diameter to match common hand dispensers, enabling standardized application across multiple packing stations. Stretch film is supplied as 5 kg rolls with a tolerance of ±3%, palletized at 120 rolls per pallet (approximately 600 kg per pallet). The film is transparent to maintain visibility of labels and shipment identifiers. Mechanical characteristics include horizontal stretch 600% and longitudinal stretch 300%, supporting effective containment force with controlled material usage when applied with consistent tension. Resistance values are specified as 26 MPa longitudinal tear resistance and 18 MPa horizontal tear resistance. For quality retention, storage is specified in a dry room at ambient temperature, avoiding radiant heat and light; under correct storage conditions, no decline in product quality is expected for 6 months, supporting predictable inventory management in enterprise procurement.   FAQ of Stretch film What material is the film made from, and why does it matter?This product is made from LLDPE. LLDPE is widely used for pallet wrapping because it provides elasticity for load containment and resistance to tearing during handling and transport. What film type is it, and what is the operational benefit?The film type is cast film. Cast film is typically selected for consistent thickness and stable stretching behavior, supporting repeatable wrapping results across operators and shifts. What thickness should be chosen for our loads?This film is 23 microns. In procurement terms, thickness is a key indicator of robustness; the correct selection depends on load weight, edge sharpness, transport risk, and whether additional securing methods are used. Is the roll width compatible with standard pallet wrapping practices?The width is 500 mm, which is a common width for manual pallet wrapping and supports efficient coverage of typical pallet footprints. How much does one roll weigh, and what tolerance should we expect?Each roll is specified at 5 kg ±3%. This is relevant for inventory planning, per-roll consumption calculations, and handling ergonomics at packing stations. Will the roll fit our hand dispensers?The core is paper with a 60 mm core diameter. This specification helps confirm compatibility with standard manual dispenser equipment. How much can the film stretch, and how does this affect consumption?The film is specified with 600% horizontal stretch and 300% longitudinal stretch. Higher stretch capability can support achieving containment force with fewer layers when applied with controlled tension, which may reduce overall film usage. What tear resistance values should we review for transport stability?The data sheet specifies 26 MPa longitudinal tear resistance and 18 MPa horizontal tear resistance. These values indicate resistance against tearing under stress during wrapping and handling operations. How many rolls are supplied per pallet, and how does this support procurement?The pallet configuration is 120 rolls per pallet (approximately 600 kg per pallet based on the provided product pack format). This supports bulk purchasing, stable supply, and simplified warehouse receiving processes. What are the storage requirements and shelf-life expectations?Storage is specified in a dry room at ambient temperature, avoiding radiant heat and light. With correct storage, no decline in quality is expected for up to 6 months, supporting predictable stock rotation and performance continuity.   Specifications of Stretch film Material LLDPE Film type Cast film Thickness 23 micron Width 500 mm Density 0.921 g/cm3 Roll weight 5 kg ±3% Color Transparent Cohesion (inside) 80% Cohesion (outside) 20% Core material Paper Core diameter 60 mm Core weight 1.65 kg Roll length (reel length) 510 mm Horizontal stretch 600% Longitudinal stretch 300% Tear resistance (longitudinal) 26 MPa Tear resistance (horizontal) 18 MPa Rolls per pallet 120 Standard / compliance MSZ 10386:1989 Storage guidance Dry room, ambient temperature, avoid radiant heat and light; quality maintained up to 6 months   ROI of Stretch film Stretch film contributes to measurable efficiency gains by reducing rework, improving wrapping consistency, and supporting contro...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stretch-film-500-mm-23-my-5-kg-120-units-1-pallet-600-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Stretch-film-500-mm-23-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1712 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1404 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550601_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>369,2584</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>369</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>PET, PP, Plastband och tejp</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>PET, PP, Plastband och tejp</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260122</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F - 600mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F is a professional pedal-operated impulse sealing machine developed for controlled and repeatable sealing of thermoplastic packaging materials in industrial and commercial environments. The machine is based exclusively on the Pedal Sealer MODEL: PFS-F600, which provides a 600 mm sealing length, making it suitable for wide bags, large-format packaging, and bulk product sealing. Its primary purpose is to ensure reliable and consistent package closure in production, warehousing, and packaging departments where manual precision and seal quality are critical. The Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F operates using impulse heat technology, meaning heat is generated only during the sealing cycle. This reduces energy consumption and limits thermal stress on internal components. The integrated electric heating control system allows precise adjustment of the heating time from 0 to 2.5 seconds, enabling adaptation to different material thicknesses and compositions. This ensures consistent sealing results across polyethylene, polystyrene, and multi-layer composite films commonly used in industrial packaging. Structurally, the machine is manufactured using a die-cast aluminum alloy frame, providing rigidity, resistance to deformation, and durability under continuous industrial use. The foot pedal activation mechanism allows hands-free operation, improving ergonomics and sealing accuracy. With a sealing width of 3–5 mm and a pulse power of 1350 W, the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F delivers strong, uniform seals while maintaining operational safety. Designed for 110V or 220V single-phase power supply and equipped with protective grounding, the machine complies with standard industrial electrical requirements.   Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F video https://youtu.be/b7BlFQMooRE?si=Xp4AmiodXIUlvh0S FAQ of Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F 1. What type of sealing technology does the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F use? Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F uses impulse heat sealing technology, which means heat is generated only during the sealing cycle. This reduces energy consumption, limits thermal stress on components, and ensures consistent sealing quality for industrial packaging applications. 2. What is the maximum sealing length of the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F? The machine offers a 600 mm sealing length, making it suitable for sealing wide bags and large-format packaging materials commonly used in industrial, logistics, and manufacturing environments. 3. Which materials can be sealed with the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F? The machine is designed for sealing polyethylene (PE), polystyrene (PS), and multi-layer composite films. Heating time can be adjusted to match different material thicknesses and structures. 4. How is the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F operated? The machine is operated using a foot pedal, allowing hands-free activation. This enables precise positioning of the bag with both hands, improving sealing accuracy and operator ergonomics. 5. Is the heating time adjustable? Yes, the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F features an adjustable heating time range from 0 to 2.5 seconds. This allows operators to optimize sealing parameters according to material thickness and packaging requirements. 6. What power supply is required for the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F? The machine operates on a single-phase 110V or 220V power supply and must be connected to a properly grounded outlet to ensure electrical safety. 7. What is the sealing width and why is it important? The sealing width is 3–5 mm, providing a balance between strong joint strength and efficient material use. This width ensures reliable seals suitable for transport and storage. 8. Is the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F suitable for continuous industrial use? Yes, the machine is built with a die-cast aluminum alloy frame and industrial-grade components, making it suitable for regular daily operation in production and packaging environments. 9. What maintenance is required? Routine maintenance includes cleaning the sealing surface, inspecting the heating wire and insulation cloth, and lubricating moving parts. These actions help maintain consistent sealing quality and extend service life. 10. What safety features does the Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F offer? Safety features include protective grounding, impulse heating that limits heat exposure, and pedal-controlled operation that keeps hands away from the heating area during sealing.   Specifications of Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F Parameter Specification Model PFS-F600 Sealing length 600 mm Sealing width 3–5 mm Heating type Impulse heat Heating time 0–2.5 seconds Pulse power 1350 W Input voltage 110V or 220V, single-phase Machine dimensions 700 × 570 × 880 mm Machine weight 28 kg Frame material Aluminum alloy die-casting   ROI and process efficiency of Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F Impulse heat sealer ZONE600F improves operational efficiency by reducing sealing errors, minimizing mate...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/impulse-heat-sealer-zone600f/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-best-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Impulse-heat-sealer-ZONE600F-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>240 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>189 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260122</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1073,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1073</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Heat sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Heat sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>250025</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ECOBAND-A automatic banding machine - paper or OPP tape 30 mm with stand with frame 460*200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ECOBAND-A Automatic Banding Machine The ECOBAND-A automatic banding machine is an industrial-grade equipment designed for precise bundling and professional product presentation across multiple sectors. Built for continuous operation, it ensures consistent results for printing, food, pharmaceutical, and logistics industries. The machine operates with a safe DC 24V control system, minimizing electrical risk and ensuring stability in demanding industrial conditions. Its power supply of AC 110–240V, 50/60Hz, 0.4kW supports energy-efficient performance. The ECOBAND-A is equipped with an arch size of 460mm width and 200mm height, allowing flexible packaging of various product dimensions. It supports both OPP film and paper bands with widths of 20mm or 30mm, enabling eco-friendly and traditional packaging solutions. With a banding speed of 20 straps per minute and a tension capacity of up to 5kg, it combines precision and speed in one system. The working table height of 600mm provides ergonomic access for operators. Compact construction (570×750×1080mm) allows smooth integration into production lines. This machine enhances efficiency, reduces labor costs, and ensures a professional finish for every product it processes.   ECOBAND-A Automatic Banding Machine video ﻿   FAQ of ECOBAND-A Automatic Banding Machine 1. Is the automatic banding machine suitable for my product dimensions? Yes, the ECOBAND-A model has an arch size of 460 mm width and 200 mm height, with a working table height of 600 mm. It can handle products with a minimum width of 50 mm, making it suitable for a wide range of packaging formats. 2. What banding materials and sizes can be used? The machine supports both OPP film and paper bands with widths of 20 mm or 30 mm. The band roll core diameter is 76 mm, the outer roll diameter is 300 mm, and the band thickness is approximately 0.12 mm. 3. What is the production speed of the automatic banding machine? The ECOBAND-A operates at a speed of 20 straps per minute under normal conditions. Actual throughput depends on operator efficiency and product handling between cycles. 4. How is the band tension controlled? The machine allows adjustable tension up to 5 kg, ensuring proper securing of delicate or rigid products. The tension setting is easily managed through the touchscreen control panel. 5. What power supply does the automatic banding machine require? It operates on AC 110–240V, 50/60Hz, single-phase power with a consumption of approximately 0.4 kW (2.5A). The internal control voltage is DC 24V for increased operator safety. 6. Can the automatic banding machine integrate into existing production lines? Yes, the compact size (570 × 750 × 1080 mm) allows easy integration into existing conveyor systems or manual workstations. It is suitable for both stand-alone and in-line packaging setups. 7. What are the maintenance requirements? Routine maintenance includes cleaning the banding arch and feeding path, checking the tension mechanism, and occasionally inspecting sensors. The belt-driven design minimizes the need for lubrication and replacement parts. 8. What types of industries commonly use the automatic banding machine? This machine is widely used in the printing, food, pharmaceutical, logistics, and electronics sectors. It is ideal for bundling brochures, cartons, trays, and similar grouped items. 9. Does the automatic banding machine support sustainable packaging? Yes, the machine can use paper bands as an eco-friendly alternative to plastic OPP film. This helps companies reduce plastic consumption and comply with environmental standards. 10. What warranty and service options are available? The ECOBAND-A automatic banding machine is supplied with a one-year warranty covering manufacturing defects. Spare parts and technical assistance are available to ensure long-term operational reliability.   Automatic Banding Machine – Specifications of ECOBAND-A Model ECOBAND-A (460×200) Power Source AC 110–240V, 50/60Hz, 1Ph, 0.4kW (2.5A) Control System DC 24V safe voltage with touchscreen configuration Banding Speed 20 straps per minute Band Tension ≤5kg (adjustable) Arch Size 460mm (W) × 200mm (H) Working Table Height 600mm Suitable Band Material OPP film or paper Band Width 20mm or 30mm Band Roll Core Diameter 76mm Outer Roll Diameter 300mm Band Thickness 0.12mm Minimum Package Width 50mm Machine Dimensions L 570mm × W 750mm × H 1080mm Package Dimensions L 620mm × W 800mm × H 1130mm Net Weight 80kg Gross Weight 90kg   ROI and Process Efficiency of ECOBAND-A Automatic Banding Machine The ECOBAND-A automatic banding machine ensures measurable improvement in packaging efficiency and cost reduction. By replacing manual bundling, it minimizes labor involvement and eliminates inconsistencies in banding quality. With 20 cycles per minute and an adjustable tension system, it allows rapid adaptation to various product types. Energy usage is extremely low at only 0.4kW, which contributes to operational savings. The aut...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ecoband-a-automatic-banding-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ECOBAND-A-automatic-banding-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ECOBAND-A-automatic-banding-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7196 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>250025</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>95 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2482,366</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer with double chamber and two pumps 2×20m³/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer The DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer is a high-performance industrial packaging machine designed for efficient, large-scale vacuum sealing operations. Equipped with a double chamber and dual high-capacity vacuum pumps, this model is engineered to deliver consistent results in demanding production environments. It is ideal for food processing, electronics, chemical, and pharmaceutical industries where maintaining product integrity and extending shelf life are critical. Constructed from stainless steel, the unit ensures durability, hygiene, and corrosion resistance, complying with EN ISO3746 standards with a noise level below 75 dB(A). The DOZE600 is built to support vacuuming, nitrogen filling, and sealing processes in a single automated cycle. Its sealing bar length of 620 mm, chamber dimensions of 630 × 580 × 50 mm, and pump capacity of up to 40 m³/h provide strong performance for a wide variety of packaging applications. The machine’s intelligent PC control panel allows up to ten programmable memory settings, enabling operators to quickly adapt to different packaging materials and specifications. Designed for continuous industrial use, this machine enhances operational reliability while minimizing downtime. Its structure supports quick setup and smooth operation, making it a vital component for production lines requiring consistent vacuum sealing efficiency and precision. The DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer meets the needs of enterprises looking for robust, automated vacuum solutions that ensure high throughput and product quality preservation.   DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer video ﻿   FAQ of DOZE600 double chamber vacuum sealer 1. What is a double chamber vacuum sealer and how does it work? A double chamber vacuum sealer is an industrial packaging machine equipped with two separate chambers that allow continuous operation. While one chamber is sealing, the operator can load the second one. This system increases productivity, reduces downtime, and ensures consistent vacuum and sealing performance for various packaging materials. 2. What types of products can be sealed using a double chamber vacuum sealer? A double chamber vacuum sealer can package solid, liquid, or powdered products, including food items, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, electronics, and precision components. It is ideal for materials that require protection from oxidation, moisture, and contamination. 3. What is the difference between a single chamber and a double chamber vacuum sealer? A single chamber vacuum sealer operates with one chamber only, requiring manual loading between each cycle. A double chamber vacuum sealer allows alternating use of two chambers, significantly improving workflow and increasing output efficiency by up to 30 percent. 4. What chamber size and sealing length do I need? The required chamber size depends on the product dimensions and packaging volume. The DOZE600 model, for example, offers a chamber size of 630 × 580 × 50 mm and a sealing bar length of 620 mm, suitable for medium to large items in industrial production lines. 5. How powerful should the vacuum pump be? For industrial operations, a dual pump system or a single high-capacity pump (around 40 m³/h) is recommended. Higher pump capacity reduces cycle time, ensures deeper vacuum levels, and provides consistent sealing results even for dense or heavy materials. 6. What materials are compatible with a double chamber vacuum sealer? The machine is compatible with various film types such as polyethylene, polyamide, aluminum foil composite films, and laminated bags. Operators can adjust temperature and sealing time to match different film thicknesses and material compositions. 7. What are the main advantages of using a double chamber vacuum sealer? Key advantages include higher packaging speed, improved product preservation, reduced oxygen exposure, and longer product shelf life. Additionally, the machine offers automated control, low noise levels, and consistent sealing quality across multiple cycles. 8. How is maintenance performed on a double chamber vacuum sealer? Regular maintenance involves checking vacuum oil levels, cleaning sealing bars and silicone strips, replacing filters, and ensuring proper grounding. Using ISO-grade vacuum oil and following the manufacturer’s maintenance schedule ensures long-term reliability. 9. What safety features are included? Most industrial models, including the DOZE600, include an emergency stop button, automatic lid opening after cycle completion, thermal protection for heating elements, and grounded electrical systems. These features protect both the operator and the equipment. 10. How to choose the right double chamber vacuum sealer for my business? To choose the right model, consider your product size, packaging volume, desired vacuum depth, and available workspace. Evaluate specifications such as chamber dimensions, pump capacity, and automation level. For large-sc...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/doze600-double-chamber-vacuum-sealer-with-double-chamber-and-two-pumps/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-great.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-good.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-better.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600-useful.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/DOZE600.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3414 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>330 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2585,1047</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Vacuum sealer machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110072</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SIAT VIPER 9-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) battery powered banding tool]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SIAT VIPER Battery Powered Banding Tool The SIAT VIPER battery powered banding tool is a professional solution designed for efficient and secure strapping of packages in industrial environments. Developed and manufactured in Italy, this advanced tool represents a new generation of battery operated strapping technology for PP and PET straps. It is built for users who demand high performance, reliability, and precision in their daily packaging operations. The machine combines ergonomic design, digital control, and industrial-grade durability, ensuring consistent strapping results even in high-volume production facilities. With its capacitive touchscreen display, the SIAT VIPER allows operators to easily configure and monitor strapping parameters, such as tension force, sealing time, and cooling duration. This data-driven approach improves repeatability and reduces human error. Its brushless motor provides a longer lifetime, reduced maintenance, and stable performance during continuous use. The Makita 18V lithium-ion battery offers portability, fast recharging, and up to 550 cycles per charge, depending on configuration. With programmable presets, the tool ensures that every load is secured with the same precision and tension. Designed for automatic, semi-automatic, or manual operation, the SIAT VIPER battery powered banding tool integrates seamlessly into modern logistics and production processes, where precision, uptime, and safety are essential.   SIAT VIPER Battery Powered Banding Tool video ﻿   FAQ of SIAT VIPER Battery Powered Banding Tool Which strap materials, widths, and thicknesses are compatible? The SIAT VIPER works with PP and PET straps in 9 mm, 12 mm, and 16 mm widths. Supported thickness range is 0.5–1.1 mm. For thin PP (0.5–0.6 mm) applications, consider the optional cutting blade spring accessory to ensure consistent cutting performance. What tension range is required for our products? VIPER provides two programmable ranges: Standard 1,200–2,700 N for medium to heavy loads and Soft 500–1,500 N for light or fragile goods. Select the range based on product rigidity, strap material, and pallet stability targets. Using the correct range minimizes product damage and optimizes joint integrity. What cycle speed and throughput can we expect? The tool reaches a maximum tensioning speed of 200 mm/s, with overall cycle time dependent on strap path and set cooling time. In typical operations, the 18 V battery platform enables rapid successive cycles, supporting high-volume lines where consistent takt time and predictable throughput are required. How long does the battery last and how fast does it charge? Using the Makita 18 V Li-Ion system, the 3.0 Ah pack delivers approximately 250–350 cycles per charge, while the optional 5.0 Ah pack yields approximately 400–550 cycles, depending on strap, tension, and package size. Typical charging time is about 20 minutes, supporting low downtime in multi-shift environments. Which operating modes are available for our process? VIPER offers Automatic, Semi-Automatic, and Manual modes. Automatic executes tensioning, sealing, and cutting in a single command for standardized processes. Semi-Automatic allows staged control where operator confirmation is desired. Manual is suited for special cases, trials, or training, maintaining full control over each phase. What joint performance and sealing results should we plan for? Friction-weld joints typically achieve 75–85% sealing efficiency, assuming correct strap selection and parameter settings. Adjustable cooling time and programmable recipes help maintain repeatable joint strength across shifts, reducing rework and ensuring conformity with transport and storage requirements. Is the tool suitable for our environment and shift pattern? Operating conditions are −5 °C to 40 °C and 20–90% RH, aligning with typical warehouse and production settings. The tool weight is 3.9 kg including a 3 Ah battery. Noise during welding is approximately 96 dB(A)</b); provide appropriate hearing protection where required. Multi-shift usage is supported by spare batteries and rapid charging. What digital controls and data options improve quality? The front-facing color capacitive touchscreen shows real-time force and speed with values in N, kg, or lbs. Up to eight stored recipes standardize settings for different strap types or load categories. The interface includes self-diagnostics and a lockable display, supporting process control, operator discipline, and auditability. IoT readiness enables connected maintenance strategies. What safety, reliability, and maintenance aspects should we consider? The tool uses a brushless motor for extended life and reduced service. The reinforced housing improves resistance to impacts. Maintenance access through the handle simplifies inspection. Optional foot guard and protective parts support heavy-duty use. The soft mode lowers risk on fragile products. Periodic cleaning and parameter checks sustain long-ter...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/siat-viper-9-16mm-battery-powered-banding-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SIAT-VIPER-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2926 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110072</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>7 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,887,2556,655</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210090</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ARCUS automatic pallet strapping machine for PET/PP tape 11-12 mm - 0.55-1.0 mm/FI-200 mm - Tension force: 0-90 kg - Arc size: W1500×H2200 mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ARCUS Automatic pallet strapping machine The ARCUS automatic pallet strapping machine is an industrial solution engineered for securing palletized loads with consistent, repeatable results across high-throughput packaging lines. Built around a robust architecture with PLC control, photoelectric detection, and precision pneumatic actuation, it supports manual, automatic, and continuous operating modes to match diverse plant workflows. The system applies polypropylene (PP) strapping with a 13 mm width and 0.83 mm thickness, delivering an adjustable strapping force from 0 to 80 kg. A typical strap cycle completes in ≤ 15 seconds, aligning with automated palletizing and dispatch operations. The drive package operates at 380 V / 50 Hz with approximately 1550 W rated power and includes integrated protections for safe, reliable duty. The machine footprint is optimized for line integration, with overall dimensions of 3890 × 640 × 2200 mm, a clear arch of 1500 × 2000 mm, and a net weight of about 350 kg. Structure is realized in aluminum alloy for rigidity, low vibration, and corrosion resistance, while electronics use international-brand components to ensure long-term availability and serviceability in industrial environments.   ARCUS Automatic pallet strapping machine video ﻿   FAQ of ARCUS Automatic pallet strapping machine What utilities does an automatic pallet strapping machine require? An automatic pallet strapping machine typically requires three-phase 380 V / 50 Hz power and compressed air per site standards. Verify available amperage, protected grounding, and air quality (dry, filtered) to ensure stable cycle execution and component longevity. Which strap sizes and materials are compatible with an automatic pallet strapping machine? The referenced configuration supports PP strap 13 mm width with approximately 0.83 mm thickness. Confirm tension range, heater settings, and strap path guides for the selected material to maintain weld integrity and consistent containment force. What throughput can an automatic pallet strapping machine achieve? Cycle time per strap is typically ≤ 15 seconds, depending on line interlocks, pallet presentation, and strap count. Actual hourly throughput depends on number of straps per pallet, conveyor indexing, and operator interventions. How is tension controlled on an automatic pallet strapping machine? Tension is adjustable within a nominal range up to 80 kg. Set values according to load mass and packaging resilience to avoid product deformation while achieving the required containment force and transport stability. How does an automatic pallet strapping machine integrate with conveyors and wrappers? Integration is handled through PLC I/O handshakes, photoelectric pallet presence, and optional start/ready interlocks. Verify line height, infeed/outfeed spacing, and signal mapping to coordinate indexing, strap counts, and downstream wrapping. What safety features are standard on an automatic pallet strapping machine? Typical provisions include emergency stop circuits, guarded mechanisms, photoelectric verification before cycle, and overcurrent protection. Operators should avoid the strap path during operation and follow lockout/tagout procedures during service. What maintenance is required for an automatic pallet strapping machine? Planned tasks include cleaning the strap path, checking fasteners, inspecting belts and springs, and validating heater and knife condition. Adjust strap thickness spacing and idler preload as materials change. Maintain a spare parts kit for wear items. Which environmental conditions suit an automatic pallet strapping machine? Recommended operation is within 0–40 °C and up to 98% relative humidity (non-condensing). Ensure the area is dry, ventilated, and free of corrosive agents. Maintain stable utilities to protect electronics and sensors. What data should be specified before purchasing an automatic pallet strapping machine? Provide target throughput, strap count per pallet, typical pallet dimensions and heights, load mass, strap material policy, line elevation, utilities, and integration signals. Include any compliance or quality documentation requirements. What ROI factors justify an automatic pallet strapping machine? Primary drivers are labor reduction, improved cycle consistency, reduced damage claims, and higher line utilization. Secondary factors include material savings from correct tensioning, lower noise emissions, and predictable maintenance intervals that limit downtime.   Specifications of ARCUS Automatic pallet strapping machine The following technical data define the operating envelope and integration parameters for the ARCUS automatic pallet strapping machine. Values reflect a configuration aligned with mainstream end-of-line applications, enabling predictable performance, stable weld quality, and straightforward electrical and mechanical interfacing. Parameter tolerances depend on installation practice, strap quality, and environment...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/arcus-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-for-pet-pp-tape/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ARCUS-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/ARCUS-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>24375 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>19980 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210090</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>390 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,887,2556,366</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions &gt; Pallet strapping</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>780010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH AS-X6 scissor lift  – maximum platform height 5.8 m, maximum working height 7.8 m – load capacity 230 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH AS-X6 Scissor lift The SMITH AS-X6 Scissor Lift is a self-propelled aerial work platform designed for safe and efficient elevation of personnel and tools in industrial and commercial environments. This equipment provides a maximum working height of 7.8 meters and a platform height of 5.8 meters, making it suitable for indoor maintenance, installation, and construction tasks. The lift supports a rated load capacity of 230 kg, allowing two operators to work simultaneously. Its compact overall dimensions of 1.84 m length and 0.76 m width ensure easy maneuverability through narrow aisles and confined spaces. The robust design and dual front-wheel drive system ensure stable and smooth movement across level industrial floors. The platform is equipped with an automatic brake system, emergency stop device, intelligent danger alarm, and overload protection, all contributing to enhanced operator safety. The Scissor Lift operates with a 24V DC power supply from six 4V/200Ah batteries and features a 3.3 kW motor ensuring sufficient power for both lifting and driving operations. With a gradeability of 25% and a minimum turning radius of 1.55 meters, it offers precise handling in constrained environments. The AS-X6 is a professional lifting solution that conforms to EN280 and CE safety standards, ensuring compliance with European workplace safety regulations.   FAQ of SMITH AS-X6 Scissor lift What is the maximum working height of the Scissor Lift? The SMITH AS-X6 Scissor Lift provides a maximum working height of 7.8 meters, suitable for indoor maintenance, installation, and warehouse operations. How much weight can the Scissor Lift safely carry? The lift supports a rated load capacity of 230 kg on the main platform and 120 kg on the extension deck, allowing safe operation for two workers and tools. What is the power source of the Scissor Lift? The Scissor Lift is powered by a 24V DC battery system composed of six 4V/200Ah maintenance-free batteries, ensuring quiet and emission-free operation. Is the Scissor Lift compliant with European safety standards? Yes, the SMITH AS-X6 is manufactured in compliance with EN280 and CE standards, meeting all essential safety and operational regulations within the EU market. Can the Scissor Lift be used outdoors? The model is primarily designed for indoor use on solid and level surfaces. Outdoor operation is possible only under stable conditions without wind or uneven ground. What maintenance is required for the Scissor Lift? Routine maintenance includes checking battery charge level, hydraulic oil condition, and brake functionality. The lift also features an automatic fault diagnosis system to assist in service inspections. How long does it take to lift to maximum height? The Scissor Lift achieves full elevation in approximately 18 seconds and lowering in 28 seconds, ensuring fast and efficient workflow in maintenance operations. What safety systems are integrated in the Scissor Lift? Safety features include automatic pothole protection, emergency stop switches, tilt and overload alarms, and an emergency lowering mechanism for controlled descent. Is the Scissor Lift easy to transport and store? Yes. The compact size of 1.84 m × 0.76 m and foldable guardrails make it easy to move through standard doorways and store in limited spaces. It also includes forklift pockets for handling. What warranty and after-sales support are provided? The SMITH AS-X6 Scissor Lift is supplied with a one-year warranty covering manufacturing defects. Technical support and spare parts are available through authorized service centers within the EU.   Specifications of SMITH AS-X6 Scissor Lift Model SMITH AS-X6 (Equivalent to JS0607) Max. Working Height 7.8 m Max. Platform Height 5.8 m Platform Size (L×W) 1.65 × 0.75 m Extension Platform Length 0.9 m Rated Capacity 230 kg Extension Platform Capacity 120 kg Drive Speed (Stowed / Elevated) 0–4 km/h / 0–0.8 km/h Turning Radius (Outside) 1.55 m Gradeability 25% Battery Voltage / Capacity 24V (6×4V/200Ah) Motor Power 3.3 kW Overall Weight 1540 kg Ground Clearance 60 mm (retracted) / 15 mm (lifting) Control Type Proportional Control Drive System Dual Front Wheels / Dual Rear Wheels   ROI of SMITH AS-X6 Scissor lift The SMITH AS-X6 Scissor Lift delivers measurable return on investment through productivity, safety, and reduced operational downtime. Its fully electric design eliminates the need for hydraulic towing or manual lifting, thereby decreasing labor costs and increasing operational throughput. With fast elevation and descent times of 18 to 28 seconds, the lift allows technicians to complete multiple elevation cycles per hour, significantly improving project efficiency. The compact and self-propelled structure enables quick movement between workstations without external towing. The durable battery system provides extended operation times between charges, ensuring continuous use throughout a standard shift. Automated functions such as fault diagnosis, aut...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-as-x6-scissor-lift/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/SMITH-AS-X6-scissor-lift.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>11954 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>780010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2.165 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503767</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1077</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1077</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Scissor Lifts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industriell utrustning &gt; Scissor Lifts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210048B</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO ULTRA-B Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt - 220V, for PP strap width 5-6mm, thickness - 0,6-1,0 mm, frame - width 800mm, height 600mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO ULTRA-B Automatic Strapping Machine with Conveyor Belt The HIPO ULTRA-B automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt is a highly efficient industrial solution designed for automated packaging lines that require continuous operation, precision, and durability. It combines a high-speed strapping unit with an integrated conveyor system, allowing packages to be automatically positioned, strapped, and discharged without manual handling. This system is ideal for cartons, boxes, and other standardized packages typically found in warehousing, logistics, and manufacturing environments. The machine operates with polypropylene (PP) straps ranging from 5 mm to 9 mm in width and uses a hot-melt sealing system for consistent, reliable strap joints. Built on a steel frame with industrial-grade components, it is engineered for continuous production and reduced downtime. The touch-screen interface, PLC control, and automatic strap feeding system ensure easy operation and stable performance at speeds of up to 50 cycles per minute. This automatic strapping machine integrates perfectly with conveyor-based packaging systems, enabling high throughput, reduced labor costs, and greater packaging uniformity. It offers adjustable strap tension up to 30 kg, low noise emission (≤75 dB), and low power consumption of just 1.0 kW. The standard arch size of 650 × 500 mm and worktable height of 850 mm make it compatible with most package formats. The HIPO ULTRA-B can also be customized for specific dimensions or production requirements, offering scalability for diverse industrial applications.   HIPO ULTRA-B Automatic Strapping Machine with Conveyor Belt video ﻿   FAQ of HIPO ULTRA-B Automatic Strapping Machine with Conveyor Belt What package sizes and weights are compatible with an Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt? The standard arch size of 650 × 500 mm supports most cartons and boxes used in logistics and manufacturing. Minimum package size is approximately 80 × 60 mm. The maximum package weight is typically 80 kg, depending on the conveyor configuration. Custom arch sizes can be manufactured to accommodate larger or special packages. Which strap type and dimensions are supported by an Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt? The machine operates with polypropylene (PP) straps ranging from 5 mm to 9 mm in width and 0.5 to 0.8 mm in thickness. The standard strap coil has an internal diameter of 200–210 mm and an outer diameter of 400–450 mm. Only PP straps should be used for optimal sealing quality. What is the strapping speed of an Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt? The strapping speed is up to 50 cycles per minute under optimal operating conditions. Actual throughput depends on the conveyor speed, package dimensions, and spacing between packages. The system ensures high efficiency even in continuous industrial use. How is the strap tension adjusted on an Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt? Strap tension can be adjusted electronically between 0 and 30 kg through the control panel. This flexibility allows the operator to optimize strap tightness based on package strength and contents, ensuring secure transport without damage. What power supply is required for an Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt? The machine requires a 220 V, 50 Hz single-phase power connection and consumes approximately 1.0 kW of electricity during operation. It does not require compressed air, simplifying installation and maintenance. Can the Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt be integrated into existing production lines? Yes. The conveyor system is designed for integration with automatic packaging lines and can be synchronized via sensor communication and adjustable conveyor speed control. Custom interface solutions are available for existing automation setups. What safety features are included in an Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt? The machine includes safety covers over moving and heated parts, an emergency stop button, temperature-controlled sealing elements, and electrical grounding in compliance with CE standards. These features ensure safe operation in continuous industrial use. What maintenance is required for an Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt? Routine maintenance includes cleaning the strap channels daily, lubricating moving parts weekly, and checking sensors and tension components periodically. The modular design allows quick access for service and easy replacement of wear parts. What is the expected lifespan of an Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt? With proper maintenance and use of original parts, the machine can operate reliably for 10 years or more under standard industrial conditions. Its durable steel frame and precision components are designed for long-term, continuous use. Is the Automatic strapping machine with conveyor belt environmentally friendly? Yes. The machine is energy efficient, using only 1.0 kW of power, and operates ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/fully-automatic-strapping-machine-with-conveyor-belt/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B-new.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B-buy.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B-price.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/HIPO-ULTRA-B.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>8538 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210048B</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>350 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2556,366</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>280050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[LINEBOX-03 Box packaging Line - 720 boxes/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line The LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line is an integrated automated solution designed for efficient and consistent carton forming, sealing, and conveying operations within industrial packaging environments. It combines four coordinated modules – an automatic case erector, motor-driven roller conveyor, non-driven roller conveyor, and automatic box taper – to streamline the process of erecting, transferring, and sealing up to 720 boxes per hour. The line is suitable for manufacturing, logistics, e-commerce, and food industries requiring continuous carton packaging flow. Constructed from high-strength steel and equipped with servo-controlled folding mechanisms, the system delivers consistent output while minimizing human intervention. The modular configuration allows each section to operate in perfect synchronization, maintaining balanced throughput and reducing downtime. With its PLC-based control system, 18 m/min conveyor speed, and compact footprint of 6 m × 2 m, LINEBOX-03 provides enterprises with a cost-effective, durable, and easy-to-maintain solution for automated carton handling and sealing.   LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line video ﻿   FAQ of LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line What is the production capacity of the box packaging line? The line produces approximately 720 boxes per hour, equivalent to 12 boxes per minute, depending on carton size and operator efficiency. Which carton dimensions are supported by the system? It supports carton sizes from 200–500 mm in length, 200–400 mm in width, and 150–350 mm in height. These limits ensure smooth transfer through each module. What tape types can be used for sealing? The box taper operates with BOPP or Kraft tape of 48–60 mm width, standard 75 mm inner core, suitable for most industrial packaging materials. What utilities are required to operate the box packaging line? The line runs on AC 220 V / 50 Hz / single phase electrical supply and requires compressed air at 0.6–0.8 MPa for pneumatic functions of the case erector. How many operators are needed? Only one operator is typically required to load carton blanks and supervise operation. For higher volume production, a second operator may assist with product loading or palletizing. How long does it take to change carton size? Changeover between carton formats is completed within 3–5 minutes using handwheel or pneumatic adjustments. Stored size presets simplify repetitive setups. Can the line be integrated with existing automation? Yes, the system features a modular design and can connect to upstream product filling, labeling, weighing, or palletizing lines using standard mechanical and PLC interfaces. What is the total space required for installation? The complete line requires approximately 6.1 meters in length and 2.1 meters in width, with an operational clearance of at least 1 meter for safe access and maintenance. What regular maintenance is recommended? Routine maintenance includes roller lubrication, belt inspection, and sensor cleaning. Pneumatic filters and tape heads should be checked weekly to ensure continuous operation. What is the expected return on investment (ROI)? By automating erection, sealing, and conveying, the line significantly reduces manual labor and material waste, typically achieving ROI within 12–18 months in medium to large production environments.   Specifications of LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line Component Specification Case Erector Model AUTOBOX10 Automatic Case Erector Erecting Speed 10–15 boxes/min (up to 720 boxes/h) Carton Size Range Length 200–500 mm; Width 200–400 mm; Height 150–350 mm Conveyor Model RC2M-D Motor-Driven Roller Conveyor Conveyor Speed 18 m/min Conveyor Width 600 mm Non-Driven Conveyor RC1M Passive Roller Section, Length 1000 mm Box Taper Model RUBBER Automatic Box Taper 48–60 mm Tape Width Power Supply AC 220 V / 50 Hz / 1 Phase Total Length of Line Approx. 6.1 m Operating Height 650 mm Noise Level Below 60 dB Frame Material Powder-coated industrial steel   ROI – Operational Efficiency of the LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line The box packaging line reduces manual labor requirements and increases packaging consistency. By automating the forming, sealing, and transfer of cartons, it minimizes the need for multiple operators traditionally required for manual assembly. With an average production capacity of 720 boxes per hour, companies can achieve substantial cost reductions per unit over time. The servo-controlled case erector ensures accurate folding and adhesive application, preventing carton waste and material losses. Integration of a motorized conveyor system with adjustable speed supports continuous workflow and prevents bottlenecks. The investment pays back quickly through improved throughput, reduced downtime, and optimized labor distribution, resulting in an estimated ROI within 12–18 months for medium-volume operations.   Key Features and Benefits of LINEBOX-03 Box Packaging Line The box packaging line offers features that directly e...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/linebox-03-box-packaging-line-720-boxes-h/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/LINEBOX-03-Box-packaging-Line-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-left-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-best-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-better.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>18908 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>15499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>280050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>653,2481,2628,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>653</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Kartongförslutare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Kartongförslutare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>295112</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D The Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D is a precision-engineered material handling solution designed for seamless product transfer in industrial production environments. It is developed for continuous operation in warehouses, packaging lines, and manufacturing plants where automation and reliability are critical. The conveyor operates with a motor-driven roller system that ensures consistent speed, reduced manual labor, and improved operational efficiency. Constructed with durable steel frames and precision rollers, it guarantees long-term stability even under intensive workloads. The RC2M-D model has a total dimension of 2050 × 600 mm, optimized for medium-sized product transportation, while the RC1M/D variant provides a compact size of 1000 × 600 mm. Its transport speed reaches 18 m/min, providing smooth flow across production lines. The gear ratio of 12.5:1 ensures strong torque and precise motion control. This conveyor is compatible with various industrial systems, including automated packaging equipment and palletizing solutions. Due to its motorized operation and low noise output, it is particularly suitable for integration in clean, organized production areas where reliability and efficiency are mandatory.   FAQ of Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D 1. What is the primary function of a Motor-drive Roller Conveyor? A Motor-drive Roller Conveyor is designed to automatically transport goods or materials between workstations using powered rollers. It replaces manual handling and ensures continuous, smooth, and reliable material flow in industrial environments. 2. What are the key dimensions of the RC2M-D model? The RC2M-D model has a total size of 2050 × 600 mm, suitable for standard-sized boxes, containers, or light pallets. A smaller version, RC1M/D, measures 1000 × 600 mm. 3. What is the transport speed of the Motor-drive Roller Conveyor? The standard operating speed is 18 meters per minute, ensuring efficient yet safe product handling across production lines. 4. What type of motor and drive system does it use? The conveyor operates with an integrated electric motor featuring a 12.5:1 gear ratio, providing stable torque output and consistent speed control. 5. How much weight can the conveyor handle? The RC2M-D is designed for high load-bearing capacity, capable of handling heavy industrial materials, cartons, or mechanical components without deformation or loss of performance. 6. What are the main advantages compared to traditional conveyors? Unlike belt conveyors, the Motor-drive Roller Conveyor has fewer moving parts, requires less maintenance, and provides greater energy efficiency due to its direct motor drive mechanism. 7. How is maintenance performed on this conveyor? Maintenance is minimal and includes periodic lubrication of bearings, inspection of roller alignment, and cleaning of the surface. The sealed gearbox design reduces the need for frequent servicing. 8. Can the Motor-drive Roller Conveyor be integrated into automated systems? Yes. The RC2M-D is fully compatible with automated packaging, palletizing, and labeling systems, and can be synchronized with smart factory control modules. 9. What safety features are included in the RC2M-D model? It includes an enclosed motor housing, anti-slip rollers, and overload protection to ensure safe operation and protect both equipment and personnel from hazards. 10. How can I order or request a quote? Customers can purchase directly through the website by clicking ADD TO CART for standard orders or GET OFFER for customized quotes and large-scale industrial installations.   Specifications of Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D Model RC2M-D Length × Width 2050 × 600 mm Speed 18 m/min Motor Gear Ratio 12.5:1 Structure Motor-driven roller conveyor with steel frame Roller Material High-strength galvanized steel Drive Type Integrated motor drive Noise Level Low (<60 dB) Maintenance Minimal lubrication required Weight Capacity High load-bearing for industrial use   ROI and Efficiency of Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D Investing in a Motor-drive Roller Conveyor provides a clear return through enhanced process efficiency and reduced operational downtime. By automating product transport between workstations, companies minimize manual handling and the associated labor costs. The continuous and reliable movement of goods allows production lines to maintain constant throughput, improving productivity per shift. Furthermore, the motorized design minimizes product damage by providing consistent acceleration and deceleration, lowering waste and rework. Over time, these advantages result in a rapid ROI (Return on Investment)—typically realized within months depending on production scale and frequency of use.   Key Features and Benefits of Motor-drive Roller Conveyor RC2M-D The RC2M-D Motor-drive Roller Conveyor combines efficiency, robustness, and flexibility. Its modular construction allows easy integration with existing conve...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/motor-drive-roller-conveyor-rc2m-d/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Motor-drive-Roller-Conveyor-RC2M-D.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Motor-drive-Roller-Conveyor-RC2M-D.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1584 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295112</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>95 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6988</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2611,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2611</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Conveyors</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Conveyors</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240023</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic L bar sealer T4535 -  Max package: L400*W300*H220mm, Min package : L: 100mm, W: 50mm, H: no limit]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 The Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 is an industrial-grade automatic L bar sealer designed for continuous packaging operations requiring high productivity, consistent sealing quality, and long-term reliability. This machine is widely used in manufacturing and logistics facilities to create sealed film enclosures around individual or grouped products prior to heat shrinking. It is suitable for POF shrink film with widths from 100 mm to 550 mm and thickness between 15 to 25 microns. The system’s compact footprint and automated operation make it an efficient choice for medium to high-volume production lines. With a maximum package size of L450 × W350 × H220 mm and a minimum sealing range of L100 × W50 mm, the Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 accommodates a broad variety of product dimensions. The equipment integrates precise temperature control, a high-efficiency sealing blade, and an automatic conveyor system that ensures stable transfer of items through the sealing and shrinking process. The durable structure and heat-resistant materials ensure continuous operation under industrial workloads. Designed for use with a separate or built-in shrink tunnel, the T4535 offers an excellent combination of automation, adaptability, and energy efficiency.   Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 video ﻿   FAQ of Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 What is an automatic L bar sealer and how does it work? An automatic L bar sealer is a packaging machine that seals products in heat-shrinkable film using an L-shaped sealing arm. It automatically detects the product, cuts and seals the film, and prepares it for heat shrinking. This process ensures consistent sealing quality and reduced manual labor in packaging operations. What film types are compatible with the Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535? The Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 is compatible with POF (polyolefin) shrink film ranging from 100 mm to 550 mm in width and with a thickness of 15–25 microns. It provides clean, residue-free sealing with high clarity shrink films. What is the maximum and minimum product size that can be sealed? The machine supports products with maximum dimensions of L450 × W350 × H220 mm and minimum dimensions of L100 × W50 mm. The height of the product is not limited, allowing packaging of various product profiles. Is the Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 suitable for high-volume production? Yes. The automatic L bar sealer is designed for continuous or semi-automatic operation, making it ideal for medium to high-volume packaging environments that require stable output and minimal operator intervention. Does the machine require an external shrink tunnel? The Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 can be used either as a standalone unit or in combination with an external shrink tunnel. For tight and professional packaging results, it is recommended to connect the sealer to a compatible shrink tunnel system. What are the power requirements for this machine? The Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 operates on a standard 220V / 50–60Hz power supply and consumes approximately 1.6 kW. It is suitable for most industrial environments within the European power standard. What kind of maintenance does the machine require? Routine maintenance involves cleaning the sealing blade, checking the Teflon coating, and inspecting the conveyor belt and sensors. Regular preventive maintenance ensures stable performance and extends the service life of the automatic L bar sealer. Is the machine compliant with European safety standards? Yes. The Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 is CE certified and includes safety features such as protective covers, emergency stop switches, and heat insulation. These features guarantee operator safety during continuous industrial use. Can the machine handle different product shapes and materials? The automatic L bar sealer is highly versatile and can seal rectangular, square, or irregularly shaped products made of cardboard, plastic, or other rigid materials, as long as they fit within the maximum size limits. Where can I buy the Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535? You can purchase the Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 directly through our website by clicking the ADD TO CART button. For customized quotations or bulk orders, select GET OFFER to receive a personalized business proposal with competitive pricing and EU-wide delivery.   Specifications of Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 Model T4535 Automatic L Bar Sealer Power Supply 220V / 50-60Hz Power Consumption 1.6 kW Max Package Size L450 × W350 × H220 mm Min Package Size L100 × W50 mm, Height: No limit Film Type POF shrink film Film Width 100 mm – 550 mm Film Thickness 15–25 micron Machine Dimensions 1450 × 670 × 1000 mm Weight 200 kg Operation Mode Semi-automatic / continuous sealing Sealing Blade Type Heat-resistant L-type sealing system Control System Electronic temperature controller and photo sensor   ROI of Automatic L Bar Sealer T4535 The automatic L bar sealer significantly reduces manual labor and time spent on packag...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-l-bar-sealer-t4535/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3292 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240023</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>205 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>652,654</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>652</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Förpackningsmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230034</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[RUBBER automatic box taper machine 48-60mm (Kraft or BOPP tape) - 12m/min - Max. Carton size: W500*H500mm - Min. Carton Size: W120*H120mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine Automatic box taper machine is designed for efficient and standardized carton sealing in industrial and commercial operations. This equipment ensures consistent packaging quality across production lines while reducing manual labor and human error. The RUBBER automatic box taper machine uses pressure-sensitive adhesive tapes such as BOPP and Kraft tape to seal cartons in a reliable and uniform manner. With a power supply of 220V/50Hz and 370W output, it provides stable and continuous operation for demanding environments. The machine supports carton dimensions from L300–700mm, W120–480mm, and H120–480mm, making it suitable for a wide range of packaging requirements. Operating at a sealing speed of 12 cases per minute, it increases productivity while maintaining accuracy in carton closing. Equipped with a 750mm height workbench and robust side belt drive system, the machine facilitates integration with automated conveyor systems in warehouses and production facilities. Dimensions of L1780 × W886 × H1685mm and weight of 180kg ensure a compact yet stable construction that is durable in long-term industrial use. Its application field includes chemical fiber industries, tobacco leaf drying, pharmaceuticals, publications, household appliances, refrigeration, ceramics, and logistics operations. The RUBBER automatic box taper machine is built to improve operational efficiency, reduce packaging waste, and ensure standardized sealing quality across multiple packaging lines.   RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine video ﻿   FAQ of RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine What carton sizes can the automatic box taper machine handle? The machine supports cartons with dimensions from L300–700mm, W120–480mm, and H120–480mm, ensuring flexibility for various packaging requirements. What type of adhesive tape is compatible with the automatic box taper machine? It is compatible with BOPP and Kraft adhesive tapes, in widths ranging from 48mm to 60mm. What is the sealing speed of the automatic box taper machine? The equipment operates at a sealing speed of 12 cases per minute, suitable for medium to high-volume production lines. What is the power requirement for the automatic box taper machine? It requires a 220V / 50Hz power supply with a rated power of 370W. Is the automatic box taper machine easy to integrate with existing conveyor systems? Yes, the machine has a standard 750mm workbench height, allowing seamless integration with infeed and outfeed conveyors. What is the weight and size of the automatic box taper machine? The machine dimensions are L1780 × W886 × H1685mm, with a gross weight of 180kg, providing compact yet stable construction. What safety features are included in the automatic box taper machine? It includes operator safety instructions, blade protection, and requires safe operating distance to reduce risks during operation. What industries typically use the automatic box taper machine? Industries such as manufacturing, logistics, pharmaceuticals, household appliances, ceramics, publishing, and refrigerated goods benefit from its application. How much maintenance does the automatic box taper machine require? It requires regular inspection of belts, blades, and tape rollers, as well as cleaning adhesive residue and lubricating moving parts for smooth operation. What purchasing options are available for the automatic box taper machine? Customers can add the product directly to cart for immediate purchase or request a personalized quotation by selecting the Get Offer option.   Specifications of RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine Model FX-AT5050 Power Supply and Power 220V / 50Hz / 370W Sealing Specification L300–700mm × W120–480mm × H120–480mm Adhesive Tape BOPP, Kraft adhesive tape Adhesive Size 48–60mm Sealing Speed 12 cases per minute Workbench Height 750mm Dimensions L1780 × W886 × H1685mm Packing Measurement L2300 × W1150 × H1690mm (4.47m³) Net Weight 150kg Gross Weight 180kg   ROI of RUBBER Automatic Box Taper Machine Automatic box taper machine ensures measurable return on investment for companies engaged in medium to large scale packaging. By automating carton sealing, it reduces dependency on manual labor and lowers the risk of inconsistent sealing quality. The sealing speed of 12 cases per minute translates to significant time savings in high-volume operations, reducing bottlenecks in production lines. Lower labor involvement minimizes training costs and employee fatigue, while ensuring higher operational safety. Energy consumption remains low with a 370W power configuration, making it cost-efficient to operate continuously. Carton sealing waste is minimized as the machine applies consistent tape tension and alignment. This optimization prevents product damage during storage or transport and reduces rework costs. In sectors such as manufacturing, logistics, and distribution, the equipment provides long-term cost savings through reliable performance, limited downtime, and exte...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/rubber-automatic-box-taper-machine-48-60mm-kraft-or-bopp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-left-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-right-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-better.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-best-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-high.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine-cheap-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RUBBER-automatic-box-taper-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4878 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230034</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>240 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>653,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>653</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Kartongförslutare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Kartongförslutare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260354</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB - 30-80pcs/min]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB The Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB is a professional equipment solution developed for industrial applications where high precision and consistency in labeling are essential. This machine is designed to handle flat product surfaces and provides reliable performance for companies requiring systematic product labeling across multiple batches. The labeling speed ranges from 30 to 80 pieces per minute, depending on the dimensions of the product and the applied label size. It supports label sizes between 6 to 250 mm in length and 20 to 160 mm in width. The device accommodates product sizes ranging from 40 to 300 mm in length, 40 to 200 mm in width, and 0.2 to 100 mm in height. The core design of this machine ensures labeling accuracy and consistency, making it suitable for companies that require compliance with industrial standards in packaging and identification processes. The system is built with stable components to maintain durability and reliability during extended operation, minimizing the risk of downtime and maximizing operational efficiency.   Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB video ﻿   FAQ of Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB 1. What product shapes and surfaces are suitable? Flat or nearly flat surfaces are ideal for consistent label adhesion and positioning. Typical applications include cartons, pouches, trays, flat bottles, and rigid components with a uniform top face. For the Tabletop auto labeling machine T160LB, suitable product dimensions are Length 40–300 mm, Width 40–200 mm, and Height 0.2–100 mm, ensuring stable transport and reliable label application within these ranges. 2. What throughput do I need for my line? Define your required labeled-units-per-hour from real production data (shift targets, changeovers, rejects). The T160LB operates at 30–80 pcs/min, allowing planners to budget between 1,800 and 4,800 labeled pieces per hour under steady-state conditions. Select a capacity with 15–25% headroom to accommodate ramp-up, operator interventions, and label roll changes without risking bottlenecks. 3. What label sizes are supported? Confirm the full label size envelope against the machine’s specification. The T160LB supports label sizes of Length 6–250 mm and Width 20–160 mm. Validate your smallest and largest SKUs (including any planned redesigns) against these limits to avoid retooling or parallel equipment for outliers. 4. Will my product dimensions fit without custom fixtures? Compare your product length, width, and height to the machine’s admissible window. The T160LB supports products within L 40–300 mm, W 40–200 mm, H 0.2–100 mm. Parts outside this range may require custom guides or a different platform. Verify tolerance bands (warpage, flatness) to ensure stable transport and repeatable label placement. 5. How do I ensure label placement accuracy and consistency? Accuracy depends on stable product handling, correct sensor positioning, and proper label threading/tension. Implement clear work instructions for threading, set product guides to eliminate lateral play, and run short validation batches whenever changing label size or product. Maintain clean rollers and sensors to prevent drift and mis-triggers. 6. What changeover steps are required between SKUs? Typical changeovers include swapping label rolls as needed, adjusting guide rails to product width, setting label position via the head’s vertical/front-back adjustments, and confirming sensor triggers on the new label gap/mark. Document target settings per SKU and use a checklist to keep changeovers predictable and under a defined time standard. 7. What are the installation and operating environment requirements? Install on a rigid, level surface with adequate clearance for loading products and changing label rolls. Operate in a clean, dry area with stable temperature and minimal vibration. Provide standard AC power per local regulations and ensure proper grounding for safety and signal stability. Keep liquids, dust, and corrosives away from transport and sensor areas. 8. What routine maintenance and consumables should I plan for? Plan periodic cleaning of transport rollers, label path, and sensors; remove adhesive buildup to prevent slippage and misfeeds. Inspect belts and wear components on a schedule aligned with run-hours. Primary consumables are pressure-sensitive labels compatible with your substrate. Maintain spare label rolls and basic wear parts to minimize downtime. 9. How do I validate labels, compliance, and traceability? Confirm label material compatibility with your product surface and storage conditions. Validate readability (text, barcodes, regulatory marks) at line speed and downstream checkpoints. Establish a first-article approval per shift/SKU, record settings, and include periodic sampling during production to demonstrate ongoing compliance and traceability. 10. What support, training, and documentation are required? Ensure operators receive initial training...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tabletop-auto-labeling-machine-t160lb/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tabletop-auto-labeling-machine-T160LB-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tabletop-auto-labeling-machine-T160LB-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tabletop-auto-labeling-machine-T160LB-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3536 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260354</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>70 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1076,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1076</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Labeling machines</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Labeling machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260350</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Labeling Machine A175LB - 40-120pcs/min]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Labeling Machine A175LB Automatic labeling machine A175LB is a professional industrial solution designed for enterprises that require consistent and accurate labeling on flat products. This machine is engineered to meet the operational needs of companies in sectors such as manufacturing, packaging, logistics, and distribution. Automatic labeling machine A175LB provides an efficient method to apply labels with high precision, supporting large-scale operations where consistency and reliability are critical. The system ensures labeling accuracy ±1mm and labeling speed 40–120 pcs/min, subject to label and product parameters. The device is powered by a step motor and managed via a stable PLC system to maintain repeatable performance in extended industrial use. Automatic labeling machine A175LB supports a wide range of product sizes and label sizes, enabling versatile deployment across packaging tasks. The compact dimensions 1500×650×1400mm and net weight 160kg ensure stable operation with efficient floor utilization. The machine handles product dimensions L:40–250mm, W:40–200mm, H:0.2–100mm and label dimensions W:20–175mm, L:6–250mm, forming a reliable, accurate solution aligned with enterprise standards.   Automatic Labeling Machine A175LB video ﻿   FAQ of Automatic Labeling Machine A175LB 1) What products can the automatic labeling machine A175LB handle? Automatic labeling machine A175LB is designed for flat-surface products across manufacturing, packaging, and distribution. It supports the following Suitable product size envelope: L:40mm–250mm, W:40mm–200mm, H:0.2mm–100mm. Typical items include cartons, trays, sleeves, and flat industrial components where uniform label placement is required. Within these limits, the platform maintains ±1mm accuracy provided products are conveyed stably and aligned using the adjustable guides and labeling head positioning mechanisms. 2) What label sizes are compatible with the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB accepts the following Suitable label size range: L (length): 6–250mm and W (width): 20–175mm (expressed by supplier as W6–250*H20–175mm). This coverage supports small identification labels through to larger compliance or branding labels on flat packaging. For best results, use quality liners (e.g., glassine) and ensure die-cut depth does not score the liner to prevent tearing during high-speed dispensing. 3) What throughput and accuracy can we expect from the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB achieves a labeling speed of 40–120 pcs/min, dependent on label geometry, product handling stability, and chosen parameters. Placement precision is specified at ±1mm under normal conditions. Consistency is governed by correct sensor calibration, stable conveyance, and appropriate tensioning of label media through the path. 4) What are the electrical and power requirements for the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB operates on 110/220V, 50–60Hz mains supply with a rated power consumption of 400W. A properly grounded connection is required. The drive is a step motor under PLC control, ensuring deterministic motion and repeatable label feed under continuous duty. 5) How does the automatic labeling machine A175LB integrate into an existing line? Automatic labeling machine A175LB is configured for Left-to-Right product flow and mounts inline with upstream/downstream conveyors. The platform’s compact footprint 1500×650×1400mm and weight 160kg provide stability with modest floor-space impact. Integration focuses on synchronized infeed, consistent product orientation, and clear take-away to protect adhesion immediately after label application. 6) What adjustments and changeover steps are required on the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB provides vertical, horizontal, and front–rear positioning for the labeling head, adjustable product guides, and tension control for the label path. Changeover involves: loading the label roll, threading per the path diagram, setting labeling speed, aligning the peel point to the target area, and performing sensor calibration for reliable gap detection. Documented settings help shorten changeover time across SKUs. 7) What operator skills and controls are needed for the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB is intended for trained personnel. Operators configure parameters via the integrated PLC/HMI, including speed, delay, and detection thresholds. Routine tasks include threading, tension checks, and periodic verification of placement. The interface also permits manual jog for testing and diagnostics before switching to automatic mode for production. 8) What maintenance practices ensure reliability of the automatic labeling machine A175LB? Automatic labeling machine A175LB benefits from a preventive plan: regular cleaning of rollers and peel plates, removal of liner debris, sensor...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-labeling-machine-a175lb/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-buy-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-Labeling-Machine-A175LB-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5488 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260350</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>160 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1076,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1076</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Labeling machines</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Labeling machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>331000</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch film dispenser HOLD3 - Stretching Rate: 35% - Film Width: 500mm, Inner Dia.: 76 mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 is a precision-engineered tool designed for industrial packaging operations to secure and wrap goods efficiently. This stretch film dispenser supports film widths from 12 to 20 inches (30 to 50 cm), fitting a variety of standard stretch film rolls used in warehousing, manufacturing, and logistics. It features a robust metal frame with a rust-resistant coating to ensure longevity in demanding environments. Operators benefit from the ergonomic design and tension adjustment mechanism, which facilitates consistent film delivery and reduces material waste. The dispenser’s lightweight yet durable construction enhances maneuverability and ease of use across different packaging scenarios, making it an essential tool for companies aiming to improve transport safety and optimize packing workflows.   Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 video ﻿   FAQ of Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 What is a stretch film dispenser and what is it used for? A stretch film dispenser is a tool used to hold and apply stretch wrap film efficiently around pallets or products to secure and protect them during storage or transportation. It helps control film tension and speed, improving wrap consistency and reducing film waste. What film sizes are compatible with most stretch film dispensers? Most stretch film dispensers accommodate film widths ranging between 12 and 20 inches (30 to 50 cm) with typically a standard 3-inch core diameter. It is important to check dispenser specifications to ensure compatibility with the film used. How does tension adjustment improve wrapping? Tension adjustment lets the operator control the tightness of the film wrap around a load, which ensures secure packing, reduces film breakage, and minimizes material waste, resulting in cost savings. Are stretch film dispensers suitable for all types of pallets and loads? Yes, stretch film dispensers are designed to wrap different pallet sizes and loads securely. Adjustable tension and film size compatibility enable versatile use on various cargo types and packaging situations. What materials are stretch film dispensers typically made of? They are usually constructed from durable metals with rust-resistant coatings to withstand industrial wear and exposure, ensuring long-lasting reliability in demanding environments. How easy is it to replace the stretch film roll on the dispenser? Roll replacement is designed to be quick and tool-free in most dispensers. The standard 3-inch core film rolls can be loaded easily to minimize downtime and improve workflow speed. Can the dispenser reduce operator fatigue? Ergonomic design features, including soft handle grips and lightweight construction, reduce hand strain and fatigue during prolonged wrapping tasks, supporting better safety and productivity. What maintenance does a stretch film dispenser require? Routine cleaning to remove debris and regular inspection of tension controls and moving parts ensure smooth film delivery and extend the dispenser’s operational life. Is the stretch film dispenser environmentally friendly? By improving film tension control and reducing waste, dispensers help minimize excessive use of plastic wrap. Additionally, many films used are recyclable, supporting sustainability goals. How does this dispenser compare to automatic stretch wrapping machines? Manual stretch film dispensers are cost-effective and flexible tools for lower to medium volume packaging tasks, while automatic machines serve high-throughput environments. Dispensers provide operator control and mobility not offered by fixed machinery.   Specifications of Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 Parameter Specification Film Width Compatibility 12 - 20 inches (30 - 50 cm) Core Diameter 3 inches (7.6 cm) Weight Approx. 3.2 lbs (1.45 kg) Material Durable metal with rust-resistant finish Tension Adjustment Manual control for film tightness Handle Grip Soft foam padded for comfort   ROI - Process Efficiency Improvement of Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 The stretch film dispenser HOLD3 significantly enhances operational efficiency by streamlining the packaging process. Its adjustable tension control minimizes film waste, reducing supply costs related to overuse and breakage. The durable construction lowers maintenance and replacement needs, decreasing downtime. The ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, which can improve labor productivity and lessen work-related injuries. By enabling quicker, more consistent wrapping of pallets and goods, it helps enterprises meet tight shipping schedules. These benefits translate into measurable cost savings and productivity gains, increasing return on investment for companies seeking scalable packaging solutions.   Key Features and Benefits of Stretch Film Dispenser HOLD3 The HOLD3 stretch film dispenser offers notable features including adjustable height, manual tension control, and a soft foam handle grip designed for extended use. These elements enhance operator ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stretch-film-dispenser-hold3/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Stretch-film-dispenser-HOLD3-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>364 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>331000</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>6 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>652,656</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>652</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Förpackningsmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Shrink Tunnel V4530 - 10m/min - Max product: 1400*350*200H mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Shrink Tunnel V4530 Shrink Tunnel V4530 is an industrial-grade packaging equipment specially designed for efficient shrink wrapping applications. This shrink tunnel machine integrates advanced heat shrinking technology, ensuring high consistency and durability in packaging processes. Built for use in enterprises and manufacturing industries, the Shrink Tunnel V4530 accommodates a wide range of shrink films including Polyolefin (POF) and Polyethylene (PE), with film thickness from 15 to 160 microns and film widths ranging from 200mm to 520mm. The machine maximizes packaging efficiency by utilizing adjustable air blowing angles and precise temperature control, allowing optimal shrinkage with reduced film waste. The product supports packaging of goods up to 1400mm in length, 350mm in width, and 200mm in height, making it adaptable to various product sizes. Its robust design and reliable performance guarantee consistent sealing quality while protecting products during transit. Shrink Tunnel V4530 is engineered for industrial use with features aimed at increasing throughput, lowering operational costs, and maintaining compliance with safety and quality standards.   Shrink Tunnel V4530 video ﻿   FAQ of Shrink Tunnel V4530 What types of shrink films are compatible with the shrink tunnel? The shrink tunnel is compatible with Polyolefin (POF), Polyethylene (PE), and PVC shrink films. It supports film thicknesses ranging from 15 to 160 microns and film widths between 200mm and 520mm, allowing flexibility with various packaging materials based on operational needs. What size range of products can the shrink tunnel accommodate? This shrink tunnel supports products up to 1400mm in length, 350mm in width, and 200mm in height, making it suitable for packaging medium to large-sized items typically handled in industrial environments. How does the shrink tunnel impact production efficiency and ROI? By automating the film shrinking process, the shrink tunnel reduces manual labor, increases throughput, minimizes film waste, and decreases downtime through reliable performance—resulting in significant improvements in packaging efficiency and return on investment. What safety features are included to protect operators? The shrink tunnel includes thermal insulation to minimize heat exposure, emergency stop mechanisms for quick shutdown, and robust construction that adheres to industrial safety standards ensuring secure operation in demanding production settings. Is the shrink tunnel easy to operate and maintain? Yes, the tunnel features a digital control panel for precise temperature and airflow adjustments and requires routine maintenance such as airflow cleaning and sensor calibration to ensure consistent performance and longevity. Are there any environmental benefits associated with this shrink tunnel? The machine enables precise heat application that reduces film usage, supports recyclable film materials such as Polyolefin, and contributes to environmental sustainability by minimizing packaging waste. Can the shrink tunnel's settings be adjusted for different product types and films? The shrink tunnel provides customizable air blowing angles and temperature controls to adapt to a wide variety of product sizes and shrink film types, ensuring optimal shrinkage without damaging the product. What infrastructure requirements are needed for installation? The machine requires an appropriate industrial power supply, adequate space to accommodate its dimensions, and proper ventilation to dissipate heat safely within the production area. How does this shrink tunnel compare to other types available? This tunnel offers advanced digital temperature controls and adjustable airflow, ensuring superior shrink quality and energy efficiency compared to conventional or steam-based shrink tunnels, along with reduced maintenance demands. What is the process for purchasing and support after sale? Customers can purchase the shrink tunnel through authorized dealers or online platforms with options to add to cart or request personalized offers. Comprehensive after-sales support, including installation guidance and technical assistance, ensures smooth integration into existing workflows.   Specifications of Shrink Tunnel V4530 Specification Details Max Product Dimension (L x W x H) 1400mm x 350mm x 200mm Shrink Film Types POF and PE Film Thickness 15-160 microns Film Width 200mm - 520mm Air Blowing Adjustable Angle Temperature Control Digital and Adjustable Power Supply Standard Industrial Voltage Operating Speed Variable - optimized per application   ROI - Efficiency with Shrink Tunnel V4530 Implementing the Shrink Tunnel V4530 in packaging operations significantly enhances process efficiency by minimizing manual labor and accelerating packaging throughput. This industrial shrink tunnel reduces the need for multiple packaging steps by ensuring rapid, uniform shrinkage of films around products. Consequently, businesses experience decreased material w...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/shrink-tunnel-v4530/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530-best.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>652,654</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>652</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Förpackningsmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240055</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Side Sealer A450 - 15m/min - Highest packing 150mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Side Sealer A450 Automatic Side Sealer A450 is an industrial packaging machine designed for efficient and reliable sealing using shrink films. It is tailored for use in industrial operations involving tall and long products such as doors, wood panels, and other items requiring a secure shrink wrap. The machine supports product heights ranging from 5 cm to 25 cm, accommodating a variety of shapes and delivering consistent shrinkage effects. This tool plays a critical role in enhancing packaging quality and efficiency for manufacturers and enterprises. The machine operates on a 220V, 50/60Hz power supply with a power consumption of 1.35 kW. It features an automated film feeding system and waste film collection to maintain an orderly work environment and reduce material waste. The sealing size supports unlimited length with a maximum seal width of 350 mm and a packing height limit of 120 mm. Additionally, it achieves a high sealing speed of 15 meters per minute and works with an air pressure of 0.5 Mpa, ensuring productive and continuous packaging lines.   Automatic Side Sealer A450 video ﻿   FAQ of Automatic Side Sealer A450 What are the minimum and maximum product size limits for the Automatic Side Sealer? The machine supports a minimum product size of 5 cm length x 5 cm width x 2 cm height, and the combined width and height must be less than 420 mm. The height must be under 150 mm, while the length is unlimited, suitable for tall and long items. What types of shrink films are compatible with the machine? This model is compatible with POF, PVC, and PP shrink films, allowing flexibility depending on packaging needs and product protection requirements. What is the power requirement and operational environment for the Automatic Side Sealer? The machine requires a 220V, 50/60Hz power supply, operating at approximately 1.35 kW power consumption, suitable for standard industrial electrical setups. How fast can the machine seal products? The machine operates at a sealing speed of up to 15 meters per minute, supporting high production volumes with consistent seal quality. Does the machine feature automatic or manual controls? It features automatic film feeding and waste film collection with selectable operation modes for manual setup and automatic packaging, controlled via an operator interface. How does the machine ensure operator safety? Safety features include automatic return of the sealing knife if an obstruction occurs, protective covers for moving parts, and emergency stop controls to prevent accidents. What maintenance is required to keep the machine running smoothly? Routine maintenance involves cleaning sealing knives before they cool below 70°C, draining moisture from the air compressor monthly, and regularly checking and replacing worn parts to avoid downtime. Is the machine compatible with various product shapes? Yes, it can handle different product shapes within the size limitations, making it versatile for diverse packaging applications. How does the machine help reduce material waste? With automatic waste film collection and optimized sealing, it minimizes excess shrink film use, contributing to reduced environmental impact and cost savings. What are the dimensions and footprint of the machine for production planning? The machine measures approximately 1650 mm long x 800 mm wide x 1450 mm high and weighs about 300 kg, requiring a stable floor space for installation with access for maintenance.   Specifications of Automatic Side Sealer A450 Specification Details Power Supply 220V, 50/60Hz Power Consumption 1.35 kW Maximum Packing Height 120 mm Seal Size Unlimited Length, Width 350 mm Sealing Speed 15 meters/minute Air Pressure 0.5 Mpa Machine Dimensions (LxWxH) 1650 x 800 x 1450 mm Machine Weight 300 Kg Shrink Films Compatible POF, PVC, PP   ROI for Automatic Side Sealer A450 The Automatic Side Sealer A450 enhances packaging efficiency by automating the sealing process, reducing manual labor and minimizing errors. It achieves consistent, high-quality seals that protect products during transportation and storage, reducing damage and returns. Its rapid sealing speed of up to 15 meters per minute increases throughput, enabling businesses to meet high production demands. The device’s automated waste film collection also reduces material loss, optimizing packaging costs. Thus, companies achieve faster packaging cycles, better quality assurance, and lower operational expenditures, leading to a significant return on investment.   Key Features and Benefits of Automatic Side Sealer A450 This model features automatic film feeding and waste film collection systems that ensure smooth, uninterrupted packaging operations. The machine supports products of varying shapes and sizes with a flexible sealing width and unlimited length capability. It operates with a high sealing speed and maintains reliable performance due to its adjustable sealing temperature and time controls, which can be tailored to diffe...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-side-sealer-a450/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-high-quality-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-quality-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-best-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-buying-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-better.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-cheap-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-high-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240055</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>350 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>652,654</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>652</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Förpackningsmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240014</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Heat shrink machine F7060 - min product L:100mm, W: 100mm, H:30mm, max product: 700*600*300mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Heat Shrink Machine F7060 The heat shrink machine F7060 is a professional industrial packaging solution designed to integrate sealing and shrinking functions into a single compact structure. It provides enterprises with an automated method of packaging that eliminates the inefficiency of manual bagging and offers consistent results across a wide range of applications. This equipment is suitable for industries that demand reliable packaging such as food processing, publishing, logistics, retail distribution, and manufacturing. With a maximum sealing size of 700 x 600 mm and the ability to handle packages up to 650 mm length, it is capable of supporting medium to large scale packaging requirements. The power capacity is 5.0 kW, enabling continuous operation without compromising energy efficiency. The machine is built for 110V or 220–240V/50–60Hz power supply and delivers a working efficiency of 500–800 pieces per hour. Constructed with a stable 1720 x 950 x 1100 mm frame and a weight of 165 kg, the unit provides both durability and mobility for factory environments. Its dual function of sealing and shrinking ensures that packaged goods are protected against dust, moisture, and damage, improving product presentation and extending shelf life. The heat shrink machine F7060 therefore serves as a reliable tool for companies seeking productivity, cost efficiency, and standardized packaging quality.   Heat Shrink Machine F7060 video ﻿   FAQ of Heat Shrink Machine F7060 What type of films can be used with the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 is compatible with PVC and POF shrink films. These materials provide reliable sealing, good transparency, and durability. POF films are particularly suitable for food and consumer goods due to their non-toxic properties. What is the maximum package size supported by the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 supports packages up to W+H < 650 mm, W < 580 mm, L < 650 mm, H < 150 mm. This makes it suitable for medium to large-sized products across various industries. What is the working efficiency of the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 can process between 500 and 800 pieces per hour. Efficiency depends on the size of the product, film type, and operator handling, but the machine maintains consistent output in industrial settings. What power requirements are needed for the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 operates with a 110V or 220–240V, 50–60Hz power supply. It requires 5.0 kW of power capacity, ensuring robust heating and sealing performance during continuous operation. Is the heat shrink machine safe to operate? Yes, the heat shrink machine F7060 is equipped with a protective sealing hood, safety switches, and warning systems that prevent activation when the cover is not engaged. These features reduce risks associated with high-temperature sealing and cutting. How durable is the heat shrink machine F7060? The heat shrink machine F7060 is constructed with a 1720 x 950 x 1100 mm frame and weighs 165 kg, ensuring structural stability. Components such as the nickel chrome cutter and stainless steel heating tube provide long service life and operational reliability. What industries typically use the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 is widely applied in food and beverage, publishing, logistics, retail packaging, consumer goods, and manufacturing. It is suitable for enterprises that require efficient, standardized packaging solutions. What maintenance is required for the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 requires daily cleaning of the sealing knife and shrink chamber, semi-annual inspections for lubrication and component checks, and replacement of parts such as cutters or heating tubes as needed. Proper maintenance ensures long-term performance. What is the expected return on investment from the heat shrink machine? The heat shrink machine F7060 reduces labor costs, increases throughput, and improves packaging quality. By eliminating manual packaging inefficiencies and reducing product damage, enterprises gain a clear ROI through cost savings and higher operational productivity. How can the heat shrink machine F7060 be purchased? The heat shrink machine F7060 can be acquired directly by selecting Add to Cart for a standard purchase or requesting a tailored quotation by choosing Get Offer. This provides companies flexibility to order based on standard requirements or custom specifications.   Specifications of Heat Shrink Machine F7060 Model F7060 Type 2 in 1 Shrink Packaging Machine Power Supply 110V / 220–240V, 50–60Hz Power 5.0 kW Max. Packing Size W+H < 650, W < 580, L < 650, H < 150 Max. Sealing Size 700 x 600 mm Working Efficiency 500–800 pcs/h Machine Size 1720 x 950 x 1100 mm Machine Weight 165 kg   ROI of Heat Shrink Machine F7060 The heat shrink machine F7060 contributes to return on investment by reducing dependency on manual labor and increasing overall productivity. Manual...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/heat-shrink-machine-f7060/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Heat-shrink-machine-F7060-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240014</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>170 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>652,654</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>652</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Förpackningsmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>295005</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Förläng rostfri valsrullbana bredd 550mm, längd 1200-5000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Rostfri valsrullbana Den förlängningsbara rostfria valsrullbanan med bredd 550mm och längd 1200–5000mm är utformad för att stödja industriell logistik och förpackningsoperationer där effektivitet, tillförlitlighet och anpassningsbarhet är nyckelkrav. Transportören är konstruerad med en ram i rostfritt stål, vilket säkerställer korrosionsbeständighet och lämplighet för krävande miljöer, inklusive livsmedels-, läkemedels- och tillverkningsanläggningar. Dess justerbara längd från 1200mm till 5000mm möjliggör användning i olika applikationer, från kortdistansmaterialöverföringar till längre interna transportprocesser. Den justerbara höjden på 650–800mm ger flexibilitet för integration med befintlig utrustning och processer. Med en lastkapacitet på 50kg är transportören konstruerad för att konsekvent hantera medeltunga varor samtidigt som den bibehåller strukturell stabilitet. Användningen av expanderbara valssektioner möjliggör enkel positionering och omkonfigurering, vilket minskar tiden som krävs för operativa justeringar. Denna transportör är en praktisk investering för företag som söker långsiktig tillförlitlighet vid materialhantering och konsekvent efterlevnad av industristandarder.   FAQ om rostfri valsrullbana 1) Vilka är de exakta måtten på den rostfria valsrullbanan jag köper? Den angivna modellen är förlängningsbar rostfri valsrullbana med en användbar bredd på 550 mm och en flexibel längd från 1200 mm till 5000 mm. Arbetsytan är justerbar mellan 650–800 mm för att anpassas till intilliggande utrustning. Kontrollera de nödvändiga inmatnings-/utmatningshöjderna i din linje och säkerställ minst 200 mm rak tillträdesyta i båda ändar för säkra överföringar.2) Vilken last kan den rostfria valsrullbanan säkert hantera? Den angivna lastkapaciteten är 50 kg per enhet som en jämnt fördelad last. Om dina paket närmar sig denna gräns, bedöm paketets fotavtryck och tyngdpunkt, och beakta säkerhetsfaktorer (t.ex. 70–80 % av nominell kapacitet). För högre laster eller koncentrerade punktlaster, begär ingenjörsbekräftelse före köp.3) Är den rostfria valsrullbanan driven eller gravitations-/manuell? Denna konfiguration är en valsbaserad, icke-driven (gravitations-/manuell) transportör. Produktförflyttning sker genom manuell skjuts eller via lutande layouter där det är lämpligt. Om du behöver driven transport, ackumuleringskontroll eller konstant genomströmning, specificera ett motordrivet alternativ eller en hybridlayout vid offertförfrågan.4) Kommer den rostfria valsrullbanan att integreras med min befintliga utrustning? Integration stöds via höjdjustering mellan 650–800 mm och flexibel längd 1200–5000 mm. Bekräfta gränssnittshöjd för maskiner uppströms/nedströms, tillgängligt golvutrymme för expansion, minimala svängutrymmen samt behov av ändstopp, sidoguider eller överföringsplattor för att överbrygga gap till vågar, förseglare eller omslag. 5) Är den rostfria valsrullbanan lämplig för hygieniska eller korrosiva miljöer? Ramen är i rostfritt stål, vilket stödjer rutinmässiga rengöringar och korrosionsbeständighet typisk för livsmedel, pharma eller våta områden. Om du arbetar med aggressiva kemikalier, saltlake eller sura rengöringsmedel, bekräfta stålkvalitet och valskomponenter. Definiera dina rengöringsmedel och frekvens för att säkerställa materialkompatibilitet och förväntad livslängd. 6) Vilka produkttyper är kompatibla med den rostfria valsrullbanan? Bästa resultat uppnås med styva bottenartiklar såsom kartonger, lådor och plastbackar inom 50 kg lastgräns. För mjuk förpackning (påsar, shrink) använd brickor eller glidskikt för att förhindra att produkten sjunker mellan valsarna. Kontrollera minsta paketlängd (helst täcker minst 3 valsar) för att säkerställa smidig rullning utan kantfastkörning. 7) Hur mycket golvyta kräver den rostfria valsrullbanan vid drift och förvaring? Vid drift, tillåt maximal expansionslängd på 5 m plus säkra gångbanor i båda ändar. Vid förvaring eller standby komprimeras den expanderbara designen för att avsevärt minska fotavtrycket. Kontrollera gångbredd, svängradie för omlokalisering och eventuella hinder (pelare, avlopp) som kan begränsa full utsträckning. 8) Vilka uppgifter behöver jag för en exakt offert på den rostfria valsrullbanan? Lämna paketmått och vikt, önskad genomströmning (artiklar/timme), tillgänglig linjehöjd, föredragen arbetshöjd inom 650–800 mm, typiska omgivningsförhållanden (temperatur, luftfuktighet, rengöringsregim) samt eventuella tillbehör (ändstopp, sidoguider, överföringsplattor). Bifoga layoutritningar eller foton för att bekräfta passform och klaringar. 9) Vilka underhållskrav gäller för den rostfria valsrullbanan? Underhållet är minimalt: håll rullarna rena, inspektera regelbundet rullager för smidig rotation och kontrollera att låsmekanismer för längd och höjd fungerar korrekt. Upprätta ett rutinmässigt rengöringsschema i enlighet med dina hygienrutiner och logga inspektioner kvartalsvis (eller enligt användningsintensitet) för att maximera driftti...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/extend-stainless-steel-roller-conveyor/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Extend-stainless-steel-roller-conveyor-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Extend-stainless-steel-roller-conveyor-buy-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1706 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295005</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>95 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2610,2611,652,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2610</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Cardboard packaging</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260305</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer for bags up to 3kg - 0–13m/min, 600W]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer The F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer is a professional sealing solution designed for continuous and efficient packaging of plastic film bags across multiple industries, including food, pharmaceutical, chemical, agricultural, and industrial applications. This equipment combines high-performance sealing technology with integrated inkjet printing capability, providing both reliable sealing and traceable product coding in one process. The system operates on AC 220V/50-60Hz or 110V/60Hz power supply, with a motor power of 50W and heat tube power of 300W × 2, making it suitable for long-term industrial use. Its sealing speed reaches up to 13m/min, with a temperature range of 0–300°C, adaptable to various bag materials. The machine can handle a maximum film thickness of 0.08 mm and a loaded weight of 3 kg. Dimensions of 1000 × 400 × 450 mm and a robust structural design make it suitable for integration into existing packaging lines. This equipment ensures high sealing quality, uniform heating, and printing accuracy, reducing operational steps by combining sealing and marking in a single workflow. The result is improved efficiency, reduced labor cost, and compliance with traceability standards for industrial packaging operations.   F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer video ﻿   FAQ of F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer What type of materials can the Band Sealer with printer handle? The machine is compatible with plastic films such as LDPE, MDPE, HDPE, and PP, with a maximum thickness of 0.08 mm. What is the sealing speed of the Band Sealer with printer? The equipment operates at adjustable speeds between 0–13 meters per minute, depending on material and bag thickness. Does the Band Sealer with printer include integrated coding functionality? Yes, the model features an inkjet printer capable of printing dates, batch codes, barcodes, and QR codes directly onto the packaging. What power supply is required for the Band Sealer with printer? The machine can operate on 1P AC 220V/50-60Hz or 110V/60Hz, depending on regional requirements. What are the dimensions and weight of the Band Sealer with printer? The dimensions are 1000 × 400 × 450 mm, with a net weight of approximately 25 kg, suitable for integration into production lines. How is the temperature controlled on the Band Sealer with printer? The system uses an electronic temperature controller with an adjustable range of 0–300°C, ensuring consistent and reliable seals. What safety features does the Band Sealer with printer provide? The equipment includes a grounding system, emergency stop switch, protective covers, and controlled cooling to ensure safe operation. Is the Band Sealer with printer suitable for continuous industrial use? Yes, it is designed for continuous operation with durable components, making it suitable for medium- and high-volume packaging environments. What maintenance is required for the Band Sealer with printer? Regular cleaning of sealing belts and conveyor surfaces is needed, with periodic inspection of belts, gears, and motor brushes for long-term efficiency. Can the Band Sealer with printer be integrated into automated production lines? Yes, its compact design and adjustable conveyor system allow integration into both standalone and automated packaging lines.   Specifications of F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer Model F150PM Supply Voltage 1P AC 220V/50-60Hz or 110V/60Hz Motor Power 50W Heat Tube Power 300W × 2 Sealing Speed 0–13 m/min Temperature Range 0–300°C Maximum Thickness ≤0.08 mm Loaded Weight ≤3 kg Dimensions 1000 × 400 × 450 mm Net Weight Approx. 25 kg   ROI - How This Tool Will Help Make Process More Efficient The Band Sealer with printer provides measurable return on investment by reducing the number of process steps in packaging operations. Instead of separately sealing bags and printing codes, the machine integrates both tasks, leading to significant time savings. Companies benefit from reduced labor involvement, lower error rates, and increased packaging speed of up to 13 meters per minute. By ensuring consistent seals and precise printing of dates, batch codes, barcodes, and QR codes, the equipment reduces the risk of packaging failure and product returns. Lower energy consumption is achieved through efficient temperature control and the use of a DC motor transmission system, which contributes to long-term operating cost reduction. The system improves productivity in both high and medium-volume packaging lines, leading to faster product turnaround and compliance with industrial traceability standards, resulting in higher customer satisfaction and lower costs of rework or recalls.   Key Features and Benefits of F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer The F150PM Band Sealer with Inkjet Printer is equipped with several key features that benefit enterprise operations. The machine uses an electronic constant temperature control system to ensure uniform heating, preventing s...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/f150pm-band-sealer-with-inkjet-printer-for-bags-up-to-3kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/F150PM-Band-Sealer-with-Inkjet-Printer.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1218 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260305</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1075</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1075</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Band Sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Band Sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260303</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[FS150 Continuous Band Sealer for bags up to 3kg – Vertical Type, 0–13m/min]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[FS150 Continuous Band Sealer The FS150 Continuous Band Sealer is a professional sealing machine designed for consistent and reliable packaging in industrial environments. It is primarily used for sealing plastic film bags across sectors such as food processing, pharmaceuticals, chemicals, household goods, and agriculture. With its advanced electronic constant temperature control system and variable speed transmission, the sealer offers stable performance and uniform sealing quality. The FS150 model is available in three configurations: horizontal (SF150W), vertical (SF150LW), and floor-standing (SF150LD), making it adaptable to various packaging applications. The machine supports continuous sealing operations, which significantly enhances production efficiency compared to manual or semi-automatic sealing processes. Equipped with a 50W motor and dual 300W heating tubes, the sealer can handle a wide sealing temperature range of 0–300°C. It achieves sealing speeds between 0–13 m/min depending on the material and thickness. Its compact structure, lightweight body, and ease of operation make it an essential tool for enterprises that require reliable and cost-effective sealing solutions. The FS150 Continuous Band Sealer ensures consistent seal strength and quality while minimizing operator intervention, which reduces downtime and ensures standardized results in large-scale production environments.   FS150 Continuous Band Sealer video ﻿   FAQ of FS150 Continuous Band Sealer 1. What power supply and consumption does a Continuous Band Sealer require? A standard unit operates on AC 220V 50–60Hz or 110V 60Hz. Typical ratings: Motor 50W, Heating 300W × 2. Confirm the site’s protected earth connection and circuit capacity before installation. 2. What sealing speed range should we expect? Nominal speed is 0–13 m/min, adjustable via the speed dial. Actual throughput depends on film type, thickness, and bag mass. For new SKUs, validate quality at lower speed and increase as process capability is confirmed. 3. What temperature range and control does a Continuous Band Sealer offer? The controller supports 0–300 °C with electronic regulation. Start from lower setpoints and ramp up until seals meet peel strength and visual criteria. Use the cooling function for clean profile and dimensional stability. 4. Which packaging materials are compatible? Designed for LDPE, MDPE, HDPE, PP, and common multilayer poly films. Maximum recommended single-layer thickness ≤ 0.08 mm. For laminates or specialty films, run a line trial to verify seal integrity. 5. What is the maximum product/bag load on the conveyor? The integrated conveyor supports up to 3 kg total. For heavier pouches, use external infeed/outfeed supports or an upstream conveyor to maintain belt tracking and seal alignment. 6. Should we select horizontal, vertical, or floor-standing orientation? Horizontal (SF150W) suits dry solids. Vertical (SF150LW) supports powders/liquids to prevent spillage. Floor-standing (SF150LD) provides mobile height-adjustable operation. Choose based on product rheology and line ergonomics. 7. How is quality controlled and what sealing patterns are available? Quality relies on the temperature–speed–pressure triad. Machines offer embossed (mesh/stripe) or plain finishes; optional steel-type print wheels can add lot/date codes. Implement routine peel tests and burst checks. 8. What safety features and compliance practices apply? Includes emergency stop, guarded hot zones, and protective covers. Require proper earthing, lock-out for maintenance, and training on hot-surface hazards. Maintain clearances for ventilation (≈10 cm) and dry, non-corrosive environments. 9. What are the key maintenance items and intervals? Daily: clean sealing and guide belts; wipe conveyor. Monthly: inspect belts and guides; clean motor. Semi-annual: check motor brushes, heaters, bearings; lubricate exposed gears. Replace worn parts promptly to prevent drift and downtime. 10. What documentation, spares, and after-sales support should we plan for? Keep the user manual, wiring diagram, and maintenance log at the line. Stock critical spares: sealing belts, guide belts, heating tubes, and motor brushes. Standard warranty covers mechanicals 12 months and electrics 6 months (verify per purchase terms).   Specifications of FS150 Continuous Band Sealer Model SF150W (Horizontal), SF150LW (Vertical), SF150LD (Floor-standing) Power Supply AC 220V / 50-60Hz or 110V / 60Hz Motor Power 50W Heating Power 300W × 2 Sealing Speed 0–13 m/min (adjustable) Temperature Range 0–300°C (adjustable) Max Film Thickness ≤ 0.08 mm (single layer) Max Conveyor Load ≤ 3 kg Dimensions 820 × 385 × 310 mm (W), 820 × 350 × 590 mm (LW), 820 × 510 × 830 mm (LD) Net Weight 20.2 kg (W), 23 kg (LW), 25.5 kg (LD)   ROI - How This Tool Will Help Make Process More Efficient The FS150 Continuous Band Sealer delivers a strong return on investment for companies seeking higher productivity in packaging operations. Manual ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/fs150-continuous-band-sealer-for-bags-up-to-3kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-price-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-best-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/FS150-Continuous-Band-Sealer-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>730 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260303</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1075</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1075</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Band Sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Band Sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260300</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AS600F Vertical Band Sealer - 13mm Seal Width, 0–15m/min, 20kg Load - Bag Height: 60cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AS600F Vertical Band Sealer The AS600F Vertical Band Sealer is a professional packaging solution designed for companies requiring continuous and efficient sealing operations. This machine is applied across multiple industrial sectors such as food production, pharmaceuticals, chemicals, consumer goods, and agriculture. Its primary function is to provide consistent and secure sealing for plastic film bags, ensuring protection, durability, and reliability of packaged goods. The vertical band sealer operates with an electronic constant temperature control system and a stepless speed regulation mechanism, which together allow precise adjustments according to material type and thickness. With sealing speeds of up to 15 meters per minute and adjustable temperature control from 0–300°C, it offers significant flexibility to meet industrial requirements. The conveyor system can support loads up to 20 kilograms, making it suitable for larger batches and heavier packaging. By adopting this solution, businesses can increase productivity, reduce waste caused by irregular sealing, and maintain high-quality presentation of products while ensuring operational safety and compliance with industrial packaging standards.   AS600F Vertical Band Sealer video ﻿   FAQ of AS600F Vertical Band Sealer What is a vertical band sealer and how does it work? A vertical band sealer is a machine used to seal plastic film bags through a continuous process. Bags are transported by a conveyor through heated copper blocks, which soften the film. Pressure and cooling then create a secure and uniform seal. What industries typically use a vertical band sealer? Industries including food packaging, pharmaceuticals, agriculture, chemicals, and consumer goods commonly use a vertical band sealer. It is suitable for medium to large scale production lines requiring consistent sealing quality. What materials are compatible with a vertical band sealer? The vertical band sealer is compatible with LDPE, HDPE, PP, laminates, and composite films. Its temperature range of 0–300°C ensures adaptability for films with varying thicknesses between 0.04–0.20 mm. What is the sealing capacity of the AS600F Vertical Band Sealer? The AS600F vertical band sealer achieves sealing speeds up to 15 meters per minute and can accommodate a conveyor load of 20 kilograms. The sealing width is 13 mm, providing strong and durable closures. What are the safety features of the vertical band sealer? The machine includes an emergency stop switch, proper grounding requirements, protective casing for heated elements, and a controlled shutdown process. These features ensure operator safety during industrial operation. How is the vertical band sealer maintained? Routine maintenance includes cleaning the sealing belts, inspecting guide belts, checking motor carbon brushes, and monitoring heating tubes. Scheduled inspections ensure longevity and consistent sealing performance. Can the vertical band sealer handle heavy-duty packaging? Yes, the AS600F vertical band sealer is designed for industrial use and supports a conveyor load of up to 20 kg, making it suitable for heavy packaging requirements in manufacturing and distribution environments. Is the vertical band sealer adjustable for different bag sizes? The conveyor height of the vertical band sealer is adjustable between 120–600 mm, allowing it to handle small, medium, and large bags without additional equipment modifications. What is the expected lifespan of the vertical band sealer? With regular maintenance, the vertical band sealer is designed for long-term industrial use. Critical components such as heating tubes, belts, and motors can be replaced according to recommended service intervals to extend operational life. How can a business purchase the AS600F Vertical Band Sealer? Businesses can acquire the AS600F vertical band sealer by selecting ADD TO CART for direct purchase or requesting a customized quotation through GET OFFER. Both options ensure secure ordering and support from the supplier.   Specifications of AS600F Vertical Band Sealer Supply Voltage AC220V / 50Hz Motor Power DC24V 120W Heating Tube Power 2 × 400W Sealing Width 13 mm Sealing Speed 0 – 15 m/min Temperature Range 0 – 300°C adjustable Film Thickness 0.04 – 0.20 mm (single layer) Max Conveyor Load 20 kg (5 kg per bag) Adjustable Bag Height 120 – 600 mm Machine Dimensions 1195 × 500 × 1245 mm Net Weight 85 kg   ROI - How This Tool Will Help Make Process More Efficient The adoption of the AS600F Vertical Band Sealer enhances operational return on investment by reducing manual handling and ensuring a standardized packaging process. Manual sealing methods often result in irregular sealing quality, increased downtime, and higher product rejection rates. The vertical band sealer eliminates these inefficiencies by delivering continuous and uniform results. With the machine’s adjustable sealing speed and precise temperature control, production capacity can be scaled with...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/as600f-vertical-band-sealer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-behind.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-conveyer-belt-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-inside-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-inside-2.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-right-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-left-side.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/AS600F-Vertical-Band-Sealer-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3530 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260300</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1075</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1075</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Band Sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Band Sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210048</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO ULTRA - auto strapping machine - PP strap 5-6mm - 800W x 600H mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine Introduction The HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine is a fully automated industrial strapping system engineered to improve productivity and consistency in packaging operations. Designed for high-volume enterprises in logistics, warehousing, printing, and general manufacturing, this model combines advanced electronic control with durable mechanical construction. The system incorporates PLC technology, brushless DC motors, and an automatic strap feeding mechanism, ensuring reliable performance under demanding conditions. With a packaging speed of approximately 72 cycles per minute and a maximum tension range of 0–30 kg, the equipment meets the requirements of companies that need standardized packaging quality and minimized downtime. The worktable height of 850 mm supports ergonomic operation, while the standard arch size of 650 mm × 500 mm provides compatibility with a wide variety of product dimensions. The machine uses polypropylene straps with a width of 5–12 mm and thickness of 0.5–0.8 mm, making it suitable for multiple industrial applications. With a noise level of ≤ 75 dB and hot-melt bottom sealing technology, the HIPO ULTRA ensures strong strap joints, safe operation, and consistent throughput. Enterprises seeking to reduce manual packaging labor, improve efficiency, and maintain product safety across their supply chain can rely on this automated system as an integral part of their production infrastructure.   HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine video ﻿   FAQ of HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine What type of straps can the auto strapping machine use? The machine is designed for polypropylene (PP) straps with a width of 5 mm or 6 mm and thickness between 0.5–0.8 mm. Strap coil dimensions must be inner diameter 200–210 mm, outer diameter 400–450 mm, and width 170–190 mm. What is the maximum speed of the machine? The strapping speed reaches up to 75 cycles per minute, ensuring fast and consistent performance for high-volume packaging lines. What is the tension capacity? The machine provides an adjustable tension range from 0–45 kg, suitable for lightweight and medium-weight products. How does the machine seal the straps? It uses a hot-melt adhesion technique at the bottom position, with adhesion strength of at least 90%, ensuring secure sealing with minimal deviation of ≤2 mm. What is the standard arch size and can it be customized? The standard arch inner size is 650 mm × 500 mm. Custom dimensions are possible depending on customer requirements. What are the dimensions and weight of the machine? The machine size is 1170 × 585 × 1450 mm with a net weight of 185 kg. Shipping size is 1220 × 650 × 1600 mm and gross weight 230 kg. What power supply does the machine require? It operates on 220V, 50/60Hz, single phase, with a rated power of 0.9 kW and current of 4A. How user-friendly is the operation? The machine has a touch screen interface for parameter settings, Schneider electronic components, and multiple operation modes including manual, continuous, and foot switch. An independent dispenser release switch simplifies strap feeding. What safety features are included? It incorporates fault warning functions, sensor switches, and a brushless DC motor for stable and low-noise operation of ≤75 dB. The system also includes protective covers and complies with emergency shut-off standards. What industries is the auto strapping machine suitable for? It is widely used in manufacturing, logistics, warehousing, printing, and distribution, particularly where high-speed and consistent strapping of cartons, bundles, and light products is required.   Specifications of HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine Model YS-505X Power Supply 1P, 220 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.95 kW, 4 A Packing Speed ≈ 72 cycles/min Tension Range 0–30 kg Sealing Method Bottom hot-melt sealing, adhesion ≥ 90% Worktable Height 850 mm Standard Arch Size 650 mm × 500 mm Applicable Strap PP, 5–12 mm width, 0.5–0.8 mm thickness Strap Coil Core I.D. 200–210 mm Strap Coil O.D. 400–450 mm Machine Size (L×W×H) 1210 × 645 × 1436 mm Net Weight 150 kg Noise Level ≤ 75 dB(A) Min Package Size 100 × 60 mm (W×H) Environment −20 °C to 40 °C, ≤ 98% RH   ROI of HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine The HIPO ULTRA Auto Strapping Machine delivers measurable return on investment by replacing manual strapping tasks with fully automated processes that ensure uniformity and speed. Manual methods require significant operator time and are prone to inconsistencies that increase rework, material waste, and labor costs. By contrast, this machine achieves up to 72 strapping cycles per minute with consistent quality, directly increasing throughput and reducing production bottlenecks. The brushless motor technology minimizes mechanical wear and extends service intervals, lowering long-term maintenance expenses. Adjustable tension control reduces product damage while maintaining secure loads, preventing financial losses from returns or re-packaging. Enterprises can r...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/hipo-ultra-auto-strapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/HIPO-ULTRA-auto-strapping-machine.jpeg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/HIPO-ULTRA-auto-strapping-machine-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/HIPO-ULTRA-auto-strapping-machine.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210048</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>270 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2556,366</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine - PP strap 5-6mm - 650W x 500H mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine The HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine is a professional packaging solution developed to increase efficiency in industrial environments where reliable bundling and secure load stability are critical. This model is designed to automate the process of applying polypropylene (PP) straps around cartons, boxes, printed materials, and other units of goods. Its integration into production or logistics lines reduces manual work and ensures consistent strapping quality. The Automatic strapping machine achieves a high level of performance with a speed of up to 50 straps per minute, making it suitable for companies with medium to high packaging volumes. The worktable height of 850 mm is engineered for ergonomic operation, while its robust arch frame allows processing of packages up to 650 × 500 mm in standard configuration. With tension capacity adjustable up to 45 kg, the unit guarantees reliable load security across a variety of applications. Powered by AC 220V single-phase, with a consumption of 0.6 kW, the machine offers stable operation and energy efficiency. Its noise emission is limited to ≤75 dB(A), ensuring compliance with industrial work environment standards. The machine is specifically suited for operations in logistics, warehouses, printing facilities, and production companies seeking precision, reliability, and reduced cycle times. Minimum package size is 80*60mm. Maximum package size is 550*450mm.   HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine video   FAQ of HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine 1. What types of products can the Automatic strapping machine handle?The Automatic strapping machine is suitable for cartons, boxes, newspapers, printed materials, and light to medium-weight packages up to approximately 80 kg. The standard arch size of 650 × 500 mm allows for strapping of various dimensions, with customization available for special requirements. 2. What strap materials and sizes are compatible with the Automatic strapping machine?The machine is designed for polypropylene (PP) straps with widths ranging from 5 mm to 9 mm and thickness between 0.5 mm and 0.8 mm. Strap reel core sizes are 200–210 mm (inner) and 400–450 mm (outer). 3. What is the strapping speed of the Automatic strapping machine?The unit achieves a performance of up to 50 straps per minute, making it suitable for operations that require high throughput and efficiency. 4. How strong is the strap tension capacity?The tension range is adjustable from 0 to 45 kg, allowing secure bundling of both lightweight and moderately heavy packages. 5. What are the power requirements of the Automatic strapping machine?It operates on AC 220V, 50/60 Hz, single-phase power, with a rated consumption of 0.6 kW (4A). 6. What safety features are integrated into the Automatic strapping machine?Safety measures include protective covers, clear warning labels for hot surfaces, grounding for electrical safety, and an emergency stop system. Operators must avoid loose clothing and keep hands clear of the strapping area during use. 7. What is the machine’s durability and expected service life?Constructed with a robust iron arch and reinforced frame, the machine is built for continuous industrial operation. With proper maintenance and lubrication, it offers long service life and consistent performance. 8. How easy is it to operate the Automatic strapping machine?The machine includes a user-friendly PCB control system, foot-bar switch, and automatic threading functions. Strapping can be initiated manually, via foot pedal, or automatically by sensors. 9. What are the maintenance requirements?Routine maintenance includes weekly lubrication of cams and rollers, inspection of proximity switches, cleaning of strap paths, and replacement of wear parts such as springs or heater plates. These tasks are straightforward and ensure reliability. 10. Can the Automatic strapping machine be customized for specific operations?Yes, the arch size is customizable, and the machine allows adjustment of strap tension, heater plate temperature, and cooling time. This flexibility makes it adaptable for different packaging lines and product types. Specifications of HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine Model HIPO PRO XS (YS-305N series) Power Supply AC 220V, 50/60Hz, 1 Phase Power Consumption 0.6 kW (4A) Strapping Speed ≤ 50 straps per minute Minimum package size 80*60mm Maximum package size 550*450mm Tension Range 0 – 45 kg Strap Width 5 – 9 mm polypropylene (PP) Hot-Adhering Position Bottom, ≥90% adhesion surface Worktable Height 850 mm Arch Size 650 × 500 mm (can also be customized) Machine Dimensions L1170 × W585 × H1450 mm Net Weight 185 kg Noise Level ≤ 75 dB(A) Environment Conditions 0–40 °C, humidity ≤ 90%   ROI of HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine Return on investment when using the HIPO PRO XS Automatic strapping machine is realized through the reduction of manual labor, consistent packaging quality, and decreased product dama...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/hipo-pro-xs-automatic-strapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/HIPO-PRO-XS-Automatic-strapping-machine-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2990 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>185 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2556,366</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260211</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer - Two heads]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer The ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer is a professional industrial solution designed for enterprises that require accurate and reliable product marking on high-speed production lines. This printer is equipped with two independent print heads that can operate separately or in a stitched configuration to achieve an extended printing height of up to 25.4 mm. With a 7-inch industrial touchscreen and an embedded Linux operating system, the device provides a stable and secure platform for operation in demanding environments. The system supports a wide range of print content including text, dates, barcodes, QR codes, GS1 codes, logos, and database-driven information. It is compatible with multiple ink types such as water-based, solvent-based, UV, and food-grade inks, ensuring adaptability to various industrial requirements. Constructed from aviation-grade aluminum, the printer maintains durability and resistance under heavy usage conditions, making it suitable for continuous operation. Its advanced controller, based on industrial-grade CPU and FPGA hardware, ensures precise processing for high-resolution results. With its capability to operate at speeds up to 406 m/min and resolutions of 600 × 600 DPI, the ST-210S-H2 provides companies with an efficient and cost-effective marking solution. This introduction outlines its role as a robust and adaptable coding device for manufacturing, logistics, and packaging industries.   ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer video ﻿   FAQ of ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer 1. What is a Thermal ink printer and how does it work?A Thermal ink printer is an industrial coding device that uses thermal inkjet (TIJ) technology to apply text, barcodes, QR codes, logos, and other variable data directly onto packaging materials. It operates by heating ink inside a cartridge chamber, creating a bubble that expels ink droplets precisely onto the surface. 2. What materials can a Thermal ink printer print on?A Thermal ink printer can print on a wide range of materials including cartons, plastics, glass, metals, cables, pipes, and medical or food packaging. The choice of ink (water-based, solvent, UV, or food-grade) determines compatibility with specific surfaces. 3. What is the maximum print height available?A single print head typically provides a print height of 12.7 mm. Dual-head models, such as the ST-210S-H2, can achieve a stitched height of up to 25.4 mm. 4. What print resolution does a Thermal ink printer offer?Most industrial models provide resolutions up to 600 × 600 DPI, ensuring sharp, scannable barcodes, legible text, and accurate logos. 5. How fast can a Thermal ink printer operate?Depending on the resolution, printing speeds can reach up to 406 meters per minute at 90 DPI. Higher resolutions reduce speed but increase clarity. 6. What types of inks are available for a Thermal ink printer?Inks include water-based, solvent-based, UV-curable, and food-grade options. Ink color choices typically include black, white, red, yellow, blue, green, and invisible UV. 7. How is a Thermal ink printer integrated into production lines?Integration is straightforward via USB, RS232, or LAN connections. External sensors, encoders, and alarms can also be connected for synchronization and quality control. 8. What maintenance is required for a Thermal ink printer?Routine maintenance includes cleaning cartridges, inspecting nozzles, and replacing ink when depleted. Many devices have automated features such as flash-jet cleaning to prevent clogging. 9. What certifications does a Thermal ink printer have?Models such as the ST-210S-H2 are CE, RoHS, and FCC certified, ensuring compliance with international safety and environmental standards. 10. Who should use a Thermal ink printer?Thermal ink printers are intended for enterprises requiring high-speed, reliable, and compliant coding. They are widely used in food and beverage production, pharmaceuticals, medical devices, consumer goods, automotive components, and logistics. Specifications for ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer Nozzle Type TIJ 2.5 Thermal Foaming Nozzle Number 2 (independent or stitched) Maximum Resolution 600 × 600 DPI Printing Speed 406 m/min (90 DPI), 304 m/min (120 DPI), 240 m/min (150 DPI), 120 m/min (300 DPI), 60 m/min (600 DPI) Printing Height Up to 25.4 mm (dual-head stitched) Printing Distance 1–5 mm Supported Print Content Text, logos, serial numbers, barcodes, QR codes, GS1 codes, databases Barcode Standards CODE11, CODE39, CODE128, EAN13, UPCA, UPCE, VIN, GS1 QR Code Types QR Code, DataMatrix, MicroQR, PDF417, MicroPDF417 Display 7-inch industrial touchscreen Operating System Embedded Linux Controller Dimensions 202 × 119 × 61.2 mm Printhead Group Dimensions 112 × 79 × 103 mm Machine Material Aviation-grade aluminum Power Supply Input 100–240V AC; Output 30V DC, 4A Working Environment Temperature 0–45°C, Humidity 30–70%RH Certifications CE, RoHS, FCC   ROI and Process Efficiency of ST-210S-H2 Thermal ink printer T...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/st-210s-h2-thermal-ink-printer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H2-Thermal-ink-printer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2072.78 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260211</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>90 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2444,1074</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2444</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industriell utrustning</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industriell utrustning &gt; Thermal inkjet printers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260210</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer - One head]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer is a high-resolution industrial marking solution designed for continuous use in professional environments. The printer applies advanced TIJ 2.5 thermal foaming nozzle technology, enabling consistent printing quality across diverse materials including carton, plastic, metal, cable, glass, stone and electronic components. It is developed to meet enterprise requirements for product identification, compliance labeling, and serialization in manufacturing, logistics, and packaging operations. With a single head configuration, the system delivers 12.7 mm print height and up to 600 x 600 DPI resolution, supporting both text and graphic output. Its embedded Linux operating system, 7-inch industrial touch display, and integration with external sensors ensure reliable control of production processes. The printer is engineered for high-speed environments, providing stable operation at up to 406 meters per minute at 90 DPI. By offering compatibility with multiple ink types including water-based, solvent, food-grade, UV and invisible inks, the device supports a wide range of industrial applications. Certified with CE, FCC and RoHS, the ST-210S-H1 ensures compliance with international safety and environmental standards. This introduction outlines the core purpose of the printer, emphasizing its role as a precise and durable tool for professional enterprises that require traceable and standardized product marking.   ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer video ﻿   FAQ of ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer 1. What is the maximum printing resolution of an Inkjet thermal printer? The ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer provides a maximum resolution of 600 x 600 DPI, ensuring clear and accurate text, barcodes, and graphics suitable for industrial applications. 2. What is the maximum print height supported by the Inkjet thermal printer? The printer supports a single head height of 12.7 mm, which is sufficient for standard labeling, barcode printing, and serialization tasks across multiple packaging formats. 3. What printing speeds can the Inkjet thermal printer achieve? The device supports speeds up to 406 meters per minute at 90 DPI and maintains stable operation at different resolutions down to 60 meters per minute at 600 DPI. 4. Which materials are compatible with the Inkjet thermal printer? The printer can be used on carton, plastic, metal, glass, cable, stone, electronic components, auto parts, and packaging materials across diverse industrial sectors. 5. Which types of barcodes and QR codes can be printed? The system supports multiple barcode standards including CODE11, CODE39, EAN13, CODE128, CODE93, UPCA, UPCE, VIN and QR code types including QR Code, DataMatrix, Micro QR Code, PDF417, and MicroPDF417. 6. What types of inks can be used with the Inkjet thermal printer? The printer is compatible with water-based, solvent, weak solvent, UV, invisible, and food-grade inks, offering flexibility for different packaging and compliance needs. 7. How is the Inkjet thermal printer controlled and monitored? The ST-210S-H1 operates on an embedded Linux system with a 7-inch industrial touch screen, allowing operators to configure print settings, manage databases, and monitor operation in real time. 8. What connectivity options are available? The printer includes USB, RS232, and LAN interfaces, enabling integration with external sensors, encoders, and enterprise IT systems for seamless production line compatibility. 9. What certifications does the Inkjet thermal printer have? The printer complies with CE, FCC, and RoHS standards, ensuring international regulatory compliance for safety, electromagnetic compatibility, and environmental responsibility. 10. What are the maintenance requirements of the Inkjet thermal printer? Routine maintenance involves removing and protecting cartridges during downtime, cleaning the nozzle with non-woven cloth, and using flash-jet functions to prevent clogging. The modular design allows straightforward servicing for long-term reliability.   Specifications of ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer Nozzle Type TIJ 2.5 Thermal Foaming Nozzle Number 1 (Single Head) Maximum Resolution 600 x 600 DPI Printing Height 12.7 mm Printing Speed 406 m/min (90 DPI), 304 m/min (120 DPI), 240 m/min (150 DPI), 120 m/min (300 DPI), 60 m/min (600 DPI) Printing Distance 1–5 mm Print Content Text, Time, Date, Logo, Serial Number, Barcode, QR Code, Database Supported Barcodes CODE11, CODE39, EAN13, CODE128, CODE93, UPCA, UPCE, VIN and others Supported QR Codes QR Code, DataMatrix, Micro QR Code, PDF417, MicroPDF417 Display 7-inch Industrial Touch Screen Operating System Embedded Linux Interfaces USB, RS232, LAN Dimensions Controller 202 × 119 × 61.2 mm; Printhead 112 × 79 × 103 mm Materials Aviation-Grade Aluminum Working Environment 0–45°C, 30–70% RH Certifications CE, FCC, RoHS   ROI of ST-210S-H1 Inkjet thermal printer Inkjet thermal printer ST-210S-H1 contributes t...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/st-210s-h1-inkjet-thermal-printer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ST-210S-H1-Inkjet-thermal-printer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1585.78 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260210</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>100 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2444,1074</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2444</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industriell utrustning</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industriell utrustning &gt; Thermal inkjet printers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260200</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer - One head]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer The GT-100E Handheld Thermal Inkjet Printer is a highly advanced printing device designed specifically for industrial marking and coding applications. This handheld thermal inkjet printer integrates a powerful Cortex-A7 1.2GHz industrial-grade dual-core processor alongside an FPGA algorithm acceleration chipset, ensuring robust and reliable performance in diverse manufacturing environments. Featuring a TIJ 2.5 thermal foaming nozzle, it supports high-resolution printing up to 300 DPI vertically and up to 2400 DPI horizontally, producing precise, clear, and professional markings on a range of substrates including carton, plastic, metal, and more. Equipped with an embedded Linux operating system, the GT-100E offers a user-friendly interface, supporting over 40 international languages to meet global industrial needs. The printer’s built-in RFID-enabled ink cartridges provide automatic identification and consumption recording, enhancing operational efficiency and minimizing downtime. With adjustable print heights from 1mm to 12.7mm and printing speeds reaching up to 406 meters per minute, this device balances speed and quality to suit fast-paced production lines. The ergonomic ABS UV-cured sprayed housing ensures both durability and comfort, making it suitable for handheld or online dual use. Designed for industries such as electronics, automotive parts, pharmaceuticals, food packaging, and more, the GT-100E handheld thermal inkjet printer represents a comprehensive solution for high-quality, flexible, and efficient industrial printing requirements. The device supports environmentally friendly inks and efficient ink usage tracking to reduce waste.   GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer video ﻿   FAQ of GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer What materials can a Handheld thermal inkjet printer print on?A Handheld thermal inkjet printer is compatible with a wide range of substrates, including cartons, plastics, metals, pipes, glass, electronic components, cables, and industrial packaging. Its versatility allows companies to use one device across multiple product lines. What is the maximum print resolution of a Handheld thermal inkjet printer?The GT-100E model achieves up to 300 x 300 DPI resolution, providing clear and sharp codes, barcodes, logos, and text suitable for industrial traceability and compliance requirements. How fast can a Handheld thermal inkjet printer operate?Depending on the selected resolution, it can print at speeds up to 406 meters per minute. This ensures integration with high-speed production lines without compromising print quality. What is the maximum print height of a Handheld thermal inkjet printer?The device supports a print height from 1 mm up to 12.7 mm, making it suitable for small product labels as well as larger packaging surfaces. Which types of ink cartridges are supported?It supports food-grade, water-based, oil-based, weak solvent, and solvent ink cartridges. Ink is available in multiple colors, including black, white, red, yellow, blue, green, invisible, and UV. How is the Handheld thermal inkjet printer powered?The GT-100E is equipped with a 12.6V/3350mAh lithium battery pack, which is removable and rechargeable, ensuring portability and continuous operation in demanding environments. Can it print variable data such as QR codes, barcodes, and serial numbers?Yes, the printer supports a wide range of variable data including GS1 barcodes, QR codes, DataMatrix, serial numbers, batch codes, dates, shifts, and dynamic database integration for advanced traceability. Is the Handheld thermal inkjet printer easy to integrate into production lines?The printer supports both handheld and online use. It includes external interfaces such as USB, RS232, optical sensors, and encoders, enabling straightforward integration with automated lines. What languages are supported by the operating system?The device supports more than 40 languages, including English, German, French, Spanish, Russian, Arabic, Japanese, and Korean, making it suitable for multinational enterprises. What are the maintenance requirements for a Handheld thermal inkjet printer?Routine maintenance includes proper handling of ink cartridges, cleaning the nozzle with non-woven cloth, ensuring the device is dust-free, and performing firmware updates when necessary. These measures extend the printer’s service life and maintain consistent print quality.   Specifications of GT-100E Handheld thermal inkjet printer Parameter Details Print Technology Thermal Inkjet (TIJ 2.5) Processor Cortex-A7 1.2GHz Dual-core + FPGA chipset Print Resolution Vertical: 100/150/300 DPI; Horizontal: 30-2400 DPI Print Speed Up to 406 meters/min (90 DPI) Print Height 1 to 12.7 mm Supported Ink Types Food-grade, water-based, oily, weak solvent, solvent Ink Colors Black, white, red, yellow, blue, green, invisible, UV Ink Cartridge 42 ml with Contactless RFID Chip Print Content Text, date/time, barcode, QR code, ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/gt-100e-handheld-thermal-inkjet-printer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/GT-100E-Handheld-thermal-inkjet-printer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/GT-100E-Handheld-thermal-inkjet-printer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/GT-100E-Handheld-thermal-inkjet-printer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>852.78 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>260200</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2444,1074</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2444</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Industriell utrustning</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Industriell utrustning &gt; Thermal inkjet printers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer - 400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer Impulse bag sealer ZONE450F is a professional-grade industrial sealing machine designed for enterprises requiring consistent, safe, and efficient packaging of polyethylene, polystyrene, and multi-layer composite materials. The unit is manufactured with a durable aluminum alloy die-cast frame, offering stability and long service life in continuous use environments. The product integrates an electric temperature control system with adjustable heating time, allowing users to optimize sealing performance based on bag thickness and material composition. With a sealing length of 450 mm and a sealing width of 3–5 mm, the equipment is suitable for packaging large and medium-sized bags across a wide range of industries. The machine operates on either 110V or 220V power supply, with a rated pulse power of 1000 W, ensuring efficient heat delivery and strong sealing integrity. The compact footprint, combined with a total weight of 26 kg and dimensions of 550 × 520 × 880 mm, enables practical installation in diverse production environments. The ZONE450F model incorporates a foot-pedal operation, reducing operator fatigue and enabling precise sealing without hand contact, which contributes to safer and more controlled industrial operations.   ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer video ﻿   FAQ of ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer What is the maximum sealing length and sealing width of the impulse bag sealer?The ZONE450F impulse bag sealer provides a maximum sealing length of 450 mm and a sealing width of 3–5 mm, making it suitable for medium and large packaging applications. What types of packaging materials are compatible with the impulse bag sealer?The machine is compatible with polyethylene (PE), polystyrene (PS), and multi-layer composite materials, ensuring versatility across industries such as food, pharmaceuticals, and hardware. What is the required input voltage and power consumption of the impulse bag sealer?The ZONE450F model can operate on either 110V or 220V single-phase power supply and uses 1000 W of pulse power, which is only consumed during sealing cycles, improving energy efficiency. How adjustable is the sealing time, and does it accommodate different bag thicknesses?The sealing time is adjustable between 0 and 2.5 seconds, enabling users to adapt the sealing process for thin single-layer bags or thicker multi-layer films. Is the impulse bag sealer designed for continuous industrial use or small-scale operations?The ZONE450F is built for industrial-grade operations, offering long service life, consistent sealing strength, and ergonomic foot-pedal operation, making it ideal for medium to high-volume packaging. What are the dimensions and weight of the impulse bag sealer?The machine measures 550 × 520 × 880 mm and weighs 26 kg, which allows for stable installation while maintaining mobility within production areas. What safety features are included with the impulse bag sealer?The sealer includes a grounded power connection, shielded electrical components, and a design that keeps operators away from heated elements, ensuring safe industrial operation. What kind of maintenance does the impulse bag sealer require?Regular maintenance includes cleaning the sealing surface, replacing heating wires or lacquer cloth when worn, and lubricating moving parts. All adjustments must be done with the power disconnected for safety. How durable is the impulse bag sealer and what is its expected service life?Built with a die-cast aluminum alloy frame, the machine is highly durable, resistant to corrosion, and designed for extended service life in demanding industrial environments. What warranty and after-sales support are available for the impulse bag sealer?The model generally comes with a one-year warranty on mechanical parts and six months on electrical components, with after-sales support provided by the supplier for repairs and spare parts.   Specifications of ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer Model ZONE450F Sealing length 450 mm Sealing width 3–5 mm Input voltage 110V or 220V Pulse power 1000 W Heating time 0 – 2.5 seconds Dimensions 550 × 520 × 880 mm Weight 26 kg Type Impulse heat sealing   ROI - How ZONE450F Impulse bag sealer improves process efficiency Impulse bag sealer ZONE450F delivers a measurable return on investment by reducing packaging cycle time, minimizing product losses due to faulty sealing, and ensuring consistent quality control. For enterprises handling high volumes of products, the reliability of each sealed package directly impacts operational costs and customer satisfaction. The model is engineered for quick start-up with minimal warm-up requirements, which eliminates downtime and accelerates throughput in production lines. Strong sealing integrity reduces the risk of contamination or leakage, particularly important in sectors such as food, pharmaceuticals, and chemicals, where packaging quality influences regulatory compliance. By lowering the frequency of rework and decreasing the ra...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/impulse-bag-sealer-zone450f/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE450F-Impulse-bag-sealer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>260 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>209 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260120</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>22 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1073,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1073</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Heat sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Heat sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ZONE300D Heat sealer machine 300mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ZONE300D Heat sealer machine The ZONE300D Heat sealer machine is a thermostatic direct heat foot-operated sealing device, designed specifically for industrial and commercial operations requiring reliable and consistent sealing of plastic materials. This machine features a robust aluminum alloy die-cast construction, which ensures durability and stability in demanding work environments. Its primary function is to seal polyethylene, polystyrene, and multi-layer composite materials, commonly used in packaging for industries such as food processing, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, hardware, and daily necessities. Equipped with advanced electric temperature control technology, the ZONE300D Heat sealer machine offers convenient and flexible temperature adjustments with the capability to maintain a constant temperature ranging from 0 to 300°C. This precise control contributes to strong sealing strength and stable performance, enhancing overall operational efficiency. The machine operates on a single-phase 220V power supply, with a power rating of 175 watts per heating element, making it energy-efficient while maintaining rapid heating and sealing cycles. Its sealing length of 300 mm and sealing width of 14 mm make it suitable for medium-sized sealing tasks that require accuracy and consistency. Weighing approximately 21 kg, and measuring 345 mm by 480 mm by 880 mm, this heat sealer machine is designed for easy installation in production lines without occupying excessive space. The ZONE300D Heat sealer machine is engineered for safety, reliability, and long service life, making it an ideal solution for enterprises seeking consistent product packaging quality.   ZONE300D Heat sealer machine video ﻿   FAQ of ZONE300D Heat sealer machine What types of materials can this Heat Sealer Machine seal? The machine is suitable for sealing polyethylene, polystyrene, and various multi-layer composite plastic materials typically used in packaging. What is the maximum sealing length and width? This heat sealer provides a sealing length of 300 mm and a sealing width of 14 mm, ideal for medium-sized packaging applications. What power supply does the Heat Sealer Machine require? The machine operates on a standard 220V single-phase power supply, common in industrial and commercial settings. How is the temperature controlled and what is its range? The temperature is electrically controlled with an adjustable range from 0°C to 300°C, allowing customization for different material thicknesses. Is operation hands-free? Yes, the machine uses a foot pedal control for sealing, enabling hands-free and efficient operation. What safety features does the machine include? It includes proper grounding, protective housing, heating block insulation, and warnings to avoid electrical shock and burns. How large and heavy is the machine? The dimensions are approximately 345×480×880 mm, weighing about 21 kg, making it compact yet sturdy. Is the Heat Sealer Machine suitable for continuous industrial use? Yes, its durable aluminum alloy die-cast frame and reliable heating elements support continuous sealing operations. What maintenance is required? Regular cleaning of sealing surfaces, inspection and replacement of the pressure pad, lubrication of moving parts, and heater maintenance are recommended. Is there a warranty and after-sales support? The manufacturer offers a warranty covering one year for mechanical parts and six months for electrical components, along with technical support services.   Specifications of ZONE300D Heat sealer machine Specification Details Type Constant temperature direct heat type Model ZONE300D (based on PFS-D300) Sealing length 300 mm Sealing width 14 mm Input voltage 220 V (Single-phase) Heating power 175 W × 2 Heating temperature range 0 – 300°C (adjustable) Overall dimensions (L×W×H) 345 × 480 × 880 mm Weight 21 kg ROI - How ZONE300D Heat sealer machine improves process efficiency The ZONE300D Heat sealer machine contributes significantly to increasing operational efficiency and return on investment for enterprises by streamlining the packaging process. Its precise temperature control and consistent sealing quality reduce material waste caused by faulty seals or premature package failures. By enabling rapid cycle times with foot-operated control, it minimizes manual labor effort, allowing operators to maintain productivity without sacrificing accuracy. The robust build ensures long-term reliability with minimal downtime for repairs, reducing maintenance costs and production interruptions. Additionally, the energy-efficient design lowers operational power consumption compared to conventional sealing machines, which contributes to reduced utility expenses. The machine's adaptability to a variety of plastic materials and thicknesses enables businesses to handle diverse packaging needs using a single piece of equipment. This versatility reduces the need for multiple sealing devices, consolidating capital expenditure. Ultimately,...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/zone300d-heat-sealer-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/ZONE300D-Heat-sealer-machine-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>280 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>219 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>1073,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>1073</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Heat sealers</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Heat sealers</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260023</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer 400 mm - 20m³/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer The DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer is a precision-engineered packaging machine designed to support demanding industrial operations involving product preservation and protection. This equipment plays a critical role in extending the shelf life of perishable goods by removing air from packaging and sealing them in a controlled environment, thereby preventing oxidation, microbial growth, and moisture ingress. The machine is ideal for industries including food processing, pharmaceuticals, electronics, and chemical manufacturing where product integrity is paramount. Technically, the DOZE400B features a single chamber design with a chamber size of 430x430x75 mm and dual sealing bars measuring 400x8 mm each, providing robust sealing performance on different packaging types. A vacuum pump with a rated capacity of 20m³/h ensures efficient and reliable air extraction from the chamber, supporting rapid processing cycles. The built-in control panel allows precise settings of vacuum time, gas flush (optional), sealing time, and cooling duration, maximizing operational flexibility for varied product requirements.   DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer video   FAQs of DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer What is the chamber size of the DOZE400B vacuum packaging machine? The DOZE400B has a chamber size of 430 mm × 430 mm × 75 mm. Does the DOZE400B use a single or double sealing bar? It is equipped with a double sealing bar sized 400 mm × 8 mm for strong sealing. What is the vacuum pump capacity of the DOZE400B? The vacuum pump capacity is 20 cubic meters per hour (m³/hr). Can the DOZE400B vacuum pack liquids safely? Yes, it can vacuum pack liquids such as soups, broths, and sauces without leakage. How many programmable memory settings are available on the DOZE400B? It features a control panel with ten programmable memory settings for different packaging programs. What safety features does the DOZE400B include? The machine includes an Emergency Stop (E-Stop) button that immediately halts operations and opens the cover. What type of bags should be used with the DOZE400B? Vacuum bags with a full gas barrier suitable for vacuum and gas flushing should be used. Is gas flushing supported by the DOZE400B? Yes, it supports both vacuum packing and gas flushing functions. How does the DOZE400B automate the packaging process? Once parameters are set and the bag placed, the machine automatically completes vacuuming, gas flushing, sealing, cooling, and opens the cover to finish. What maintenance is recommended for the DOZE400B? Regularly check and keep spare heating elements and Teflon strips, maintain vacuum oil levels, use recommended oil, and avoid running the machine without vacuum bags to prevent damage.   Specifications of DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer Specification Detail Chamber Size (mm) 430 x 430 x 75 Sealing Bar Size (mm) 400 x 8 (Double Bar) Vacuum Pump Capacity 20 m³/h Power Supply 220V, Single Phase, 0.9 KW Control Programmable with 10 Memory Settings Material Stainless Steel Body with Transparent Acrylic Lid Safety Features Emergency Stop Button, Grounding Protection   ROI of DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer The DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer enhances process efficiency by significantly reducing packaging time compared to manual methods while maintaining consistent seal quality. Its programmable settings accommodate various product needs, minimizing setup time and reducing human error. By extending product shelf life three- to five-fold, inventory management improves, lowering waste and spoilage costs. The machine’s reliable construction reduces downtime and maintenance expenses, contributing to cost savings over time. Moreover, the ability to vacuum-pack liquids and powders broadens product packaging capabilities, enabling manufacturers to diversify their offerings with minimal additional investment. The improved product protection against oxidation and contamination also bolsters brand reputation and customer satisfaction, indirectly supporting revenue growth.   Key Features and Benefits of DOZE400B industrial vacuum sealer The DOZE400B is equipped with dual sealing bars, ensuring strong and uniform seals suitable for various bag materials, including foil laminates. Its programmable control panel allows customization of vacuum, gas filling, sealing, and cooling times, optimizing each packaging cycle for product-specific needs. The stainless steel construction and transparent lid provide durability and visibility during operation, enhancing user confidence and safety. Automation of the vacuum packaging sequence—from cover closing to the automatic reopening—minimizes manual intervention and speeds up throughput. The emergency stop button and grounding protection ensure operator safety. Collectively, these features lead to improved packaging quality, operational efficiency, and workplace safety, making the DOZE400B a valuable asset for industrial packaging environments.   How to U...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/doze400b-industrial-vacuum-sealer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-high.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-better.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-good.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400B-industrial-vacuum-sealer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1280 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260023</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>130 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2585,1047</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Vacuum sealer machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260014</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer 400 mm - 20m³/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer The DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer is a precision-engineered industrial vacuum packaging solution designed to extend product shelf life while enhancing packaging efficiency in commercial and industrial operations. This tabletop vacuum sealer is tailored for enterprises involved in food processing, pharmaceuticals, electronics, and other sectors requiring airtight packaging to preserve product integrity and quality. With a robust vacuum pump rated at 20 m³/h and a double sealing bar sized at 400 mm by 8 mm, this machine facilitates rapid air evacuation and high-strength sealing. The vacuum chamber dimensions of 430 mm by 430 mm by 75 mm provide sufficient volume for packaging various product sizes. The machine’s overall dimensions measure approximately 560 mm by 500 mm by 460 mm, accommodating flexible placement within production areas. Equipped with a programmable control panel, the DOZE400TB supports up to 10 custom programs for vacuum time, sealing, cooling, and gas flush settings, making it adaptable to multiple packaging requirements. Its gas flush capability allows nitrogen or protective gas filling, essential for preserving oxygen-sensitive products. The machine is compatible with a variety of packaging materials, including barrier films, laminated aluminum-foil bags, and soft packing films, ensuring versatility across diverse packaging applications. Designed with operator safety in mind, it incorporates an emergency stop button and a grounded electrical system to ensure safe operation. The DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer thus provides a reliable and cost-effective packaging option that maximizes shelf-life extension and reduces waste, suitable for continuous operation in demanding industrial environments.   DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer video ﻿   Specifications of DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer Specification Details Vacuum Chamber Size 430 mm x 430 mm x 75 mm Sealing Bar Size Double bar, 400 mm x 8 mm Vacuum Pump Capacity 20 cubic meters per hour Power Consumption Approximately 0.9 kW, single-phase 220V Control Programs Up to 10 programmable settings Gas Flush Capability Supports nitrogen or protective gas filling Machine Dimensions 560 mm x 500 mm x 460 mm (approx.) Material Compatibility Barrier films, laminated aluminum-foil bags, soft packing films Safety Features Emergency stop, grounded electrical system   FAQs of DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer What are the dimensions of the vacuum chamber and sealing bar size on the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer? The vacuum chamber measures 430 mm x 430 mm x 75 mm. It features a double sealing bar sized 400 mm x 8 mm, providing ample space and efficient sealing for various packaging needs. What is the vacuum pump capacity and power consumption of the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer? The vacuum pump has a capacity of 20 cubic meters per hour. The machine typically operates on a single-phase 220V power supply with power consumption around 0.9 kW, balancing efficiency and energy use. Does the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer support gas flush or nitrogen filling during vacuum packaging? Yes, it supports gas flush capability, allowing nitrogen or protective gas filling to preserve oxygen-sensitive products and extend shelf life effectively. What types of packaging materials and bags are compatible with the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer? The machine is compatible with barrier films, laminated aluminum-foil bags, and various soft packing films designed to offer full gas barrier protection during vacuum packaging. How do I set and adjust the vacuum time, sealing time, cooling time, and gas filling time on the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer? These parameters can be set and adjusted easily using the programmable control panel. It offers up to 10 program memories where vacuum, sealing, cooling, and filling times can be customized for different products. Is the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer suitable for vacuum packing liquids, powders, and solid products? Yes, it is suitable for a wide range of products including liquids, powders, solids, pastes, and seeds, ensuring versatility across industries. What safety features does the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer have, such as emergency stop and grounding protection? The machine includes an emergency stop button that immediately halts the operation and opens the vacuum cover. It also comes with grounded electrical protection ensuring safe use in industrial settings. What maintenance is required for the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer, including spare parts that should be kept in stock? Routine maintenance involves checking the vacuum pump oil level, and regularly replacing heating elements and Teflon strips, which have a limited lifespan. Keeping these parts in stock is recommended to minimize downtime. How long is the expected life span of the heating element and sealing bars in the DOZE400TB commercial vacuum sealer, and how easily can th...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/doze400tb-commercial-vacuum-sealer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-new-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-buy-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-side-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-side2-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-quality-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-good-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-cheap-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE400TB-commercial-vacuum-sealer-high-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1100 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260014</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>80 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2585,1047</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Vacuum sealer machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>260013</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer 300 mm - 10m³/h]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer is a tabletop industrial unit specified for controlled, repeatable packaging of food and non-food items in enterprise environments where dimensional constraints, takt time, and documentation are material to purchase decisions. The machine operates with a single sealing bar and a compact chamber optimized for small to medium products; purchasers should verify fit against the maximum product envelope. Key operating elements include a chamber size of 385 × 280 × 50 mm (verify with samples), a single sealing bar 260 × 8 mm, a pump capacity of 10 m³/h, a typical cycle time of 10–20 s, and single-phase 220 V / 50 Hz electrical input at 0.4 kW. The benchtop layout and approximate footprint of 490 × 450 × 320 mm support installation on standard worktables with adequate lid clearance. For teams assessing MAP requirements, this configuration is a standard vacuum model without integrated gas-flush; if modified atmosphere packaging is mandatory, a variant with MAP capability should be selected. Where product heights, liquids, or viscous contents are involved, filler plates and liquid-handling accessories should be considered to maintain consistent seal formation and service life while meeting throughput objectives within the expected duty cycle.   DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer video ﻿   FAQs of chamber vacuum sealer video What are the largest product dimensions (Length × Width × Height) to be packaged? The chamber size measures approximately 385 × 280 × 50 mm. It is essential to verify that the products fit comfortably within this chamber size to avoid packaging issues. For bulkier items, consider if the 50 mm chamber height is sufficient. What is the width of the bag opening or mouth? The single sealing bar is 260 mm wide. The bag mouth must not exceed this width to ensure proper sealing. For products with wider openings, diagonal bag placement in the chamber may be possible if it fits within the chamber dimensions. What is the height of your items? The effective chamber height is around 50 mm. If your items are taller or bulky, this model may not be suitable, and a larger chamber vacuum sealer should be considered. What throughput or packaging cycle rate per hour do you require? The VM300TE/A offers a cycle time of approximately 10 to 20 seconds per package. Confirm if this throughput aligns with your production takt time or hourly output requirements. Is 220 V / 50 Hz single-phase power with the correct plug type available at your workstation? This machine requires a standard single-phase power supply at 220 volts and 50 Hz frequency. Ensure your facility meets these electrical specifications for correct and safe operation. Do you require gas flushing or modified atmosphere packaging (MAP) options such as nitrogen or CO₂ injection? The VM300TE/A model supports standard vacuum packaging only. If gas flushing or MAP is required for extended preservation, consider models with gas flush capabilities, such as VMQ series. What type of products are you packing—dry, greasy, or liquids such as marinades or soups? This vacuum sealer can handle a variety of product types, including solids, powders, liquids, and pastes. For liquids or semi-liquids, use accessories such as filler plates to prevent liquid ingress into the vacuum pump. Which pouch type and thickness do you plan to use? The machine is compatible with vacuum bags made from complex films including laminated and aluminum-foil barrier bags. Bag thickness of 70 to 100+ microns is typical. Ensure your bag supplier meets these requirements for optimal sealing performance. Do you have adequate bench space and vertical clearance? The machine footprint is approximately 490 × 450 × 320 mm, with additional overhead clearance required for the acrylic lid to open completely during operation. Ensure your workspace accommodates this configuration safely. What are your compliance requirements and service expectations regarding certification documents (e.g., CE), use of food-contact materials, warranty coverage, spare parts availability, and delivery lead times? The product is CE certified and uses food-grade materials safe for packaging consumables. Warranty terms and availability of spare parts such as heating elements and Teflon strips are provided by the manufacturer. Delivery and service timelines should be discussed with the supplier to match your operational needs.   Key Technical Specifications of DOZE300T chamber vacuum sealer  Chamber vacuum sealer DOZE300T presents a compact working envelope for small-format packaging while preserving industrial duty expectations, and the following parameters are the primary selection criteria for engineering and purchasing teams. The effective chamber dimensions define the maximum loadable workpiece or pouch geometry, while the sealing bar dictates bag mouth width; items exceeding these constraints will require alternative models, diagonal placement (if appropriate), or pr...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/doze300t-chamber-vacuum-sealer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-price-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/DOZE300T-chamber-vacuum-sealer-quality-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>260013</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>40 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2585,1047</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Vacuum sealer machines</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230052</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector – 10-15 cases/min]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector is an advanced automatic case erector machine designed to streamline and automate the carton forming process in industrial packaging operations. It serves a critical role in modern production lines by accurately erecting cartons for packing, which enhances operational efficiency and minimizes manual labor requirements. This machine is engineered for industrial enterprises that require consistent, high-speed carton erection with minimal human intervention. This automatic case erector features a robust servo-driven mechanism combined with pneumatic components to ensure precise carton handling and forming. The unit’s dimensions measure approximately 2020mm in length, 2080mm in width, and 1396mm in height, and it weighs about 600 kilograms. AUTOBOX10 supports carton sizes ranging from 200mm to 500mm in length, 200mm to 400mm in width, and 150mm to 350mm in height, with combined length plus width not exceeding 900mm and half the width plus height under 550mm. The machine operates at a speed of 10 to 15 cartons per minute, ensuring an optimal balance of throughput and accuracy. It employs either 50mm or 60mm tape width for carton sealing, with an optional 75mm tape available upon request. The table height is standardized at 650mm to align efficiently with most conveyor systems. Engineered for reliability and precision, AUTOBOX10’s user interface incorporates a touchscreen control panel enabling streamlined automation workflows, including servo position teaching and carton specification setting. This feature facilitates quick changeovers and custom carton handling programs, suiting diverse packaging requirements. The automated resetting and servo return-to-zero functions ensure system precision before each operational cycle begins, preventing errors and reducing downtime. Overall, AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector is designed to serve enterprises aiming for improved packaging accuracy, speed, and safety. The integration of advanced servo technology and pneumatic controls enables it to form cartons with consistent square or rectangular shapes, reducing product damage and enhancing package quality.   AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector video ﻿   Specifications of AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector Parameter Specification Machine Size (L x W x H) 2020mm x 2080mm x 1396mm Net/Gross Weight Approx. 600kg / 640kg Applicable Carton Size (L x W x H) 200mm–500mm x 200mm–400mm x 150mm–350mm L + W ≤ 900mm, ½W + H ≤ 550mm Working Speed 10 - 15 cartons per minute Tape Width 50mm or 60mm (optional 75mm available) Table Height 650mm     Features and Benefits of AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector SERVO motor-driven carton forming mechanism provides precise control over carton opening, enabling accurate and consistent erection of square or rectangular cartons. Pneumatic adjustments ensure smooth carton feeding, sealing, and ejection without deformation or damage. Integrated touchscreen control panel supports straightforward operation with automatic and manual modes, facilitating ease of use for operators and technicians. Servo position teaching function and carton specification setting enable fast adjustments for various carton sizes, supporting a wide range of packaging requirements and reducing changeover times. Pressure regulating solenoid valves and adjustable cylinder inlet/outlet air pressure enhance control of carton molding force and speed for processing stability with different carton material thicknesses. Automatic power cutoff protocols during servicing and emergency stops improve operator safety in case of entrapment. Compact machine dimensions and modular design allow easy integration into existing packaging lines. Overall, these features improve packaging accuracy, reduce material wastage, lower labor costs, and contribute to safer working environments, making AUTOBOX10 a valuable solution for medium to large-scale packaging operations.   ROI and Process Efficiency of AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector AUTOBOX10 automatic case erector significantly contributes to the return on investment for industrial packaging operations by reducing manual labor costs and increasing packaging speed and consistency. The machine’s automatic carton erecting process minimizes human error, resulting in fewer damaged cartons and reduced material waste. By producing up to 15 cartons per minute, AUTOBOX10 accelerates throughput rates on packaging lines, enabling businesses to meet higher production targets. Moreover, the precise servo-driven mechanism ensures repeatable and accurate carton forming, which diminishes downtime caused by misaligned or improperly formed cartons. This consistent operation leads to better synchronization with upstream and downstream processes, optimizing whole-line efficiency. Enterprises benefit from reduced training requirements due to the user-friendly touchscreen interface and simplified operational setups. The automated control of carton size calibrat...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/autobox10-automatic-case-erector/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-erector-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autobox10-automatic-case-ere-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>12000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9990 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230052</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>450 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2610,653,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2610</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Kartongförslutare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550711</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 19 x 0.5 mm, black waxed, load capacity 750-850 N/mm2 - 25 kg - Coated- painted]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 19 x 0.5 mm, black waxed, load capacity 750-850 N/mm2 - 25 kg - Coated- painted]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-19-x-0-5-mm-black-waxed-load-capacity-750-850-n-mm2-25-kg/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>60 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550711</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>25 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2543,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2543</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Steel strapping</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Steel strapping</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230022</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine Kraft/BOPP - Auto height & width adjustment + top-flap closure]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine AUTO&FOLD-5050 is a fully automatic carton sealing machine engineered for end-of-line packaging operations requiring consistent, high-quality flap folding and simultaneous top-and-bottom taping of corrugated cartons. Designed for uniform-sized cartons with dimensions ranging from 200–600 × 150–500 × 150–500 mm (L×W×H), this industrial-grade box taper integrates pneumatic folding, dual tape heads with synchronized upper and lower application, and driven side belts to efficiently fold flaps in a pre-set sequence (front, back, then side) and securely seal cartons with standardized adhesive overlap and clean cutting. The machine operates with a fixed belt speed of 18 m/min to ensure consistent throughput, powered by a supply of 220 V, 50–60 Hz with approximately 200 W consumption. It supports tape widths of 36 mm, 48 mm, and 60 mm compatible with OPP/BOPP tapes, while pneumatic functions require compressed air at 6 kg/cm² and roughly 100 NL/min flow for precise folding and sealing operations. This box taper can function as a stand-alone sealer or seamlessly integrates into automated packaging lines downstream of case erectors and upstream of print-and-apply, inspection, or weighing stations. With a compact footprint measuring 1780 × 1080 × 1400 mm and an adjustable working table height from 600 to 850 mm, it aligns perfectly with typical conveyor setups in high-throughput, multi-shift packaging plants, ensuring efficient workflow and ease of maintenance. The machine’s approximate weight is 280 kg, providing stability during fast operation cycles.   AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine video ﻿   Key Technical Specifications of AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine Carton Size (L×W×H): 200–600 × 150–500 × 150–500 mm Working Table Height: Adjustable from 600 to 850 mm Belt Speed: Fixed at 18 m/min for consistent throughput Tape Widths Supported: 36 mm, 48 mm, and 60 mm (OPP/BOPP tapes) Power Supply: 220 V, 50–60 Hz Power Consumption: Approx. 200 W Compressed Air: 6 kg/cm², ~100 NL/min required for folding and sealing functions Machine Footprint (L×W×H): 1780 × 1080 × 1400 mm Machine Weight: Approx. 280 kg Tape Heads: Upper and lower synchronization for precise sealing   Features & Benefits of AUTO&FOLD-5050 automatic box taper machine Fully Automatic Flap Folding & Sealing: Automatically folds front, back, and side flaps in sequence using pneumatic cylinders and folding poles, improving box stability and reducing manual labor. Dual Tape Heads: Simultaneous top and bottom tape application ensures strong and neat sealing with uniform adhesive overlap, adjustable for front and rear flaps to optimize tape usage and appearance. Adjustable Parameters: Operators can easily adjust working height, sealing width and height, folding pole angles, tape tension, and overlap lengths to accommodate varying carton sizes and tape materials. Simple Tape Installation & Path: Designed for OPP/BOPP tapes, the tape path maintains adhesive side outward, with guided rollers and adjustable tension springs preventing wrinkles, side roll, and overlapping errors. Robust Construction: Heavy-duty welded frame with lifting cylinders and electronic controls built for long-term industrial use with minimal maintenance. Integrated Safety Features: Equipped with micro switches to control flap folding timing and ensure carton positioning; recommended lockout and maintenance procedures protect operators. Easy Line Integration: Compact and configurable, the AUTO&FOLD-5050 fits well between standard case erectors and downstream labeling or inspection equipment.   Specifications of Automatic Box Taper Machine — AUTO&FOLD-5050 Carton size range (L×W×H) 200–600 × 150–500 × 150–500 mm Working table height 600–850 mm (adjustable) Belt speed 18 m/min Supported tape widths 36 / 48 / 60 mm (OPP/BOPP) Power supply / consumption 220 V, 50–60 Hz / ~200 W Compressed air ~6 kg/cm², ~100 NL/min Machine dimensions (L×W×H) 1780 × 1080 × 1400 mm Approximate weight ~280 kg Tape heads Upper and lower Flap-folding sequence Front → Back → Side   Where to use automatic box taper machine Ideal for packaging uniform corrugated cartons in industries including food & beverage, electronics, pharmaceuticals, and general manufacturing, where consistent flap folding and sealing quality are crucial to maintain packaging integrity, reduce rework, and improve throughput. It’s especially suitable in operations with many different box formats across a shift where operators don’t want to (or can’t safely) hold the upper flaps while approaching the sealer—the machine performs automatic top-flap closing and then seals, saving operator time and reducing ergonomic strain. Fast, tool-free handwheel adjustments allow quick changeovers within the specified carton range when switching SKUs. Typical use cases: Manual pack cells upstream of the sealer where freeing the operator’s hands speeds loading and line balance. E-commerce, 3PL, and cont...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/autofold-5050-automatic-box-taper-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/autofold-automatic-carton-sealer.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230022</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>310 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2610,653,2481,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2610</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Kartongförslutare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240065</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SHRINKCOMBO shrink wrapping machine]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine integrates two industrial packaging devices: the Automatic Side Sealer A450 and the Shrink Tunnel V4530. This system is designed to optimize packaging processes in manufacturing and distribution operations by combining precision sealing with efficient heat shrinking. With a robust power supply of 200V, 1.5KW for the sealer and a high-efficiency thermal cycle mechanism in the shrink tunnel, SHRINKCOMBO ensures consistent output quality and operational reliability. The Automatic Side Sealer A450 supports a maximum sealing height of 250mm and features precise temperature control via PID technology, while the Shrink Tunnel V4530 employs integrated hot air circulation facilitating rapid heating and uniform shrinkage for various product sizes. The system’s conveyor speed controls allow for flexible adjustment catering to production line requirements. Primarily used within food, chemical, and electronics industries, SHRINKCOMBO contributes to improving packaging integrity and presentation, ensuring products are securely enclosed and protected during transport and storage. Product dimensions Automatic Side Sealer A450: Minimal product dimensions: L:5cm, W: 5cm, H:2cm Max product dimensions: W+H<420mm , Length unlimited, H<150mm Product dimensions  Shrink Tunnel V4530: Minimal product dimensions: No limit Max product dimensions: 1400*350*250 (L*W*H)   SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine video ﻿   FAQ of SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine What product sizes and types can the shrink wrapping machine handle?The SHRINK WRAPPING MACHINE accommodates a wide range of product dimensions, with the side sealer supporting packaging heights up to 250mm. It is suitable for various industries including food, chemicals, and electronics. Clarifying product size compatibility ensures the machine fits your packaging needs. What is the production speed or throughput capability?Production speed varies by model, but SHRINKCOMBO offers adjustable conveyor speed to match line requirements, enabling efficient packaging cycles for both low and high volume operations. Understanding throughput helps meet your packaging targets. What types of shrink films are compatible?This machine supports common shrink films such as POF, PVC, and polyethylene. Compatibility with your preferred film type affects packaging quality and cost. Confirm film compatibility with your supplier. Are there limitations on product shape or weight?The SHRINK WRAPPING MACHINE is versatile to seal and shrink products of diverse shapes and weights within specified size limits. Heavy or irregular items may require custom adjustments or a different model. What are the power requirements and energy consumption?Operating on 200V power (1.5KW for the side sealer and appropriate rating for the shrink tunnel), energy efficiency is supported by PID temperature controllers minimizing waste heat. Ensure electrical infrastructure compatibility. What safety features are incorporated?The machine includes emergency stop buttons, protective guards, and low-voltage controls to protect operators during operation. These features comply with industrial safety standards. How easy is it to operate and maintain the machine?The system is designed with user-friendly controls and requires routine maintenance including part inspections and lubrication. Manuals provide troubleshooting and replacement part information to facilitate upkeep. What is the machine’s footprint and installation requirements?The SHRINK WRAPPING MACHINE is compact for industrial lines, though exact dimensions should be verified against available floor space. Proper installation by qualified personnel is recommended for optimal performance. How does this machine compare with competing shrink wrapping solutions?SHRINKCOMBO integrates advanced sealing and shrinking in one system with superior temperature control and modular design for flexible operation, offering reliability and value unmatched by simpler standalone units. What are the warranty and post-purchase support options?The machine typically comes with a one-year warranty and lifetime maintenance options. Technical support and spare parts availability ensure long-term operational reliability.   Specifications of SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine Component Specification Details Automatic Side Sealer A450 Power Supply 200V, 1.5KW, 50/60Hz Automatic Side Sealer A450 Max Sealing Height 250 mm Automatic Side Sealer A450 Sealing Time Adjustable Shrink Tunnel V4530 Power Supply Specification aligned with high-efficiency thermal cycling system Shrink Tunnel V4530 Heat Source Hot air circulation with integrated design Shrink Tunnel V4530 Control System PID and solid-state relay temperature control Shrink Tunnel V4530 Conveyor Adjustable speed conveyor belt   ROI - Efficiency Gains with SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine SHRINKCOMBO Shrink Wrapping Machine enables companies to optimize packaging operation...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/shrinkcombo-shrink-wrapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/SHRINKCOMBO-shrink-wrapping-machine-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Automatic-Side-Sealer-A450-buying-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Automatic-L-bar-sealer-T4535-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Shrink-Tunnel-V4530-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/SHRINKCOMBO-shrink-wrapping-machine-2.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>12000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240065</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>550 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>652,654,2481,2628</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>652</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Förpackningsmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770088</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Electric fork lift truck XE4535A 4500 mm 3500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Electric forklift truck XE4535A Electric forklift truck XE4535A is a purpose-built industrial vehicle engineered for handling and transporting heavy loads with precision and reliability. Designed to operate in warehouses, manufacturing plants, distribution centers, and other demanding environments, the XE4535A optimizes material-handling workflows while minimizing environmental impact. At its core, the XE4535A features a robust electric drive system powered by a 24 V/420 Ah traction battery, delivering consistent torque and smooth acceleration without diesel emissions or excessive noise. With a rated lifting capacity of 3500 kg and a maximum lifting height of 4500 mm on its triplex mast, this model accommodates a wide range of pallet sizes and load configurations. The free-lift function allows initial mast extension of up to 150 mm before full mast elevation, enabling safe operation in low-ceiling facilities. Integrated within a sealed, climate-controlled cabin equipped with a diesel-grade heater, the XE4535A ensures operator comfort and visibility in cold or poorly ventilated areas. An external European-standard charger (24 V/50 A) replenishes the battery efficiently overnight or during planned breaks, supporting continuous multi-shift operation. This introduction outlines how the XE4535A contributes to productivity, safety, and uptime in enterprise material-handling applications.   Specs of electric forklift truck XE4535A Specification Value Model XE4535A Rated Capacity 3500 kg Load Center 500 mm Max Lifting Height 4500 mm Free Lift 150 mm Mast Type Triplex Side Shifter Integrated Battery 24 V / 420 Ah Charger External European 24 V / 50 A Travel Speed (Unladen/Laden) 12 km/h / 12 km/h Lift Speed (Unladen/Laden) 370 mm/s / 220 mm/s Max Gradeability 11 % / 11 % Service Weight (Including Battery) 5 160 kg Overall Dimensions (L×W×H) 3 590 mm × 1 238 mm × 2 201 mm Cabin Closed with Heater Color Red   ROI of electric forklift truck Investing in the electric forklift truck XE4535A delivers measurable returns by streamlining material-handling processes and reducing operating expenditures. Electric drivetrains boast up to 30 % lower energy costs per hour compared with internal-combustion counterparts, translating into significant savings over the equipment’s service life. Eliminating diesel or LPG fuel logistics reduces onsite refueling overhead and associated safety risks. Furthermore, the XE4535A’s low maintenance schedule—enabled by fewer mechanical components in the electric motor and regenerative braking—minimizes downtime and maintenance labor costs. Enhanced operator comfort in the climate-controlled cabin contributes to higher productivity and reduced absenteeism. The precise load control afforded by electronic hydraulics lowers load-damage incidents and product losses. By enabling faster cycle times through its 370 mm/s lift speed and stable side-shifting functionality, the XE4535A boosts warehouse throughput by an estimated 10–15 %. These efficiency improvements support a payback period as short as 18–24 months for many businesses, with extended service intervals further optimizing total cost of ownership.   Key Features of Electric forklift truck Rated load capacity of 3500 kg, optimized for medium- to heavy-duty material handling Triplex mast with 4500 mm maximum lift height and 150 mm free-lift for low-ceiling operation Integrated hydraulic side-shifter delivering ±120 mm lateral fork adjustment without manual repositioning 24 V / 420 Ah traction battery providing consistent torque, with regenerative braking to recover up to 5 % of energy External European-standard 24 V / 50 A charger for fast, overnight recharging aligned with shift schedules Closed, climate-controlled operator cabin with integrated heater, compliant with ISO 3691-1 ergonomic standards Smooth electronic control of acceleration and braking for precise load positioning in narrow aisles Dual LED work lights on mast and overhead guard compliant with ISO 6055 for enhanced visibility Robust steel chassis with reinforced high-stress zones and corrosion-resistant finishes for extended service life Digital onboard diagnostics for real-time monitoring of battery state of charge, motor temperature, and hydraulic pressure Minimum 2270 mm turning radius and 11 % gradeability to ensure versatile operation on ramps and docks Compatibility with ISO 2328-compliant forks and attachments (clamps, rotators, extensions) for diverse load types   How to use electric forklift truck XE4535A Pre-operation Inspection: Conduct a daily walk-around to verify tire pressure, hydraulic oil level, and battery charge status. Ensure mast rollers and chains are lubricated, and confirm side-shifter functionality. Entry and Startup: Use the integrated handrail and non-slip steps to access the cabin. Fasten the seat-belt and engage the parking brake. Insert the key and turn to ‘On.’ The dashboard will perform self-diagnostics. Selecting Drive Mode: Choose between ECO (...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/electric-forklift-truck-xe4535a/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/electric.forklift-truck.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/electric-stacker-35-t.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-best-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/smith-electric-stacker-on-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>26000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>21999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770088</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>26475</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ASTRA High-speed Automatic Strapping Machine 9-15mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ASTRA automatic banding machine ASTRA high-speed automatic banding machine 9-15 mm is a fully automated packaging solution designed to streamline industrial strapping operations with consistent precision and minimal operator intervention. As a high-throughput unit, the machine integrates seamlessly into production lines, offering rapid cycle times and reliable performance under demanding conditions. Equipped with automatic feed, heat-seal welding, and automatic cut-off, this model ensures that each strap is tensioned, sealed, and trimmed in one continuous motion. Strap width range of 9 mm to 15 mm provides flexibility for various packaging requirements, while the power supply is single-phase 220 V/50–60 Hz with a 5 A ampere rating accommodate diverse facility infrastructures. Constructed on a robust steel frame with a compact footprint of 1250 mm (W) × 600 mm (L) × 1510 mm (H) and a tabletop height of 800 mm, the unit maintains stable operation even under continuous use. At an approximate weight of 185 kg, the machine offers both portability on lockable casters and stationary stability via its integrated floor-locking bolts. Safety features such as guarded entry points, warning labels, and an emergency stop function prioritize operator protection. This automatic banding machine is engineered for enterprises seeking to increase throughput, reduce labor costs, and enhance package integrity in sectors including logistics, manufacturing, and warehousing.   Specifications of ASTRA high-speed automatic banding machine 9-15mm Specification Details Model ASTRA high-speed automatic banding machine 9-15 mm Strap Width 9 mm – 15 mm Dimensions (W × L × H) 1250 mm × 600 mm × 1510 mm Table Height 800 mm Arch Size 600 × 400 mm, 800 × 600 mm or 1000 × 800 mm (W x H) Weight ca. 185 kg Power Supply single-phase 220 V/50–60 Hz Ampere Rating 5 A Core Diameter (Strap Coil) 200 mm Tension Adjustment Range Adjustable via dial Cycle Initiation Start button (Blue) Emergency Stop Stop button (Red)   Key Advantages of the ASTRA Automatic Banding Machine Versus Other Automatic Strapping Machines Multi-strap width compatibility - The ASTRA machine accommodates 9 mm, 12 mm and 15 mm polypropylene straps with only minor component changes (guide rollers and sensor blocks), eliminating the need for multiple machines or lengthy retooling when strap dimensions vary. Precision tension adjustment and consistent seal integrity - A clearly marked tension dial allows operators to fine-tune strapping force for delicate or heavy loads, while the factory-preset heat-seal mechanism guarantees welds that maintain over 80 percent of strap tensile strength, ensuring reliable package security every cycle. Ultra-high throughput - With a fully automated cycle time of under two seconds (including strap feed, tensioning, welding and cutting) this unit delivers up to six times the productivity of semi-automatic or manual banding systems, dramatically reducing bottlenecks and labour costs. Mobility with locked stability - Integrated swivel casters enable quick repositioning between workstations, and floor-locking bolts secure the machine firmly during high-speed operation, providing both deployment flexibility and steadfast performance without additional anchoring hardware.   ROI of ASTRA Automatic banding machine Implementing the ASTRA high-speed automatic banding machine 9-15 mm delivers a rapid return on investment by significantly reducing manual labor and increasing throughput. In traditional manual strapping operations, each strap cycle can take up to ten seconds, with variability in tension and seal quality leading to rework or product damage. By contrast, the ASTRA unit completes a fully automatic strapping cycle including tensioning, welding, and cutting in under two seconds per package. This six-fold improvement in cycle time translates directly into higher throughput and reduced bottlenecks on packing lines. Labor costs decrease as operators shift from repetitive manual strapping tasks to supervisory or value-added roles. Moreover, the consistent tension and reliable heat-seal mechanism reduce packaging errors and product damage, lowering the cost of rejects and returns. The machine’s dual-voltage compatibility eliminates the need for expensive facility modifications, while its compact footprint maximizes floor-space utilization. Over a typical production week, these efficiencies can yield a payback period of less than six months for mid-sized operations, making this automatic banding machine an economically sound investment for enterprises seeking to enhance operational efficiency and cost control.   Key Features and Benefits of ASTRA Automatic banding machine The ASTRA automatic banding machine 9-15 mm offers a suite of advanced features engineered for high-volume industrial applications. Its automatic feed system ensures that the strap is advanced, tensioned, and cut in one seamless cycle, minimizing downtime and manual handling. The precision...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/astra-high-speed-automatic-strapping-machine-9-15mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/automatic-strapping-machine-ASTRA-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/automatic-strapping-machine-ASTRA-key-features.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,2556,366</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330500</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 Rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 is designed for industrial applications that require secure and efficient packaging of unstable loads. This innovative machine utilizes a rotating arm mechanism that wraps the load while it remains stationary on the floor, ensuring maximum stability during the process. Engineered with a focus on operational safety and reliability, the RA-1 minimizes the risk of product displacement even when handling extremely tall, light, or heavy loads. Its design enables direct placement of the pallet without the need for ramps or specialized loading equipment, which translates to less installation space and greater flexibility in facility layouts. The robust construction, featuring a durable frame and high-performance components, supports a load capacity that is virtually unlimited in terms of weight, making it an ideal solution for various industrial packaging needs. The machine’s integrated PCB control system and slewing bearing drive further enhance its operational efficiency by providing precise control over the wrapping cycle. Overall, this corporate-grade solution meets the stringent requirements of enterprise-level operations, offering a reliable, safe, and efficient method to secure palletized goods in high-volume production environments.   Why buy a Rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 Boost operational efficiency: With high-speed wrapping cycles (25-30 loads per hour), this machine significantly increases throughput while reducing labor costs. Ensure superior load security: Its design allows direct floor placement, keeping unstable, tall, and heavy loads stationary to minimize damage during wrapping. Save space and simplify installation: The compact design eliminates the need for a turntable or ramps, reducing the required installation area and facilitating quick integration into existing lines. Enhance safety and reduce downtime: Advanced sensor monitoring, an emergency stop function, and anti-collision features protect both personnel and products, ensuring uninterrupted production. Achieve excellent ROI: Lower maintenance requirements, reduced film waste through precise adjustments, and robust performance deliver a faster payback period and long-term cost savings. Future-proof your operations: The intelligent PCB control system and durable construction provide flexibility and reliability, making it a strategic investment that adapts to evolving industrial demands. Manual wrapping typically requires approximately 5-10 minutes per pallet, depending on operator efficiency and load complexity. The rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 can wrap between 25-30 loads per hour—translating to roughly 2-3 minutes per pallet. This efficiency gain means companies can potentially save around 50% or more in wrapping cycle time compared to manual operations. For high-volume operations, this substantial time saving not only increases throughput but also reduces labor costs and minimizes production downtime.   Technical Specifications of Rotary Arm Stretch Wrapper The technical design of the rotary arm stretch wrapper RA-1 reflects advanced engineering principles tailored for industrial packaging. With dimensions of 2.68 x 1.1 x 3.1 meters and a robust machine weight of 600KG, this system is built to deliver consistent performance under demanding conditions. The RA-1 is capable of wrapping between 25-30 loads per hour, accommodating pallets up to 1.2 x 1.2 meters in size and achieving a maximum wrapping height of 2000mm. In addition, the machine utilizes a standard film width of 500mm and supports a film roll diameter of 250mm, ensuring a high degree of wrapping precision and material efficiency. Key components such as the integrated PCB control system, the robust slewing bearing drive, and the durable rotary drive motor are selected to meet the highest industrial standards. These technical attributes not only facilitate rapid adjustments to suit a variety of pallet dimensions and load types but also ensure that the system operates with high precision. Overall, the RA-1’s design and technical specifications provide a dependable, high-performance solution ideal for enterprises that demand operational excellence and durability in their packaging processes.   Specs of Rotary Arm Stretch Wrapper Specification Detail Machine Model SMARTWRAP RA-1 Maximum Wrapping Speed 25-30 loads/hour Max Pallet Size 1.2 x 1.2 m Maximum Wrapping Height 2000 mm Wrapping Speed 3-12 RPM (Adjustable) Standard Film Width 500 mm Film Capacity (Roll Diameter) 250 mm Standard Pre-Stretch 250% pre-stretch Film Delivery System Motor control Up and Down Drive System Belt drive Machine Size 2.68 x 1.1 x 3.1 m Machine Weight 600 KG Voltage 220V/50/60Hz Frame Steel + Aluminum profile Rotary Drive Slewing Bearing Drive Control System PCB Control Position Sensor SICK (Germany) Photoelectric Sensor Autonics Travel Switch OMRON (Japan) Rotary Drive Motor SMARTWRAP Brake Motor Touch Screen X-Line (SMART WASP) S...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/rotary-arm-stretch-wrapper-ra-1/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Rotary-Arm-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>9000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>7899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330500</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>490 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440310</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TONNA E80 PLC cardboard baler 4 tons, bale 80kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard Baler TONNA E80 PLC TONNA E80 PLC is a cutting‐edge industrial cardboard baler engineered for high‐volume waste management in diverse commercial environments. Designed and produced in Poland, this baler is specifically built to handle a maximum pressing force of up to 4 tons while forming bales weighing approximately 80 kg. The machine operates in an automatic mode; once the upper door is closed, the baling process initiates, ensuring a streamlined workflow that minimizes manual intervention. With dual operational modes tailored for processing both cardboard and plastic foil, TONNA E80 PLC accommodates various materials with bale weights ranging from 40 to 60 kg for cardboard and 50 to 80 kg for plastic foil. Key technical specifications include a robust 1.5 kW engine, a 230 V power supply, and precise press dimensions of 93 x 64 x 210 cm, while the bale itself measures 80 x 40 x 80 cm. The machine is distinguished by its energy-efficient cycle time of 27 seconds per press, consuming only 0.008 kWh per cycle, which underscores its economical design. Built with components predominantly sourced from reputable EU suppliers, TONNA E80 PLC has been successfully implemented in over a thousand European installations, affirming its high value for money and its suitability for applications in grocery shops, small warehouses, catering facilities, hotels, and factories. Its simplicity of operation and integrated safety features ensure that enterprises can rely on it for consistent performance and long-term durability.   Cardboard Baler Specifications of TONNA E80 PLC Parameter Value Model TONNA E80 PLC Operation Modes Cardboard / Plastic Foil Bale Weight (Cardboard) 40-60 kg Bale Weight (Plastic Foil) 50-80 kg Engine Power 1.5 kW Power Supply 230 V (compatible with 220/240 V) Press Dimensions 93 x 64 x 210 cm Bale Dimensions 80 x 40 x 80 cm Maximum Pressure 4 tons Cycle Time 27 seconds (0.008 kWh per cycle) Machine Weight 325 kg Warranty 24 months Production Country Poland Implementation Record Over 1,000 units across Europe   ROI - How TONNA E80 PLC Cardboard Baler Will Help Make Process More Efficient The TONNA E80 PLC is engineered to deliver a substantial return on investment by streamlining waste management and significantly reducing operational costs. Its automated cycle minimizes the need for manual labor, thereby cutting down labor expenses while enhancing overall throughput. With a cycle time of just 27 seconds and low energy consumption per cycle, the machine is designed to deliver predictable and efficient performance, ensuring that each press maximizes volume reduction. This efficiency in compaction not only reduces the physical space required for waste storage but also optimizes transportation logistics by producing uniform, high-density bales. Enterprises benefit from a reduced need for external waste handling services, leading to lower disposal costs and improved operational margins. The predictable and consistent performance of TONNA E80 PLC ensures minimal downtime and reduced maintenance intervals, further contributing to cost savings. All these factors work together to produce a faster payback period and long-term operational cost efficiencies that enhance overall productivity. By integrating this advanced cardboard baler into their processes, companies can achieve a smoother workflow, improved recycling throughput, and a notable reduction in waste management expenses, making it a wise investment for sustainable operations.   Key Features and Benefits of TONNA E80 PLC Cardboard Baler TONNA E80 PLC is equipped with several notable features designed to optimize the waste management process in industrial settings. The baler operates in a fully automatic mode where closing the upper door initiates the entire baling cycle, ensuring a hands-off, streamlined process that minimizes the risk of human error. Its dual operation modes allow for tailored processing of both cardboard and plastic foil, accommodating varying bale weight requirements to meet different recycling needs. A full bale indication system alerts operators immediately when the bale is complete, reducing downtime and enhancing workflow efficiency. The robust construction, underscored by a durable 1.5 kW engine and a sturdy 325 kg frame, ensures reliable performance in high-demand environments. Additionally, its energy-efficient design, consuming only 0.008 kWh per cycle, makes it an economical choice that supports sustainable operations. The integration of high-quality components from EU suppliers further guarantees long-term durability and operational consistency. Collectively, these features translate into lower operational costs, improved safety standards, and increased productivity, making TONNA E80 PLC an indispensable tool for modern industrial waste management.   How to Use TONNA E80 PLC Cardboard Baler Operating the TONNA E80 PLC is designed to be a straightforward and safe process, ensuring that even operators with limit...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tonna-e80-plc-cardboard-baler-4-tons-bale-80kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA_E80-open_door.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80-open-door.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80-stand.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80-textile-strap-holes.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TONNA-E80-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440310</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>140 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>25550</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyester PET Straps – 15.5mm x 0.9mm, 1,250m, 600kg – 24 Units - Flooded]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Flooded Polyester Straps for Sale – 15.5mm x 0.9mm, 1,250m, 600kg Strength – 24 Units Available We are offering 24 units of flooded polyester straps at a discounted price. While these straps have been exposed to flooding, they remain functional and may be suitable for various industrial applications. Product Specifications: Material: Polyester Dimensions: 15.5mm x 0.9mm Core Size: 406mm Length: 1,250m per roll Tensile Strength: 600kg Condition: Flooded – sold as-is This is a great opportunity to acquire high-strength polyester strapping at a reduced cost for non-critical applications. Ideal for businesses looking for economical packaging solutions.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polyester-pet-straps-15-5mm-x-0-9mm-1250m-600kg-24-units-flooded/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/133447a6-8ab8-4400-a4a1-d360257349a8.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/e3982990-d8a8-48bc-9b0d-88694a1192aa.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/4a641848-3d46-47d3-aa74-c7c6b11bdb5e.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d4564722-15b3-48bf-bb75-c49d06d76b03.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/6968e040-3a96-41ea-b422-6d6d5bdc86a3.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/133447a6-8ab8-4400-a4a1-d360257349a8.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/cd50168b-9bb8-489b-bfed-ef4db72ae7a4.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d189417a-6b78-4e01-ac9b-614b4e0e10be.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/fc228a1e-0e5e-4fe6-87fc-684c3d99eda5.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/c8bb6975-e70f-420c-879d-24781204d455.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/eb840e14-97fc-4cf1-8200-2fe32581aa79.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/693fba53-e651-4c8a-95e2-c4321d53e7d3.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1296 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>696 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,2556,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>25264</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET band 15.5 x 0.7mm/406/1750m – strength 410kg - flooded - 67 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Flooded PET Strap for Sale – 67 Units Available We are offering 67 units of flooded PET strap at a discounted price. While these straps have been exposed to flooding, they remain functional and may be suitable for various industrial applications. Product Specifications: Material: PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) Dimensions: 15.5mm x 0.7mm Core Size: 406mm Length: 1,750m per roll Tensile Strength: 410kg Condition: Flooded – sold as-is This is an opportunity to acquire PET strapping at a reduced cost for non-critical applications. Ideal for businesses looking for economical packaging solutions.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-band-15-5-x-0-7mm-406-1750m-strength-410kg-flooded-67-units/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/133447a6-8ab8-4400-a4a1-d360257349a8.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/cd50168b-9bb8-489b-bfed-ef4db72ae7a4.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d21c7adb-1f3a-4b31-9b95-42b7ab3a340e.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/eb840e14-97fc-4cf1-8200-2fe32581aa79.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/693fba53-e651-4c8a-95e2-c4321d53e7d3.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/c8bb6975-e70f-420c-879d-24781204d455.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/3b1419e7-be26-4d71-a26d-3b0287691de8.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/fc228a1e-0e5e-4fe6-87fc-684c3d99eda5.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3618 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1943 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,2556,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>25262</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET straps 12 x 0.6mm/406 – 2500m – strength 310kg - flooded - 61 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Flooded PET Strap for Sale – 61 Units We are offering 61 units of flooded PET strap at a discounted price. While these straps have been exposed to flooding, they remain functional and may be suitable for various industrial applications. Product Specifications: Material: PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) Dimensions: 12mm x 0.6mm Core Size: 406mm Length: 2,500m per roll Tensile Strength: 310kg Condition: Flooded – sold as-is This is an opportunity to acquire PET strapping at a reduced cost for non-critical applications. Ideal for businesses looking for economical packaging solutions.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-straps-12-x-0-6mm-406-2500m-strength-310kg-flooded-61-units/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d189417a-6b78-4e01-ac9b-614b4e0e10be.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d189417a-6b78-4e01-ac9b-614b4e0e10be.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/16ef52f3-6972-43ec-9f43-8f7e1d930f1c.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/4a641848-3d46-47d3-aa74-c7c6b11bdb5e.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/d4564722-15b3-48bf-bb75-c49d06d76b03.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/ef70796c-e2ed-424f-a5f3-7850b96249af.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/e3982990-d8a8-48bc-9b0d-88694a1192aa.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/fc228a1e-0e5e-4fe6-87fc-684c3d99eda5.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/3b1419e7-be26-4d71-a26d-3b0287691de8.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/c8bb6975-e70f-420c-879d-24781204d455.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/eb840e14-97fc-4cf1-8200-2fe32581aa79.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/693fba53-e651-4c8a-95e2-c4321d53e7d3.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3294 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1769 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,2556,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550609_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch film PRE-STRETCH for machines POWER - 736kg - 23my - width 500mm - Pallet - 16kg x 46 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch film PRE-STRETCH for machines POWER - 736kg - 23my - width 500mm - Pallet - 16kg x 46 units]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stretch-film-pre-stretch-for-machines-power-16kg-23my-width-500mm-pallet/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2655 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2388 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550609_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>736 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,369,2584,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550608_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Sträckfilm STANDARD för maskiner – 16kg – 23my – bredd 500mm – Pall – 46 enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Sträckfilm STANDARD för maskiner – 16kg – 23my – bredd 500mm – Pall – 46 enheter]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stretch-film-standard-for-machines-16kg-23my-width-500mm/</g:link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1719 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550608_02</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>720 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,369,2584,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TES PRO 12-16mm (1/2″-5/8″) battery powered strapping tool for PP/PET strap incl. 2 Batteries & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TES PRO 12-16mm Battery Powered Strapping Tool for PP/PET - Introduction Battery powered strapping tool TES PRO 12-16mm is a compact and efficient device designed to improve strapping operations for industrial packaging and bundling tasks. It is compatible with PP (polypropylene) and PET (polyester) strapping materials, offering reliable tensioning, sealing, and cutting functionality. This tool includes a digital display for easy monitoring and adjustment of settings, as well as a brushless motor that enhances operational efficiency and reduces the need for maintenance. It is especially useful in sectors like logistics, manufacturing, and warehousing, where durability and operational efficiency are critical. The tool measures 380mm (length) x 130mm (width) x 130mm (height) and weighs 3.1 kg, excluding the battery. It features a digital display for monitoring settings and a brushless motor that enhances efficiency and reduces maintenance needs. Powered by a 14.4V lithium battery with a capacity of 4.0Ah, it is capable of supporting up to 200 strap cycles per charge. The tensioning force can be adjusted from 900 to 3200N, and the welding time can be set between 1.0 to 5.0 seconds, making it suitable for a variety of strapping requirements. This precision, combined with durable PP and PET straps, helps minimize the chance of damage to products during transport or storage. The 200 cycles per charge supported by the tool’s battery further enhance its efficiency by reducing downtime. Built to last, the TES PRO requires minimal maintenance and provides consistent performance over time. These features make it a cost-effective solution, delivering measurable savings and increased operational capacity in the long run.   Specifications of TES PRO 12-16mm Battery Powered Strapping Tool Parameter Details Tool Dimensions 380mm x 130mm x 130mm Tool Weight 3.1 kg Battery Type Lithium Battery Voltage 14.4V Battery Capacity 4.0Ah Strap Material PP (polypropylene) / PET (polyester) Strap Size 12-16mm width, 0.4-1.2mm thickness Tensioning Force 900-3200N Tensioning Speed 100-200mm/s Welding Time Adjustable, 1.0-5.0 seconds Sealing Strength Approx. 75% of strap strength Working Temperature 5°C to 45°C Optimal Temperature 15°C to 20°C   Video of Battery Powered Strapping Tool TES PRO 12-16mm﻿     Key Features of battery powered strapping tool TES PRO Ergonomic Design: Lightweight and compact to ensure ease of use and reduce operator strain. Adjustable Settings: Allows for precise control of tensioning force (900-3200N) and welding time (1.0-5.0 seconds). High Sealing Efficiency: Friction-weld technology ensures seals that retain approximately 75% of the strap strength. Battery Performance: A 14.4V lithium battery supports up to 200 strapping cycles per charge, reducing the need for frequent recharging. Versatile Use: Compatible with PP and PET straps of varying dimensions (12-16mm width, 0.4-1.2mm thickness), suitable for multiple industries. Simple Operation: User-friendly controls ensure that minimal training is required for effective operation.   How to Use TES PRO 12-16mm Battery Powered Strapping Tool Prepare the Straps: As shown in the image, begin by manually wrapping the PP or PET straps around the package or load. Ensure that the welding points are clean and free from oil or dirt to guarantee optimal performance. Load the Straps into the Tool: Lift the handle and place the two strap ends into the designated slots of the strapping tool. Make sure the straps are properly aligned and parallel for seamless operation. Tension the Straps: Press and hold the tensioning button until the desired strap tension is reached. Release the button once the strapping tape achieves the required strength. The tensioning process is indicated by the tool’s digital display for precise control. Seal the Straps: Activate the welding function by pressing the welding button. The brushless motor drives the friction-welding mechanism to securely seal the straps. During the process, the indicator light will display green, and upon completion, it will turn purple. Trim Excess Strap Material: The tool automatically cuts off any excess strap material after welding is complete. Remove the Tool: Lift the handle and gently pull the tool away from the strap. The operation is now complete, and the package is securely strapped.   Where to Use battery powered strapping tool The TES PRO 12-16mm battery powered strapping tool is ideal for use in logistics, warehousing, manufacturing, and distribution industries. It is particularly effective for bundling heavy or bulky items such as construction materials, chemical containers, textiles, and palletized goods. Its adaptability makes it suitable for both small-scale operations and large industrial environments where reliability and efficiency are paramount.   Design and Compatibility Designed with portability and functionality in mind, the TES PRO measures 380mm x 130mm x 130mm and weighs just 3.1 kg. It is comp...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tes-pro-12-16mm-battery-powered-strapping-tool-pp-pet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES2.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-brushless-copper-motor.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-digital-display.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-battery.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-how-to-use.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-battery-14volt.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-adjustable-tension.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-advantages.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-where-to-use.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-powered-strapping-tool-TES-PRO-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,887,2556,655</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110012</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool incl. Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool The NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool is a high-performance, battery-operated strapping tool designed for industrial operations. This versatile tool streamlines the strapping process by offering semi-automatic and automatic modes, making it suitable for securing goods in a variety of sectors. With its lightweight design and robust build, the NEO2 tool is tailored for efficiency and durability, meeting the rigorous demands of packaging operations in warehouses, logistics centers, and manufacturing plants. The NEO2 operates on a powerful 5000mAh lithium-ion battery, enabling up to 600 strapping cycles per charge, significantly enhancing productivity. Its brushless motor ensures a longer lifespan and reduced maintenance, while its digital display allows for precise adjustments to tension and bonding time. With an adjustable tension capacity of 500 to 3200N, the tool ensures compatibility with various load types. Its compact dimensions (315mm x 140mm x 120mm) and lightweight frame (2.8kg) improve handling and operator comfort. This tool accommodates 9-16mm PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps, with a strap thickness range of 0.5mm to 1.2mm, allowing it to adapt to diverse packaging needs. Equipped with a friction welding mechanism, the NEO2 delivers secure and reliable seals, reducing the risk of load damage during transportation. Its operational flexibility, coupled with user-friendly features such as a brushless motor and digital display, makes it an indispensable asset for enterprises seeking to enhance packaging efficiency.   Specifications of NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool Feature Details Operating Modes Semi-automatic and automatic Battery Type Lithium-ion, 5000mAh capacity Battery Cycles Up to 600 per charge Tension Range 500 to 3200N Strap Compatibility PET and PP (9-16mm width, 0.5-1.2mm thickness) Dimensions 315mm x 140mm x 120mm Weight 2.8kg (tool only), 620g (battery) Friction Welding Strength Approx. 75% of strap strength Charging Time 45-60 minutes Motor Type Brushless motor Display Digital display for adjustments Ambient Temperature 5°C to 45°C   Battery strapping tool NEO2 video   ROI: How This Battery Strapping Tool Enhances Efficiency The NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool is designed to maximize operational efficiency while minimizing downtime. By automating the strapping process, this tool reduces manual labor and accelerates packaging timelines, enabling companies to achieve higher throughput. Its battery-powered operation eliminates the need for complex wiring setups, making it portable and suitable for on-site operations. The adjustable tension range ensures secure strapping across different load types, minimizing the risk of damaged goods during transit. The brushless motor reduces maintenance requirements, ensuring consistent performance over time. Its extended battery life allows up to 600 strapping cycles on a single charge, reducing interruptions for recharging. The quick charge time of 45-60 minutes further enhances uptime, ensuring the tool is ready when needed. By investing in the NEO2, businesses can significantly lower packaging costs while maintaining consistent quality, resulting in a clear return on investment. The robust design and durability of the tool ensure long-term reliability, reducing the need for frequent replacements or repairs.   Key Features and Benefits of battery strapping tool NEO2 The NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool offers a range of features tailored to meet industrial packaging needs: Dual Operating Modes: Users can switch between semi-automatic and automatic modes, offering flexibility for different strapping requirements. Powerful Battery Performance: The 5000mAh lithium battery supports up to 600 strapping cycles per charge, reducing downtime. Adjustable Tension and Bonding Time: Digital controls allow precise adjustments to suit various strap materials and load types. Brushless Motor: Ensures longer tool lifespan and reduced maintenance, contributing to operational efficiency. Lightweight and Compact Design: At 2.8kg, the tool is easy to handle, reducing operator fatigue during extended use. High Sealing Strength: The friction welding mechanism ensures durable seals, maintaining load stability during transport. These features collectively enhance productivity, reduce operational costs, and ensure secure packaging, making the NEO2 a valuable tool for industrial applications.   How to use battery strapping tool Operating the NEO2 9-16mm PET/PP Battery Strapping Tool is straightforward, thanks to its user-friendly design. Here’s a step-by-step guide: Wrap the Strap Around the Load: Position the PET or PP strap around the package, ensuring proper alignment. Insert the Strap into the Tool: Place the strap ends into the designated feeding area, ensuring they are parallel and aligned. Adjust Tension Settings: Use the digital display to select the desired tension level bas...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/neo2-9-16mm-pet-pp-battery-strapping-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-2.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Portable-Strapping-Machine-3200N-Max-Tension-Automatic-Electric-Wrapping-Machine-NEO2-for-PP-PET-strap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-digital-display.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/battery-strapping-tool-NEO2-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1599 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110012</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,887,2556,655</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>140112</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[A4 sealless steel strapping tool 16-32mm - Buckle-free]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool 16-32mm - Buckle-Free A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool 16-32mm - Buckle-Free is an essential tool designed to streamline strapping operations in industries such as logistics, warehousing, and manufacturing. This tool utilizes advanced sealless joint technology, which removes the need for steel buckles, significantly reducing material costs and simplifying the strapping process. It stands out compared to conventional tools by eliminating the ongoing expenses associated with purchasing additional buckles, offering businesses a more cost-effective strapping solution. Its lightweight design, at 4.2kg, ensures easy handling and reduces operator fatigue during extended usage, especially in high-volume environments where consistent operation is critical. Sealless Steel Strapping Tool A4 is engineered for compatibility with steel straps measuring between 16mm and 32mm in width and 0.55mm to 0.75mm in thickness, accommodating diverse operational needs. Its design is particularly advantageous for enterprises requiring flexibility across different strapping requirements, making it an adaptable solution for a wide range of packaging applications. Compact dimensions of 40cm x 10cm x 33cm enable its use in restricted spaces, such as tight warehouse aisles or crowded production lines. Furthermore, the tool’s tension capacity of 8000N ensures that even heavy loads are securely fastened, minimizing risks of strap failure during handling or transport. With its joint strength reaching 80-85% of the strap’s tensile strength, the A4 delivers   Specs of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool 16-32mm Feature Specification Weight 4.2kg Strap Width Compatibility 16mm to 32mm Strap Thickness 0.55mm to 0.75mm Maximum Tension Approx. 8000N Joint Strength 80-85% of strap tensile strength Dimensions 40cm (L) x 10cm (W) x 33cm (H)   Return on Investment (ROI) of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool Investing in the A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool ensures significant cost savings and enhanced operational efficiency. Its sealless joint technology eliminates the expense of steel buckles, reducing consumable costs while maintaining strong, reliable connections. The tool’s robust construction minimizes downtime associated with repairs, ensuring uninterrupted workflows in high-volume environments. Moreover, its user-friendly design shortens the learning curve for operators, enabling faster adoption and improved productivity. For businesses managing heavy-duty packaging, the A4 reduces risks of strap failures, preventing rework and delays. Over time, these benefits lead to a faster return on investment, making the A4 a valuable long-term asset.   Key Features and Benefits of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool The A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool integrates features tailored to industrial operations. The sealless joint technology reduces material waste and costs by eliminating the need for steel buckles. Its 8000N tension capacity guarantees secure strapping for heavy loads, minimizing risks of load shifts or damages during transit. The tool is compact and lightweight, ensuring ease of operation even in high-demand settings. Adjustable settings for strap width and thickness further enhance its adaptability, making it suitable for varied applications. These features collectively position the A4 as a dependable and efficient solution for businesses seeking operational excellence.   Ease of Operation of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool The A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool is designed to be intuitive, ensuring consistent results with minimal effort. Follow these steps for effective use: Position the Strap: Wrap the steel strap securely around the package to be strapped. Feed the Strap Ends: Insert both ends of the strap into the tool’s feeding slots. Tension the Strap: Operate the tension lever until the desired tightness is achieved. Seal the Strap: Push the sealing handle forward to form the secure, buckle-free joint. Release the Tool: Lift the handle to disengage the tool from the strap. This process ensures efficient and reliable strapping, even in repetitive tasks, while reducing operator fatigue.   Where to Use A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool The A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool is ideal for various industrial applications requiring secure packaging. Common use cases include: Logistics and Shipping: Ensures stable and secure load containment during transport. Manufacturing: Suitable for bundling heavy materials like steel beams, machinery, and timber. Warehousing: Simplifies repetitive strapping tasks in inventory management.   Design and Compatibility of A4 Sealless Steel Strapping Tool The tool’s ergonomic design prioritizes operator comfort and adaptability. Its compact build, measuring 40cm x 10cm x 33cm, allows for easy handling in confined spaces, while the weight of 4.2kg reduces operator strain. Compatible with straps ranging from 16mm to 32mm in width and 0.55mm to 0.75mm in thickness, the A4 ensures flexibil...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/a4-sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-buckle-free/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-buy.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-Buckle-free.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/sealless-steel-strapping-tool-16-32mm-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>690 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140112</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>367,2481,2543,655</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>367</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandspännare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandspännare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>24466</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Kraft paper tape 50mm 50m - 72 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Kraft paper tape 50mm 50m - 72 units]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/kraft-paper-tape-50mm-50m-72-units/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-high-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-packaging.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-bulk-order.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-best.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-tear-with-hand.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-tear.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/kraft-paper-tape-quantity-discount.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>139 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,2482,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>24368</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm — width: 9mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm - 9mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/paper-strap-9-15mm/?attribute_width=9mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-bulk-order.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>24367</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>24369</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm — width: 12mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm - 12mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/paper-strap-9-15mm/?attribute_width=12mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-bulk-order.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>24367</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>24370</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm — width: 15mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paper Strap 9-15mm - 15mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/paper-strap-9-15mm/?attribute_width=15mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-bulk-order.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Paper-strap-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>24367</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>295301</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Truck unloader conveyor LOADER UL1790 - L790 + 1000cm, W80cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Truck unloader conveyor UL1790 Truck Unloader Conveyor UL1790 – featuring a belt conveyor with dimensions L7900mm × W800mm × H1000mm–2400mm, equipped with a heavy-duty hydraulic lifting and climbing system, and a roller conveyor measuring L10000mm × W800mm × H550mm–820mm with a durable stainless steel multi-wedge belt power system for efficient and reliable material handling. Truck Unloader Conveyor - LOADER System is a high-performance solution designed to simplify and accelerate truck loading and unloading processes. This system combines a Heavy-Duty Hydraulic Lifting and Climbing Machine and a Stainless Steel Multi-Wedge Belt Power Roller Conveyor, offering unmatched efficiency, durability, and adaptability. The Heavy-Duty Hydraulic Lifting Machine features a complete machine weight of 1.08 tons, a climbing platform with 3 sections, and a robust lower platform supported by 0.8-ton capacity roller frames. The equipment operates on AS2-107 HP motors with a power output of 1.5kW, and a hydraulic pump powered by a YS90L 4-50Hz 2.2kW motor, ensuring efficient lifting and climbing under heavy loads. This machine also boasts 30 m/min SPH speed, making it ideal for high-speed operations. The Multi-Wedge Belt Stainless Steel Conveyor has a modular design with 5 sections covering 10 meters. It includes rollers of 50mm diameter, constructed from durable materials like Q345 steel, with a height range of 1000mm–2400mm to accommodate a variety of operational setups. The conveyor supports various belt options, including multi-wedge belts (10m), O-belts (12m), and 38mm and 50mm tubes for additional configuration flexibility. Key accessory parameters include a frequency converter, allowing precise speed control; SAE standard double-layer hydraulic pipes for enhanced durability; PVC rollers with water resistance; and EC electrical components to ensure safe, seamless operation. The equipment also integrates heavy-duty casters with a weight capacity of 200kg per unit, ensuring mobility and stability. Engineered for industrial applications such as logistics and manufacturing, the LOADER System automates traditionally labor-intensive tasks, significantly improving productivity and reducing operational costs. With its advanced specifications and intuitive design, this system is an indispensable asset for businesses looking to optimize their workflow and maintain a competitive edge. Whether handling heavy materials or optimizing tight schedules, the LOADER System delivers reliability, safety, and superior performance.   Specs of Truck unloader conveyor UL1790 Category Parameter Specification Remarks General Dimensions Belt Conveyor Dimensions L7900mm × W800mm × H1000mm–2400mm Heavy-duty hydraulic lifting and climbing machine Roller Conveyor Dimensions L10000mm × W800mm × H550mm–820mm Stainless steel multi-wedge belt power roller conveyor Equipment Parameters Complete Machine Weight 1.08 tons Standard Climbing Platform Sections 3 sections Criteria Lower Platform 0.8-ton roller frame Criteria SPH Speed 30 m/min Per project limit LR Width 600/800mm Criteria DD Drum Diameter Active 78/Slave 78 Standard Main Body Material Q345 Steel Surface electronic spraying treatment Climbing Angle 12°–15° Criteria Accessory Parameters Motor Specification AS2-107 HP, 1.5kW 220/380V Standard Hydraulic Pump Motor YS90L 4-50Hz, 2.2kW 220/380V Standard Hydraulic Pipe Material SAE Standard Double Layer Resistant to pressure Roller Diameter 50mm Material: PVC or steel Roller Material Q345, Stainless Steel 304 Optional configurations Belt Type Multi-wedge, O-belt Length varies based on sections Electrical Components EC standard Leakage protection; meets domestic standards Heavy-Duty Casters Wheel width: 50mm, Height: 200mm With brake lock for added stability Conveyor Configurations Number of Sections 5 sections (10m) Multi-wedge belt Other Configurations 8 sections (12m) 50mm tubes Height Range 1000mm–2400mm (Belt Conveyor), 550mm–820mm (Roller Conveyor) Adjustable for dock and truck compatibility   Truck unloader conveyor UL1790 how does it work video ﻿   Dimensions of Truck unloader conveyor UL1790   Schema of Truck unloader conveyor UL1790   How to Operate a Truck Unloader Conveyor Safely and Efficiently The Truck Unloader Conveyor is designed to streamline loading and unloading operations, ensuring safety and efficiency. Follow these steps to use the system effectively: Preparation and Inspection Before starting, inspect the conveyor for any visible damage or loose components. Ensure all electrical connections are secure and the power supply meets the system's requirements (220V/380V as specified). Verify that the hydraulic system, belts, rollers, and casters are in good working condition. Positioning the Conveyor Place the conveyor at the truck’s loading or unloading point. Adjust the height of the hydraulic lifting system to match the truck bed height using the control panel. The adjustable height range is 1000mm–2400mm for the belt conveyor an...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/truck-unloader-conveyor-loader-ul1790/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-inquiry.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-schema.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/truck-unloader-conveyor-new-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>22000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>18499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295301</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>950 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2610,2611,2481,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2610</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Cardboard packaging</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>295201</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Powered flex conveyor 4m and 6m - 15m/min — length: 4m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Powered flex conveyor 4m and 6m Powered Flex Conveyor is the ultimate solution for businesses looking to streamline their material handling processes. Designed to provide flexibility, efficiency, and reliability, this advanced conveyor system is ideal for warehouses, logistics hubs, and manufacturing facilities. With two versatile models, PFC4M/RD and PFC6M/RD, it offers tailored solutions for various operational requirements. The PFC4M/RD model features a length of 4000mm, while the PFC6M/RD model extends up to 6000mm, ensuring adaptability to different space constraints. Both models have a sturdy width of 550mm and an adjustable height ranging from 650mm to 800mm, making them suitable for handling a wide range of goods. The flexible design allows the conveyor to adapt seamlessly to different layouts, making it perfect for dynamic working environments. With a loading capacity of 50kg, the Powered Flex Conveyor handles medium-weight goods efficiently. It operates at an adjustable speed of up to 15m/min, enabling smooth and precise control over the movement of goods, improving workflow efficiency in various applications. Powered by a single-phase 220V/50Hz power supply, it offers convenience and compatibility with standard electrical systems. Both models feature an energy-efficient motor with a power consumption of 1kW, delivering reliable performance while keeping energy costs low. The Powered Flex Conveyor is engineered for maximum versatility. Its flexible length of up to 4m or 6m makes it ideal for diverse material handling tasks, including loading and unloading trucks, connecting production lines, or transporting items between workstations. The extendable and retractable design simplifies operations, while the compact structure ensures easy storage when not in use. Durability and reliability are at the core of the PFC4M/RD and PFC6M/RD models. Built with high-quality materials, these conveyors are designed to withstand demanding industrial environments while maintaining consistent performance. Their smooth, powered operation enhances productivity by reducing manual labor and speeding up processes, ultimately improving workflow efficiency. Whether your operations require shorter or longer conveyor systems, the Powered Flex Conveyor offers a solution that adapts to your needs. With its user-friendly design, robust construction, adjustable speed, and energy-efficient operation, it is an excellent investment for businesses aiming to optimize material handling processes.   Powered Flex Conveyor video ﻿   How to Use the Powered Flex Conveyor 4m and 6m Using the Powered Flex Conveyor 4m and 6m is straightforward and designed to enhance efficiency in material handling tasks. To begin, position the conveyor at the desired location, ensuring the adjustable height (650mm to 800mm) aligns with your working setup. Extend or retract the conveyor to the required length, up to 4m or 6m, depending on the model. Connect the conveyor to a standard 220V/50Hz power supply and activate the system using the control panel or designated switch. Place items weighing up to 50kg onto the conveyor belt, ensuring even distribution to maintain balance and smooth operation. The powered mechanism will move items along the 550mm-wide conveyor at a consistent speed, reducing manual labor and increasing workflow efficiency. Adjustments to height or length can be made on the fly, making it ideal for loading and unloading tasks, connecting workstations, or other material transport needs. After use, switch off the power supply, retract the conveyor to its compact size, and store it in a designated area. Regular maintenance, such as cleaning and checking for wear, will ensure the longevity and optimal performance of the conveyor. This flexible and user-friendly system is an indispensable tool for improving productivity in industrial settings.   Specs of Powered Flex Conveyor Model PFC4M/RD PFC6M/RD Length (L) 4000mm 6000mm Width (W) 550mm 550mm Height (H) Adjustable 650-800mm Adjustable 650-800mm Flexible Max Length 4m 6m Loading Weight 50kg 50kg Power Supply 220V/50Hz, 1 Phase 220V/50Hz, 1 Phase Power Consumption 1kW 1kW Speed Adjustable up to 15m/min Adjustable up to 15m/min   Who Can Use the Powered Flex Conveyor? The Powered Flex Conveyor is a versatile and efficient material handling solution that caters to a wide range of industries and businesses. Its adaptable design and reliable performance make it an invaluable tool for improving productivity and reducing manual labor. Here are some of the key users who can benefit from the Powered Flex Conveyor: Warehouses and Distribution Centers Warehouses and distribution centers are among the primary users of the Powered Flex Conveyor. These facilities handle a high volume of goods daily, requiring efficient systems to load, unload, and transport items. The conveyor’s adjustable length and height allow it to be seamlessly integrated into various workflows, enabling workers to move products q...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/powered-flex-conveyor/?attribute_length=4m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Powered-flex-conveyor-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2790 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295201</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>23817</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>95 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>295202</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Powered flex conveyor 4m and 6m - 15m/min — length: 6m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Powered flex conveyor 4m and 6m Powered Flex Conveyor is the ultimate solution for businesses looking to streamline their material handling processes. Designed to provide flexibility, efficiency, and reliability, this advanced conveyor system is ideal for warehouses, logistics hubs, and manufacturing facilities. With two versatile models, PFC4M/RD and PFC6M/RD, it offers tailored solutions for various operational requirements. The PFC4M/RD model features a length of 4000mm, while the PFC6M/RD model extends up to 6000mm, ensuring adaptability to different space constraints. Both models have a sturdy width of 550mm and an adjustable height ranging from 650mm to 800mm, making them suitable for handling a wide range of goods. The flexible design allows the conveyor to adapt seamlessly to different layouts, making it perfect for dynamic working environments. With a loading capacity of 50kg, the Powered Flex Conveyor handles medium-weight goods efficiently. It operates at an adjustable speed of up to 15m/min, enabling smooth and precise control over the movement of goods, improving workflow efficiency in various applications. Powered by a single-phase 220V/50Hz power supply, it offers convenience and compatibility with standard electrical systems. Both models feature an energy-efficient motor with a power consumption of 1kW, delivering reliable performance while keeping energy costs low. The Powered Flex Conveyor is engineered for maximum versatility. Its flexible length of up to 4m or 6m makes it ideal for diverse material handling tasks, including loading and unloading trucks, connecting production lines, or transporting items between workstations. The extendable and retractable design simplifies operations, while the compact structure ensures easy storage when not in use. Durability and reliability are at the core of the PFC4M/RD and PFC6M/RD models. Built with high-quality materials, these conveyors are designed to withstand demanding industrial environments while maintaining consistent performance. Their smooth, powered operation enhances productivity by reducing manual labor and speeding up processes, ultimately improving workflow efficiency. Whether your operations require shorter or longer conveyor systems, the Powered Flex Conveyor offers a solution that adapts to your needs. With its user-friendly design, robust construction, adjustable speed, and energy-efficient operation, it is an excellent investment for businesses aiming to optimize material handling processes.   Powered Flex Conveyor video ﻿   How to Use the Powered Flex Conveyor 4m and 6m Using the Powered Flex Conveyor 4m and 6m is straightforward and designed to enhance efficiency in material handling tasks. To begin, position the conveyor at the desired location, ensuring the adjustable height (650mm to 800mm) aligns with your working setup. Extend or retract the conveyor to the required length, up to 4m or 6m, depending on the model. Connect the conveyor to a standard 220V/50Hz power supply and activate the system using the control panel or designated switch. Place items weighing up to 50kg onto the conveyor belt, ensuring even distribution to maintain balance and smooth operation. The powered mechanism will move items along the 550mm-wide conveyor at a consistent speed, reducing manual labor and increasing workflow efficiency. Adjustments to height or length can be made on the fly, making it ideal for loading and unloading tasks, connecting workstations, or other material transport needs. After use, switch off the power supply, retract the conveyor to its compact size, and store it in a designated area. Regular maintenance, such as cleaning and checking for wear, will ensure the longevity and optimal performance of the conveyor. This flexible and user-friendly system is an indispensable tool for improving productivity in industrial settings.   Specs of Powered Flex Conveyor Model PFC4M/RD PFC6M/RD Length (L) 4000mm 6000mm Width (W) 550mm 550mm Height (H) Adjustable 650-800mm Adjustable 650-800mm Flexible Max Length 4m 6m Loading Weight 50kg 50kg Power Supply 220V/50Hz, 1 Phase 220V/50Hz, 1 Phase Power Consumption 1kW 1kW Speed Adjustable up to 15m/min Adjustable up to 15m/min   Who Can Use the Powered Flex Conveyor? The Powered Flex Conveyor is a versatile and efficient material handling solution that caters to a wide range of industries and businesses. Its adaptable design and reliable performance make it an invaluable tool for improving productivity and reducing manual labor. Here are some of the key users who can benefit from the Powered Flex Conveyor: Warehouses and Distribution Centers Warehouses and distribution centers are among the primary users of the Powered Flex Conveyor. These facilities handle a high volume of goods daily, requiring efficient systems to load, unload, and transport items. The conveyor’s adjustable length and height allow it to be seamlessly integrated into various workflows, enabling workers to move products q...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/powered-flex-conveyor/?attribute_length=6m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Powered-flex-conveyor-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3790 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295202</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>23817</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>95 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>750100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Åkbar sopmaskin SMITH JB1350 - 8000 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Åkbar sopmaskin SMITH JB1350 Åkbar sopmaskin SMITH JB1350 är en avancerad batteridriven maskin utformad för oöverträffad effektivitet och prestanda vid industriell och kommersiell städning. Med sitt kraftfulla 48V83ah-batteri och robusta 1000W drivmotor erbjuder maskinen hög driftsäkerhet och är ett idealiskt val för att enkelt rengöra stora ytor. Den arbetsbredd på 1350 mm, kompletterad med dubbla 260 mm sidoborstar, säkerställer fullgod täckning även i svåråtkomliga hörn, medan huvudborstens längd på 590 mm hanterar både ytligt smuts och inbäddade partiklar. Med en imponerande arbetseffektivitet på 8000㎡/h sparar SMITH JB1350 tid och arbetskostnader och levererar skinande resultat i stora miljöer som lager, parkeringsplatser och utomhusytor. För att motstå krävande användning har maskinen en hållbar dammbehållare i kallvalsat stål med generös kapacitet på 120 l, vilket möjliggör enkel avfallshantering. Trots den robusta konstruktionen är maskinen kompakt, med mått 1700 × 1350 × 1200 mm, vilket ger smidig manövrering i trånga utrymmen. Med en vikt på 495 kg erbjuder den stabilitet även i sluttningar, med en stigningsförmåga på 15%. Det hydrauliska dubbla skivbromssystemet ger överlägsen säkerhet och kontroll, medan 48V märksystem med total uteffekt på 2300W säkerställer optimal funktion under alla förhållanden. Avancerade funktioner som ett spraymunstycke för fin vattendimma eliminerar damm under sopning, och ett kraftfullt sugsystem ger dammfri miljö. Maskinen har även en säker, vattentät laddport, stöttåliga strålkastare för bättre hållbarhet och täta borst för maximal rengöringseffektivitet. För bekvämlighet och mångsidighet finns tillval för att anpassa maskinen efter specifika behov—kontakta oss för att utforska hur vi kan skräddarsy den för dig. Den miljövänliga driften, låga ljudnivån och kostnadseffektiva prestandan gör den till ett utmärkt val för att upprätthålla rena, säkra och professionella miljöer. Oavsett om det gäller inom- eller utomhusarbete erbjuder Åkbar sopmaskin SMITH JB1350 en perfekt balans mellan kraft, effektivitet och användarvänlig design, så att dina städuppgifter slutförs snabbt och effektivt. Förnya din städverksamhet med SMITH JB1350—konstruerad för enastående prestanda och tillförlitlighet.   Specifikationer för åkbar sopmaskin SMITH JB1350 Specifikation Detaljer Modell SMITH JB1350 Maximal städeffektivitet 8000㎡/h Sopbredd 1350 mm Rullborstens diameter 700 mm Sidoborstarnas diameter 500 mm × 2 Spänning / Märkeffekt 48V / 2200W Drivmotorns effekt 1200W Rullborstens motoreffekt 700W Sidoborstarnas motoreffekt 2 × 90W Sugmotorns effekt 150W Drifttid > 6 timmar Framåthastighet 0–10 km/h Stigningsförmåga 20% Dammbehållarens kapacitet 120 l Mått (L × B × H) 1450 × 1350 × 1350 mm Nettovikt 496 kg Sprinklersystem Integrerat vattendimssystem Bromssystem Hydrauliska dubbla skivbromsar Laddport Vattentät och säker Ljudnivå Låg ljudnivå Rekommenderade användningsområden Gator, fabriker, verkstäder, bostadsområden, campus     Fördelar med åkbar sopmaskin SMITH JB1350 Åkbar sopmaskin SMITH JB1350 har många fördelar som gör den till ett överlägset val för industriella och kommersiella städuppgifter. Här är varför den utmärker sig: 1. Hög rengöringseffektivitet Med en arbetsbredd på 1350 mm och dubbla 260 mm sidoborstar täcker den snabbt stora ytor. Arbetseffektiviteten på 8000㎡/h sparar tid på stora ytor som lager, parkeringsplatser och utomhusområden. 2. Kraftfull prestanda Drivs av ett 48V83ah-batteri och en robust 1000W drivmotor för jämn och kraftfull drift. Total uteffekt 2300W ger tillförlitlig kapacitet för tunga uppgifter. 3. Hållbar konstruktion Dammbehållare i kallvalsat stål med 120 l kapacitet är mycket hållbar och förenklar avfallshantering. Hydrauliskt dubbelt skivbromssystem ger säker körning även i sluttningar med 15% lutning. 4. Avancerade funktioner Spraymunstycke ger vattendimma för dammfri rengöring. Kraftfullt sugsystem samlar effektivt upp damm och skräp för en ren miljö. Antikollisions- och vattentäta strålkastare förbättrar sikt och hållbarhet. 5. Kompakt och lättmanövrerad Trots robust konstruktion är måtten 1700 × 1350 × 1200 mm, vilket gör den lätt att köra i trånga utrymmen. Vikten på 495 kg säkerställer stabilitet under drift. 6. Anpassningsbar Tillval finns för att anpassa maskinen efter specifika behov och olika användningsområden. 7. Miljövänlig och kostnadseffektiv Batteridrift minskar utsläpp. Låg ljudnivå gör den lämplig i ljudkänsliga miljöer. 8. Användarvänlig design Säker, vattentät laddport och lättanvända reglage. Täta borst ger noggrann rengöring med minimal ansträngning. Genom att kombinera dessa fördelar levererar SMITH JB1350 en oslagbar balans mellan kraft, effektivitet och tillförlitlighet, och blir ett ovärderligt verktyg för att upprätthålla rena, professionella miljöer.   Vilken rengöringseffektivitet har åkbar sopmaskin och hur klarar den tunga uppgifter? Åkbar sopmaskin SMITH JB1350 utmärker sig med rengöringseffektivitet på 8000㎡/h, ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/akbar-sopmaskin-smith-jb1350-8000-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-package.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-brush-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-sweeper-where-to-buy-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>530 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>967</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Städmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Städmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Skurmaskin industrigolv SMITH J115 - 5600 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Skurmaskin industrigolv SMITH J115 Skurmaskin industrigolv SMITH J115 är en avancerad, hög­effektiv rengöringslösning som noggrant har utformats för att möta de stränga kraven i industriella och kommersiella miljöer. Konstruerad med precision och hållbarhet erbjuder denna toppmoderna maskin oöverträffad prestanda genom att kombinera robusta rengöringskapaciteter med ergonomisk design för att leverera exceptionella resultat. Med en rengöringsbredd på 800 mm och en skrapbredd på 1080 mm är J115 byggd för att optimera produktiviteten och uppnår en imponerande arbetseffektivitet på 5600 m² per timme. Dess överlägsna rengöringssystem integrerar dubbla 380 W borst­motorer för grundlig smutsborttagning och en kraftfull 550 W sugmotor, vilket säkerställer snabb och effektiv torkning för ett fläckfritt resultat. Med ett dubbeltankssystem – 115-liters lösningstank och 120-liters återvinningstank – minskas stillestånden markant genom att möjliggöra längre drift mellan påfyllningarna, vilket gör den idealisk för stora anläggningar såsom lager, köpcentrum och vårdinrättningar. Drivs av ett pålitligt batterisystem och levererar en förlängd drifttid på 3,5 till 4,5 timmar, vilket säkerställer oavbrutna städpass även under krävande förhållanden. Med operatörens komfort i fokus har J115 en intuitiv kontrollpanel, smidig körfunktion och ergonomisk hantering som minskar trötthet under långa skift. Dessutom säkerställer dess ≤68 dB(A) ljudnivå minimal störning i ljudkänsliga miljöer. Med måtten 1550 mm × 1080 mm × 1300 mm och en vikt på 320 kg gör J115:s kompakta och robusta konstruktion att den är lätt att manövrera även i trånga utrymmen, utan att kompromissa med prestanda eller stabilitet. Maskinens hållbara design och lättskötta konstruktion, såsom lättåtkomliga komponenter och utbytbara delar, ökar dess driftsäkerhet och livslängd och säkerställer en låg total ägandekostnad. J115 är ett miljömedvetet val, i enlighet med strikta avfallshanteringsstandarder, och främjar effektiv resursanvändning. Idealisk för B2B-tillämpningar är SMITH skurmaskin industrigolv J115 den ultimata rengöringslösningen för företag som vill öka sin driftseffektivitet och upprätthålla prydliga arbetsmiljöer. Dess innovativa teknik, användarcentrerade design och exceptionella rengöringsförmåga gör den till en värdefull tillgång för att upprätthålla hygien och säkerhet i professionella miljöer. Med sin tillförlitliga prestanda och robusta konstruktion exemplifierar J115 det engagemang för kvalitet som varumärket SMITH representerar och ger företag ett konkurrensförsprång i att hålla rena, säkra och professionella ytor.   Skurmaskin industrigolv J115 är designad för att ersätta 8 städare SMITH skurmaskin industrigolv J115 är utformad för att ersätta upp till åtta arbetare med sina automatiserade rengöringsfunktioner och erbjuder en kostnadseffektiv och tillförlitlig lösning för att hålla miljöer skinande rena. Konstruerad för mångsidighet arbetar den med en låg ljudnivå, vilket gör den lämplig för ljudkänsliga platser såsom sjukhus, skolor och kontor. Den robusta konstruktionen integrerar avancerade säkerhets- och hållbarhetsfunktioner, inklusive tre läckagesäkra anordningar: ett vattentätt lock, en flottör och en nivåsensor, vilket säkerställer pålitlig drift under alla förhållanden. Drivs av ett batterisystem är denna skurmaskin industrigolv enkel att använda och erbjuder flexibilitet att rengöra stora ytor utan begränsningarna med nätdrift. Skurmaskin industrigolv J115 är utrustad med två påfyllningsportar: en stor port för snabb påfyllning och en liten port för exakt, långdistanspåfyllning. Det avancerade vattentillförselsystemet inkluderar en magnetventil som effektivt förhindrar läckage, vilket förbättrar vattenhushållning och driftsäkerhet. Dessutom ersätter maskinens innovativa design traditionella borstsatsskärmar med en stänkskyddskrage, vilket avsevärt förlänger livslängden samtidigt som rengöringsprestandan förbättras. Skrapsystemet är utformat för bekvämlighet och möjliggör enkel montering och demontering, vilket minskar underhållstid och ansträngning. Byggd för att klara professionell användning kombinerar J115 funktionalitet med användarvänliga egenskaper, vilket gör den till ett pålitligt val för olika rengöringstillämpningar. Skurmaskin industrigolv är idealisk för användning i lager, fabriker, butikslokaler, vårdinrättningar med mera. SMITH skurmaskin industrigolv J115 är en mångsidig rengöringskraft som anpassar sig till en mängd miljöer. Dess effektiva och hållbara drift säkerställer inte bara rena och säkra golv utan visar också ett engagemang för miljövänliga metoder. För skräddarsydda rengöringslösningar finns tillvalsdelar för att matcha dina specifika krav, vilket ytterligare förbättrar dess anpassningsbarhet och prestanda. Kontakta oss för att få veta mer om hur SMITH J115 kan förändra dina städrutiner och ge oöverträffat värde till din verksamhet.   Skurmaskin industrigolv J115 är den ultimata lösningen för högpresterande...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/skurmaskin-industrigolv-smith-j115-5600-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-floor-scrubber.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-floor-scrubber-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-floor-scrubber-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/ride-on-floor-scrubber-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-features.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-control-panel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-advantages.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Ride-on-floor-scrubber-SMITH-J115-cleaning-advantages.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750080</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>350 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>967</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Städmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Städmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell städmaskin industri J85 - 3550 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell städmaskin industri J85 Industriell städmaskin industri J85 är en mångsidig och innovativ städlösning, särskilt utformad för att möta kraven i moderna städmiljöer. Denna tysta städmaskin industri är idealisk för särskilda situationer eller ljudkänsliga områden och säkerställer en tystare och mer effektiv städprocess. Den lätta och kompakta designen gör den perfekt för mindre utrymmen, och dess förmåga att köra in och ut ur hissar möjliggör sömlös städning över flera våningsplan. J85 är byggd med hållbarhet och avancerad funktionalitet i fokus. Den har en inbyggd billaddare, vilket ger bekvämlighet och minskar stillestånd under drift. Säkerheten prioriteras med antiförlust-, antifall- och skydd mot vatteninträngning, vilket säkerställer tillförlitlig prestanda även i utmanande miljöer. Dessutom har maskinen trippla läckageskydd inklusive ett vattentätt överdrag, tjugo flottörer och en vätskenivåsensor som ger ett enastående skydd mot vattenskador. Denna banbrytande städmaskin industri ersätter den traditionella gummikjolen med en pälslist, vilket förlänger livslängden avsevärt och ökar städeffektiviteten. Den kompakta ramen och den ergonomiska designen gör den mycket lättmanövrerad, så att den kommer åt trånga utrymmen och städar effektivt utan att kompromissa med prestandan. Med en arbetsbredd på 510mm och en sugskrapebredd på 860mm säkerställer J85 maximal täckning och effektivitet. The J85’s high-capacity tanks include an 85L solution tank and a 90L recovery tank, minimizing interruptions for refilling and emptying. Its powerful 550W brush motor and 600W vacuum motor enable it to tackle tough cleaning tasks with ease, while its working efficiency reaches an impressive 3550㎡/h. Designed for continuous use, the machine provides a runtime of 3-3.5 hours on its 6EVF-100AH*2 storage batteries, ensuring uninterrupted cleaning sessions. Despite its robust capabilities, the J85 maintains a manageable weight of 190kg and features dimensions of 1450mm x 900mm x 1250mm, allowing for easy storage and transportation. For areas requiring superior cleaning performance with minimal noise, the Industriell städmaskin industri J85 stands out as the ideal choice. Its innovative features, enhanced durability, and user-friendly design ensure that every cleaning task is performed efficiently and effectively, making it an invaluable asset for a wide range of environments.   Vilka typer av golv är den industriella städmaskin industri lämplig för? Den industriella städmaskin industri är designad för ett brett spektrum av golvtyper. Den presterar särskilt bra på släta ytor såsom polerad betong, vinyl och epoxibelagda golv som ofta finns i lager och butiker. Dessutom lämpar sig den industriella städmaskin industri för måttligt grova ytor, inklusive obehandlad betong och strukturerade plattor, vilket gör den idealisk för industrimiljöer som fabriker och verkstäder. Den avancerade borstmotorn och de justerbara tryckinställningarna säkerställer optimal städprestanda oavsett golvtyp och avlägsnar effektivt smuts, fett och skräp.   Video om industriell golvrengörare     Kan den industriella golvrengöraren hantera specifika städutmaningar, såsom fett eller grovt skräp? Ja, den industriella golvrengöraren är utrustad för att hantera tuffa städutmaningar, inklusive fett och grovt skräp. Den kraftfulla 550W borstmotorn och den högkapacitets lösningstanken (85L) möjliggör användning av lämpliga rengöringsmedel för att bryta ner envisa fettlager. Samtidigt samlar golvrengörarens 600W sugmotor effektivt upp skräp och spillvatten i sin 90L återvinningstank. Denna kombination säkerställer grundlig rengöring även i krävande industrimiljöer. För särskilt utmanande smuts kan operatörer justera borsttrycket och välja det mest lämpliga rengöringsmedlet för optimalt resultat.   Specifikationer för industriell golvrengörare Industriell golvrengörare J85 Kapacitet, lösningstank 85L Arbetsbredd 510mm Kapacitet, återvinningstank 90L Sugskrapebredd 860mm Drivbatteri 6EVF-100AH*2 Arbetseffektivitet 3550㎡/h Maskinvikt 190kg Borstmotor 550W Kontinuerlig arbetstid 3–3,5h Sugmotor 600W Produktstorlek 1450mm x 900mm x 1250mm   Kundomdömen för städmaskin industri J85 1. Effektiv och tyst städprestanda "Den industriella städmaskin industri J85 har fullständigt förändrat vår städprocess. Vi använder den dagligen i vår butik, och dess tysta drift är perfekt för att bibehålla renligheten under öppettider utan att störa kunderna. Maskinens kompakta design gör att den enkelt tar sig fram i smala gångar. Rekommenderas varmt – effektiv och användarvänlig." — Anna P., Butikschef   2. Pålitlig och hållbar för industriell användning "Vi har använt J85 i vårt lager i flera månader och den är en game-changer. Den kraftfulla borstmotorn och de stora tankarna hanterar fett och smuts utan problem. Läckageskydden och den robusta konstruktionen ger oss förtroende för att maskinen håller i många år. En solid investering för all industriell städning." — Mark T., Operat...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industriell-stadmaskin-industri-j85-3550-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/industrial-floor-scrubber-j85-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2889 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>967</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Städmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Städmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Skurmaskin J45 - 2100 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Skurmaskin J45 Skurmaskin J45 är en premiumlösning för rengöring anpassad för professionell användning i krävande miljöer. Den är utformad för att möta de höga standarderna inom kommersiella och industriella verksamheter och denna avancerade skurmaskin levererar oöverträffad rengöringsprestanda på olika golvtyper, inklusive marmor, keramik, epoxiharts och träytor. Den robusta konstruktionen säkerställer tillförlitlighet, effektivitet och hållbarhet, vilket gör den till en idealisk investering för företag som söker överlägsna rengöringslösningar. skurmaskin Rengöring Effektivitet är 2100 m²/h. Med ett borstskivesystem som arbetar vid 180 RPM säkerställer skurmaskin J45 grundlig rengöring och snabb torkning av golv, vilket minimerar stillestånd i hårt trafikerade lokaler. Den generösa 40-liters lösningstanken och 45-liters återvinningstanken möjliggör långvarig drift, minskar behovet av påfyllning och ökar produktiviteten. Den sladdlösa designen, driven av ett batteri som ger en drifttid på 4–6 timmar, erbjuder utmärkt rörlighet och eliminerar snubbelrisker på arbetsplatsen, vilket skapar ett säkrare och mer effektivt arbetsflöde. Tillverkad av högkvalitativa material är den kommersiella golvrengöringsmaskinen J45 byggd för att tåla intensiv daglig användning samtidigt som den bibehåller jämn prestanda. Den ergonomiska designen och de intuitiva kontrollerna förenklar användningen och tillgodoser behoven hos professionell städpersonal. Oavsett om den används i stora köpcentrum, vårdinrättningar, utbildningsinstitutioner eller industriella lager levererar skurmaskin J45 konsekvent överlägsna rengöringsresultat. Denna mångsidiga maskin är en pålitlig lösning för företag som är engagerade i att upprätthålla fläckfria miljöer. Nyckelspecifikationer för skurmaskin J45: Rengöringseffektivitet: 2100 m²/h Rengöringsbredd: 510 mm Torkbredd: 800 mm Lösningstankens kapacitet: 45 liter Återvinningstankens kapacitet: 55 liter Borsthastighet: 180 RPM Batteriets drifttid: 4 timmar Vikt: Cirka 120 kg   Kontrollpanelens strömbrytare och funktioner för skurmaskin J45 Huvudströmbrytare för strömförsörjning: Aktiverar utrustningen och ställer den i påslaget läge. Strömbrytare för vattenupptagningsmotor: Startar motorn för att påbörja vattenupptagning. Borstskivebrytare: Aktiverar borstskivan och påbörjar dess drift. Batterinivåindikator: Ger tydlig information om aktuell batterinivå.   Fördelar med skurmaskin J45 skurmaskin J45 erbjuder flera viktiga fördelar jämfört med andra liknande modeller på marknaden. Dessa fördelar gör den till ett utmärkt val för företag som söker en högpresterande, pålitlig och effektiv rengöringslösning: 1. Större rengöringskapacitet Kommersiell golvrengöringsmaskin J45 har en rengöringsbredd på 510 mm och en torkbredd på 800 mm, vilket gör att den täcker mer yta på kortare tid. Med en rengöringseffektivitet på 2100 m²/h är den idealisk för medelstora till stora ytor, vilket minskar arbetskostnader och städtid jämfört med mindre modeller. 2. Generös tankkapacitet 45 L lösningstank och 55 L återvinningstank är större än hos många konkurrerande modeller, vilket möjliggör längre drift utan frekvent påfyllning eller tömning. Detta ökar produktiviteten, särskilt i hårt trafikerade eller stora områden. 3. Kraftfullt borst- och sugsystem skurmaskin J45:s borstskiva på 180 RPM ger exceptionell rengöringsprestanda och tar effektivt bort även svåra fläckar. Den 500 W starka sugmotorn ger snabb torkning och lämnar golven fläckfria och redo att användas. 4. Överlägsen drifttid och batterisystem Utrustad med 2 × 12V100AH-batterier erbjuder kommersiell golvrengöringsmaskin J45 en drifttid på 4 timmar, längre än många jämförbara modeller. Detta gör den lämplig för oavbrutna städpass i stora anläggningar. Batterierna är enkla att ladda och underhålla. 5. Ljud- och säkerhetsfunktioner Med en ljudnivå på ≤ 65 dB(A) är skurmaskin J45 tystare än många andra, vilket gör den lämplig för miljöer som sjukhus, skolor och kontor. Dessutom minskar den sladdlösa designen snubbelrisker och den låga tyngdpunkten ger stabilitet under användning. 6. Justerbara och anpassningsbara inställningar skurmaskin J45 erbjuder justerbart borsttryck och vattenflödeskontroll, vilket låter operatörer anpassa prestandan efter olika golvtyper och smutsnivåer. Denna flexibilitet överträffar ofta andra modeller. 7. Hållbarhet och byggkvalitet Byggd med högkvalitativa material är kommersiell golvrengöringsmaskin J45 konstruerad för rigorös daglig användning i krävande miljöer. Den robusta konstruktionen säkerställer lång livslängd och minskar behovet av reservdelsbyten, vilket ger bättre långsiktigt värde än mindre hållbara modeller. 8. Användarvänlighet och underhåll skurmaskin J45:s intuitiva kontrollpanel och ergonomiska design förenklar användningen och minskar behovet av omfattande utbildning. Underhåll, såsom rengöring av tankar och byte av borstar, är enkelt och snabbt att utföra, vilket minimerar stillestånd. 9. Valuta för pengarna Kommersi...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/skurmaskin-j45-2100-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/commercial-floor-scrubber.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/commercial-floor-scrubber-j45-control-panel-switch.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1549 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>85 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>967</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Städmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Städmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>750020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Städmaskin J25 - 1600 m²/h effektivitet]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Städmaskin J25 Städmaskin är utrustad med en imponerande uppsättning tekniska funktioner för att leverera enastående rengöringsprestanda. Med en total effekt på 880W drivs den av ett DC 24V-system som får kraft från 45Ah batterier som ger en driftstid på 3–4 timmar och kräver 6–8 timmar för en full laddning. Den 380W borstmotorn arbetar tillsammans med en 500W sugmotor för att säkerställa effektiv rengöring och vattenåtervinning, och uppnår en rengöringseffektivitet på 1600 m²/h. Vattentankkapaciteten inkluderar en 25L renvattentank och en 30L återvinningstank, vilket gör den lämplig för storskaliga rengöringsuppgifter. Med måtten 910mm x 510mm x 800mm och en vikt på 50kg utan batterier kombinerar J25 portabilitet med robust funktionalitet. Utformad för professionella användare sätter städmaskin J25 nya standarder inom kommersiell rengöring med sina innovativa funktioner och användarvänlighet. Oavsett om det handlar om högtrafikerade butiksytor, livliga hotell eller känsliga miljöer som gym och biografer, är denna maskin det idealiska valet för konsekventa, högpresterande resultat. Dess ergonomiska design säkerställer operatörens komfort, medan de kompakta dimensionerna gör den tillräckligt mångsidig för att manövrera i trånga utrymmen utan att kompromissa med kraften. Denna maskin är inte bara ett rengöringsverktyg; den är en partner i att upprätthålla fläckfria miljöer. Dess robusta konstruktion säkerställer hållbarhet även vid intensiv användning, medan intelligenta funktioner, såsom ett ECO-läge för energibesparande drift, gör den till ett hållbart alternativ för företag som vill minska sin miljöpåverkan. Städmaskin representerar en smart, långsiktig investering för företag som vill effektivisera verksamheten och förbättra effektiviteten. Denna omfattande introduktion sammanfattar maskinens mångsidighet, tillförlitlighet och användarvänlighet och säkerställer att den uppfyller kraven i professionella rengöringsverksamheter. Låt oss nu fördjupa oss i de funktioner som gör städmaskin till ett oumbärligt verktyg för företag.   Vilken är rengöringseffektiviteten och yttäcket per timme? Städmaskin J25 har en imponerande rengöringseffektivitet på 1600 kvadratmeter per timme, vilket gör den till en av de mest effektiva maskinerna i sin klass. Denna effektivitet drivs av kombinationen av en 380W borstmotor och en 500W sugmotor, som arbetar sömlöst för att skrubba och återvinna smutsvatten i ett enda pass. J25:s förmåga att snabbt täcka stora ytor säkerställer att företag kan spara både tid och arbetskostnader samtidigt som de uppnår professionella rengöringsresultat. Med sina kompakta dimensioner och ergonomiska design utmärker sig J25 i stora miljöer som köpcentrum, flygplatser och konferenscenter. Trots sin kraftfulla kapacitet förblir den användarvänlig och effektiv, vilket gör det möjligt för operatörer att maximera produktiviteten utan att bli uttröttade. För företag som vill underhålla stora lokaler med minimal stilleståndstid är J25 en investering som förändrar spelreglerna.   Städmaskin J25 video ﻿   Hur länge håller batteriet och hur lång är laddningstiden? Städmaskin J25 är utrustad med tillförlitliga 45Ah underhållsfria batterier som ger en driftstid på 3–4 timmar per laddning. Denna driftstid är idealisk för att slutföra omfattande rengöringsuppgifter i en och samma session, vilket minimerar avbrott och ökar den operativa effektiviteten. Oavsett om det gäller en hotellobby eller ett lagergolv levererar J25 den uthållighet som krävs för obruten rengöring. Uppladdningen tar cirka 6–8 timmar, vilket gör det bekvämt för nattladdning. Batterierna är konstruerade för lång livslängd och säkerställer konsekvent prestanda under hela sin livscykel. Dessutom är J25:s laddningssystem användarvänligt och säkert och kräver minimal tillsyn under processen. För företag som arbetar i skift eller kräver frekvent rengöring säkerställer J25:s driftstid och laddningskapacitet tillförlitlighet och effektivitet hela dagen.   Städmaskin J25 Specifikationer städmaskin Modell städmaskin J25 Total effekt 880W Spänning DC 24V Borstmotoreffekt 380W Sugmotoreffekt 500W Rengöringseffektivitet 1600 m²/h Kapacitet renvattentank 25 liter Kapacitet återvinningstank 30 liter Batteritid 3–4 timmar Laddningstid 6–8 timmar Dimensioner (L x B x H) 910mm x 510mm x 800mm Vikt (utan batterier) 50kg Borsthastighet 2000 RPM Vattenskrapans bredd 580mm Hur fungerar städmaskin J25? Städmaskin J25 kombinerar avancerad skrubb- och sugteknik för att leverera exceptionell rengöringsprestanda. När operatören fyller 25-liters renvattentanken med vatten och rengöringsmedel börjar maskinens 2000 RPM borste skrubba golvet och lossa smuts och skräp. När borsten roterar säkerställs grundlig rengöring genom att nå in i ytans spår och springor. Samtidigt aktiveras 500W sugmotorn, som effektivt samlar upp smutsvatten och avfall i 30-liters återvinningstanken. Detta dubbelverkande system gör att J25 kan rengöra och torka golvet i ett enda pass, vilket lämnar...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stadmaskin-j25-1600-m%c2%b2-h-effektivitet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/floor-scrubber.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/floor-scrubber-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/floor-scrubber-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/floor-scrubber-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>750020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>40 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>967</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>967</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Städmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Städmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>123</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet threading tool B190cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet threading tool Pallet Strap Feeder B190 is an innovative tool designed to revolutionize pallet threading, ensuring faster, safer, and more ergonomic operations. Made from high-quality materials, it simplifies the task of threading plastic straps under pallets. Pallet Strap Feeder B190 features a 1900mm highly flexible fiber rod and a durable polyurethane clip, which work together to streamline the process, eliminating common issues like straps getting stuck or requiring excessive bending. Compatible with PP (Polypropylene), PET (Polyester), and other straps up to 25mm in width and 1.5mm in thickness, this versatile tool is a must-have for warehouses, shipping facilities, and logistics operations. Threading plastic straps under pallets can be challenging due to the natural curve of the strap off the roll. The B190's curved head design ensures smooth movement over pallet rails, reducing friction and making threading easier. Its lightweight construction reduces operator fatigue, while the ergonomic design allows users to remain standing, avoiding the strain of stooping or kneeling. With a robust build and reliable functionality, this strap feeder is designed for demanding environments, offering durability and efficiency in one compact tool.   Specs of pallet strap feeder Pallet strap feeder B190 Dimension 190 cm × 4.3 cm × 6.8 cm (L × H × W) Gross Weight 570 g Net Weight 185 g Clip Head Dimension 12.8 cm × 4.3 cm × 6.8 cm Carton Dimension 75 cm × 41 cm × 5.5 cm Rod Material Highly flexible fiber rod Clip Material Durable and flexible polyurethane   Key Features of Pallet threading tool Flexible Fiber Rod: The 1900mm rod is made from highly flexible fiber, allowing it to bend and maneuver effortlessly under and around pallets without breaking or deforming Durable Polyurethane Clip: The specially designed clip securely holds straps in place during threading, ensuring a smooth operation Curved Head Design: The ergonomic head shape is optimized for threading over pallet rails without getting stuck Wide Compatibility: Supports PP and PET straps up to 25mm wide and 1.5mm thick, suitable for various strapping needs Lightweight Construction: Makes handling easy and reduces operator fatigue during prolonged use Enhanced Safety: Allows users to work standing up, minimizing physical strain and risk of injury   Where to use Pallet Strap Feeder Pallet Strap Feeder B190 is ideal for use in various environments, including: Warehouses: Perfect for organizing and securing palletized goods efficiently Logistics Centers: Speeds up packaging processes for shipments Manufacturing Facilities: Ensures easy and reliable strapping for products on pallets Retail Distribution: Facilitates seamless strapping for bulk deliveries This tool is designed for professionals who value efficiency, safety, and convenience in their daily operations.   Benefits of Pallet Strap Feeder Increased Efficiency: Drastically reduces the time needed for strapping pallets, allowing operators to focus on other tasks Ergonomic Design: Eliminates the need for awkward bending or kneeling, promoting better posture and reducing fatigue Reliable Performance: Built with high-quality materials to withstand heavy use in demanding environments Cost-Effective: Saves time and labor costs by simplifying the strapping process User-Friendly Operation: Intuitive design makes it easy to use, even for beginners   How to Use the Pallet threader B190 Using the Plastic threader B190 is straightforward and user-friendly: Insert the Strap: Clip the strap securely into the polyurethane head of the tool. Feed Under the Pallet: Use the flexible fiber rod to guide the strap under the pallet. The curved head will help navigate rails and obstacles effortlessly. Retrieve the Strap: Pull the rod through the other side, unclip the strap, and proceed with your strapping process. This simple three-step process ensures smooth and efficient pallet threading every time.   Customer Testimonials of Pallet Threader "The Pallet threading tool B190 has revolutionized our warehouse operations. It's fast, efficient, and easy to use. Our team loves it!" Sara T., Warehouse Manager "This tool is a must-have for anyone who works with pallets regularly. It saves so much time and effort." Simon L., Logistics Coordinator "The B190 is incredibly durable and user-friendly. We couldn't imagine returning to old school Bending and kneeling method." Monika J., Distribution Specialist   Advantages of Pallet threading tool Less stooping and kneeling action Durable and flexible polyurethane clip Faster Operations: Reduces the time required for pallet threading by allowing smooth and efficient strap feeding Enhanced Safety: Minimizes the need for bending or kneeling, reducing physical strain and workplace injuries Durable Materials: Built with a highly flexible fiber rod and a strong polyurethane clip, ensuring long-lasting performance Ergonomic Design: The curved head and lightweight construction make it comf...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-threading-tool-b190/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-cheap.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-PP-PET-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-how-to-use.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool-b190-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/pallet-threading-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>80 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>69 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>123</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>2 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>367,2481,887</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>367</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandspännare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandspännare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110055</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TES EXTREME Battery strapping tool 19-25mm PET/PP strap - 2x batteries & charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for 19-25mm PET/PP strap TES EXTREME with 2x batteries and a charger The TES EXTREME Battery Strapping Tool combines cutting-edge technology with exceptional durability, making it the go-to solution for industrial strapping needs. Designed to handle PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps, this high-performance tool offers versatility and efficiency. Its strap compatibility ranges from 19 to 25 mm width and 0.8 to 1.2 mm thickness, ensuring adaptability for various applications. With an adjustable tension range of 400 to 5000 N, the tool delivers precise control for securing loads of all sizes. Powered by a 14.8 V - 4.0 Ah lithium-ion battery, the TES EXTREME ensures long-lasting performance and fast operation, with a tensioning speed of 180 mm/sec. Its ergonomic design, weighing only 4.32 kg, minimizes user fatigue while maintaining robust performance. The friction weld adhesion method guarantees durable seals with up to 75% adhesion strength, making it ideal for demanding tasks in logistics, warehousing, and manufacturing. This strapping tool is built for efficiency, featuring a fast 90-minute charging time and compatibility with a wide voltage range (100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, DC 16.8 V - 3.0 A). Compact dimensions of L 350 mm × W 135 mm × H 170 mm make it portable and easy to use in tight spaces, while its gross package weight of 7 kg ensures secure and hassle-free transportation. Whether you’re bundling products for distribution or securing heavy-duty materials, the TES EXTREME Battery Strapping Tool is engineered to deliver reliable results with unmatched ease. The TES EXTREME Battery Strapping Tool is a premium solution for securing your loads with unmatched precision and efficiency. Engineered for both PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps, this state-of-the-art tool is designed to meet the demanding needs of industrial applications. With its robust construction, powerful tensioning capabilities, and user-friendly operation, the TES EXTREME is the ultimate tool for professional strapping tasks.   Key features of Battery strapping tool 19-25mm PET/PP strap 1. Strap Compatibility: Width: 19 - 25 mm Thickness: 0.8 - 1.2 mm Strap Material: PET and PP This broad compatibility makes the TES EXTREME suitable for a variety of applications, from light packaging to heavy-duty industrial strapping. 2. Adjustable Tension Range: Tension: 400 - 5000 N With an adjustable tension setting, the tool caters to a wide range of load requirements, ensuring that every strapping task is performed with the right amount of force to secure the load without causing damage. 3. Fast Tensioning Speed: Speed: 180 mm/sec Efficiency is at the core of the TES EXTREME. With a high tensioning speed, the tool ensures quick and reliable operations, reducing downtime and increasing productivity. 4. Adhesion Strength: Average Adhesion Strength: Up to 75% The friction weld adhesion method guarantees reliable and durable seals, ensuring load stability during storage and transportation. The quality of the seal depends on the strap material, offering versatility in use. 5. Advanced Battery Technology: Battery: 14.8 V - 4.0 Ah Lithium-ion Battery Charging Time: 90 minutes Charging Voltage: 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, DC 16.8 V - 3.0 A The long-lasting lithium-ion battery provides extended operation time, making it ideal for high-volume strapping tasks. A fast charging time of just 90 minutes ensures minimal interruptions. 6. Compact and Lightweight Design: Machine Size: L 350 mm × W 135 mm × H 170 mm Weight (with Battery): 4.32 kg The ergonomic design and lightweight construction reduce operator fatigue, making the TES EXTREME comfortable to use over extended periods. 7. Packaging Dimensions: Package Size: L 440 mm × W 280 mm × H 185 mm Package Volume: 0.023 CBM Gross Weight: 7 kg The tool is packaged securely and compactly, ensuring safe transport and storage.   Specs of Battery strapping tool 19-25mm PET/PP strap Specification Strap Type PET/PP Strap Width 19 - 25 mm Strap Thickness 0.8 - 1.2 mm Tension Range 400 - 5000 N, Adjustable Tensioning Speed 180 mm/sec Adhesion Strength Up to 75% (Dependent on Strap Quality) Adhesion Method Friction Weld Battery 14.8 V - 4.0 Ah Lithium-ion Battery Charging Time 90 Minutes Charging Voltage 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, DC 16.8 V - 3.0 A Machine Dimensions L 350 mm × W 135 mm × H 170 mm Machine Weight (with Battery) 4.32 kg Package Dimensions L 440 mm × W 280 mm × H 185 mm Gross Weight 7 kg   Why Use a 25 mm wide PET Strap Instead of a 16mm, 19 mm PET strap, or Steel Strap? Choosing the right strapping material and width is essential for ensuring load security and operational efficiency. Here are the key reasons why a 25mm PET strap outperforms narrower alternatives like 16mm or 19mm, as well as traditional steel straps: 1. Enhanced Load-Bearing Capacity 25mm PET straps offer greater surface area, distributing tension more evenly across the load. This minimizes the risk of...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tes-extreme-battery-strapping-tool-19-25mm-pet-pp-strap-2x-batteries-charger/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-TES-EXTREME-19-25mm-PET-PP-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110055</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,887</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>112004</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AKU-STEEL DUO battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32 mm — strap-width: 19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32mm AKU-STEEL DUO AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. Each tool is engineered to optimize performance and productivity: Charge Time: The tools feature a rapid charge cycle of 50-60 minutes, ensuring minimal downtime. Cycles per Charge: With capabilities of ≥ 1200 operations for the sealer and ≥ 220 operations for the tensioner, the AKU-STEEL DUO series ensures uninterrupted workflows. Tension Stress of Seal: The sealer delivers a robust tension seal of ≥ 16.8kN, while the tensioner provides a tension stress of ≥ 6kN. Weight: Designed for ease of use, the sealer weighs 3.9kg, and the tensioner weighs 4.8kg, balancing power and portability. The AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. The AKU-STEEL DUO series is the result of meticulous design and manufacturing processes, ensuring optimal functionality and durability under challenging conditions. These tools are tailored to work seamlessly with steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness, offering unparalleled performance and consistency. With their battery-powered operation and ergonomic design, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools provide unmatched convenience and mobility, eliminating the limitations of pneumatic or manual strapping systems. Every aspect of the AKU-STEEL DUO series has been optimized to maximize efficiency and minimize operator effort. The tools’ compact and lightweight design, combined with their powerful motorized mechanisms, ensures smooth and precise operations even in high-volume or demanding environments. These features make the AKU-STEEL DUO series the ideal choice for professionals in sectors such as construction, manufacturing, logistics, and metalworking who require reliable and efficient strapping solutions.   Key Features of battery strapping tool for steel strap AKU-STEEL DUO 1. Precision Engineering for High Performance Both the tensioner and sealer are crafted with precision to handle steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness. The AKU-STEEL DUO ensures that each strap is perfectly tightened and sealed, providing a secure hold that meets industrial-grade standards. 2. Battery-Powered Convenience Equipped with powerful 18V rechargeable batteries, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools eliminate the need for manual effort or pneumatic connections. Each battery is designed for long-lasting performance, capable of delivering up to 1,200 operations per charge for the sealer and 220 operations per charge for the tensioner. The 50-60 minute rapid charging time ensures minimal downtime, keeping productivity at its peak. 3. Ergonomic and Lightweight Design The AKU-STEEL DUO tools are engineered for user comfort. Despite their robust capabilities, the tensioner weighs only 4.8kg, while the sealer weighs 3.9kg, making them easy to handle during extended operations. The ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, enabling prolonged use without compromising efficiency. 4. Advanced Safety Features The AKU-STEEL DUO prioritizes safety with features such as: Protective Housing: Shields internal components from external damage and enhances durability. Anti-Slip Handles: Ensure a firm grip, even in challenging working environments. Overload Protection: Prevents hardware and software damage caused by excessive current or voltage. Thermal Management: Built-in safeguards against overheating during continuous use. 5. Comprehensive Functionality The sealer and tensioner work seamlessly together to compl...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/aku-steel-duo-battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-19-32mm/?attribute_strap-width=19mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-AKU-STEEL-DUO.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tensioner-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-sealer-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>112004</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>22657</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>112005</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AKU-STEEL DUO battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32 mm — strap-width: 25mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32mm AKU-STEEL DUO AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. Each tool is engineered to optimize performance and productivity: Charge Time: The tools feature a rapid charge cycle of 50-60 minutes, ensuring minimal downtime. Cycles per Charge: With capabilities of ≥ 1200 operations for the sealer and ≥ 220 operations for the tensioner, the AKU-STEEL DUO series ensures uninterrupted workflows. Tension Stress of Seal: The sealer delivers a robust tension seal of ≥ 16.8kN, while the tensioner provides a tension stress of ≥ 6kN. Weight: Designed for ease of use, the sealer weighs 3.9kg, and the tensioner weighs 4.8kg, balancing power and portability. The AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. The AKU-STEEL DUO series is the result of meticulous design and manufacturing processes, ensuring optimal functionality and durability under challenging conditions. These tools are tailored to work seamlessly with steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness, offering unparalleled performance and consistency. With their battery-powered operation and ergonomic design, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools provide unmatched convenience and mobility, eliminating the limitations of pneumatic or manual strapping systems. Every aspect of the AKU-STEEL DUO series has been optimized to maximize efficiency and minimize operator effort. The tools’ compact and lightweight design, combined with their powerful motorized mechanisms, ensures smooth and precise operations even in high-volume or demanding environments. These features make the AKU-STEEL DUO series the ideal choice for professionals in sectors such as construction, manufacturing, logistics, and metalworking who require reliable and efficient strapping solutions.   Key Features of battery strapping tool for steel strap AKU-STEEL DUO 1. Precision Engineering for High Performance Both the tensioner and sealer are crafted with precision to handle steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness. The AKU-STEEL DUO ensures that each strap is perfectly tightened and sealed, providing a secure hold that meets industrial-grade standards. 2. Battery-Powered Convenience Equipped with powerful 18V rechargeable batteries, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools eliminate the need for manual effort or pneumatic connections. Each battery is designed for long-lasting performance, capable of delivering up to 1,200 operations per charge for the sealer and 220 operations per charge for the tensioner. The 50-60 minute rapid charging time ensures minimal downtime, keeping productivity at its peak. 3. Ergonomic and Lightweight Design The AKU-STEEL DUO tools are engineered for user comfort. Despite their robust capabilities, the tensioner weighs only 4.8kg, while the sealer weighs 3.9kg, making them easy to handle during extended operations. The ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, enabling prolonged use without compromising efficiency. 4. Advanced Safety Features The AKU-STEEL DUO prioritizes safety with features such as: Protective Housing: Shields internal components from external damage and enhances durability. Anti-Slip Handles: Ensure a firm grip, even in challenging working environments. Overload Protection: Prevents hardware and software damage caused by excessive current or voltage. Thermal Management: Built-in safeguards against overheating during continuous use. 5. Comprehensive Functionality The sealer and tensioner work seamlessly together to compl...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/aku-steel-duo-battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-19-32mm/?attribute_strap-width=25mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-AKU-STEEL-DUO.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tensioner-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-sealer-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>112005</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>22657</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>112006</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AKU-STEEL DUO battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32 mm — strap-width: 32mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for steel strap 19-32mm AKU-STEEL DUO AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. Each tool is engineered to optimize performance and productivity: Charge Time: The tools feature a rapid charge cycle of 50-60 minutes, ensuring minimal downtime. Cycles per Charge: With capabilities of ≥ 1200 operations for the sealer and ≥ 220 operations for the tensioner, the AKU-STEEL DUO series ensures uninterrupted workflows. Tension Stress of Seal: The sealer delivers a robust tension seal of ≥ 16.8kN, while the tensioner provides a tension stress of ≥ 6kN. Weight: Designed for ease of use, the sealer weighs 3.9kg, and the tensioner weighs 4.8kg, balancing power and portability. The AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tool for steel straps (19-32mm) embodies cutting-edge engineering designed to meet the rigorous demands of modern industrial strapping applications. This state-of-the-art toolset combines advanced battery technology with precision mechanics to offer a robust and efficient solution for securing heavy-duty materials. Built with versatility and reliability in mind, the AKU-STEEL DUO series comprises two high-performance machines: the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Sealer and the AKU-STEEL DUO Battery Strapping Tensioner. Together, they form a comprehensive system capable of delivering precise tensioning, secure sealing, and clean cutting of steel straps, making them indispensable tools for industries requiring dependable bundling solutions. The AKU-STEEL DUO series is the result of meticulous design and manufacturing processes, ensuring optimal functionality and durability under challenging conditions. These tools are tailored to work seamlessly with steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness, offering unparalleled performance and consistency. With their battery-powered operation and ergonomic design, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools provide unmatched convenience and mobility, eliminating the limitations of pneumatic or manual strapping systems. Every aspect of the AKU-STEEL DUO series has been optimized to maximize efficiency and minimize operator effort. The tools’ compact and lightweight design, combined with their powerful motorized mechanisms, ensures smooth and precise operations even in high-volume or demanding environments. These features make the AKU-STEEL DUO series the ideal choice for professionals in sectors such as construction, manufacturing, logistics, and metalworking who require reliable and efficient strapping solutions.   Key Features of battery strapping tool for steel strap AKU-STEEL DUO 1. Precision Engineering for High Performance Both the tensioner and sealer are crafted with precision to handle steel straps ranging from 19mm to 32mm in width and 0.8mm to 1.2mm in thickness. The AKU-STEEL DUO ensures that each strap is perfectly tightened and sealed, providing a secure hold that meets industrial-grade standards. 2. Battery-Powered Convenience Equipped with powerful 18V rechargeable batteries, the AKU-STEEL DUO tools eliminate the need for manual effort or pneumatic connections. Each battery is designed for long-lasting performance, capable of delivering up to 1,200 operations per charge for the sealer and 220 operations per charge for the tensioner. The 50-60 minute rapid charging time ensures minimal downtime, keeping productivity at its peak. 3. Ergonomic and Lightweight Design The AKU-STEEL DUO tools are engineered for user comfort. Despite their robust capabilities, the tensioner weighs only 4.8kg, while the sealer weighs 3.9kg, making them easy to handle during extended operations. The ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, enabling prolonged use without compromising efficiency. 4. Advanced Safety Features The AKU-STEEL DUO prioritizes safety with features such as: Protective Housing: Shields internal components from external damage and enhances durability. Anti-Slip Handles: Ensure a firm grip, even in challenging working environments. Overload Protection: Prevents hardware and software damage caused by excessive current or voltage. Thermal Management: Built-in safeguards against overheating during continuous use. 5. Comprehensive Functionality The sealer and tensioner work seamlessly together to compl...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/aku-steel-duo-battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-19-32mm/?attribute_strap-width=32mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tool-for-steel-strap-AKU-STEEL-DUO.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-tensioner-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/battery-strapping-sealer-for-steel-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>112006</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>22657</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330520</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMARTWRAP S3 In-line Fully Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMARTWRAP S3 In-line Fully Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine The SMARTWRAP S3 is an advanced in-line pallet wrapping machine designed for high efficiency and seamless integration into automated production lines. With a mast height of 3200 mm and a maximum wrapping height of 2400 mm (extendable to 3200 mm with a 3900 mm mast), it meets the demands of diverse applications. The machine's standard turntable size is 2000 mm in diameter, with an adjustable height of 550 mm, and it handles loads up to 3000 kg. Operating at 30-40 loads/hour, the SMARTWRAP S3 optimizes productivity while ensuring superior wrapping quality. Equipped with a Siemens control system, the SMARTWRAP S3 delivers precision and reliability. Its slewing bearing turntable minimizes vibration, operates quietly, and enhances durability, making it ideal for industrial use. The system incorporates a 300% pre-stretch ratio, stainless steel rollers, and an advanced film delivery system (Power Roller Stretch Plus) for optimal performance. The automatic film cut and clamp system eliminates manual handling, improving safety and efficiency. The turntable operates at 0-15 RPM (adjustable), and the machine supports a standard film width of 500 mm with a capacity for 250 mm diameter rolls. Built with robust materials, including stainless steel rollers and a steel frame, the SMARTWRAP S3 withstands demanding environments. Additional features include photoelectric sensors for automatic height detection, programmable control with variable speed and tension adjustments, and a double-balance up-and-down guideway system for smooth operation. The machine is compatible with temperatures above 0°C and can be customized for colder environments. Optional enhancements include top pressing, a photocell for black products, film stringing, end-of-film sealing, and a weighing scale. The SMARTWRAP S3's advanced automation and high-quality components, such as the SICK position sensor, Schneider switches, and a 7-inch Siemens touchscreen, ensure long-term reliability and user-friendly operation. With its innovative Pallet Grip System, the SMARTWRAP S3 secures loads tightly for safe transport, reducing damage risks and eliminating the need for horizontal strapping. Its thoughtful engineering, including a laser-cut frame and CE certification, makes it a versatile, cost-effective solution for businesses aiming to optimize palletized transport and packaging.   FAQ: Fully Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine What is the mast height of the pallet shrink wrap machine? SMAERWRAP S3 pallet wrapping machine has a mast height of 3200 mm, with a maximum packing height of 2400 mm. If your pallet height exceeds 2400 mm, you will need to choose a mast height of 3900 mm, which supports a maximum packing height of 3200 mm. How do I choose a control system? SMARTWRAP S3 pallet wrapping machines come equipped with a Siemens control system. This top-brand system ensures superior performance and a longer machine lifespan. What is the standard turntable size? The standard turntable size is 2000 mm in diameter. What temperature conditions are required for operation? The standard machine operates in temperatures above 0°C. If your environment is below 0°C, please inform us, as we will need to equip the machine with a specialized motor. What is the turntable height? The turntable height is 550 mm and can be adjusted as needed. What is the maximum load weight the machine can handle? The standard pallet stretch wrapper can handle a maximum load weight of 3000 kg. Does the machine require an air compressor? Yes, an air compressor is required for the machine to operate.   Automatic Stretch In-line Wrapper S3 video ﻿ Automatic Stretch In-line Wrapper S3 Features 1. High efficiency, Automatic Operation and low electricity consumption, convenient in operation, save labor cost. 2. The wrapping type and times can be designed on customers’ requirements. 3. Photoelectric sensor test pallet height automatic 4. Durable stainless steel conveyor 5. Pre-stretch ratio: 300% 6. Programmable control and frequency converter is available. 7. PLC control, manual optional. Wrap cycle (top, bottom, reinforcement) adjustment. Variable lift speed/ film tension control. Film up/down controls. 8. Pallet stretch wrapping machine soft start and soft stop. 9. Suitable for production line 10. max load 3000KG   Specs of SMARTWRAP S3 In-line Fully Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine Specification Details Brand SMARTWRAP S3 Maximum Wrapping Speed 30-40 loads/hour Load Size Diagonal 1753 mm Maximum Wrapping Height 2400 mm Turntable Speed 0-15 RPM (Adjustable) Turntable Size 2000 mm Turntable Drive 1.5 PH Film & Clamp Cut Automatic (Heat type) Max Load Weight 3000 KG Standard Film Width 500 mm Constant Film Delivery Force Standard Standard Pre-Stretch 300% pre-stretch Roller Materials Stainless Steel 201, Diameter: 89 mm Film Capacity 250 mm Diameter Film Delivery System Power Roller - Stretch Plus Film Rope System Standard Weighing Scale...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smartwrap-s3-inline-fully-automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-rope-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-siemens.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Inline-Fully-Automatic-Pallet-Wrapping-Machine-S3-conveyor.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>28000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>24999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330520</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>490 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Inverter elverk 3500 watt 4500iE]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Inverter elverk 3500 watt Inverter elverk 3500 watt 4500iE erbjuder en pålitlig strömlösning för både bostäder och lättare kommersiellt bruk. Med en nominell effekt på 3,5 kW och en toppeffekt på 4 kW ger det en stabil och konsekvent strömförsörjning för att möta olika behov. Detta elverk är konstruerat med avancerad inverterteknik för att säkerställa ren och stabil ström, vilket gör det lämpligt för känslig elektronik och apparater. Det elektriska startsystemet med fjärrkontroll ökar användarvänligheten, medan 12V DC-utgången och de flera uttagen, inklusive dubbla USB-portar, säkerställer mångsidig anslutning. Drivs av en 223 cc motor och utrustat med en 12-liters bränsletank, levererar 4500iE upp till 8 timmars kontinuerlig drift. Med en ljudnivå på 64 dB vid 7 meter förblir det tyst, vilket gör det lämpligt för både bostads- och kommersiella miljöer. Kompakt och lätt, balanserar det funktionalitet med portabilitet, vilket ger en effektiv lösning för pålitlig ström i olika miljöer.   Tekniska specifikationer: Djupgående detaljer om inverter elverk 3500 watt Inverter elverk 3500 watt har en rad tekniska specifikationer som tillgodoser varierande energibehov. Dess nominella effekt är 3,5 kW, med en toppeffekt på 4 kW, vilket ger pålitlig energi för en mängd olika applikationer. Elverket fungerar med en frekvens på 50 Hz och en AC-spänning på 230 V, vilket säkerställer kompatibilitet med standardiserade elsystem. Det har en 223 cc motor och drivs med bensin, med en bränsletank på 12 liter, vilket möjliggör kontinuerlig drift i upp till 8 timmar. Elverket är designat med ett elektriskt startsystem, inklusive fjärrkontroll för bekvämlighet, och har en 12V/8,3A DC-utgång tillsammans med dubbla USB-portar. Det är utrustat med en 3-i-1 digital display som erbjuder realtidsdata om driften, vilket förbättrar användarens kontroll och övervakning. Ljudnivån är klassad till 64 dB vid 7 meter, vilket är relativt lågt för elverk i denna klass, vilket gör det lämpligt för bostadsbruk. Enhetens dimensioner är 645 x 490 x 580 mm och den väger 42,5 kg. Nedan följer en detaljerad tabell över de tekniska specifikationerna för snabb referens:   Specifikationer för tysta inverter elverk 3500 watt Specifikation Detaljer Modell Inverter elverk 3500 watt 4500iE Nominell effekt 3,5 kW Maxeffekt 4 kW Frekvens 50 Hz AC-spänning 230 V Fas 1 fas Startsystem Elektrisk start med fjärrkontroll DC-utgång 12 V / 8,3 A Uttag 2 x 230 V (16 A) europeiska uttag Dubbla USB-uttag Ja 3-i-1 digital display Ja Funktioner ECO-läge, parallellanslutning, återställningsknapp Ljudnivå (dB) vid 7m 64 dB Motorvolym 223 cc Bränsletyp Bensin Bränsletankens volym 12 L Oljemängd 0,6 L Kontinuerlig drifttid 8 timmar Mått (L x B x H) 645 x 490 x 580 mm Vikt 42,5 kg Komponenter & funktioner hos inverter elverk 3.5kW Inverter elverk 3.5kW stoltserar med flera nyckelkomponenter som är utformade för att förbättra dess prestanda och användarvänlighet. Varje del bidrar till elverkets totala funktionalitet och tillförlitlighet. Tanklock: Säkerställer bränsletanken och förhindrar läckage, vilket garanterar säker och effektiv lagring av bränsle. Stång: Ger strukturellt stöd och stabilitet till elverket, vilket underlättar hantering och transport. Kontrollpanel: Central nav för att styra elverket, med viktiga kontroller och displayer för att övervaka prestanda. Handtag: Erbjuder ett bekvämt grepp för att manövrera elverket, vilket förbättrar portabilitet och användarvänlighet. Fem-i-ett-växel: Kombinerar flera funktioner i en kontroll, vilket förenklar driften och säkerställer effektiv hantering av inställningar. Starthandtag: Möjliggör manuell start av elverket, vilket ger en pålitlig reservmetod vid batteriproblem. Skyddshölje: Inkluderar olika skyddshöljen såsom underhållshölje, ljuddämpningshölje och vänster hölje, som skyddar interna komponenter och ökar hållbarheten. Ljuddämpare & avgasrör: Minskar buller och leder avgaserna bort från elverket, vilket bidrar till tystare drift och förbättrad säkerhet.   Kundomdömen för 4kW bensin inverter elverk 4500iE   Namn: Ana G. (Spanien) "Detta elverk har varit en livräddare under stormar när strömmen går. Det är enkelt att använda, och den 8-timmars drifttiden är mer än tillräcklig för vår familj. Den rena strömutgången är säker för vår elektronik också!" Namn: Oliver S. (Tyskland) "Jag använder detta elverk för tailgating och utomhusfester. Det är så enkelt att sätta upp och använda. Ljudnivån är minimal, vilket håller alla nöjda, och bränsleeffektiviteten är imponerande. Värd varje krona!" Namn: Eva N. (Tjeckien) "Jag valde 4500iE på grund av dess inverterteknik, och den har inte gjort mig besviken. Mina medicinska apparater fungerar smidigt, och den tysta driften gör den idealisk för bostadsbruk. Den är pålitlig och säker—precis vad jag behövde."   Varför inverter elverk 3500 watt 4500iE är ett smart val Inverter elverk 3500 watt är ett utmärkt val för alla som behöver pålitlig, mångsidig och effektiv ström. Designat fö...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/inverter-elverk-3500-watt-4500ie/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/4kw-silent-inverter-generator-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/4kw-silent-inverter-generator-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/4kw-silent-inverter-generator-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/4kw-silent-inverter-generator-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/4kw-silent-inverter-generator-high-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/4kw-silent-inverter-generator-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/4kw-silent-inverter-generator-in-stock.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/4kw-silent-inverter-generator-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1100 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>42.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>930</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>930</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740270</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Diesel Elverk 10kW SDG10]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel elverk 10kW SDG10 Detta diesel elverk 10kW SDG10 är utformat för att möta de höga kraftkraven inom olika industriella och kommersiella tillämpningar. Känt för sin robusthet, pålitlighet och effektivitet erbjuder detta elverk en tillförlitlig lösning där elförsörjningen är begränsad eller opålitlig. Oavsett om du arbetar inom byggsektorn, fältoperationer eller behöver en pålitlig nödbakup är detta elverk designat för att leverera en stadig strömförsörjning, även under de tuffaste förhållanden. Det kraftfulla 10kW diesel elverk är utrustat med en 1-cylindrig, 4-takts, luftkyld dieselmotor med en slagvolym på 734 cc och arbetar med ett varvtal på 3000 RPM. Drivs effektivt på diesel och är optimerat för långvarig drift, vilket ger hög energiproduktion med minimal bränsleförbrukning. Den stora 30-liters bränsletanken möjliggör längre drift, kompletterad med en effektiv bränsleförbrukning på ≤270 g/kWh, vilket minimerar behovet av påfyllning. Elverket stöder både 230V och 400V utgångar med 2x230V (16A) och 1x400V (32A) europeiska uttag, vilket gör det mångsidigt för olika strömbehov. Det elektriska startsystemet och en valbar fjärrkontrollsfunktion ger flexibilitet och enkel användning i varierande miljöer. Ytterligare funktioner inkluderar en självupphetsad, borstad synkronväxel med automatisk spänningsregulator (AVR) som säkerställer en stabil spänning och skyddar anslutna enheter mot variationer. Med en ljudnivå på 72 dB(A) vid 7 meter är SDG10 tystare än många andra elverk i samma storleksklass, vilket är idealiskt för miljöer där bullerkontroll är avgörande. Elverkets mått är 1115 mm (L) x 650 mm (W) x 930 mm (H) och det väger 228 kg, vilket ger både portabilitet och stabilitet för utmanande platser.   Detaljerade tekniska specifikationer för diesel elverk 10kW Tillverkad med fokus på hållbarhet och prestanda är SDG10-modellen kompakt men kraftfull. Med måtten 1115 mm i längd, 650 mm i bredd och 930 mm i höjd är detta elverk både portabelt och stabilt, med en vikt på 228 kg. Designat för att möta olika tillämpningsbehov arbetar det med en frekvens på 50 Hz med en nominell spänning på 230V och 3-fas, vilket gör det kompatibelt med en rad utrustningar och verktyg. Den avancerade motormodellen 1103F har en 1-cylindrig, 4-takts luftkyld design med direkt bränsleinsprutning, vilket säkerställer pålitlig prestanda under varierande belastning. Elverkets självupphetsade, borstade synkronväxel är utrustad med en automatisk spänningsregulator (AVR) för att stabilisera spänningen, vilket skyddar anslutna enheter från spänningsvariationer. Med en ljudnivå på 72 dB(A) vid 7 meter är det tystare än många elverk i sin klass, vilket gör det lämpligt för miljöer där bullerkontroll prioriteras.   Specifikationer för diesel elverk 10kW SDG10 Specifikation Detaljer Modell SDG10 Nominell effekt 9.5 kW Maximal effekt 10 kW Frekvens 50 Hz AC Spänning 230V Fas 3 phase Startsystem Elektrisk start DC-utgång 12V/8.3A Effektfaktor 1 Ljudnivå 72 dB(A) vid 7m Uttag 2x230V (16A), 1x400V (32A) europeiska uttag Funktioner Digital display, ATS-hål, Nödstopp, Fjärrkontroll Alternatortyp Självupphetsad, borstad synkronväxel med AVR Motormodell 1103F Motortyp 1-cylindrig, 4-takts, luftkyld dieselmotor Slagvolym 734 cc Motorns varvtal 3000 R.P.M Borrning × slag 103 × 88 mm Bränsletyp Diesel Bränsletankens kapacitet 30 liters Bränsleförbrukning ≤270 g/kWh Kontinuerlig drift 10 hours Oljekapacitet 2.5 liters Förbränningssystem Direktinsprutning Mått (L×W×H) 1115 mm × 650 mm × 930 mm Vikt 228 kg   Fördelar med diesel elverk 10kW Diesel elverk SDG10 integrerar en rad avancerade komponenter utformade för att förbättra dess prestanda och hållbarhet: Startmotor: Underlättar en pålitlig uppstart av motorn med ett elektriskt startsystem, vilket gör den idealisk för omedelbar kraftförsörjning. Svänghjulselverk: Säkerställer en jämn kraftproduktion genom att stabilisera motorn för en konstant utgång. Spänningsregulator: Stabiliserar spänningen för att skydda anslutna enheter, vilket säkerställer pålitlig drift och minskar slitage på känslig utrustning. Batteri och kablar: Stöder elektrisk start och ger pålitliga anslutningar, driver den inbyggda elektroniken och säkerställer snabba starter. Oljenivåsensor: Förhindrar potentiella motorskador genom att varna användaren vid låg oljenivå. Kondensator och spänningsregulatorfäste: Dessa komponenter förbättrar energieffektiviteten och säkrar spänningsregulatorn, vilket optimerar elverkets utgång. Hög bränsleeffektivitet: Med en bränsleförbrukning på ≤270 g/kWh maximerar detta elverk drifttiden och minimerar bränslekostnaderna. Pålitlig kraftutgång: Dess nominella utgång på 9,5 kW och maximala utgång på 10 kW levererar stabil och pålitlig ström för krävande applikationer. Hållbar och låg underhållskostnad: Tillverkad med en självupphetsad, borstad synkronväxel med automatisk spänningsregulator (AVR) erbjuder detta elverk stabil spänning, minskar slitage på anslutna enheter och förlänger elverkets livslän...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/diesel-elverk-10kw-12500se/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/diesel-generator-10kw.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/diesel-generator-10kw-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/diesel-generator-10kw-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/diesel-generator-10kw-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/diesel-generator-10kw-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/diesel-generator-10kw-high-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/diesel-generator-10kw-how-to-use.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740270</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>228 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>930</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>930</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740250</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Diesel generátor 8kW 11000SE+]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel generátor 8kW ROBOMASS 11000SE+ Diesel generátor 8kW 11000SE+ är en robust och effektiv kraftlösning utformad för att möta behoven i olika industrier. Denna högpresterande diesel generátor är konstruerad för att leverera pålitlig elektricitet i situationer där ström är bristfällig eller obefintlig, vilket gör den till en oumbärlig tillgång på byggarbetsplatser, vid nödlösningar och i fjärran lägen. Med en 8 kW nominell effektsutgång och en maximal effekt på 8,5 kW säkerställer 11000SE+ att dina kritiska processer löper smidigt utan avbrott. 11000SE+ drivs av KD192FA-motorn, en encylindrig, fyrtakts, luftkyld motor med direkt bränsleinsprutning, vilket ger utmärkt bränsleeffektivitet och prestanda. Med en bränsletankskapacitet på 15 liter och en bränsleförbrukning på 275 g/kWh erbjuder denna diesel generátor förlängda driftstider utan frekvent tankning. Dessutom gör den kompakta designen, med mått på 1110 x 760 x 920 mm och en vikt på 220 kg, att den är lätt att transportera och installera. Oavsett om du behöver kraft för byggprojekt, fältoperationer eller nödlösningar är 11000SE+ 8kW utformad för att möta dina behov effektivt och ändamålsenligt.   Vad är de tekniska specifikationerna för diesel generátor 8kW? Diesel generátor 8kW ROBOMASS 11000SE+ är konstruerad för att klara krävande förhållanden samtidigt som den levererar en stabil effektsutgång. Dess encylindriga, fyrtaktsmotor är designad för hållbarhet och effektivitet, vilket garanterar långsiktig pålitlighet. Generátorn är utrustad med både elektrisk start och dragstart, vilket erbjuder flexibilitet och enkel användning i olika situationer. Den borstlösa växelriktaren och den automatiska spänningsregulatorn (AVR) säkerställer en stabil spänning, vilket skyddar din utrustning mot strömvariationer. Tillverkad med material av hög kvalitet och under strikt tekniska standarder, är 11000SE+ utformad för optimal prestanda. Diesel generátor fungerar med en frekvens på 50 Hz och har en nominell spänning på 230V/400V, vilket gör den lämplig för en bred variation av applikationer. Dess låga ljudnivå på 74 dB(A) vid 7 meter säkerställer minimal störning, vilket gör den idealisk för användning i bostadsområden eller ljudkänsliga miljöer. Specifikation Detaljer Modell DGU-8KW Nominell effekt 8 kW Maximal effekt 8.5 kW Motormodell KD192FA Motortyp Encyklindrig, fyrtakts, luftkyld, med direktinsprutning Slagvolym 456 cc Bränsletyp Diesel Bränsletankskapacitet 15 liter Bränsleförbrukning 275 g/kWh Oljekapacitet 1.75 liter Startsystem Elektrisk start/Dragstart Alternatortyp Borstlös Spänningsreglering AVR (Automatisk spänningsregulator) Nominell spänning 230V/400V Frekvens 50 Hz Ljudnivå 74 dB(A) vid 7m Mått (L×B×H) 1110 mm × 760 mm × 920 mm Vikt 220 kg   Komponenter och funktioner hos en 8kW diesel generátor Diesel generátor 8kW är utrustad med en rad komponenter som bidrar till dess höga prestanda och pålitlighet. Varje komponent är designad för att säkerställa optimal funktionalitet och hållbarhet, vilket gör 11000SE+ till en robust och pålitlig kraftlösning. Startmotor: Säkerställer snabb och effektiv start av diesel generátor. Svänghjulsgenerator: Ger nödvändig tröghet för stabil kraftproduktion. Bultar: Högkvalitativa bultar säkerställer säker montering och drift. Spänningsregulator: AVR säkerställer en konsekvent spänning, vilket skyddar känslig utrustning. Batterikabel (Röd, Svart): Möjliggör pålitliga elektriska anslutningar för start. Batteri: Driver det elektriska startsystemet. Oljenivåsensor: Övervakar oljenivåer för att förhindra motorskada. Generator: Producerar elektrisk kraft från mekanisk energi. Utgångspanelsmontering: Innehåller uttag och kontrollkomponenter för enkel åtkomst. Gasvajer: Styr motorns varvtal för optimal prestanda. Kontaktmontering: Säkerställer säkra och effektiva elektriska anslutningar. Kondensator: Hjälper till att stabilisera spänningsuttaget. Spänningsregulatorfäste: Ger en stabil montering för spänningsregulatorn.   Nyckelfunktioner hos 8kW diesel generátor Prestanda och användningsområden för diesel generátor 8kW 11000SE+ är en mångsidig och pålitlig portabel kraftlösning som utmärker sig inom byggprojekt, fältoperationer och nödsituationer. Dess höga bränsleeffektivitet och stora tank säkerställer långa driftstider med minimal tankning. Designad med robusthet och avancerade funktioner driver den effektivt tung utrustning, belysning och nödvändig utrustning på avlägsna platser. Med en konsekvent effektsutgång och komponenter av hög kvalitet presterar denna diesel generátor 8kW exceptionellt väl inom industriella, kommersiella och bostadsapplikationer, vilket gör den till en ovärderlig tillgång för alla som behöver pålitlig kraft.   Kvalitetsstandarder och certifieringar Diesel generátor 8kW är designad för att uppfylla strikta kvalitetsstandarder och certifieringar för att säkerställa både pålitlighet och säkerhet. Tillverkad med material av hög kvalitet och avancerad teknik är denna generátor byggd för att tåla hå...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/diesel-generator-8kw-11000se/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-8kw.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-8kw-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-8kw-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-8kw-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-8kw-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-8kw-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740250</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>930</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>930</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740230</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Dieselelverk 7kW 9500SE]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Dieselelverk 7kW 9500SE Dieselelverk 7kW utmärker sig som en mångsidig och effektiv lösning utformad för att möta olika energibehov. I dagens värld är en pålitlig strömförsörjning avgörande inom en rad industrier och tillämpningar, och detta dieselelverk med en kraftfull 195FC-motor, kapabel att leverera en nominell effekt på 7kW och en maximal effekt på 7,5kW, säkerställer stabil och pålitlig prestanda. Eftersom det fungerar med en frekvens på 50 Hz och en AC-spänning på 230 V, samt har ett trefassystem med elsstart, är det enkelt att använda. Den ljudnivån är en tystare 70 dB vid 7 meter, och den stora 16-liters bränsletanken möjliggör kontinuerlig drift i upp till 8,2 timmar. Dess självupphetsade, borstade synkrona generator med AVR säkerställer en konsekvent spänningsreglering, vilket ger ren och stabil ström. Detta 7kW-dieselelverk är utformat för att vara en robust och pålitlig kraftkälla, lämplig för byggarbetsplatser, avlägsna platser och nödbakupsystem.   Tekniska specifikationer för dieselelverk 7kW Det tysta dieselelverk 7kW är byggt för att leverera exceptionell prestanda under varierande driftsförhållanden. Dess tekniska specifikationer understryker kapaciteten och pålitligheten, vilket gör det till ett föredraget val för krävande applikationer. Det är designat med en 1-cylindrig, 4-takts, luftkyld dieselmotor som säkerställer effektiv förbränning och reducerade utsläpp. Motorns slagvolym på 531 cc och ett varvtal på 3000 RPM bidrar till ett robust effektuttag. Borr- och slagmåtten är 95 × 75 mm, vilket ytterligare förbättrar prestandaeffektiviteten. Detta dieselelverk är konstruerat för att hantera ett brett spektrum av kraftbehov. Det har flera uttag, inklusive två 230 V (16 A) och ett 400 V (32 A) europeiskt uttag, vilket möjliggör mångsidig strömdistribution. DC-uttaget på 12V/8,3A bidrar till dess flexibilitet genom att kunna driva olika DC-apparater. Det är utrustat med en låg oljetryckssensor, digital display och en automatisk spänningsstabilisator, vilket säkerställer säker och pålitlig drift. De totala måtten är 950 × 550 × 830 mm, och det väger 163 kg, vilket gör det kompakt och portabelt med tanke på dess effektkapacitet.   Specifikation Detaljer Modell Dieselelverk 7kW 9500SE+ Nominell effekt 7 kW Maximal effekt 7,5 kW Frekvens 50 Hz AC-spänning 230 V Fas 3 fas Startsystem Elsstart DC-uttag 12V/8,3A Effektfaktor 1 Ljudnivå (dB vid 7m) 70 dB Uttag 2×230 V (16 A), 1×400 V (32 A) europeiska uttag Funktioner Digital display, ATS-hål Alternatortyp Självupphetsad, borstad synkron generator med AVR Motortyp 1-cylindrig, 4-takts, luftkyld dieselmotor Motormodell 195FC Slagvolym 531 cc Motorns varvtal 3000 RPM Borr x Slag 95 × 75 mm Bränsletyp Diesel Bränsletankens volym 16 L Bränsleförbrukning ≤280 g/kW/h Kontinuerlig drift 8,2 timmar Smörjoljemängd 1,65 L Förbränningssystem Direktinsprutning Mått (L×B×H) 950 × 550 × 830 mm Vikt 163 kg   Komponenter och funktioner hos det tysta dieselelverk 7kW Det tysta dieselelverk 7kW innehåller flera avancerade komponenter designade för att säkerställa optimal prestanda och hållbarhet. Dessa komponenter inkluderar: Startmotor: Säkerställer pålitlig motorstart. Svänghjulsgenerator: Förbättrar motorstabiliteten och möjliggör en jämn drift. Bultar: Bultar av hög kvalitet säkerställer en säker och stabil montering. Spänningsregulator: Bibehåller en konstant spänningsutgång. Batterikabel (Röd, Svart): Väsentlig för att ansluta batteriet till dieselelverket. Batteri: Förser elsstartsystemet med ström. Oljnivåsensor: Övervakar oljenivåerna för att förhindra motorskador. Generator: Omvandlar mekanisk energi till elektrisk energi. Utgångspanelsystem: Huserar kontrollpanelen och utgångsuttagen. Gasvajer: Styr motorvarvtal och effektuttag. Kopplingsmontering: Säkerställer säkra elektriska anslutningar. Kondensator: Stabiliserar spänningsuttaget. Fäste för spänningsregulator: Ger en stabil montering för spänningsregulatorn.   Dieselelverk 7kW Nyckelfunktioner Prestanda och applikationer Dieselelverk 7kW levererar enastående prestanda inom olika applikationer. Dess kraftfulla motor och effektiva bränslesystem gör det lämpligt för användning på byggarbetsplatser, avlägsna platser och i nödbakupsituationer. Den stora bränsletanken och den låga bränsleförbrukningen säkerställer långa perioder av kontinuerlig drift, vilket gör det till en pålitlig kraftkälla i kritiska situationer. Kvalitetsstandarder och certifieringar Det tysta dieselelverk 7kW uppfyller höga kvalitetsstandarder och certifieringar. Elverket tillverkas med premium material och avancerad teknologi, vilket säkerställer hållbarhet och pålitlighet. Det uppfyller relevanta säkerhets- och prestandastandarder, vilket ger användarna en pålitlig kraftlösning var de än önskar. Användarvänlig design och säkerhetsfunktioner Dieselelverk 7kW är utformat med användarvänlighet och säkerhet i åtanke. Det har ett elsstartsystem som är lätt att använda, och dess digitala display visar viktig information med en överbl...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/dieselelverk-7kw-9500se/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-7kw-new.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-7kw-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-7kw.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-7kw-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-7kw-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-7kw-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740230</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>163 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>930</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>930</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740210</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Elgenerator diesel 5kW 6500SE]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Elgenerator diesel 5kW Tyst elgenerator diesel 5kW 6500SE är en innovativ och pålitlig lösning utformad för att möta de varierande kraftbehoven hos bostads-, kommersiella och industriella användare. I en tid då oavbruten strömförsörjning är avgörande, utmärker sig denna tysta elgenerator diesel genom att erbjuda effektiv, hållbar och tyst drift. Den är perfekt för att säkerställa kontinuerlig ström vid strömavbrott, stödja off-grid-drift och fungera som en pålitlig reservkraftkälla. Tyst elgenerator diesel 5kW 6500SE har en toppmodern enkupolig, 4-takts, luftkyld dieselmotor med direktinsprutningssystem. Denna avancerade teknik garanterar robust prestanda och lång livslängd, vilket gör den till ett oumbärligt verktyg för alla kraftreservplaner. Elgenerator dieseln levererar en nominell effekt på 5 kW och en maximal effekt på 5,5 kW, vilket ger tillräcklig energi för att driva en rad olika apparater och utrustning. Motormodellen KD186FA är känd för sin tillförlitlighet och effektivitet, vilket resulterar i en konsekvent och kraftfull prestanda. Generatorns bränsletank på 12,5 liter möjliggör långvarig drift utan frekvent påfyllning, och dess bränsleförbrukning på 270 g/kWh säkerställer en ekonomisk användning. Kombinationen av el- och handstartsystem erbjuder flexibilitet och bekvämlighet, medan den borstlösa generatorn och AVR (Automatisk Spänningsregulator) garanterar en stabil och ren strömutgång som är lämplig för känslig elektronik. Designen betonar användarvänlighet, med en intuitiv kontrollpanel, enkel åtkomst för underhåll och säkerhetsmekanismer för att säkerställa säker drift. Dessutom hålls ljudnivån nere till hanterbara 72 dB(A) på 7 meter, vilket gör den till ett av de tystare alternativen i sin klass. Den är kompakt och relativt lätt att transportera och installera.   Tekniska Specifikationer för Elgenerator diesel 5kW Tyst elgenerator diesel 6500SE är noggrant konstruerad för pålitlig prestanda med minimala underhållskrav. Den drivs av en enkupolig, 4-takts, luftkyld dieselmotor med direktinsprutning, modell KD186FA. Denna avancerade motordesign ger en slagvolym på 418 cc och säkerställer effektiv bränsleförbränning. Generatorn har en robust borstlös generator, AVR (Automatisk Spänningsregulator) för stabil spänningsutgång samt en rymlig bränsletank på 12,5 liter. Enheten mäter 720 mm × 480 mm × 620 mm och väger 95 kg, vilket gör den kompakt och relativt enkel att transportera. Nedan följer de detaljerade specifikationerna som understryker dess tekniska förmåga:   Specifikation Detaljer Modell 6500SE Nominell Effekt 5 kW Maximal Effekt 5,5 kW Motormodell KD186FA Motortyp Enkupolig, 4-takts, luftkyld, direktinsprutning Slagvolym 418 cc Bränsletyp Diesel Bränsletankens Kapacitet 12,5 liter Bränsleförbrukning 270 g/kWh Oljesystemets Kapacitet 1,65 liter Startsystem Elstart/Handstart Generator Typ Borstlös Spänningsreglering AVR (Automatisk Spänningsregulator) Nominell Spänning 230V/400V Frekvens 50 Hz Ljudnivå 72 dB(A) vid 7m Mått (L×B×H) 720 mm × 480 mm × 620 mm Vikt 95 kg   Komponenter och Funktioner hos Elgenerator diesel 5kW En tyst elgenerator diesel 5kW är byggd med högkvalitativa komponenter designade för att säkerställa optimal prestanda och lång livslängd. Att förstå dessa komponenter och deras funktioner är avgörande för att maximera generatorns kapacitet.   Komponenter och Nyckelfunktioner Startmotorn: Underlättar enkel start med både elstart och manuell handstart. Svänghjuls-generator: Säkerställer stabil strömutgång och effektiv energikonvertering. Bultar: Högkvalitativa, hållbara bultar används för att säkerställa säker montering och drift. Spänningsregulator: AVR (Automatisk Spänningsregulator) upprätthåller en konsekvent spänning. Batterikabel (Röd, Svart): Nödvändig för att ansluta och underhålla batteriets laddning. Batteri: Tillhandahåller ström för elstartsystemet och säkerställer pålitlighet. Oljesensor: Varnar användaren om låg oljenivå och förhindrar potentiella motorskador. Generator: Huvudkomponenten som omvandlar mekanisk energi till elektrisk energi. Utgångspanelsmontering: Inrymmer uttagen och kontrollknapparna för enkel åtkomst och hantering. Gasreglagekabel: Reglerar motorns varvtal för att matcha den erforderliga belastningen. Kopplingsmontering: Underlättar elektriska anslutningar mellan olika komponenter. Kondensator: Säkerställer smidig funktion hos generatorns elsystem. Fäste för Spänningsregulator: Håller spänningsregulatorn säkert på plats för stabil drift.   Prestanda och Användningsområden för Elgenerator diesel 5kW Elgenerator diesel 5kW är designad för hög prestanda i varierande miljöer. Dess 418 cc dieselmotor säkerställer effektiv bränsleförbrukning samtidigt som den levererar en konsekvent kraft. Generatorn är idealisk för hem, småföretag, byggarbetsplatser och utomhusevenemang. Dess borstlösa generator och AVR-teknik garanterar ren, stabil elektricitet som är lämplig för känslig elektronik.   Användarvänlig Design och Säkerhetsfunktioner Denna model...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/elgenerator-diesel-5kw-6500se/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-5kw.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-5kw-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-5kw-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-5kw-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-5kw-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/silent-diesel-generator-5kw-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740210</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>122 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>930</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>930</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740000</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Elverk bensin 3kW NL3500]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Elverk bensin 3kW NL3500 3kW elverk bensin är ett oumbärligt verktyg som tillhandahåller pålitlig ström i olika miljöer, från bostäder och kommersiella till industriella tillämpningar. Huvudsyftet med detta elverk bensin är att leverera elektricitet vid strömavbrott så att viktiga funktioner och komfort bibehålls. De erbjuder en portabel, efterfrågebaserad strömlösning som är avgörande för att upprätthålla produktivitet och säkerhet i miljöer där kontinuerlig strömförsörjning är kritisk. Detta 3kW elverk bensinmodell är utrustad med en robust 1-cylindrig, 4-takts, luftkyld bensinmotor som ger en nominell effekt på 2,8 kW och en maximal effekt på 3,0 kW. Den arbetar med en frekvens på 50 Hz med en enfas AC-spänning på 230V. Denna egenskap säkerställer kompatibilitet med ett brett utbud av elektriska apparater och enheter. Den kompakta och portabla designen hos detta 3kW elverk bensin gör det till ett idealiskt val för situationer där en pålitlig reservströmkälla krävs, såsom vid strömavbrott, utomhusevenemang och byggarbetsplatser på avlägsna platser. Detta elverk bensin har ett repumpstartsystem som garanterar enkel användning och snabb start. Med en bränsletanksvolym på 15 liter kan NL3500 drivas i upp till 12,7 timmar vid 75% belastning, vilket gör det både effektivt och praktiskt för långvarig användning.   Tekniska Specifikationer för NL3500 Elverk bensin 3kW elverk bensin är konstruerat för att leverera konstant kraft och prestanda tack vare sina välutformade tekniska specifikationer. Elverket har en 1-cylindrig, 4-takts, luftkyld bensinmotor, benämnd som 170F-modellen, med en motorvolym på 212cc. Denna motortyp är känd för sin hållbarhet och effektivitet, vilket säkerställer långsiktig tillförlitlighet och låga underhållskrav. Elverket bensin arbetar med en frekvens på 50 Hz och levererar en enfas AC-spänning på 230V. Det är utrustat med två 230V (16A) europeiska uttag, vilket möjliggör samtidig anslutning av flera elektriska enheter. Generatorn är tillverkad av 100% koppar med borst och AVR (Automatisk Spänningsregulator), vilket hjälper till att upprätthålla en stabil spänningsutgång och skyddar anslutna enheter från spänningssvängningar. Måtten på detta 3kW elverk bensin är 605x440x440mm, vilket gör det kompakt nog för enkel transport och förvaring. Trots sin robusta konstruktion väger elverket endast 40 kg, vilket garanterar portabilitet utan att kompromissa med prestandan. Bränsletankens kapacitet på 15 liter möjliggör längre drift, och elverkets design inkluderar funktioner som underlättar enkel påfyllning och underhåll. DC-utgången är klassad till 12V/8,3A, vilket ger ytterligare mångsidighet för att ladda batterier och driva DC-drivna apparater.   Tekniska Specifikationer för 3kW Elverk bensin Specifikation 3kW Elverk bensin Nominell Effekt 2,8 kW Max Effekt 3,0 kW Frekvens 50 Hz AC Spänning 230V Fas Enfas Startsystem Repumpstart DC Utgång 12V/8,3A Uttag 2x230V (16A) europeiska uttag Generator 100% koppar, med borst och AVR Motortyp 1-cylindrig, 4-takts, luftkyld bensinmotor Motor Modell 170F Motor Volym 212cc Bränsletyp Bensin Bränsletanksvolym 15L Drifttid vid 75% Belastning (timmar) 12,7 Mått (L × B × H) 605x440x440mm Vikt 40 kg   Komponenter och Nyckelfunktioner hos Elverk bensin 3kW Detta 3kW elverk bensin är byggt med högkvalitativa komponenter som förbättrar funktionaliteten och användarupplevelsen: Bränsletank: Den stora 15-liters bränsletanken säkerställer långvarig drift, vilket minskar behovet av frekvent påfyllning. Avgassystem: Avgassystemet är designat för att minimera buller och ger en tystare drift. Jordningsterminal (för QS/QH typ): Detta säkerställer säker drift genom att möjliggöra korrekt jordning av elverket. AC Uttag: Utrustat med två 230V (16A) europeiska uttag, vilket möjliggör anslutning av flera enheter samtidigt. Förgasarventil: Förgasarventilen säkerställer en optimal blandning av luft och bränsle för bästa motorprestanda. Starthandtag: Det repumpstartsystemet med ett användarvänligt starthandtag säkerställer en snabb och pålitlig start. Bränsleventil: Bränsleventilen styr flödet av bensin till motorn, vilket är avgörande för att starta och stoppa elverket. Luftfilter: Luftfiltret säkerställer att ren luft tillförs motorn, vilket förbättrar effektiviteten och minskar slitaget. Ram: Den robusta ramen ger skydd och stabilitet åt elverket, vilket garanterar dess hållbarhet. Tändstift: Ett högkvalitativt tändstift säkerställer pålitlig tändning och effektiv förbränning. Bränsletankslock: Det säkra bränsletankslocket förhindrar bränsleläckage och kontaminering. AC Säkringsbrytare: AC-säkringsbrytaren skyddar elverket och anslutna enheter från överbelastning och kortslutningar. Oljefyllnadsslock: Oljefyllnadsslocket möjliggör enkel underhåll och säkerställer att motorn får rätt smörjning. Motorbrytare: Motorbrytaren styr elverkets drift och ger en enkel på/av-funktion.   Prestanda och Tillämpningar för 3kW Elverk bensin Prestandan hos 3kW elverk bensin är optimerad för...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/elverk-bensin-3kw-nl3500/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3kw-gasoline-generator-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>340 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>239 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740000</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>40 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>930</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>930</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>740020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bensindrivna elverk 5kW NL6500]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Bensindrivna elverk 5kW Det Bensindrivna elverk 5kW NL6500, en robust och effektiv kraftlösning, är oumbärlig inom olika industrier. Designat för att leverera jämn och pålitlig kraft, är detta elverk idealiskt för både privat och kommersiellt bruk, vilket säkerställer att nödvändig elektrisk utrustning fungerar smidigt vid strömavbrott eller på platser utan tillgång till elnätet. Utrustat med avancerade tekniska specifikationer, är det bensindrivna elverket 5kW konstruerat för optimal prestanda och hållbarhet. Tekniska höjdpunkter för detta elverk inkluderar en maximal effektsats på 5kW, ett elektriskt startssystem och en rejäl bränsletankskapacitet på 25 liter. Dess 1-cylindriga, 4-takts, luftkylda bensinmotor säkerställer effektiv bränsleförbrukning och lång driftstid, vilket gör det till ett pålitligt val för kontinuerliga kraftbehov. Oavsett om det används på byggarbetsplatser, vid utomhusevenemang eller i nödsituationer, utmärker sig det bensindrivna elverket 5kW för sin pålitlighet och användarvänlighet. Vikten av att ha en pålitlig kraftkälla kan inte överskattas. I dagens värld, där strömavbrott kan störa kritiska verksamheter, erbjuder det bensindrivna elverket 5kW en pålitlig lösning. Detta elverk är designat för att möta kraftbehoven i olika tillämpningar, från att ge reservkraft till hem och företag till att driva verktyg och utrustning på byggarbetsplatser. Dess robusta konstruktion och avancerade funktioner gör det till en värdefull tillgång för alla som behöver en pålitlig kraftkälla.   Tekniska specifikationer för Bensindrivna elverk 5kW De tekniska specifikationerna för det bensindrivna elverket 5kW är noggrant utformade för att möta de höga kraven från olika kraftbehov. Nedan följer en detaljerad sammanställning av specifikationerna: Specifikation 5kW Bensindrivna elverk Nominell effekt 5,0 kW Max effekt 5,5 kW Frekvens 50 Hz AC-spänning 230 V Fas 1 fas Startsystem Elektrisk start DC-uttag 12V / 8,3A Uttag 2x230V (16A), 1x230V (32A) Europeiska uttag Generator 100% Koppar, med borste och AVR Motortyp 1-cylindrig, 4-takts, luftkyld bensinmotor Motormodell 188F Motorvolym 420 cc Bränsletyp Bensin Bränsletanksvolym 25 L Drifttid vid 75% belastning (timmar) 12,2 Mått (L × B × H) 690 x 550 x 555 mm Vikt 81 kg   Dessa specifikationer framhäver elverkets kapacitet att leverera pålitlig kraft. Den 5kW maximala effekten säkerställer att elverket kan hantera krävande elektriska belastningar, vilket gör det lämpligt för en rad olika tillämpningar. Den 50 Hz frekvensen och 230 V AC-spänningen är standard i många regioner, vilket garanterar kompatibilitet med olika apparater och utrustning. Den 1-cylindriga, 4-takts, luftkylda bensinmotorn är designad för effektivitet och hållbarhet. Det luftkylda systemet förhindrar överhettning, vilket möjliggör långvarig drift utan prestandaförlust. Den 25-liters bränsletanken ger gott om kapacitet för lång drifttid, medan det elektriska startssystemet gör det enkelt att starta elverket med minimal ansträngning. Det DC-uttag på 12V / 8,3A möjliggör laddning av batterier och drift av lågeffektiva enheter, vilket ökar elverkets mångsidighet. Den 100% kopparbelagda generatorn säkerställer effektiv kraftproduktion och långsiktig pålitlighet. Inkluderingen av flera europeiska uttag (2x230V (16A) och 1x230V (32A)) möjliggör att flera enheter kan drivas samtidigt, vilket ökar elverkets användbarhet i olika miljöer.   Komponenter och funktioner hos NL6500 Bensindrivna elverk 5kW Det bensindrivna elverket 5kW består av flera nyckelkomponenter, var och en utformad för att förbättra funktionaliteten och användarupplevelsen. Dessa komponenter inkluderar: Bränsletank: Med en kapacitet på 25 liter säkerställer bränsletanken långvarig drift, vilket minskar behovet av frekvent påfyllning. Detta är särskilt fördelaktigt i situationer där kontinuerlig kraft behövs under lång tid. Avgassystem: Avgassystemet minimerar ljudnivåerna och säkerställer att elverket fungerar tyst, vilket gör det lämpligt för användning i bostadsområden. Denna komponent är avgörande för att upprätthålla en bekväm miljö, särskilt i ljudkänsliga områden. Jordningsterminal (för QS/QH typ): Denna komponent säkerställer säkerheten genom att ge en pålitlig jordanslutning, vilket förhindrar elektriska faror och ökar den övergripande säkerheten under drift. AC-uttag: Utrustat med 2x230V (16A) och 1x230V (32A) europeiska uttag, kan elverket driva flera enheter samtidigt och erbjuda mångsidighet för olika tillämpningar. Förgasarventil: Förgasarventilen reglerar bränsleflödet till motorn, vilket säkerställer effektiv förbränning och optimal prestanda. Startspak: Ger ett manuellt startalternativ, vilket säkerställer att elverket kan startas även om den elektriska starten skulle fallera, och erbjuder därmed en pålitlig reservmetod. Bränsleventil: Kontrollerar flödet av bränsle från tanken till motorn, vilket säkerställer en jämn och effektiv drift. Luftfilter: Håller motorn igång smidigt genom att filtrera bort damm och...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bensindrivna-elverk-5kw-nl6500/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5kw-gasoline-generator-high-quality.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>540 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>439 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>740020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>84 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>930</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>930</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elgeneratorer</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elgeneratorer</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330700</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Box Wrapping Machine P409]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Box Wrapping Machine P409 The Box Wrapping Machine P409 is a game-changer in the world of packaging. Engineered for efficiency and ease of use, this package wrapping machine streamlines your packaging process, ensuring quick and reliable results every time. With a rapid rotational speed of 30 RPM powered by a robust motor, it effortlessly wraps packages with precision and speed, meeting tight deadlines without compromising on quality. Compact and lightweight the Box Wrapping Machine P409 is designed for convenience. Its simple assembly process allows for swift setup, so you can get straight to work without any hassle. Crafted from durable sheet metal, it offers unparalleled durability, capable of withstanding heavy loads and resisting rust and corrosion for long-lasting performance. Operating the Box Wrapping Machine P409 is a breeze, thanks to its user-friendly interface and adjustable speed settings. Whether you're wrapping products of varying sizes or using different materials, this machine adapts to your needs with ease. Plus, its versatile design accommodates stretch film or honeycomb paper, offering flexibility for diverse packaging requirements.   Box wrapping machine P409 video   Specs of package wrapping machine P409 Product name Box wrapping machine Model P409 Load weight 70kg Turntable size 60cm Wrapping material PE film Roller height Short roller:45cm Long roller:85cm Speed 30r/Min Product size 107*42*26cm,30kg Voltage 220V,50-60HZ(110V also can do, please contact supplier) Power 25W Usage All kind package outside film wrapping Wrapping type Electric automatic   Key features of Box wrapping machine P409 How does Box Wrapping Machine P409 works? The Box Wrapping Machine P409 operates through a simple yet effective process designed to efficiently wrap packages with ease. Here's how it works: Loading the Package: The process begins by placing the package to be wrapped onto the machine's turntable. The turntable, equipped with a patented hand-grip design, securely holds the package in place during the wrapping process. Adjusting Settings: Before initiating the wrapping process, the user can adjust settings on the machine's user-friendly interface according to the size and type of package being wrapped. This may include adjusting the rotational speed of the turntable to ensure optimal wrapping. Initiating Wrapping: Once the settings are adjusted, the user initiates the wrapping process. The machine's powerful motor begins to rotate the turntable at a rapid speed, facilitating the wrapping of the package with precision and efficiency. Applying Wrapping Material: As the turntable rotates, the user applies the wrapping material – typically stretch film or honeycomb paper – around the package. The material may be fed manually or automatically, depending on the specific configuration of the machine. Securing the Wrap: The user ensures that the wrapping material is applied securely around the package, providing sufficient tension to hold the contents in place while also allowing for easy removal upon receipt. Completing the Process: Once the wrapping process is complete and the package is adequately wrapped, the user stops the machine's rotation and removes the wrapped package from the turntable. The package is now ready for storage, shipment, or display, depending on its intended use. Overall, the Box Wrapping Machine P409 simplifies the packaging process by automating the wrapping of packages with precision and efficiency, making it an essential tool for businesses seeking to optimize their packaging operations.   Box Wrapping Machine P409 is controlled by a foot pedal   Advantages of Box Wrapping Machine P409 The Box Wrapping Machine P409 offers a multitude of advantages, making it an indispensable tool for packaging operations: High Rotational Speed: With a rotational speed of 30 RPM, powered by a robust motor, the P409 ensures rapid and efficient packaging, minimizing processing time and maximizing productivity. Adjustable Settings: The P409 allows users to adjust the speed of the machine according to the size of the product, ensuring optimal wrapping and minimizing material waste. Dual-Purpose Design: Equipped with a double-rod design, the P409 can accommodate both stretch film and honeycomb paper, providing versatility and flexibility in packaging options. Large Diameter Rotary Table: Featuring a 40 cm rubber friction surface, the P409's rotary table can handle a wide range of products, ensuring secure and efficient packaging for various sizes and shapes. High-Quality Insulation Shell: The P409 is equipped with a footswitch shell made of ABC plastic, ensuring durability, safety, and frequent use without compromising performance. Wheels can be securely locked: Designed with a detailed security wheel lock, the P409 ensures the machine is fixed securely during operation, providing a safe and stable working environment. Simple Operation: The P409's user-friendly interface and straightforward operatio...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/box-wrapping-machine-p409/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-foot-pedal.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-wheels.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-stretch-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-durable.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-rubber-surface.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-package-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/box-wrapping-machine-P409-footswitch.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-hand-tray.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-installation.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/package-wrapping-machine-P409-new-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330700</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>60 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110070_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery for battery strapping tool GT-ONE SP3 14,4V 4,0 Ah LI-IO]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery for battery strapping tool GT-ONE SP3 14,4V 4,0 Ah LI-IO]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/battery-gt-one-sp3-4-ah-li-io/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Battery-gt-one-siat-14-4v-1-4ah.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>169 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110070_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>0.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440330</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable TONNA T-Portable Manual Press is a cutting-edge mobile baling press designed to streamline the compression of plastic film and lightweight packaging materials on the go. This innovative machine is engineered for convenience, allowing users to compress materials right at the source without the need for interim storage or electricity.   Features of Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable: 1. On-the-Spot Compression: The T-Portable Manual Press eliminates the need for transporting used packing material to interim storage. With a loading aperture of 740 x 640 mm, the machine efficiently processes the material immediately after unpacking, making it a mobile solution for waste compression. 2. Stackable and Well-Compressed Bales: The lever action of the T-Portable Manual Press ensures the production of well-compressed, stackable bales with a compression ratio of 5:1 or more. This feature enables efficient handling and storage of compressed materials. 3. Effortless Operation: Designed for user convenience, the T-Portable Manual Press is effortless to operate, requiring only a minimum amount of strength. Its user-friendly design makes it accessible for a variety of users, facilitating easy waste management. 4. Electricity-Free and Low Maintenance: With no dependency on electricity, the T-Portable Manual Press is a reliable and sustainable solution. The machine does not require regular servicing or maintenance, contributing to its cost-effectiveness and overall efficiency. 5. Repress Capability: The bales produced by the T-Portable Manual Press can be repressed in hydraulic TONNA baling presses, allowing for further compression into denser and larger bales. This flexibility enhances the adaptability of the machine to varying waste management needs.   Technical Specifications of Film baler machine TONNA T-Portable: Model: T-Portable Manual Press Loading Aperture (WxH): 740 x 640 mm Bale Weight (depending on material): Up to 40 kg Bale Size (LxWxH): 800 x 600 x max. 800 mm Machine Dimensions (WxDxH): 820 x 740 x 1400 mm Machine Weight: 100 kg Strapping: 3-fold crosswise with strapping twine Experience the efficiency and sustainability of waste management with the TONNA T-Portable Manual Press – your mobile solution for on-the-spot compression and environmentally friendly baling.   Additional Technical Specifications: 6. Loading Aperture: The T-Portable Manual Press features a generous loading aperture measuring 740 x 640 mm, facilitating the efficient intake of plastic film and lightweight packaging materials for compression. 7. Ideal Bale Weight: Capable of handling varying materials, the T-Portable Manual Press can compress materials into bales weighing up to 40 kg, providing versatility for different waste streams. 8. Adjustable Bale Size: The machine produces bales with dimensions of 800 x 600 x max. 800 mm, offering flexibility in tailoring the size of compressed materials to specific storage and transportation requirements. 9. Compact Machine Design: With dimensions of 820 x 740 x 1400 mm, the T-Portable Manual Press is compact and space-efficient, making it suitable for diverse settings and allowing for easy integration into existing waste management processes. 10. Lightweight and Portable: Weighing only 100 kg, the machine is designed for portability, making it easy to move and deploy in various locations, enhancing its usability and adaptability. 11. Strapping Mechanism: The T-Portable Manual Press employs a 3-fold strapping mechanism, securing bales crosswise with strapping twine. This ensures the integrity and stability of the compressed materials during handling and transportation. 12. Durability and Sturdiness: Constructed with robust materials, the T-Portable Manual Press is built to withstand the rigors of continuous use, ensuring longevity and reliability in waste compression operations. 13. Eco-Friendly Solution: Beyond its operational efficiency, the T-Portable Manual Press contributes to environmental sustainability by minimizing the need for interim storage and the consumption of electricity, aligning with eco-conscious waste management practices.   Specs of Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable: Model T-Portable Manual Press Loading Aperture (WxH) 740 x 640 mm Bale Weight (depending on the material) Up to 40 kg Bale Size (LxWxH) 800 x 600 x max. 800 mm Machine Dimensions (WxDxH) 820 x 740 x 1400 mm Machine Weight 100 kg Strapping 3-fold crosswise with strapping twine Durability and Sturdiness Robust construction for continuous use Portability Lightweight design for easy mobility Eco-Friendly Solution Minimizes interim storage, no electricity   How to use Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable Using the Film and Paper baler machine TONNA T-Portable involves a series of steps to ensure proper operation and effective compression of film and paper materials. Below is a general guide on how to use the TONNA T-Portable Manual Press: 1....]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/film-and-paper-baler-machine-tonna-t-portable/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/film-and-paper-baler-machine-tonna-t-portable-new.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/film-and-paper-baler-machine-tonna-t-portable.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/t-press-manual-paper-cardboard-press-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/film-and-paper-baler-machine-tonna-t-portable-buy.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/t-press-manual-paper-cardboard-press-sale.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/t-press-manual-paper-cardboard-press-buy-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1095 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440330</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>100 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770200</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric pallet jack Lithium 2000kg XT2]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Electric pallet jack 2000kg Electric pallet jacks have stood as indispensable pieces of machinery in companies worldwide. With the increasing prevalence of larger loads and more frequent movements, there has arisen a necessity for innovative methods to alleviate the physical strain on workers. In response to ongoing technological advancements, the utilization of electric pallet trucks has gained prominence in recent times, offering a solution to mitigate the physical burden on workers. The electric pallet jack facilitates the efficient transport of bulky goods, concurrently reducing the risk of injuries during handling. Electric pallet jack XT2 is characterized by its compact body, rendering it applicable to confined spaces where traditional hand pallet trucks are deployed. Furthermore, our electric pallet jack boasts easy maintenance, with most parts requiring similar attention as a conventional hand pallet truck.   Benefits of the Electric pallet jack: Swift battery removal in just 6 seconds Gradeability with a 1300kg load: 5% Equipped with brakes, allowing the vehicle to halt seamlessly irrespective of the terrain, be it a slope, truck tail lift, or platform Option to drive with the lever raised Experience enhanced efficiency and safety with the ROBOMASS lithium electric pallet truck, designed to meet the evolving demands of modern workplaces.   Key features of Electric pallet jack 2000kg XT2 Brushless drive motor, maintenance free Lithium battery maintenance free Recharge Alert Error code display Battery can be replaced in 6 seconds Drive Wheel can be replaced in 60 seconds The travelling speed of the electric pallet truck is 4.5 km/h without load and 4 km/h with load Slope Anti-slide Safety settings Fast Recharging Power On & Off Different driving options and modes Battery protection stopper   Basic Configuration of powered pallet jack 2000kg   High gradeability of Li-ion powered pallet jack 2000kg ﻿   Smart functions of powered pallet jack In up-right drive mode, the vehicle will move when the handle is operated at any position. Please avoid misoperation. Brake release mode is only for emergencies, not allowed for vehicles with normal conditions. Battery level display and alert when the battery is running low Fast and slow driving speeds with easy switching Engineer mode Driving with the steering control straightened       Specs of electric pallet truck XT2 ROBOMASS CHARACTERISTICS Drive Electric Operator type Pedestrian Load capacity/rated load 2000 Q kg Load center 600 C mm Height， fork lowered 82±2 h13 mm Wheelbase 1197/1267 y mm Wheel PU mm Wheel size, front 140*55 mm Wheel size, rear 80*93 (Single Wheel) mm 80*70 (Tandem) mm Wheels, number front/rear(x = drive wheels) 1x+2/4 mm Lift 115 h3 mm Height of tiller in drive position, min./max. 740/1220 h14 mm Overall length 1552/1622 L1 mm Fork length 1150/1220 L mm Overall width 550/685 b1 mm Fork dimensions 58/160/1150(1220) mm Distance between fork arms 550/685 b5 mm Ground clearance, center of wheelbase 22/137(24/139） m2 mm Aisle width for pallets 1000x1200 crossways 2155/2226 Ast mm Aisle width for pallets 800x1200 crossways 2024/2064 Ast mm Turning radius 1353/1426 Wa mm PERFORMANCE Travel speed, laden/unladen 4.0/4.5 km/h Lifting speed, laden/unladen 18/23 mm/s Lowering speed, laden/unladen 56/46 mm/s Max. gradeability, laden/unladen 6%/20% % Drive motor DC 1.0 Brushless kW Lift motor DC 0.8 kW BATTERY Battery voltage/nominal capacity 48V/10Ah(48V/15Ah) V/Ah Brake Electromagnetic Sound level at the drivers's ear according to EN 12053 <70dB A Service weight including battery 119/125.5 kg   Lithium pallet truck 2000kg advantages A lithium pallet jack, also known as a lithium-powered pallet truck, serves as a crucial material handling device for efficiently moving pallets within warehouses or distribution centers. Our pallet truck is equipped with a cutting-edge lithium-ion battery, presenting numerous advantages over traditional lead-acid batteries. One primary benefit of a lithium pallet jack lies in its extended battery life. Lithium-ion batteries can deliver up to three times the run time of lead-acid batteries, enabling operators to work for extended periods without the need for recharging. Additionally, lithium batteries boast a significantly shorter recharge time, typically requiring only a few hours to reach full charge, in stark contrast to lead-acid batteries, which may take up to 8 hours. Another notable advantage of lithium pallet trucks is their lightweight and compact design compared to traditional pallet jacks. This characteristic enhances maneuverability in tight spaces and alleviates strain on operators. Furthermore, lithium batteries contribute to environmental friendliness as they do not contain toxic materials found in lead-acid batteries. Moreover, semi-electric pallet trucks, commonly integrated with lithium technology, exhibit higher energy efficiency and lower maintenance costs compared to their lead-acid counterparts. Th...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2-price-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2-sale-1-scaled.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-advantages-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/lithium-pallet-truck-battery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-jack-2000kg-xt2-new-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-why-buy.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-wheels-pu.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-smart-functions.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/lithium-electric-pallet-truck-2000kg.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/lithium-pallet-truck-charger.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-2000kg-scheme.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-pallet-truck-lithium-battery-2000kg-wheels.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1039 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770200</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>140 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770090</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm 3500mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Semi-electric stacker with a lifting capacity of 1000kg and lifting height of 350cm or 3500mm The SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm is a versatile and reliable piece of equipment designed to make lifting and transporting heavy loads easier and more efficient. This semi-electric stacker is capable of lifting up to 1000kg and has a maximum lifting height of 350cm or 3500mm. It is ideal for use in warehouses, factories, and other industrial settings where heavy loads need to be moved quickly and safely. One of the key features of the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is its semi-electric design. This means that it is powered by both electricity and manual labor, making it a more affordable and flexible option than fully electric stackers. The electric motor is used to lift and lower the load, while the operator uses manual force to move the stacker around the workspace. This combination of power sources allows for greater control and precision when lifting and transporting heavy loads. The SMITH Semi-electric stacker is also designed with safety in mind. It comes equipped with a range of safety features, including an emergency stop button, a safety brake, and a safety guard to protect the operator from falling objects. The stacker also has a low center of gravity, which helps to prevent tipping and ensures that the load remains stable during transport. In addition to its safety features, the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is also designed for ease of use. It has a simple and intuitive control panel that allows the operator to easily adjust the lifting height and control the movement of the stacker. The stacker also has a compact and maneuverable design, making it easy to navigate through narrow aisles and tight spaces. Another key feature of the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is its durability. It is made from high-quality materials that are designed to withstand the rigors of daily use in industrial settings. The stacker has a sturdy steel frame and a reinforced mast that can handle heavy loads without bending or warping. It also has high-quality wheels that are designed to provide smooth and stable movement, even when carrying heavy loads. Maintenance of the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is also relatively simple. The stacker requires regular inspections and maintenance to ensure that it is operating safely and efficiently. This includes checking the hydraulic oil level, inspecting the wheels and axles, and lubricating all movable parts. The stacker also requires regular charging to ensure that the battery is fully charged and ready for use. Overall, the SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm is a versatile and reliable piece of equipment that is ideal for use in a wide range of industrial settings. Its semi-electric design, safety features, ease of use, and durability make it a popular choice for businesses looking to improve their lifting and transporting capabilities. Whether you are moving heavy loads in a warehouse or factory, the SMITH Semi-electric stacker is a reliable and efficient solution that can help you get the job done quickly and safely.   Video of SMITH Semi-electric Stacker ﻿   Key Features of SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm Model: SXPN1035 EU charger Max Capacity: 1000kg Max Lifting Height: 3500mm Operation Type: Semi-electric (Electric lift, Manual push) Brand New: Includes battery and charger Working time 5-6 hours Charging time 7-8 hours Battery level indicator Load Capacity on Max Height: 500 KG Load Centre: 600 mm Power Type: Semi Electric. Electric Power to lift; Manual Push to move Walk-behind operation no license is required Control Panel: Fascia-mounted control panel with raise/lower buttons, emergency stop trigger, battery indicator, and hour-meter The in-built EU charger is a single phrase (wall plug) that can be easily changed Adjustable Fork: Forged forks with an adjustable width Easy service and maintenance Lockable wheel Wheels: Brake-enabled with 360-degree rotation. Large diameter steered rear wheel for easy movement across any surface Electric lift and manual push Efficient in factories, warehouses, and logistics centers. Great in narrow passages, floors, and other high-rack warehouses Flexible, silent, and environmental Warranty With electric lift and manual push, the semi-electric pallet stacker is easy to control, and environmental efficiency   Specifications of SMITH Semi-electric stacker 1000kg 350cm Manufacturer SMITH Model SXPN1530 Power unit Electric Operation Manual Load capacity Q (kg) 1500 Load centre c (mm) 450 Axle centre to fork face x (mm) 700 Wheel base y (mm) 1195 Service weight with battery kg 415 Wheels type PU Driving wheel size Φ×w(mm) Φ180×50 Bearing wheel size Φ×w(mm) Φ74×70 additional wheels（dimensions） Φ×w(mm) Φ180×50 Wheels, number front/rear (x = driven) 1，1/2 Width b10 b10 (mm) 648 Width b11 b11 (mm) 500 Height of mast, lowered h1 (mm) 2327 Free lift h2 (mm) 0 Lift h3 (mm) 3500 Height of mast, extended h4 (mm) 4067 Fork Height, Low...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-adjustable-forks.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-adjustable-fork-width.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-break-wheel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-stop-button.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/SMITH-semi-electric-stacker-1000kg-350cm-3500mm-lifting-curve.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770090</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>465 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Heavy-duty Electric stacker 2000kg, 2 tons, 4500mm, 4,5m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Heavy-duty Electric stacker 2000kg, 2 tons, 4500mm, 4,5m The SMITH Heavy-duty Electric Stacker is a robust and efficient material handling solution designed to meet the demands of heavy-duty industrial environments. With a load capacity of 2000kg and a lifting height of 4500mm, this electric stacker is engineered to provide reliable performance in various material handling applications. Equipped with advanced features and high-quality components, the SMITH Heavy-duty Electric Stacker offers exceptional lifting capabilities, precise control, and enhanced safety, making it an ideal choice for warehouses, manufacturing facilities, and distribution centers.   Key Features of Heavy-duty Electric stacker SMITH 2000kg 450cm Powerful AC Motor and ZF Friedrichshafen Transmission: The stacker is powered by a high-performance AC motor and ZF Friedrichshafen transmission, providing superior acceleration performance, improved work efficiency, and energy savings. This combination ensures smooth and efficient operation, allowing for seamless handling of heavy loads. High Power MOSFETS Driver: The stacker features a high-power MOSFETS driver with high frequency, efficient, and quiet operation. It offers stepless speed regulation and reverse braking function, enhancing safety and control during operation. The improved temperature protection and compensation functions ensure thermal protection and stable output, contributing to the stacker's overall reliability. Integrated Operation Handle: The operation handle integrates essential controls, including the key switch, electric meter, horn, up and down buttons, and turtle speed switch, providing convenient and easy operation. The extended design of the operation handle aligns with ergonomic principles, offering comfortable and intuitive control for the operator. Side Drive Design: The side-driven design effectively reduces the size of the operation channel, allowing for operation in narrow spaces. With a small turning radius and improved field of view, the stacker is well-suited for maneuvering in confined areas, optimizing operational efficiency. YONGCI Motor Drive System: The stacker is equipped with a YONGCI motor drive system known for its small size, light weight, low loss, and high efficiency. This system enhances the overall performance of the stacker, providing reliable and responsive operation.   Specifications of SMITH Heavy-duty Electric stacker 2000kg, 2 tons, 4500mm, 4,5m Manufacturer: SMITH Model: CXL20GF Power Unit: Electric Operation: Pedestrian Load Capacity: 2000 kg Height of lowered stacker: 2100 mm Max lifting height: 4500 mm Free lift: 1686 mm Load Centre: 600 mm Fork size: 570*1150 mm Curtis Controller Load Capacity at Max Height: 550 kg Axle Centre to Fork Face: 672 mm Wheel Base: 1384 mm Service Weight with Battery: 1126 kg Wheels Type: PU Continuous working time 5-6 hours Battery: 24V/210 Ah External Charger: 24V/30A   Video of electric stacker 450cm, 2000kg SMITH ﻿   Benefits of Electric stacker SMITH 2t 4,5m The SMITH Heavy-duty Electric Stacker is designed to meet the rigorous demands of industrial material handling, offering exceptional performance, precise control, and enhanced safety features. With its advanced motor and transmission system, integrated operation handle, and compact design, this electric stacker is a reliable and efficient solution for various material handling tasks. Whether in narrow spaces or demanding environments, the SMITH Heavy-duty Electric Stacker delivers the power, control, and reliability needed to optimize operational productivity and safety. Heavy-duty Electric Stacker: Robust solution for industrial material handling needs. Powerful AC Motor: Superior acceleration and energy-efficient performance. Precise Control: MOSFETS driver with stepless speed regulation and reverse braking. Integrated Operation Handle: Convenient controls for seamless operation. Ergonomic Design: Extended handle for comfortable and intuitive use. Space-efficient: Side-driven design for narrow spaces and small turning radius. YONGCI Motor: Small, lightweight, and highly efficient motor drive. Advanced Safety Features: Waterproof micro-switches for reliable operation in harsh conditions. High Lifting Capacity: Efficient lifting pump station for heavy goods handling. Turtle Speed Switch: Enables precise control during delicate operations. Compact and Nimble: Ideal for maneuvering in tight warehouse environments. Versatile Applications: Suitable for warehouses, manufacturing, and distribution centers.   Specs of SMITH Heavy-duty Electric stacker 2000kg, 2 tons, 4500mm, 4,5m Manufacturer SMITH Model CXL20GF Power unit Electric Operation Pedestrian Load capacity 2000 Q (kg) Load capacity at max height 2000 Q (kg) Load centre 600 c (mm) Axle centre to fork face 672 x (mm) Wheel base 1384 y (mm) Service weight with battery 1126 kg Wheels type (PU) Driving wheel size Φ230×75 Φ×w(mm) Bearing wheel size Φ80×70 Φ×w(mm) Additional wheels（dimension...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-heavy-duty-electric-stacker-2000kg-2-tons-4500mm-45m/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-stacker-2000kg-2tons-4500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-stacker-2000kg-2tons-4500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/electric-stacker-2000kg-2tons-4500mm-lifting-curve.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>6400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770110</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker 500kg 1500mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker 500kg 1500mm Self-lifting electric stacker is suitable for loading and unloading and handling of goods with trays, and can transport up and down vehicles together with the goods. It has the characteristics of small size, smooth operation, excellent performance and convenient. The automatic climbing forklift is composed of lifting cylinder, inner and outer door frame column components, frame, movable door seat, lifting fork and handle power supply and other electrical components. The SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker is a versatile and efficient logistics equipment designed to make material handling tasks easier and safer. With a maximum load capacity of 500kg and a lifting height of 1500mm, this stacker is ideal for vans and delivery trucks. One of the key features of the SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker is its self-lifting mechanism. This means that the stacker can lift it self in the van or truck. The self-lifting mechanism also makes the SMITH stacker more ergonomic and user-friendly. Delivery staff no longer need to strain their backs or arms to lift heavy loads, which can reduce the risk of workplace injuries and improve productivity. Additionally, the stacker's compact design and small turning radius make it easy to maneuver in tight spaces, such as narrow aisles or crowded storage areas. Another advantage of the SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker is its durability and reliability. The stacker is made of high-quality materials, such as steel and aluminum, which can withstand heavy use and harsh environments. The hydraulic system is also designed to be maintenance-free, which means that operators can focus on their tasks without worrying about downtime or repairs. In terms of safety, the SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker is equipped with several features to protect both the operator and the load.   Applications of Self-loading pallet truck The self-loading pallet stacker is suitable for various delivery trucks and vans including wagons, lorries and container trailers.   Dimensions and key features of Self-loading Electric Stacker SMITH Overall Length: 1555mm Overall Width: 790mm Overall Height: 1817mm Min. Turning Radius: 1120mm Fork size:540*1150mm Curtis Controller Battery(2*12V/75AH) External Charger(24V/10A) Charging time: 7-8hours Working time: 50 work cycles (load and unload with load called 1 cycle)   Video of SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker ﻿   Key features of Self-lifting electric stacker SMITH Dual Oil Circuit Control System: The electric stacker incorporates a dual oil circuit control system, allowing precise control over movements. The cylinder piston rod's bidirectional movement is a key feature, ensuring adaptability in various operational scenarios. Independent Inner Door Frame: The autonomy of the inner door frame is a distinctive feature. Linked directly to the fork bolt, its vertical movement eliminates the need for roller board transfers, streamlining the lifting process. Movable Door Seat: The door seat, designed for relative motion with the lifting of the rack or cargo fork, extends when the goods reach the platform height. This seamless cycle enhances operational efficiency.   Features of Self-lifting electric stacker SMITH Versatile functionality: Integrates transporting, stacking, and climbing capabilities for a multi-functional material handling solution. Efficient loading and unloading: Can ascend into the carriage, making it a valuable assistant for car and truck drivers during cargo handling. Lightweight and user-friendly: Designed for ease of operation with its lightweight construction, ensuring a comfortable user experience. Enhanced maneuverability: Equipped with support legs featuring a swinging guide wheel, facilitating smooth pushing of the equipment into the carriage. Additionally, employs a double linkage cylinder for seamless locking and lifting movements in alternating succession.   Specs of SMITH Self-lifting electric stacker 500kg 1500mm Model SXCDS0515 Capacity 500 Q(Kg) Load center 400 C(mm) Type of lifting  Electric Operating type Walkie Material  Nylon/PU Wheel base 850 y(mm) Front wheel base 380 W1(mm) Back wheel base 672 b10(mm) Quantity of Steering/Bearing/Balance Wheel 2/2/6 Bearing wheel size Φ80×50 mm Steering wheel size Φ100×45 mm Balance wheel size Φ40×30 mm Size of the auxiliary wheel Φ30×30 mm Min. fork height 90 mm Max. fork height 1300 h3(mm) Fork outside width 540 W3(mm) Fork inside width 220 mm Fork length 1150 L(mm) Single fork size 160X60 e/s(mm) Overall length 1555 L1(mm) Overall width 790 W(mm) Overall height 1817 H1(mm) Whole height(after tape file shelf) 3070 H4(mm) Min. turning radius 1120 Wa(mm) Lifting speed(laden/unladen) 70/100 mm/s Lowering speed(laden/unladen) 100/80 mm/s Lift motor 12/0.8 Kw Battery capacity 12/33 V/Ah Battery weight 10 Kg Net weight 235 Kg   Lifting curve of Self-loading pallet truck SMITH:   Benefits of Self loading pallet truck SMITH: Versatile Logistics Equipme...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-self-lifting-electric-stacker-500kg-1500mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/self-lifting-electric-stacker-500kg.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/self-lifting-electric-stacker-500kg-scheme.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/self-lifting-electric-stacker-500kg-lifting-curve.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>465 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>295001</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Flexible conveyor width 460mm, length 1200-4800mm, height 600-1000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Flexible conveyor width 460mm, length 1200-4800mm, height 600-1000mm The Flexible Conveyor is a versatile and adaptable material handling solution designed to meet the diverse needs of businesses in various industries. With a width of 460mm, the accordion conveyor provides ample space for transporting a wide range of products and materials. Its key features include an adjustable length ranging from 1200mm to 4800mm, making it suitable for both short-distance and long-distance conveying applications. The height of the accordion conveyor can also be adjusted, with a minimum height of 600 mm and a maximum height of 1000 mm. This flexibility enables you to customize the conveyor to the specific needs of your material transport, ensuring an efficient and smooth process.   Specs of Accordion conveyor:   Specification Conveyor Width 460mm Adjustable Length 1200mm - 4800mm (customizable) Adjustable Height 600mm - 1000mm (customizable) Roller Diameter (fi) 48mm Load capacity (fi) 35kg Axle Diameter (fi) 8mm Wheels Yes Ideal Applications Warehouses, Manufacturing, Distribution Centers, Retail, E-commerce, Loading and Unloading Material Handling Types Various products and materials   Benefits of Flexible Conveyor: Boost Efficiency: Maximize productivity with our 460mm wide Flexible Conveyor Customizable Length: Adapt to your space with 1200-4800mm length options Adjustable Height: Tailor the conveyor to your preferred working height (600-1000mm) Smooth Movement: 48mm rollers ensure seamless product transport Built to Last: Rugged 8mm axles provide durability and reliability Easy Mobility: Equipped with wheels for effortless maneuverability Versatile Solution: Perfect for a variety of material handling needs Tailored Applications: Ideal for warehouses, manufacturing, and more Time-Saving: Streamline processes with efficient material handling Improve ROI: Enhance operations and drive business growth   Key Specifications of Flexible Conveyor: Height adjustable: The height of the accordion roller conveyor can be adjusted to meet the specific requirements of your material transport. With a minimum height of 600 mm and a maximum height of 1000 mm, you can align the conveyor to the optimal working height. Conveyor Width: 460mm - The 460mm width ensures ample space for transporting various types of materials, from small packages to larger items, providing flexibility in handling a wide range of products. Adjustable Length: The accordion conveyor's length can be easily customized, with a range extending from 1200mm to 4800mm. This adaptability allows businesses to efficiently move products across different distances within their facilities. Rollers: The conveyor features rollers with a diameter (fi) of 48mm. These rollers are strategically positioned along the length of the conveyor to provide a smooth and reliable surface for product movement. The 48mm diameter strikes a balance between stability and versatility, ensuring that items can be transported without issues. Axles: The rollers are supported by axles with a diameter (fi) of 8mm, providing a sturdy and durable foundation for the conveyor system. The 8mm axles are designed to withstand the demands of regular use, ensuring the longevity and reliability of the conveyor.   Where accordion conveyors can be used? The Flexible Conveyor is suitable for a wide range of applications, including: Warehouses: Efficiently move products within a warehouse, from the receiving area to storage locations or for order fulfillment. Manufacturing: Streamline production processes by facilitating the movement of components and finished goods along the assembly line. Distribution Centers: Enhance the speed and efficiency of order picking and packing operations. Retail: Improve in-store logistics for restocking shelves and managing inventory. E-commerce: Optimize order fulfillment and shipping processes for online retail operations. Loading and Unloading: Facilitate the loading and unloading of trucks, containers, and other transport vehicles. Overall, the Flexible Conveyor with a width of 460mm, adjustable length, 48mm rollers, and 8mm axles is a versatile solution that can be tailored to meet the specific needs of businesses across various industries, enhancing productivity and efficiency in material handling operations.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/flexible-conveyor-width-460mm-length-1200-4800mm-height-600-1000mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/wheel-flexible-conveyors.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/flexible-conveyor-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/flexible-conveyor.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>295001</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>95 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2610,2611,2481,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2610</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Cardboard packaging</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330710</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 PRESTRETCH]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 is a state-of-the-art box wrapping machine designed to provide efficient and reliable packaging solutions for businesses of all sizes. This machine is designed to wrap boxes of various sizes and shapes, making it an ideal choice for companies that need to package a wide range of products. One of the key features of the SMARTWRAP B3 is its ability to wrap boxes quickly and efficiently. The machine is equipped with a powerful motor that can wrap boxes at speeds of up to 12 RPM, making it one of the fastest box wrapping machines on the market. This high-speed operation ensures that businesses can package their products quickly and efficiently, reducing the time and labor required for packaging. In addition to its speed, the SMARTWRAP B3 is also highly customizable. The machine can be adjusted to wrap boxes of various sizes and shapes, making it an ideal choice for businesses that need to package a wide range of products. The machine is also equipped with an adjustable wrapping force, allowing businesses to customize the wrapping tension to suit their specific needs. Another key feature of the SMARTWRAP B3 is its ease of use. The machine is designed to be user-friendly, with a simple interface that allows operators to quickly and easily adjust the machine's settings. The machine is also equipped with safety features, including emergency stop buttons and safety guards, to ensure that operators can work safely and efficiently. The SMARTWRAP B3 is also designed to be durable and reliable. The box wrapping machine is constructed from high-quality materials, including a sturdy steel frame and durable components, ensuring that it can withstand the rigors of daily use. The machine is also designed to require minimal maintenance, reducing the time and costs associated with upkeep. One of the key advantages of the SMARTWRAP B3 is its ability to save businesses time and money. By automating the packaging process, businesses can reduce the time and labor required for packaging, allowing them to focus on other aspects of their operations. The machine is also designed to use minimal film, reducing the costs associated with packaging materials. Overall, the SMARTWRAP B3 is an excellent choice for businesses that need a reliable and efficient box wrapping machine. With its high-speed operation, customizable settings, and user-friendly interface, this machine is designed to provide businesses with a fast and efficient packaging solution that can help them save time and money. The SMARTWRAP B3 is also designed to be versatile, with a range of features that make it suitable for a wide range of applications. The machine is also equipped with a range of wrapping modes, including spiral wrapping, which allows businesses to customize the wrapping process to suit their specific needs. Another advantage of the SMARTWRAP B3 is its compact design. The machine is designed to be space-saving, with a small footprint that makes it easy to integrate into existing production lines. This compact design also makes the machine easy to move and transport, allowing businesses to use it in multiple locations as needed. The SMARTWRAP B3 is also designed to be energy-efficient. The machine is equipped with a range of energy-saving features, including a power-saving mode that reduces energy consumption when the machine is not in use. This energy-efficient design helps businesses to reduce their energy costs and minimize their environmental impact. The machine also comes with a warranty, ensuring that businesses can rely on it for years to come. Overall, box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 is an excellent choice for businesses that need a reliable and efficient box wrapping machine. With its high-speed operation, customizable settings, and user-friendly interface, this machine is designed to provide businesses with a fast and efficient packaging solution that can help them save time and money. Its compact design, energy-efficient features, and excellent customer support make it an ideal choice for businesses of all sizes.   What film can be used with Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 is designed to use stretch film. The film specifications for this machine are as follows: Film Thickness: 14 microns Film Width: 500 mm Film Roll Diameter: 250 mm Film Out Method: Stretch Given these specifications, you should use stretch film that is 14 microns thick and 500 mm wide, and it should be compatible with the stretch film out method. Make sure to use film that meets these requirements for optimal performance with the SMARTWRAP B3 machine.   Specs of Box wrapping machine SMARTWRAP B3 Parameter Description Main Mechanism Parameters Model SMARTWRAP B3 Luggage Wrapping Machine Yes Turntable 800 mm Film Thickness 14 microns Film Width 500 mm Film Roll Diameter 250 mm Film Out Method Stretch Standard Stretch Ratio 300% Maximum Wrapping Height 900 mm (other height on...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/box-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-b3/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/box-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-b3.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/package-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-b3-floor-plan.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330710</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>250 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330109</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 2000kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 The Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 is a state-of-the-art solution for wrapping pallets quickly and efficiently. This machine is designed to handle pallets weighing up to 2000kg, making it ideal for use in a variety of industries, including manufacturing, logistics, and warehousing. One of the key features of the SMARTWRAP X20 is its fully automatic operation. Once the pallet is loaded onto the machine, the operator simply selects the desired wrapping program and the machine takes care of the rest. The SMARTWRAP X20 uses advanced sensors and controls to ensure that the wrapping process is consistent and reliable, even when wrapping irregularly shaped or unstable loads. The SMARTWRAP X20 is also designed with safety in mind. The machine is equipped with a range of safety features, including emergency stop buttons, safety barriers, and automatic shut-off systems. These features help to prevent accidents and injuries, making the SMARTWRAP X20 a safe and reliable choice for any workplace. In addition to its advanced features and safety systems, the SMARTWRAP X20 is also highly customizable. The machine can be configured to meet the specific needs of each customer, with options for different wrapping programs, film types, and other settings. This flexibility makes the SMARTWRAP X20 a versatile solution that can be adapted to a wide range of applications. One of the key benefits of the SMARTWRAP X20 is its ability to save time and labor costs. With its fully automatic operation, the machine can wrap pallets quickly and efficiently, freeing up staff to focus on other tasks. This can help to increase productivity and reduce labor costs, making the SMARTWRAP X20 a cost-effective solution for any business. Another benefit of the SMARTWRAP X20 is its ability to improve the quality of wrapped pallets. The machine uses advanced sensors and controls to ensure that the wrapping process is consistent and reliable, resulting in a tightly wrapped and secure load. This can help to reduce the risk of damage during transport and storage, improving the overall efficiency of the supply chain. The SMARTWRAP X20 is also designed with ease of use in mind. The machine features a user-friendly interface that allows operators to quickly and easily select the desired wrapping program and adjust settings as needed. The machine also includes a range of diagnostic and troubleshooting tools, making it easy to identify and resolve any issues that may arise. Another key feature of the SMARTWRAP X20 is its durability and reliability. The machine is built to withstand the rigors of daily use in a busy warehouse or manufacturing facility, with high-quality components and a robust construction. This ensures that the machine will continue to perform reliably over time, even in demanding environments. The SMARTWRAP X20 is also designed to be energy-efficient, with a range of features that help to reduce energy consumption and minimize waste. The machine includes an automatic film cutting and clamping system, which helps to reduce film waste and improve efficiency. The machine also includes an energy-saving mode, which reduces power consumption when the machine is not in use. In terms of maintenance, the SMARTWRAP X20 is designed to be easy to service and maintain. The machine includes a range of maintenance and cleaning tools, as well as detailed instructions for routine maintenance tasks. This helps to ensure that the machine remains in optimal condition over time, reducing the risk of downtime and costly repairs. Overall, the Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 is a highly advanced and customizable solution for wrapping pallets quickly and efficiently. With its fully automatic operation, advanced safety features, and ability to save time and labor costs, the SMARTWRAP X20 is an ideal choice for any business looking to improve the efficiency and reliability of their pallet wrapping operations. Whether you are a small business or a large corporation, the SMARTWRAP X20 is a versatile and reliable solution that can help to streamline your operations and improve your bottom line.   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 video ﻿   Key features of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X20 Powered film carriage with variable speed, placed sidewise. Powered pre-stretch 300% with a roping system Clamp, cut, and weld film automatically Initial tail film blower Automatic load height detection by photocell X20 model cutting film is heat cutting, and the machine needs an air compressor Soft start/stop frequency inverter with return to start position Wrapping cycles counter Independently adjustable top & bottom reinforcement wraps Control and color LCD touch screen Reinforcement wraps at any point in the cycle Ergonomically designed panel control The wrapping cycles counter The option of initial tail film blower Independently adjustable top & bottom reinforcement wraps...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x20-2000kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-new.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-structure-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-program-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-siemens.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SMARTWRAP-Automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-x20-touch-screen-lcd.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>12490 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330109</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>700 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>111001</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile/composite strap ITI 71 - 2x Battery & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile and corded strap ITI 71 Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile strap ITI 71 is an innovative tensioner and strapping tool for all textile straps and corded, composite straps. The tool is battery-operated and it is suitable for all kinds of Textile/Cord straps up to 40mm in width. ITI 71 Battery Strapping Tool is a testament to innovation, efficiency, and reliability. Its thoughtful design, robust construction, and cordless operation make it the ideal choice for professionals in various industries. Whether you're a warehouse manager looking to streamline your strapping process or a logistics expert seeking to enhance the security of your shipments, the ITI 71 has the features and performance you need. The ITI 71 is meticulously crafted with a user-centric design that prioritizes ease of operation. This innovative strapping tool stands out for its remarkable combination of power, speed, and durability. Equipped with an integrated cutting unit, it's engineered to withstand heavy-duty use while requiring minimal maintenance. One of the standout features of the ITI 71 is its tension regulator button, conveniently located beneath the battery. This feature empowers you to finely adjust the strapping force of your ITI 71, providing precision control up to an impressive 11000 N. You can trust that this tool will consistently deliver optimal security for your goods, regardless of the application. Moreover, the cordless and battery-operated design of the ITI 71 liberates you from the constraints of cords and power sources. This newfound freedom allows you to operate the tool effortlessly in any environment, without the need for proximity to electrical outlets or cumbersome cords. Say goodbye to the limitations of tethered tools and embrace the versatility and convenience of the ITI 71.   Specs of Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile/composite strap ITI 71 - 2x battery Specifications Battery strapping tool for 16-40mm textile/composite strap ITI 71 Dimensions 400 x 135 x 190 mm Weight (with battery) 5 kg (11 lbs) Power Supply Battery - Li-Ion, 18V, 5Ah Battery Performance 2x batteries and a charger are included with the tool - Number of Cycles Approx. 400 cycles (varies based on factors like tension and strap type) - Battery Recharge Time Approx. 40 minutes Performance - Max. Tension Force 11,000 N - Tensioning Speed 6.5 meters per minute - Sealing Not applicable - Joint Strength Not applicable Strap Compatibility - Type Textile (Woven & Composite) - Width Range 16 mm to 40 mm - Thickness Range 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm   Unleashing the Power of battery strapping tool for textile and corded strap ITI 71 Innovative Design for Effortless Operation The ITI 71 has been meticulously engineered with a design that prioritizes ease of use. Its intuitive interface ensures that anyone can operate it with minimal training. Whether you're a seasoned professional or new to strapping tools, you'll appreciate the simplicity and effectiveness of the ITI 71. Unparalleled Strength and Speed Powerful, quick, and robust – these are the hallmarks of the ITI 71 Battery Strapping Tool. It boasts a remarkable maximum tension force of 11000 N, ensuring that even the toughest strapping tasks are effortlessly handled. With a tensioning speed of 6.5 meters per minute, the ITI 71 significantly speeds up your strapping process, saving you valuable time and effort. Integrated Cutting Unit Imagine the convenience of having a cutting unit seamlessly integrated into your strapping tool. The ITI 71 offers precisely that. With this feature, you can effortlessly trim excess strapping material, leaving your packages looking neat and professional. Say goodbye to the hassle of carrying around additional cutting tools – the ITI 71 has you covered. Durability Redefined Built to last, the ITI 71 Battery Strapping Tool boasts an aluminum cast body. This choice of material not only ensures durability but also keeps the tool lightweight, making it easy to handle during extended strapping sessions. Its rugged construction guarantees that it can withstand the rigors of various work environments, from busy warehouses to remote job sites. Battery-Operated Freedom One of the most significant advantages of the ITI 71 is its battery-operated nature. No longer will you be tethered to a power source or struggle with tangled cords. The ITI 71's Li-Ion battery, with a capacity of 18V and 4Ah, provides you with ample power to complete your strapping tasks without interruption. This cordless design grants you the freedom to operate anywhere and everywhere, making it a perfect choice for on-the-go professionals.   Specifications of battery strapping tool for textile/corded strap that Matter Dimensions and Weight of battery strapping tool for textile/corded strap The ITI 71 is designed with practicality in mind. Its dimensions of 400 x 135 x 190 mm make it compact enough to maneuver in tight spaces while maintaining a comfortable gr...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/battery-strapping-tool-for-16-40mm-textile-composite-strap-iti-71-2x-battery/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/battery-strapping-tool-for-textile-strap-iti-71.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/battery-strapping-tool-for-textile-strap-iti-71-price-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/battery-strapping-tool-for-textile-strap-iti-71-new-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2439 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ITIPACK</g:brand><g:mpn>111001</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,886,2481,887</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440260</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TONNA1100 bin press E1100L - 3 ton pressing force]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TONNA1100 bin press 1100L - 4 tons pressing force The TONNA1100 bin press 1100L is a powerful and efficient waste management solution designed to help businesses and organizations reduce their waste volume and disposal costs. This bin press is capable of compacting up to 4 tonnes of waste into a standard 1100L bin, making it an ideal choice for high-volume waste producers such as supermarkets, hotels, hospitals, and industrial facilities. One of the key features of the TONNA bin press is its compact and user-friendly design. The machine measures 2120mm in height, 1150mm in width, and 1160mm in depth, making it easy to fit into most waste storage areas. The bin press is also equipped with adjustable arms that can be customized to fit the width of the bin, ensuring a secure and efficient compaction process. The TONNA bin press is powered by a single-phase 220-240V power supply and a 1.5kW motor, which provides ample power to compress even the most stubborn waste materials. The machine is capable of producing a pressing force of up to 4 tonnes, which is more than enough to compact most types of waste into a fraction of their original volume. In addition to its impressive power and efficiency, the TONNA bin press is also designed with safety in mind. The machine is equipped with a range of safety features, including an emergency stop button, a safety guard, and a warning light that alerts users when the machine is in operation. The bin press also produces a noise level of just 72 decibels, making it one of the quietest waste management solutions on the market. Another key feature of the TONNA bin press is its ease of use. The machine comes with a comprehensive operator instruction manual that provides step-by-step guidance on how to operate the bin press safely and efficiently. The manual also includes troubleshooting tips and maintenance instructions to help users keep their machines in top condition. To operate the TONNA bin press, users simply need to open the 1100L bin and place it on the platform of the bin press, with the lid facing outwards. They can then adjust the arms to suit the width of the bin and press and hold the green "ON" button while holding the lever in the "DOWN" position to compact the contents of the bin press. Once the compaction head stops moving, users can release the lever and repeat the process until the bin is full. To return the compaction head to the upper position, users can press and hold the green "ON" button while holding the lever in the "UP" position. The TONNA bin press is also designed to be low-maintenance, with a range of features that help to extend the lifespan of the machine. The bin press is equipped with a self-lubricating hydraulic system that reduces wear and tear on the machine, as well as a built-in overload protection system that prevents damage to the motor and other components. The machine also comes with a 12-month warranty, giving users peace of mind and protection against any defects or malfunctions. Overall, the TONNA bin press 1100L is an excellent waste management solution for businesses and organizations that produce high volumes of waste. Its compact and user-friendly design, powerful motor, and range of safety features make it a reliable and efficient choice for any waste management application. With its low noise level, ease of use, and low-maintenance design, the TONNA bin press is a cost-effective and environmentally friendly solution that can help businesses reduce their waste volume and disposal costs while improving their overall waste management practices.   Specifications of TONNA bin press 1100L - 4 tons pressing force   Specification Model TONNA1100 1100L Bin Press Machine Type Hydraulic Maximum Capacity 1100 Liters Height 2120 mm Width 1150 mm Depth 1160 mm Weight 270 kg Power Supply Single Phase 220-240V Motor Power 1.5 kW Pressing Force Up to 4 tonnes Noise Level 72 decibels Cycle Time 20 seconds Oil Requirement 9 liters of Mobile DTE24 or equivalent   TONNA bin press 1100L floor plan   TONNA bin press 1100L dimensions TONNA bin press 1100L machine dimensions: Height: 2120 mm Width: 1160 mm Depth: 1150 mm Weight: 270 kg   For what materials can TONNA1100 bin press 1100L can be used? The TONNA bin press 1100L can be used for the following materials: cardboard, paper, plastic, film, foam soft materials, and food waste. It is important to note that the machine is not suitable for any of the following types of waste: pressurized containers, cans, metal, wood, glass, or any solid materials.   TONNA bin press 1100L benefits In addition to the benefits mentioned earlier, the TONNA bin press offers several other advantages that make it a popular choice for businesses and organizations looking to improve their waste management practices. One of the key benefits of the TONNA bin press is its ability to reduce waste volume and disposal costs. By compacting waste into a fraction of its original volume, the bin press can help businesses save money...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tonna1100-bin-press-e1100l-3-ton-pressing-force/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-1100L.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-1100L-price-1-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-1100L-dimensions-floor-plan.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440260</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>280 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440250</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TONNA bin press 240L - 2 tons pressing force]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TONNA bin press 240L with 2 tons pressing force The TONNA bin press 240L with 2 tons pressing force is a powerful and efficient waste management solution designed to help businesses and organizations reduce their waste volume and disposal costs. This bin press is specifically designed to work with 240-liter bins, making it an ideal choice for businesses that generate a large amount of waste on a regular basis. One of the key features of the TONNA bin press is its compact and space-saving design. The bin press is designed to take up very little floor space. This makes it an ideal choice for businesses that have limited space for waste management equipment. The TONNA bin press is also incredibly easy to use. To operate the bin press, simply open the 240-liter bin and place it on the platform of the bin press, with the lid facing outwards. Adjust the arms to suit the bin width, and then press and hold the green "ON" button while holding the lever in the "DOWN" position. The bin press will then compress the material contained within the bin, reducing its volume by up to 80%. Once the bin is full, simply press and hold the green "ON" button while holding the lever in the "UP" position to return the compaction head to its upper position. The bin press is then ready to be used again. The TONNA bin press is also incredibly powerful, with a pressing force of up to 2 tonnes. This means that it can easily handle even the toughest waste materials, including cardboard, plastic, paper, film, etc. The bin press is also incredibly quiet, with a noise level of just 72 decibels, making it an ideal choice for businesses that operate in noise-sensitive environments. In addition to its powerful performance and ease of use, the TONNA bin press is incredibly durable and long-lasting. The bin press is made from high-quality materials and is designed to withstand even the toughest working conditions. It also requires very little maintenance, which means that it is a cost-effective and low-maintenance waste management solution. Overall, the TONNA bin press 240L is an excellent choice for businesses and organizations that are looking for a powerful, efficient, and cost-effective waste management solution. With its compact design, powerful performance, and ease of use, the TONNA bin press is sure to help businesses reduce their waste volume and disposal costs, while also improving their overall waste management efficiency.   TONNA bin press 240L specs Specification Machine Model TONNA 240L Bin Press Height 2360 mm Width 780 mm Depth 780 mm Weight Up to 2 tonne Power Supply Single Phase 220-240V Motor 1.5kW Pressing Force Up to 2 ton Noise Level 72 decibels Cycle Time 20 seconds Oil Requirement 14 litres of Mobile DTE24 or equivalent Warranty 1 year Suitable Materials Cardboard, Paper, Plastic, Film, Foam, Soft Materials, Food waste Not Suitable for Materials Pressurized containers, Cans, Metal, Wood, Glass, Solid Materials   TONNA bin press 240L dimensions TONNA bin press 240L machine dimensions: Height: 2360 mm Width: 780 mm Depth: 780 mm Weight: 234 kg Bag Insert dimensions: Height: 860 mm Width: 490 mm Depth: 490 mm Weight: 30 kg (depending on the material used)   TONNA bin press 240L floor plan   TONNA bin press 240L advantages The TONNA bin press 240L offers several advantages for businesses and organizations that are looking for an efficient and cost-effective waste management solution. Some of the key advantages of the TONNA bin press include: Reduced waste volume: The TONNA bin press is designed to reduce waste volume by up to 80%. This means that businesses can significantly reduce their waste disposal costs, as they will need to dispose of less waste overall. Versatility: The TONNA bin press is designed to work with a wide range of waste materials, including cardboard, paper, plastic, foam soft materials, and food waste. This makes it a versatile and flexible waste management solution. Space-saving design: The TONNA bin press is designed to be mounted on a wall or placed on a stand, which means that it takes up very little floor space. This makes it an ideal choice for businesses that have limited space for waste management equipment. Easy to use: The TONNA bin press is incredibly simple to operate, with clear instructions provided in the operator manual. This means that businesses can quickly and easily train their staff to use the bin press, reducing the need for additional training or support. Safety: The TONNA bin press is designed with safety in mind, with a range of safety features built in to ensure that users are protected at all times. For example, the bin press is equipped with safety guards to prevent accidental contact with the compaction head, and an emergency stop button to quickly shut down the machine in the event of an emergency. Low maintenance: The TONNA bin press requires very little maintenance, which means that it is a cost-effective and low-maintenance waste management solution. Durability: The TONN...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tonna-bin-press-240l/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/TONNA-bin-press-240L-dimensions-floor-plan.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440250</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>280 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>112001</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ELECTRA™ M SERIES battery powered Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA™ M SERIES SIAT's ELECTRA™ M Series Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping is a battery-operated solution that is perfect for tensioning and double-notch sealing steel applications. Made in Italy, this professional tool is easy to use and maximizes strapping results for regular or irregularly shaped packages. The M Tensioner is designed to work with steel strapping that is 19, 25, or 32 mm wide and 0.60 to 1 mm thick. It can handle strapping tension up to 7500 N, making it a reliable and efficient tool for most common steel strapping applications. The tension speed is 3 meters per minute (10 feet per minute), which ensures that the job is done quickly and efficiently. The tool is compact and lightweight, with dimensions of 490 x 134 x 165 mm (19.2 x 5.3 x 6.5 inches) and a weight of 5 kg (11 lbs) with the battery installed. The battery is a lithium-ion battery from Makita, with a nominal tension of 18 V and an amperage capacity of 3 Ah. The battery can be fully charged in just 20 minutes, which means that the tool can be used for extended periods without the need for frequent recharging. The battery power is 44 Wh, which ensures that the tool can handle even the toughest jobs. The battery charge indicator is a useful feature that lets the user know when the battery needs to be recharged. This ensures that the tool is always ready to use when needed. The tool is designed to be user-friendly, with easy maintenance and simple installation. It is developed and designed for different applications of our customers, thanks to a research and development department that is always ready to respond to every need. The ELECTRA™ M Series Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping is a perfect example of SIAT's commitment to quality and innovation. The tool is designed to minimize consumable use, reduce waste, and use less energy, which helps to reduce the environmental.   Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA video ﻿ 9 reasons why to use battery Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA A reliable and efficient tool for most common steel strapping applications Tension speed of 3 meters per minute (10 feet per minute) and strapping tension up to 7500 N Battery-operated solution that is easy to use and maneuver Lightweight and compact design that makes it ideal for use in different applications User-friendly design with easy maintenance and simple installation Developed and designed for different applications of customers, ensuring versatility and flexibility Battery can be fully charged in just 20 minutes, allowing for extended periods of use without frequent recharging Minimizes consumable use, reduces waste, and uses less energy, which helps to reduce the environmental impact Sustainable choice for businesses that are committed to reducing their carbon footprint   Specifications of the battery strapping Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA™ M SERIES" Feature Description Product Name Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA™ M SERIES Manufacturer SIAT Application Tensioning and double-notch sealing steel strapping for regular or irregularly shaped packages Compatibility Works with steel strapping widths: 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm Strapping thickness: 0.60 mm to 1 mm Strapping Tension Up to 7500 N Tension Speed 3 meters per minute (10 feet per minute) Dimensions (L x W x H) 490 mm x 134 mm x 165 mm (19.2" x 5.3" x 6.5") Weight (with Battery) 5 kg (11 lbs) Battery Type Lithium-ion battery from Makita Battery Voltage / Capacity 18 V / 3 Ah Battery Charging Time Fully charged in 20 minutes Battery Power 44 Wh Battery Charge Indicator Yes Design Compact and lightweight Usage Battery-operated solution for steel strapping tensioning and sealing Versatility Designed for different applications of customers, suitable for regular and irregularly shaped packages Environmental Focus Minimizes consumable use, reduces waste, uses less energy Life Span The average life of 10 years Return on Investment Return from investment in 4 to 5 months Maintenance Easy maintenance and simple installation Environmental Impact Reduction Designed to reduce consumable use, waste, and energy Manufacturer's Expertise SIAT Group is a market leader in packaging machinery with over 50 years of experience Sustainability A sustainable choice for businesses committed to reducing their carbon footprint     Why buy battery strapping Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping Increase customer productivity - Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping has an average life of 10 years, therefore, return from their investment in only 4 to 5 months Lower the cost of ownership - Tensioner and Sealer for Steel Strapping ELECTRA require easy maintenance and simple installation. It is developed and designed to be user-friendly and for different applications Reduce environmental impact - the machine is designed to minimize consumable use, reduce waste and use less energy   Features of Battery Te...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/electra-m-series-tensioner-and-sealer-for-steel-strapping/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/electra-m-series-tensioner-and-sealer-for-steel-strapping-scaled.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/sealer-for-steel-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/tensioner-for-steel-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/tensioner-for-steel-strapping-seal.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4890 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>112001</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,887,2543</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550680_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[12mm OPP band for automatic banding machine - 150m/unit - 100 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[12mm OPP band for automatic banding machine - 150m/unit High-quality 12mm OPP Tape for Automatic Banding Machines, providing efficient and reliable packaging solutions for your business needs. This OPP film roll boasts a width of 12mm, a thickness of 0.12mm, and an impressive length of 150m per unit. The tape roll comes with an inner diameter of 42mm and an exterior diameter of 160mm, ensuring smooth and trouble-free operation on your automatic banding machines.   Advantages of our OPP band 12mm Compatibility with Strapping Machine: Our OPP band is designed to fit most automatic strapping machines with a 42mm inner diameter and 160mm exterior diameter. We recommend using it with our ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP banding machine 12mm. Dimensions and Length: Our OPP band measures 12mm in width, and 0.12 mm in thickness, and comes in 150 meters rolls. Quality and Strength: Our OPP band offers a strong bundling effect and reliable adhesion, ensuring secure packaging for various products. Packaging Efficiency: Our OPP band is easy to load, minimizing downtime during changeovers, and enhances packaging speed in automatic strapping machines. Damage-Free Packing: Rest assured, our OPP band is gentle on products, preventing scratches, marks, or deformation during packaging. Versatility and Applications: Our OPP band excels in product bundling, carton sealing, gift wrapping, retail packaging, e-commerce shipping, and more. Packaging Appearance: With elegant OPP packing, our band enhances the presentation of your products, leaving a positive impression. Durability and Longevity: Each roll contains 150 meters of high-quality OPP band, providing long-lasting and durable packaging solutions. Customer Reviews and Testimonials: Customers love our OPP band for its reliability, performance, and excellent bundling results. Price and Cost-effectiveness: Our OPP band offers a cost-effective solution, combining quality, strength, and value for your packaging needs.   Specs of 12mm OPP band for automatic banding machine Specification Details Product Name 12mm OPP band Width 12mm Thickness 0.12mm Length per Unit 150 meters Tape Roll Inner Diameter 42mm Tape Roll Exterior Diameter 160mm Material OPP Film Packing Elegant OPP packing Bundling Effect Strong Suitable for Automatic Banding Machines, Many kinds of strapping machines Uses Product bundling, Carton sealing, Gift wrapping, Office use, Food packaging, Retail packaging, E-commerce shipping, Manufacturing and assembly, Logistics and warehousing, Home and DIY projects   Compatibility with Strapping Machine ECOBAND-S Our OPP band, with its dimensions perfectly suited for the ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP Banding Machine, is an ideal pairing for seamless and efficient packaging operations. The ECOBAND-S is specifically designed to work with 12mm width bands, making it a perfect match for our 12mm OPP band. The machine's advanced features, coupled with the precise fit of our OPP band, ensure smooth loading and reliable performance. The ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP Banding Machine is equipped to handle a 42mm inner diameter and 160mm exterior diameter, which perfectly accommodates our OPP band's roll dimensions. With this combination, your packaging process will experience increased productivity and reduced downtime. The machine's user-friendly design and compatibility with our OPP band allow for quick and easy banding, ensuring a high-quality bundling effect that holds your products securely together. Whether you are bundling various products, sealing cartons, or enhancing the presentation of your retail packaging, the ECOBAND-S, and our 12mm OPP band deliver an efficient, damage-free, and cost-effective solution. Trust in the synergy of the ECOBAND-S Paper & OPP Banding Machine and our 12mm OPP band to elevate your packaging operations and provide the perfect packaging solution for your business needs.   Features of OPP tape 12mm: Superior Quality: Our OPP packing tape is crafted with utmost precision to deliver a high-quality product that meets industry standards. Its durability ensures that your packages remain secure throughout transportation and storage. Long Length: With a generous length of 150 meters per unit, this OPP tape offers excellent value for money. You can rely on it for extended periods of use before needing a replacement, reducing downtime in your packaging operations. Optimal Width: The 12mm width of the tape is perfect for various packaging applications. It strikes a balance between providing a strong bundling effect and not adding excessive bulk to your packages. Elegant Packing: The OPP packing way used in our tape ensures an elegant and professional appearance for your packages. Your products will be presented in a neat and attractive manner, leaving a positive impression on your customers. Damage-Free: Rest assured that our OPP tape will not cause any damage to your products during the bundling process. The gentle handling characteristics of the tape prevent scratches, dents, ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/12mm-opp-band-for-automatic-banding-machine-150m-unit-100units/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/OPP-12mm-tape-for-automatic-banding-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/OPP-transparent-tape-12mm-price.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550680_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,2482,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550685_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[30mm Paper band for Automatic Banding Machine - 150m - 56 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[30mm Paper band for Automatic Banding Machine - 150m 30mm Banding Paper is the perfect solution for efficient and eco-friendly bundling and banding of various items. This high-quality paper tape is designed to work seamlessly with automatic banding machines ECOBAND-B4620, ensuring quiet and swift processing for all your packaging needs. Our 30mm Paper Tape is ideal for bundling or banding a wide range of items, including brochures, books, documentation, pharmaceutical products, food items, and banknote paper. Whether you are a publisher, pharmaceutical company, food distributor, or any business requiring secure and sustainable packaging, this tape is the perfect solution for your needs. Color: White, Unprinted Material: Kraft Paper 80 g/m² Coating: PE-Coated Version: Roll Width: 30 mm Length: 150 m Core Innder Diameter: 40 mm Outer Roll Diameter: 180 mm 56 Units in box   Advantages of Paper band 30mm Compatibility: The 30mm Paper Band for Automatic Banding Machine - 150m is designed to be compatible with most standard automatic banding machines. We recommend using it with automatic banding machines ECOBAND-B4620. It features a width of 30mm, which is a commonly used size in the industry, ensuring a seamless fit for your machine. Material and Quality: Our paper band is made from high-quality kraft paper with a weight of 80 g/m², providing excellent strength and durability. The 0.12mm thickness ensures a reliable hold for your bundled items, preventing accidental breakage during handling or transit. Length: The roll of paper band comes with a generous length of 150 meters. This ample supply allows for the efficient banding of multiple items before needing a replacement roll, reducing downtime during packaging operations. Application: Our 30mm Paper Band is versatile and suitable for bundling or banding various items, making it a valuable tool for a wide range of businesses. Whether you need to secure brochures, books, pharmaceutical products, food items, or banknote paper, this paper band ensures a secure hold for your valuable goods. Ease of Use: Loading the paper band onto your automatic banding machine is a simple process. The roll's core diameter of 40mm ensures smooth loading onto the machine's spindle. Additionally, the paper band is designed to work well with most banding machines, requiring minimal adjustments and offering hassle-free operation. The easy-tear feature allows for convenient access to packaged items without compromising the band's integrity. Environmental Friendliness: Our paper band is manufactured with sustainability in mind. Crafted from eco-friendly materials and coated with PE for added durability, it is a responsible choice for environmentally-conscious businesses seeking greener packaging solutions. Tear Resistance: The paper band is designed to offer excellent tear resistance while maintaining ease of opening. This feature ensures that your bundled items remain securely held during transit and storage, while still allowing easy access when needed. Packaging and Storage: The paper band is carefully packaged to prevent damage during transit. For bulk purchases, the rolls are securely boxed, and we provide storage guidelines to ensure the tape's optimal performance over time. Papaer band price: For pricing information and bulk purchase options, please refer to our website or contact our sales team directly. We offer competitive price of paper band and may have attractive discounts available for larger quantities. Reviews and Testimonials: Our 30mm Paper Band for Automatic Banding Machine - 150m has garnered praise and positive feedback from numerous satisfied customers. They have expressed their appreciation for the tape's reliability, ease of use, and outstanding bundling capabilities. Many customers have shared their positive experiences with our paper band, citing its tear resistance and environmental friendliness as notable features. We take pride in the satisfaction of our customers and are delighted to have earned their trust as a preferred choice for their banding needs. Key Features of 30mm Paper band for Automatic Banding Machine: Environmentally Friendly: Our paper tape is crafted with sustainability in mind. Made from 80 g/m² kraft paper and coated with PE, it is both eco-friendly and highly functional. Quiet and Fast Processing: Enjoy a smooth and noise-free banding experience with our tape. It guarantees quick and hassle-free bundling, saving you valuable time and resources. Reliable and Secure: Trust in the superior strength of our paper bands to securely hold your products together during transit or storage. From delicate brochures and books to essential pharmaceutical products and banknote paper, our tape ensures your items remain intact throughout the journey. Easy to Tear Open: Need to access the contents of a bundled package? No problem! Our paper tape is designed for easy tearing, allowing convenient access at any point without causing damage to the materials....]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/30mm-paper-tape-for-automatic-banding-machine-150m/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/paper-tape-30mm-150m.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/paper-tape-30mm-150m-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/paper-tape-30mm-150m-inner-diameter-40mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/paper-tape-30mm-150m-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>240 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550685_01</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,2482,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550608_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch film - 500mm/23my - 16 kg - for pallet wrapping machine — type: REGULAR - Standard A]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch film - 500mm/23my - 16 kg - for pallet wrapping machine - REGULAR - Standard A]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stretch-film-500mm-23my-16-kg-for-pallet-wrapping-machine/?attribute_type=REGULAR+-+Standard+A</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/pallet-wrapping-machine-regular-standard-a-Stretchfolie-500mm-23my-16kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>49 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550608_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16293</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>16 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550609_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch film - 500mm/23my - 16 kg - for pallet wrapping machine — type: PRESTRETCH - POWER]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch film - 500mm/23my - 16 kg - for pallet wrapping machine - PRESTRETCH - POWER]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stretch-film-500mm-23my-16-kg-for-pallet-wrapping-machine/?attribute_type=PRESTRETCH+-+POWER</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/pallet-wrapping-Maschine-PRESTRETCH-Stretchfolie-500mm-23my-16kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>59 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550609_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16293</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>16 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550655</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm — select-width: 200mm -15my;1259m;500m2]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm POF (Polyolefin) shrink film: the versatile packaging solution for quality and compliance POF shrink film, also known as polyolefin shrink film, is the leading choice in the packaging industry, especially for consumer goods, cosmetics, and exports to countries with strict health regulations. This versatile plastic film is designed to ensure product safety in addition to aesthetic appeal while adhering to the highest quality and compliance standards.   Key features of POF shrink film: Clarity and gloss of heat shrink wrap: POF boasts exceptional clarity and gloss, allowing a clear view of the packaged product. This feature is particularly useful when wrapping products such as cosmetic boxes, food containers, books and CD covers, as it enhances the overall presentation. Non-toxic and odorless: Recognizing the importance of consumer safety, POF Shrink Film is designed to be non-toxic and odorless. This makes it an ideal choice for products that are in direct contact with consumers, as it ensures that the packaging material does not introduce harmful substances. Soft, sticky texture of POF shrink film: The film has a soft and adhesive texture that ensures a secure and tight seal. Its elasticity ensures reliability even in colder environments, making it suitable for a wide range of climates and storage conditions. POF shrink film is Recyclable: POF is environmentally responsible as it is fully recyclable. This is not only in line with sustainability objectives, but also contributes to cost efficiency, making it an attractive choice for companies looking for environmentally friendly packaging solutions.   Physical Characteristics of heat shrink wrap: Heat shrink wrap is Thin and flexible: The film is thin, so it is flexible without compromising on strength. This characteristic makes it adaptable to a wide range of products while maintaining its durability during handling and transport. High shrinkage rate of heat shrink wrap: POF Shrink consistently shrinks when exposed to heat, with a shrink rate of over 75%. This property ensures a tight fit to the packaged product, improving safety and presentation. Production formats: Versatile rolls: Versatile use: single sheet rolls Double-folded rolls Tubular rolls Flexible packaging: Open pouches Single open bags Printing options: POF: The shrink film POF can be customised with up to 8 colours, providing many options for branding and product information. This increases the visual appeal of the packaging and contributes to a memorable consumer experience. Variable specifications: Thickness from 10 to 50 microns Widths available from 100 to 1500 millimetres In conclusion, POF Shrink Film is a complete packaging solution that combines aesthetics, functionality and environmental awareness. Its ability to adapt to different product shapes and its compliance with safety regulations make it one of the preferred products for companies looking for reliable and attractive packaging for their products.   The advantages of utilizing POF shrink film in your company It's a flexible packing material. POF shrink films are suitable for a variety of items, such as beverages, food, electronics, and cosmetics. The maker can alter the film's thickness, width, and length to suit different brands and enterprises. POF shrink films are incredibly transparent, making it simple for buyers to see the product within. This is a big selling point for companies that want to let their customers see the product before they buy it. They resist rips, tears, and other damages because they are strong and resilient. It can successfully safeguard goods while they are being transported and stored. It can be used to package goods in a variety of methods, particularly when sealed with heat to maintain the freshness and quality of the contents. Shields goods from a variety of elements, including dust, moisture, and other impurities. Lless expensive than alternative packaging materials, saving the company money. For enterprises, POF shrink films are an incredibly useful packaging option. Due to its adaptable qualities, it can successfully safeguard the goods within, making a favorable impression on customers and influencing their choice to buy. Above all, as compared to other materials, it is an affordable investment that will surely yield significant benefits for your company.   Polyolefin (POF) Shrink Films Shrink films made of polyolefin (POF) are designed to provide strong protection for a variety of products, including heavy goods and shaped goods. These films are renowned for their adaptability, which includes improved commercial appeal, superior product protection, and pack integrity preservation via thorough wrapping.   Unlocking packaging potential with POF shrink films Superior POF shrink film with excellent gloss and clarity Packaging option that is sustainable and composed entirely of recyclable materials. Outstanding adaptability, durability...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pof-shrink-film-heat-shrink-wrap-15my-width-200-550mm/?attribute_select-width=200mm+-15my%3B1259m%3B500m2</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-200mm-thickness-15my.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-500mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-200mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-550mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>69 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550655</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16284</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550660</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm — select-width: 500mm - 15my;1335m;1335m2]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm POF (Polyolefin) shrink film: the versatile packaging solution for quality and compliance POF shrink film, also known as polyolefin shrink film, is the leading choice in the packaging industry, especially for consumer goods, cosmetics, and exports to countries with strict health regulations. This versatile plastic film is designed to ensure product safety in addition to aesthetic appeal while adhering to the highest quality and compliance standards.   Key features of POF shrink film: Clarity and gloss of heat shrink wrap: POF boasts exceptional clarity and gloss, allowing a clear view of the packaged product. This feature is particularly useful when wrapping products such as cosmetic boxes, food containers, books and CD covers, as it enhances the overall presentation. Non-toxic and odorless: Recognizing the importance of consumer safety, POF Shrink Film is designed to be non-toxic and odorless. This makes it an ideal choice for products that are in direct contact with consumers, as it ensures that the packaging material does not introduce harmful substances. Soft, sticky texture of POF shrink film: The film has a soft and adhesive texture that ensures a secure and tight seal. Its elasticity ensures reliability even in colder environments, making it suitable for a wide range of climates and storage conditions. POF shrink film is Recyclable: POF is environmentally responsible as it is fully recyclable. This is not only in line with sustainability objectives, but also contributes to cost efficiency, making it an attractive choice for companies looking for environmentally friendly packaging solutions.   Physical Characteristics of heat shrink wrap: Heat shrink wrap is Thin and flexible: The film is thin, so it is flexible without compromising on strength. This characteristic makes it adaptable to a wide range of products while maintaining its durability during handling and transport. High shrinkage rate of heat shrink wrap: POF Shrink consistently shrinks when exposed to heat, with a shrink rate of over 75%. This property ensures a tight fit to the packaged product, improving safety and presentation. Production formats: Versatile rolls: Versatile use: single sheet rolls Double-folded rolls Tubular rolls Flexible packaging: Open pouches Single open bags Printing options: POF: The shrink film POF can be customised with up to 8 colours, providing many options for branding and product information. This increases the visual appeal of the packaging and contributes to a memorable consumer experience. Variable specifications: Thickness from 10 to 50 microns Widths available from 100 to 1500 millimetres In conclusion, POF Shrink Film is a complete packaging solution that combines aesthetics, functionality and environmental awareness. Its ability to adapt to different product shapes and its compliance with safety regulations make it one of the preferred products for companies looking for reliable and attractive packaging for their products.   The advantages of utilizing POF shrink film in your company It's a flexible packing material. POF shrink films are suitable for a variety of items, such as beverages, food, electronics, and cosmetics. The maker can alter the film's thickness, width, and length to suit different brands and enterprises. POF shrink films are incredibly transparent, making it simple for buyers to see the product within. This is a big selling point for companies that want to let their customers see the product before they buy it. They resist rips, tears, and other damages because they are strong and resilient. It can successfully safeguard goods while they are being transported and stored. It can be used to package goods in a variety of methods, particularly when sealed with heat to maintain the freshness and quality of the contents. Shields goods from a variety of elements, including dust, moisture, and other impurities. Lless expensive than alternative packaging materials, saving the company money. For enterprises, POF shrink films are an incredibly useful packaging option. Due to its adaptable qualities, it can successfully safeguard the goods within, making a favorable impression on customers and influencing their choice to buy. Above all, as compared to other materials, it is an affordable investment that will surely yield significant benefits for your company.   Polyolefin (POF) Shrink Films Shrink films made of polyolefin (POF) are designed to provide strong protection for a variety of products, including heavy goods and shaped goods. These films are renowned for their adaptability, which includes improved commercial appeal, superior product protection, and pack integrity preservation via thorough wrapping.   Unlocking packaging potential with POF shrink films Superior POF shrink film with excellent gloss and clarity Packaging option that is sustainable and composed entirely of recyclable materials. Outstanding adaptability, durability...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pof-shrink-film-heat-shrink-wrap-15my-width-200-550mm/?attribute_select-width=500mm+-+15my%3B1335m%3B1335m2</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-500mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-500mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-200mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-550mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550660</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16284</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550665</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm — select-width: 550mm - 15my;1335m;1468m2]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[POF shrink film - Heat shrink wrap - 15my - Width 200-550mm POF (Polyolefin) shrink film: the versatile packaging solution for quality and compliance POF shrink film, also known as polyolefin shrink film, is the leading choice in the packaging industry, especially for consumer goods, cosmetics, and exports to countries with strict health regulations. This versatile plastic film is designed to ensure product safety in addition to aesthetic appeal while adhering to the highest quality and compliance standards.   Key features of POF shrink film: Clarity and gloss of heat shrink wrap: POF boasts exceptional clarity and gloss, allowing a clear view of the packaged product. This feature is particularly useful when wrapping products such as cosmetic boxes, food containers, books and CD covers, as it enhances the overall presentation. Non-toxic and odorless: Recognizing the importance of consumer safety, POF Shrink Film is designed to be non-toxic and odorless. This makes it an ideal choice for products that are in direct contact with consumers, as it ensures that the packaging material does not introduce harmful substances. Soft, sticky texture of POF shrink film: The film has a soft and adhesive texture that ensures a secure and tight seal. Its elasticity ensures reliability even in colder environments, making it suitable for a wide range of climates and storage conditions. POF shrink film is Recyclable: POF is environmentally responsible as it is fully recyclable. This is not only in line with sustainability objectives, but also contributes to cost efficiency, making it an attractive choice for companies looking for environmentally friendly packaging solutions.   Physical Characteristics of heat shrink wrap: Heat shrink wrap is Thin and flexible: The film is thin, so it is flexible without compromising on strength. This characteristic makes it adaptable to a wide range of products while maintaining its durability during handling and transport. High shrinkage rate of heat shrink wrap: POF Shrink consistently shrinks when exposed to heat, with a shrink rate of over 75%. This property ensures a tight fit to the packaged product, improving safety and presentation. Production formats: Versatile rolls: Versatile use: single sheet rolls Double-folded rolls Tubular rolls Flexible packaging: Open pouches Single open bags Printing options: POF: The shrink film POF can be customised with up to 8 colours, providing many options for branding and product information. This increases the visual appeal of the packaging and contributes to a memorable consumer experience. Variable specifications: Thickness from 10 to 50 microns Widths available from 100 to 1500 millimetres In conclusion, POF Shrink Film is a complete packaging solution that combines aesthetics, functionality and environmental awareness. Its ability to adapt to different product shapes and its compliance with safety regulations make it one of the preferred products for companies looking for reliable and attractive packaging for their products.   The advantages of utilizing POF shrink film in your company It's a flexible packing material. POF shrink films are suitable for a variety of items, such as beverages, food, electronics, and cosmetics. The maker can alter the film's thickness, width, and length to suit different brands and enterprises. POF shrink films are incredibly transparent, making it simple for buyers to see the product within. This is a big selling point for companies that want to let their customers see the product before they buy it. They resist rips, tears, and other damages because they are strong and resilient. It can successfully safeguard goods while they are being transported and stored. It can be used to package goods in a variety of methods, particularly when sealed with heat to maintain the freshness and quality of the contents. Shields goods from a variety of elements, including dust, moisture, and other impurities. Lless expensive than alternative packaging materials, saving the company money. For enterprises, POF shrink films are an incredibly useful packaging option. Due to its adaptable qualities, it can successfully safeguard the goods within, making a favorable impression on customers and influencing their choice to buy. Above all, as compared to other materials, it is an affordable investment that will surely yield significant benefits for your company.   Polyolefin (POF) Shrink Films Shrink films made of polyolefin (POF) are designed to provide strong protection for a variety of products, including heavy goods and shaped goods. These films are renowned for their adaptability, which includes improved commercial appeal, superior product protection, and pack integrity preservation via thorough wrapping.   Unlocking packaging potential with POF shrink films Superior POF shrink film with excellent gloss and clarity Packaging option that is sustainable and composed entirely of recyclable materials. Outstanding adaptability, durability...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pof-shrink-film-heat-shrink-wrap-15my-width-200-550mm/?attribute_select-width=550mm+-+15my%3B1335m%3B1468m2</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-550mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-500mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-200mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Thermoshrink-film-Width-550mm-thickness-15-my.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>109 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550665</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>16284</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>240050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine 55 x 45 x 15cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine AUTOSHRINK also known as a shrink machine or shrink packaging machine, is an advanced packaging solution in the market. AUTOSHRINK consists of two machines: Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine (SA-554515 model) - L2000mm*W1000*H1300mm, 500kg Tunnel for film shrinking (ST-554515 model) - L1800mm*W1000mm*H1320mm, 300kg It utilizes shrink film to tightly wrap and bind products or packaging, enhancing their appearance and adding value. The machine operates by wrapping the product or packaging in shrink film, which is then heated. The heat causes the film to shrink and tightly conform to the contours of the product or packaging, creating a secure and visually appealing seal. This process improves product exhibition, increases the overall aesthetic appeal, and enhances the perceived value of the packaged goods. The Autoshrink model, with its technical parameters, is designed to meet various packaging needs. It requires a power supply of 3-phase 380V with a frequency of 50/60Hz and consumes 4kW of power. The overall dimensions of the machine measure W 1000mm x L 3800mm x H 1320mm, and it has an adjustable working plate height of 850mm±50mm. The machine itself weighs 770kg (net weight) and 810kg (gross weight). The minimum product dimensions are 100mm*100mm*20mm (L x W x H) and the maximum product dimensions are 550mm*450mm*150mm (L x W x H). The machine requires a minimum film width of 200mm and can handle films with a maximum width of 500mm. The compressed air pressure for its operation should be maintained between 5-6kg/cm². In terms of speed, the Autoshrink model is capable of sealing 25-45 products per minute, depending on the product size, providing efficient packaging productivity. AUTISHRINK is robuts high-quality machine. The PLC Controller is sourced from Germany's prestigious brand Siemens. The electrical configuration of the machine includes components from reputable brands such as "Schneider" or "Omron," ensuring reliable performance. The temperature controller is provided by "MEIWA," ensuring accurate and precise control of the heating process. Pneumatic elements in the machine are supplied by "Airtac," further ensuring reliable and consistent operation. Overall, the Autoshrink Machine offers advanced packaging capabilities with its robust design, efficient sealing speed, and reliable electrical and pneumatic components. It is a versatile solution for businesses looking to improve the presentation and value of their products through shrink packaging.   Advantages of AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine Enables packaging of different product sizes and shapes Two machines assembled into one for smooth operation High-tech components ensure reliable performance and precise control User-friendly touchscreen interface for easy operation and monitoring Reduced waste with film guides and motorized scrap recovery feature Siemens PLC and Schneider servomotor for optimal automation and precision Enhanced product appearance and value with tight and secure shrink wrapping Accommodates up to 45 wrapped products per minute for high productivity Variable conveyor belt speed for flexible packaging requirements Can wrap products up to L500*W450*H120mm size   AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine video ﻿﻿﻿   AUTOSHRINK Automatic Shrink Wrapping Machine contains Components from prestigious brands The Autoshrink Machine incorporates high-quality components from renowned brands, ensuring reliable performance and precise control. The electrical configuration of the machine includes components from well-known manufacturers, providing a robust and efficient packaging solution. The PLC Controller is made by Germany's prestigious brand "Siemens," known for its advanced and reliable automation solutions. This controller ensures precise and accurate control over the machine's operations, optimizing its performance. The Contactor is supplied by France's reputable brand "Schneider." Schneider's contactors are known for their durability and reliability, ensuring safe and efficient electrical switching in the Autoshrink Machine. For variable speed control, the VFD (Variable Frequency Drive) is also provided by France's renowned brand "Schneider." The Schneider VFD enables smooth and precise speed adjustments, enhancing the machine's flexibility and efficiency. The Proximity Switch, an essential component for detecting the presence or absence of objects, is supplied by "FOTEK." FOTEK proximity switches are known for their high sensitivity and reliability, contributing to the machine's accurate operation. The Motor utilized in the Autoshrink Machine is sourced from China's esteemed brand "MEIWA." MEIWA motors are recognized for their robust construction and dependable performance, ensuring reliable power transmission for the machine's various operations. To enable precise and controlled movement, the Autoshrink Machine incorporates a Servo Mo...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/autoshrink-automatic-shrink-wrapping-machine/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/automatic-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/automatic-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/automatic-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/tunnel-for-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/ST4525-tunnel-for-shrink-wrapping-machine-AUTOSHRINK.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>32000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>28990 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>800 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,654,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>15052</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Diesel forklift FX3 3500kg, 300cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Diesel forklift FX3 3500kg, 300cm The FX3 model is a diesel forklift with a rated capacity of 3500 kg and a load center of 500 mm. Its design model is FX3, and it has a self-weight of 4530 kg. The forklift's overall dimensions (including fork) are as follows: L1 overall length of 3900 mm, B overall width of 1240 mm, and H6 overall height of 2130 mm. The forklift has a maximum lifting height of 3000 mm and a free lifting height of 170 mm. Its mast tilt angle of forks is 6 degrees in the front and 12 degrees in the rear. The forklift's fork size is 1070 x 125 x 50 mm, and its minimum turning radius is either 2540 mm. The FX3 model is designed to be easy to operate and maintain, with clear guidelines provided in our manual. We recommend that all personnel read the manual thoroughly before operating or maintaining the machine to ensure safe use.   Specs of diesel forklift FX3 Model Diesel forklift FX3 Power Type Diesel Rated Capacity (kg) 3500 Max. Lifting Height (mm) 3000 Design Model FX3 Self Weight (kg) 4530 Tread - Tyre width (mm) - S Front 1000 Tread - Tyre width (mm) - P Rear 980 L5 Wheel Base (mm) 1650 X Front Overhang (mm) 493 L4 Rear Overhang (mm) 540 Overall Dimensions (mm) L1 overall length: 3900, B overall width: 1240, H6 overall height: 2130 Free Lifting Height (mm) 170 Load Center (mm) 500 Mast Tilt Angle (front/rear, degrees) 6/12 Max. travel speed (km/h) 20 Fork Size (L x W x H, mm) 1070 x 125 x 50 Min. Turning Radius (mm) 2520   Features of Diesel forklift FX3 Diesel-powered forklift with a load capacity of 3500 kg and load center of 500 mm Max. travel speed: 20 km/h Fork can tilt forwards to backward - The Diesel Electric Stacker offers the ability to tilt the fork forwards and backward, providing enhanced control and maneuverability while handling various types of loads. Whether you need to adjust the fork angle for improved stability during transport or precise positioning during loading and unloading, this stacker has you covered Automatic fork width adjustments - One of the standout features of this stacker is its automatic fork travel capability. With just a simple command, the forks widen or narrow automatically, adapting to different pallet sizes or load requirements. This eliminates the need for manual adjustments, saving time and effort while ensuring accurate and efficient material handling. Equipped with a diesel engine Weight of 4530 kg, making it sturdy and durable for heavy-duty operations Tread - Tyre width dimensions of S front: 1000 mm and P rear: 980 mm, providing stability during operation L5 wheelbase of 1650 mm, ensuring smooth movement and maneuverability in tight spaces Overall dimensions (including fork) of L1 overall length: 3850 mm, B overall width: 1240 mm, H6 overall height: 2130 mm Free lifting height of either 170 mm, depending on the specific model Max. lifting height of up to 3500 mm, allowing for efficient stacking and unloading operations Mast tilt angle (front/rear) of 6/12 degrees provides flexibility in handling different loads Fork size (L x W x T) of 1070 x125 x50 mm, suitable for a wide range of pallet sizes   What is the fuel consumption rate of the diesel forklift? On average, a diesel forklift with a 40 kW (53.6 horsepower) engine and a displacement of 2650 cc (2.65 liters) can consume approximately 2 to 4 liters of diesel fuel per hour of operation when empty. When the forklift is loaded, the fuel consumption may increase slightly due to the additional power required to lift and transport the load. The fuel capacity is 55L   What type of engine does the forklift have, and what is its horsepower rating? The FX3 diesel forklift is powered by a diesel engine with a 40 kW (53.6 horsepower) engine and a displacement of 2650 cc (2.65 liters). Max. travel speed is 20 (km/h).   What are the dimensions of the forklift FX3, including overall length, width, and height? Overall length (including fork): 3900 mm Overall width: 1240 mm Overall height: 2130 mm Fork height at max lift: 4256 mm   What is the turning radius of the forklift, and how does it impact maneuverability? The minimum turning radius of the FX3 diesel forklift ranges from 2250 mm (88 inches) to 2540 mm (100 inches), depending on the specific model and design. A smaller turning radius generally means better maneuverability in tight spaces.   What is the load center of the forklift, and how does it affect the lifting capacity? The load center of a forklift refers to where a load should be placed on its forks in order to maintain stability while lifting. For example, the load center of the FX3 diesel forklift is 500 mm (19.7 inches). The load capacity of a forklift decreases as the load center moves further away from the forks.   How does diesel forklift FX3 work The FX3 is a diesel-powered forklift that works by using a hydraulic drive device, which consists of a torque converter and power shifting transmission. The engine drives the torque converter, which then transmits power to the transmissi...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/diesel-forklift-fx3/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/SMITH-diesel-forklift.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>23000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>19790 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550531_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – pallet - 3024 units — Välj din färg: brown]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – pallet - 3024 units High-quality adhesive tape specifically designed for various applications. Crafted with a premium pressure-sensitive adhesive coated on a high-quality BOPP film, PP50 offers exceptional performance and reliability. With its compliance with ROHS directives, this tape prioritizes user safety while delivering outstanding results. PP50 boasts impressive material properties that make it an ideal choice for a wide range of applications. It's water-based acrylic resin or solvent acrylic glue type ensures a strong and lasting bond. With an adhesion to steel sheet (peeling) of ≥4.5 N/25mm according to ASTMD1000, PP50 guarantees reliable adhesion. The tape's tensile strength of 35 N/cm demonstrates its durability, and its elongation (hold) of ≥150% ensures flexibility even under stress. The thickness of the BOPP film is 0.025 mm (25μm), combined with the water emulsion thickness of 0.025 mm (25μm), resulting in a total thickness of 0.050 mm (50μm). This construction provides optimal performance for various applications. PP50 comes in a transparent and brown color, allowing you to choose the option that suits your needs. It has a temperature rating ranging from -20°C to 70°C, making it suitable for diverse environments. Its flame resistance, classified as S(ASTMD1000), adds an extra layer of safety. When stored in its original packaging at 21°C (70°F) and 50% relative humidity, PP50 has a shelf life of 12 months from the date of shipment, ensuring long-term usability. This versatile tape finds its application in a variety of ways. Its initial tack and excellent adhesion make it ideal for fixing and packaging. Additionally, PP50 is well-suited for carton sealing, bandaging, temporary item fixation, and for other sealing tasks. To achieve optimum adhesion, ensure that the bonding surface is clean, dry, and evenly uniform. The recommended application temperature range is 21°C to 38°C (70°F to 100°F). Avoid using the tape on surfaces below 10°C (50°F) as the adhesive may harden, compromising adhesion. However, PP50 can provide satisfactory results even in low-temperature conditions if used correctly. Choose PP50 adhesive tape for its reliability, versatility, and superior performance. Experience the exceptional quality that sets PP50 apart from the rest.   Key features of Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent - 3024 units One pallet has 3024 units of Adhesive tape BOPP 50mic48mm/66m brown/transparent High-quality adhesive tape with pressure-sensitive adhesive and BOPP film coating Compliant with ROHS directives for user safety and environmental standards Offers strong adhesion to steel sheets, with a minimum peeling strength of 4.5 N/25mm Durable and flexible with a tensile strength of 35 N/cm and elongation of at least 150% Available in transparent or brown color Temperature resistant from -20°C to 70°C, ensuring suitability for various environments Versatile applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, and temporary item fixation   Technical specs of 50 mic Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m Specification Value Material BOPP Film Glue Type Water Based Acrylic Resin/Solvent Acrylic Adhesion to Steel Sheet (peeling) ≥ 4.5 N/25mm Tensile Strength 35 N/cm Elongation (hold) ≥ 150% Thickness 0.050 mm (50μm) Flame Resistance S (ASTMD1000) Color Transparent, Brown, Customized Temperature Rating -20°C to 70°C Shelf Life 12 months Application Fixing, Packaging, Carton Sealing, Temporary Fixation, etc.   Why buying Adhesive tape BOPP in bulk is a good idea? Cost savings: Buying in bulk often results in lower unit costs compared to buying smaller quantities. This can lead to significant cost savings in the long run. Reduced packaging waste: Purchasing in bulk reduces the amount of packaging materials used per unit, resulting in less waste generated overall. Convenience and efficiency: Buying in bulk means fewer individual transactions and less frequent reordering, saving time and effort in the procurement process. Continuous supply: With a larger quantity on hand, you are less likely to run out of stock, ensuring a continuous supply of the product. Reduced transportation costs: Purchasing larger quantities allows for more efficient transportation, as you can optimize shipping logistics and potentially benefit from lower freight costs. Potential for resale or distribution: Buying in bulk opens up opportunities for resale or distribution, allowing you to capitalize on potential business ventures or partnerships.   7 advantages of 50 micron adhesive tape: Strong and reliable adhesion: The adhesive tape offers a high level of adhesion, ensuring secure and long-lasting bonding for various applications. Versatile use: It is suitable for a wide range of applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, bandaging, and temporary item fixation, providing versatility in its usage. Durable and flexible: The tape exhibits excellent tensile strength and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/adhesive-tape-bopp-48mm-66m-brown-transparent-pallet-3024-units/?attribute_pa_color=brown</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-clear-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2399 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550531_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15046</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1.1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550521_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – pallet - 3024 units — Välj din färg: transparent]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent – pallet - 3024 units High-quality adhesive tape specifically designed for various applications. Crafted with a premium pressure-sensitive adhesive coated on a high-quality BOPP film, PP50 offers exceptional performance and reliability. With its compliance with ROHS directives, this tape prioritizes user safety while delivering outstanding results. PP50 boasts impressive material properties that make it an ideal choice for a wide range of applications. It's water-based acrylic resin or solvent acrylic glue type ensures a strong and lasting bond. With an adhesion to steel sheet (peeling) of ≥4.5 N/25mm according to ASTMD1000, PP50 guarantees reliable adhesion. The tape's tensile strength of 35 N/cm demonstrates its durability, and its elongation (hold) of ≥150% ensures flexibility even under stress. The thickness of the BOPP film is 0.025 mm (25μm), combined with the water emulsion thickness of 0.025 mm (25μm), resulting in a total thickness of 0.050 mm (50μm). This construction provides optimal performance for various applications. PP50 comes in a transparent and brown color, allowing you to choose the option that suits your needs. It has a temperature rating ranging from -20°C to 70°C, making it suitable for diverse environments. Its flame resistance, classified as S(ASTMD1000), adds an extra layer of safety. When stored in its original packaging at 21°C (70°F) and 50% relative humidity, PP50 has a shelf life of 12 months from the date of shipment, ensuring long-term usability. This versatile tape finds its application in a variety of ways. Its initial tack and excellent adhesion make it ideal for fixing and packaging. Additionally, PP50 is well-suited for carton sealing, bandaging, temporary item fixation, and for other sealing tasks. To achieve optimum adhesion, ensure that the bonding surface is clean, dry, and evenly uniform. The recommended application temperature range is 21°C to 38°C (70°F to 100°F). Avoid using the tape on surfaces below 10°C (50°F) as the adhesive may harden, compromising adhesion. However, PP50 can provide satisfactory results even in low-temperature conditions if used correctly. Choose PP50 adhesive tape for its reliability, versatility, and superior performance. Experience the exceptional quality that sets PP50 apart from the rest.   Key features of Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m brown/transparent - 3024 units One pallet has 3024 units of Adhesive tape BOPP 50mic48mm/66m brown/transparent High-quality adhesive tape with pressure-sensitive adhesive and BOPP film coating Compliant with ROHS directives for user safety and environmental standards Offers strong adhesion to steel sheets, with a minimum peeling strength of 4.5 N/25mm Durable and flexible with a tensile strength of 35 N/cm and elongation of at least 150% Available in transparent or brown color Temperature resistant from -20°C to 70°C, ensuring suitability for various environments Versatile applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, and temporary item fixation   Technical specs of 50 mic Adhesive tape BOPP 48mm/66m Specification Value Material BOPP Film Glue Type Water Based Acrylic Resin/Solvent Acrylic Adhesion to Steel Sheet (peeling) ≥ 4.5 N/25mm Tensile Strength 35 N/cm Elongation (hold) ≥ 150% Thickness 0.050 mm (50μm) Flame Resistance S (ASTMD1000) Color Transparent, Brown, Customized Temperature Rating -20°C to 70°C Shelf Life 12 months Application Fixing, Packaging, Carton Sealing, Temporary Fixation, etc.   Why buying Adhesive tape BOPP in bulk is a good idea? Cost savings: Buying in bulk often results in lower unit costs compared to buying smaller quantities. This can lead to significant cost savings in the long run. Reduced packaging waste: Purchasing in bulk reduces the amount of packaging materials used per unit, resulting in less waste generated overall. Convenience and efficiency: Buying in bulk means fewer individual transactions and less frequent reordering, saving time and effort in the procurement process. Continuous supply: With a larger quantity on hand, you are less likely to run out of stock, ensuring a continuous supply of the product. Reduced transportation costs: Purchasing larger quantities allows for more efficient transportation, as you can optimize shipping logistics and potentially benefit from lower freight costs. Potential for resale or distribution: Buying in bulk opens up opportunities for resale or distribution, allowing you to capitalize on potential business ventures or partnerships.   7 advantages of 50 micron adhesive tape: Strong and reliable adhesion: The adhesive tape offers a high level of adhesion, ensuring secure and long-lasting bonding for various applications. Versatile use: It is suitable for a wide range of applications including fixing, packaging, carton sealing, bandaging, and temporary item fixation, providing versatility in its usage. Durable and flexible: The tape exhibits excellent tensile strength and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/adhesive-tape-bopp-48mm-66m-brown-transparent-pallet-3024-units/?attribute_pa_color=transparent</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-clear-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-clear-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2399 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550521_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15046</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1.1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550700</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - 25kg - Coated - painted — width: 16x0,5mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg is the ideal choice for securing and strapping heavy and sharp goods. Designed with precision engineering and manufactured using high-quality materials, our steel strap offers unparalleled strength, durability, and reliability for all your packaging needs.   Key Features of our steel strap: Superior Strength: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is constructed from premium-grade steel, ensuring exceptional tensile strength and resistance to breakage. It provides optimal support and stability, securing even the heaviest loads with ease. Precise Dimensions: With a width of 16mm and thickness of 0.5mm, our steel strap offers the perfect balance of flexibility and rigidity. This makes it versatile enough to handle various packaging applications while maintaining its integrity. Secure Packaging Solution: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is designed to provide a secure and tamper-proof packaging solution. Its robust composition ensures that your products remain intact during transportation, reducing the risk of damage or loss. Convenient Length and Weight: Each roll of our Steel Strap weighs 25kg, providing an ample supply for your packaging requirements. The length of the strap allows for efficient usage and reduces the need for frequent replacements. Easy Handling: Our steel strap is engineered for user convenience. It features smooth edges and a consistent surface finish, making it safe to handle and minimizing the risk of cuts or abrasions during application. Compatibility and Versatility: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is suitable for use with a variety of packaging tools and machinery. It can be easily applied using manual, pneumatic, or battery-powered strapping tools, ensuring compatibility with your existing equipment. Corrosion Resistance: This steel strap is meticulously coated with a protective layer to enhance its resistance to corrosion and rust. This ensures that your packaged goods remain unaffected, even in challenging environments or during long-term storage. Cost-Effective Solution: Our Steel Strap offers exceptional value for money, providing a durable and long-lasting packaging solution at an affordable price. Its reliability and longevity minimize the need for frequent replacements, helping you save on costs in the long run.   Advantages of steel strap compared to other straps: Below are 10 advantages why using steel strap compared to plastic PET and PP strap or cord or textile strap. Extreme Load-Bearing Capacity: Steel strap has exceptional load-bearing capacity, making it the preferred choice for packaging heavy and bulky items. It can handle significantly higher weight limits compared to plastic or polyester straps, providing superior strength and stability. High Impact Resistance: Steel strap offers excellent resistance to impact and compression. It can withstand rough handling, stacking, and transportation without compromising its structural integrity, ensuring your packaged goods remain protected throughout the entire shipping process. Enhanced Cut and Abrasion Resistance: Steel strap is highly resistant to cuts, tears, and abrasions. It can withstand sharp edges, rough surfaces, and friction, reducing the risk of strap damage and ensuring the security of your packaged products. Reliable in Extreme Weather Conditions: Steel strap maintains its performance and strength even in extreme weather conditions such as extreme cold or hot temperatures. It does not become brittle in cold environments or lose its strength under scorching heat, providing consistent and reliable packaging security. Ideal for Long-Distance Transportation: Steel strap is particularly suitable for long-distance transportation, especially when goods may be subjected to multiple handling and transfer points. Its robust construction ensures that the strap remains intact and securely holds the load during extended journeys. Excellent Retention under Tension: Steel strap has exceptional tension retention capabilities. Once tensioned, it maintains its tightness over time, reducing the need for frequent re-tensioning or re-strapping. This feature ensures that your packages remain securely bound throughout the entire transportation process. Resistant to UV Radiation: Steel strap is resistant to the damaging effects of UV radiation. It does not degrade or weaken when exposed to sunlight or outdoor elements for prolonged periods, making it suitable for outdoor applications and long-term storage. Suitable for High-Pressure Applications: Steel strap is capable of withstanding high-pressure environments, such as compression from stacked pallets or tightly packed cargo. It retains its strength and shape even under significant pressure, ensuring the stability and security of your packaged goods. Wide Range of Applications: Steel strap is versatile and can be used in various industries and applications. It is commonly utilized in industries such as construction, shipping, lumber, metalworki...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-16mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_width=16x0%2C5mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>59.99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550700</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15034</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>25 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>33527</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - 25kg - Coated - painted — width: 19x0,5mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg is the ideal choice for securing and strapping heavy and sharp goods. Designed with precision engineering and manufactured using high-quality materials, our steel strap offers unparalleled strength, durability, and reliability for all your packaging needs.   Key Features of our steel strap: Superior Strength: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is constructed from premium-grade steel, ensuring exceptional tensile strength and resistance to breakage. It provides optimal support and stability, securing even the heaviest loads with ease. Precise Dimensions: With a width of 16mm and thickness of 0.5mm, our steel strap offers the perfect balance of flexibility and rigidity. This makes it versatile enough to handle various packaging applications while maintaining its integrity. Secure Packaging Solution: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is designed to provide a secure and tamper-proof packaging solution. Its robust composition ensures that your products remain intact during transportation, reducing the risk of damage or loss. Convenient Length and Weight: Each roll of our Steel Strap weighs 25kg, providing an ample supply for your packaging requirements. The length of the strap allows for efficient usage and reduces the need for frequent replacements. Easy Handling: Our steel strap is engineered for user convenience. It features smooth edges and a consistent surface finish, making it safe to handle and minimizing the risk of cuts or abrasions during application. Compatibility and Versatility: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is suitable for use with a variety of packaging tools and machinery. It can be easily applied using manual, pneumatic, or battery-powered strapping tools, ensuring compatibility with your existing equipment. Corrosion Resistance: This steel strap is meticulously coated with a protective layer to enhance its resistance to corrosion and rust. This ensures that your packaged goods remain unaffected, even in challenging environments or during long-term storage. Cost-Effective Solution: Our Steel Strap offers exceptional value for money, providing a durable and long-lasting packaging solution at an affordable price. Its reliability and longevity minimize the need for frequent replacements, helping you save on costs in the long run.   Advantages of steel strap compared to other straps: Below are 10 advantages why using steel strap compared to plastic PET and PP strap or cord or textile strap. Extreme Load-Bearing Capacity: Steel strap has exceptional load-bearing capacity, making it the preferred choice for packaging heavy and bulky items. It can handle significantly higher weight limits compared to plastic or polyester straps, providing superior strength and stability. High Impact Resistance: Steel strap offers excellent resistance to impact and compression. It can withstand rough handling, stacking, and transportation without compromising its structural integrity, ensuring your packaged goods remain protected throughout the entire shipping process. Enhanced Cut and Abrasion Resistance: Steel strap is highly resistant to cuts, tears, and abrasions. It can withstand sharp edges, rough surfaces, and friction, reducing the risk of strap damage and ensuring the security of your packaged products. Reliable in Extreme Weather Conditions: Steel strap maintains its performance and strength even in extreme weather conditions such as extreme cold or hot temperatures. It does not become brittle in cold environments or lose its strength under scorching heat, providing consistent and reliable packaging security. Ideal for Long-Distance Transportation: Steel strap is particularly suitable for long-distance transportation, especially when goods may be subjected to multiple handling and transfer points. Its robust construction ensures that the strap remains intact and securely holds the load during extended journeys. Excellent Retention under Tension: Steel strap has exceptional tension retention capabilities. Once tensioned, it maintains its tightness over time, reducing the need for frequent re-tensioning or re-strapping. This feature ensures that your packages remain securely bound throughout the entire transportation process. Resistant to UV Radiation: Steel strap is resistant to the damaging effects of UV radiation. It does not degrade or weaken when exposed to sunlight or outdoor elements for prolonged periods, making it suitable for outdoor applications and long-term storage. Suitable for High-Pressure Applications: Steel strap is capable of withstanding high-pressure environments, such as compression from stacked pallets or tightly packed cargo. It retains its strength and shape even under significant pressure, ensuring the stability and security of your packaged goods. Wide Range of Applications: Steel strap is versatile and can be used in various industries and applications. It is commonly utilized in industries such as construction, shipping, lumber, metalworki...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-16mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_width=19x0%2C5mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>59.99 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>15034</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550720</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - 25kg - Coated - painted — width: 25x0,8mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg is the ideal choice for securing and strapping heavy and sharp goods. Designed with precision engineering and manufactured using high-quality materials, our steel strap offers unparalleled strength, durability, and reliability for all your packaging needs.   Key Features of our steel strap: Superior Strength: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is constructed from premium-grade steel, ensuring exceptional tensile strength and resistance to breakage. It provides optimal support and stability, securing even the heaviest loads with ease. Precise Dimensions: With a width of 16mm and thickness of 0.5mm, our steel strap offers the perfect balance of flexibility and rigidity. This makes it versatile enough to handle various packaging applications while maintaining its integrity. Secure Packaging Solution: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is designed to provide a secure and tamper-proof packaging solution. Its robust composition ensures that your products remain intact during transportation, reducing the risk of damage or loss. Convenient Length and Weight: Each roll of our Steel Strap weighs 25kg, providing an ample supply for your packaging requirements. The length of the strap allows for efficient usage and reduces the need for frequent replacements. Easy Handling: Our steel strap is engineered for user convenience. It features smooth edges and a consistent surface finish, making it safe to handle and minimizing the risk of cuts or abrasions during application. Compatibility and Versatility: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is suitable for use with a variety of packaging tools and machinery. It can be easily applied using manual, pneumatic, or battery-powered strapping tools, ensuring compatibility with your existing equipment. Corrosion Resistance: This steel strap is meticulously coated with a protective layer to enhance its resistance to corrosion and rust. This ensures that your packaged goods remain unaffected, even in challenging environments or during long-term storage. Cost-Effective Solution: Our Steel Strap offers exceptional value for money, providing a durable and long-lasting packaging solution at an affordable price. Its reliability and longevity minimize the need for frequent replacements, helping you save on costs in the long run.   Advantages of steel strap compared to other straps: Below are 10 advantages why using steel strap compared to plastic PET and PP strap or cord or textile strap. Extreme Load-Bearing Capacity: Steel strap has exceptional load-bearing capacity, making it the preferred choice for packaging heavy and bulky items. It can handle significantly higher weight limits compared to plastic or polyester straps, providing superior strength and stability. High Impact Resistance: Steel strap offers excellent resistance to impact and compression. It can withstand rough handling, stacking, and transportation without compromising its structural integrity, ensuring your packaged goods remain protected throughout the entire shipping process. Enhanced Cut and Abrasion Resistance: Steel strap is highly resistant to cuts, tears, and abrasions. It can withstand sharp edges, rough surfaces, and friction, reducing the risk of strap damage and ensuring the security of your packaged products. Reliable in Extreme Weather Conditions: Steel strap maintains its performance and strength even in extreme weather conditions such as extreme cold or hot temperatures. It does not become brittle in cold environments or lose its strength under scorching heat, providing consistent and reliable packaging security. Ideal for Long-Distance Transportation: Steel strap is particularly suitable for long-distance transportation, especially when goods may be subjected to multiple handling and transfer points. Its robust construction ensures that the strap remains intact and securely holds the load during extended journeys. Excellent Retention under Tension: Steel strap has exceptional tension retention capabilities. Once tensioned, it maintains its tightness over time, reducing the need for frequent re-tensioning or re-strapping. This feature ensures that your packages remain securely bound throughout the entire transportation process. Resistant to UV Radiation: Steel strap is resistant to the damaging effects of UV radiation. It does not degrade or weaken when exposed to sunlight or outdoor elements for prolonged periods, making it suitable for outdoor applications and long-term storage. Suitable for High-Pressure Applications: Steel strap is capable of withstanding high-pressure environments, such as compression from stacked pallets or tightly packed cargo. It retains its strength and shape even under significant pressure, ensuring the stability and security of your packaged goods. Wide Range of Applications: Steel strap is versatile and can be used in various industries and applications. It is commonly utilized in industries such as construction, shipping, lumber, metalworki...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-16mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_width=25x0%2C8mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>60 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550720</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15034</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>25 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550731</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Steel strap 16mm, 19mm, 25mm or 32mm - 25kg - Coated - painted — width: 32x1,0mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm - 25kg is the ideal choice for securing and strapping heavy and sharp goods. Designed with precision engineering and manufactured using high-quality materials, our steel strap offers unparalleled strength, durability, and reliability for all your packaging needs.   Key Features of our steel strap: Superior Strength: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is constructed from premium-grade steel, ensuring exceptional tensile strength and resistance to breakage. It provides optimal support and stability, securing even the heaviest loads with ease. Precise Dimensions: With a width of 16mm and thickness of 0.5mm, our steel strap offers the perfect balance of flexibility and rigidity. This makes it versatile enough to handle various packaging applications while maintaining its integrity. Secure Packaging Solution: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is designed to provide a secure and tamper-proof packaging solution. Its robust composition ensures that your products remain intact during transportation, reducing the risk of damage or loss. Convenient Length and Weight: Each roll of our Steel Strap weighs 25kg, providing an ample supply for your packaging requirements. The length of the strap allows for efficient usage and reduces the need for frequent replacements. Easy Handling: Our steel strap is engineered for user convenience. It features smooth edges and a consistent surface finish, making it safe to handle and minimizing the risk of cuts or abrasions during application. Compatibility and Versatility: The Steel Strap 16 x 0.5mm is suitable for use with a variety of packaging tools and machinery. It can be easily applied using manual, pneumatic, or battery-powered strapping tools, ensuring compatibility with your existing equipment. Corrosion Resistance: This steel strap is meticulously coated with a protective layer to enhance its resistance to corrosion and rust. This ensures that your packaged goods remain unaffected, even in challenging environments or during long-term storage. Cost-Effective Solution: Our Steel Strap offers exceptional value for money, providing a durable and long-lasting packaging solution at an affordable price. Its reliability and longevity minimize the need for frequent replacements, helping you save on costs in the long run.   Advantages of steel strap compared to other straps: Below are 10 advantages why using steel strap compared to plastic PET and PP strap or cord or textile strap. Extreme Load-Bearing Capacity: Steel strap has exceptional load-bearing capacity, making it the preferred choice for packaging heavy and bulky items. It can handle significantly higher weight limits compared to plastic or polyester straps, providing superior strength and stability. High Impact Resistance: Steel strap offers excellent resistance to impact and compression. It can withstand rough handling, stacking, and transportation without compromising its structural integrity, ensuring your packaged goods remain protected throughout the entire shipping process. Enhanced Cut and Abrasion Resistance: Steel strap is highly resistant to cuts, tears, and abrasions. It can withstand sharp edges, rough surfaces, and friction, reducing the risk of strap damage and ensuring the security of your packaged products. Reliable in Extreme Weather Conditions: Steel strap maintains its performance and strength even in extreme weather conditions such as extreme cold or hot temperatures. It does not become brittle in cold environments or lose its strength under scorching heat, providing consistent and reliable packaging security. Ideal for Long-Distance Transportation: Steel strap is particularly suitable for long-distance transportation, especially when goods may be subjected to multiple handling and transfer points. Its robust construction ensures that the strap remains intact and securely holds the load during extended journeys. Excellent Retention under Tension: Steel strap has exceptional tension retention capabilities. Once tensioned, it maintains its tightness over time, reducing the need for frequent re-tensioning or re-strapping. This feature ensures that your packages remain securely bound throughout the entire transportation process. Resistant to UV Radiation: Steel strap is resistant to the damaging effects of UV radiation. It does not degrade or weaken when exposed to sunlight or outdoor elements for prolonged periods, making it suitable for outdoor applications and long-term storage. Suitable for High-Pressure Applications: Steel strap is capable of withstanding high-pressure environments, such as compression from stacked pallets or tightly packed cargo. It retains its strength and shape even under significant pressure, ensuring the stability and security of your packaged goods. Wide Range of Applications: Steel strap is versatile and can be used in various industries and applications. It is commonly utilized in industries such as construction, shipping, lumber, metalworki...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/steel-strap-16mm-19mm-25mm-32mm/?attribute_width=32x1%2C0mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>60 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550731</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>15034</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>25 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>220100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[COBRA Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine PET/PP strap 12-19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[COBRA Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine PET/PP strap 12-19mm Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine COBRA, is an innovative solution designed to enhance efficiency and user comfort. Featuring an electrically driven chain lance controlled by a motor, this cutting-edge machine eliminates the need for manual bending and heavy lifting, making pallet strapping a breeze for a single operator.   Why use Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine for PET/PP strap 12-19mm COBRA If you are strapping 60 pallets per day with 4 straps for each pallet means that the operator needs to: 120.000 x band down 60.000 x put strap under and around pallet 60.000 x lifting the strap from the ground 60.000 x carrying the strapping tool How does Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine COBRA works: The COBRA's operation is elegant and simple. Just put the strapping machine in front of the pallet, and the ChainLance technology effortlessly pulls the strap through, positioning it underneath the pallet and up again on the rear side over the top of a pallet back to the operator. The strap is then tensioned, securely welded, and sealed by the head, ensuring a tight and reliable hold. Say goodbye to the physical strain of manual strapping. With the COBRA, your operators will experience an ergonomic working experience. The chain lance does the heavy lifting, while the strap conveniently comes right into the hands of the operator. The chain lance then retracts, and the strap lifter hands the other end of the strap to the operator at a comfortable working height. This seamless process saves time and reduces operator fatigue.   Characteristics of the Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine COBRA: Strap Types: Polypropylene (PP) / Polyester (PET) Strap Thickness: 0.6mm - 1.3mm Strap Width: 12mm - 19mm Max measurement of a Pallet: width 200 cm, height 300 cm Display - touch screen Battery Lifespan: Up to 2000 charges No. of Strapping: 400 to 600 per charge, depending on pallet size, tension, friction weld sealing time, and battery type Charging Time: Approximately 3.5 hours Pallet Hole Height: Over 75mm Sealing Head: battery strapping tool of your choice Charger: Three-stage full intelligent charger Battery: 33V Lithium battery Dimensions: 950mm x 750mm x 1250mm Net Weight: 105kg - 110kg Chain Lance Length: 9300mm Drive: Electric motor with the spur gear, electronically controlled Noise Emission Level: 79 dB (A) Max. Chain Thrust: 320 N   Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine COBRA video   Benefits of Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine Ergonomic: The chain lance pulls the strap through under the pallet and up again on the rear side and over the pallet Easy: The strap comes right into the hands of the operator. Then the chain lance retracts. The strap lifter hands the other end of the strap to the operator at working height. Efficient: The strap is tensioned and welded in seconds by the sealing head   Advantages when using the COBRA Ergonomic Pallet Strapping Machine: Elegant Operation: The COBRA is equipped with a user-friendly touchscreen interface, making it effortless to navigate and control. Ergonomic Design: The machine features ergonomically shaped handles that are easy to operate, ensuring operator comfort and reducing the risk of injuries. Classy Design: Designed with working safety in mind, the COBRA boasts a sleek and stylish appearance, enhancing the overall aesthetic of your packaging area. Automatic Strapping: The machine automatically feeds and straps the pallet, streamlining your packaging process and reducing the need for manual intervention. Enhanced Efficiency: With the COBRA, you can achieve over three times higher efficiency compared to traditional manual strapping methods. Increase productivity and meet demanding production targets effortlessly. Customizable Pallet Width: The COBRA allows you to adjust the pallet width with ease using the intuitive touchscreen interface, accommodating various pallet sizes. Applicability: Suitable for pallets with a width below 2 meters and a height below 3 meters, the COBRA is versatile and adaptable to different packaging needs. Strapping Capacity: The machine can handle a high volume of strapping, ranging from 400 to 600 per charge, depending on pallet size, tension, friction weld sealing time, and battery type.   Specifications of the COBRA Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine: Specification Automatic Pallet Strapping Machine COBRA Dimensions 950mm x 750mm x 1250mm Net Weight 105kg - 110kg Chain Lance Length 9300mm Drive Electric motor with spur gear, electronically controlled Noise Emission Level 79 dB (A) Max. Chain Thrust 320 N Strap Types Polypropylene / Polyester Strap Thickness 0.6mm - 1.3mm Strap Width 2mm - 19mm Applicable Pallet Width below 2M, Height below 3M Pallet Hole Height Over 75mm Sealing Head Optional Charger Three-stage full intelligent charger Battery 33V Lithium battery No. of Strapping 400 to 600 per charge, depending on pallet size, tension, friction weld sealing time, and battery type Ba...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-pet-pp-strap-12-19mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-pet-pp-strap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-pet-pp-strap-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-pet-pp-strap-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-pet-pp-strap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-ergonomic.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-working-process.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-pet-pp-strap-product-structure.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-get-offer.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-fast-delivery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-display.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cobra-automatic-pallet-strapping-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>16000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>13790 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>220100</g:mpn><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,887,2556,366</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions &gt; Pallet strapping</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Dispenser Cart for Steel strap HS5]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Steel Strap Dispenser Cart HS5 Efficiently and securely handle your steel strapping needs with our HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart. Designed to streamline your packaging and shipping processes, this sturdy and reliable cart offers convenience and practicality. With its dimensions measuring 1020mm in length, 680mm in width, and 310mm in height, the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart provides ample space to accommodate your steel strapping materials. It offers a weight of 15kg, ensuring easy maneuverability and transportation within your workspace. Featuring a robust construction, this dispenser cart can effortlessly bear a loaded weight of up to 50kg. It is specifically designed for ribbon-style steel strapping, making it an ideal choice for a variety of applications. Whether you're bundling heavy-duty products, securing packages for shipping, or reinforcing crates and pallets, the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart offers the strength and reliability you need. The cart's user-friendly design allows for easy loading and dispensing of steel strapping, enabling smooth and efficient operation. Its ergonomic handle ensures comfortable handling, reducing fatigue during extended use. The cart's wheels enable smooth movement across different surfaces, ensuring optimal mobility and flexibility. Built to withstand the demands of industrial environments, the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart is a durable and long-lasting solution for your strapping needs. Its high-quality construction guarantees exceptional performance, making it a valuable addition to any warehouse, manufacturing facility, or shipping center. Streamline your steel strapping process and enhance productivity with the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart. Experience efficient handling, reliable performance, and exceptional durability—all in one compact and versatile solution. Invest in the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart today and elevate your packaging and shipping operations to new heights.   Benefits of Trolley for Steel strap Efficient Handling: The dispenser cart allows for quick and easy access to steel strapping, enabling efficient handling and reducing time spent on manual processes. Improved Safety: With a dispenser cart, steel strapping can be stored and dispensed in a controlled manner, reducing the risk of accidents and injuries caused by loose or tangled strapping. Enhanced Mobility: The cart's wheels provide excellent mobility, allowing you to transport steel strapping materials effortlessly between different workstations or areas within your facility. Organized Storage: The dispenser cart offers a designated space for storing steel strapping, keeping it neat, organized, and readily accessible when needed. This eliminates the hassle of searching for strapping materials and improves overall workspace efficiency. Increased Productivity: By having a dedicated cart for steel strapping, workers can easily access the materials they need, reducing downtime and increasing productivity. This streamlines packaging and shipping processes, enabling faster turnaround times and meeting customer demands more efficiently.   Technical specification sheet for the HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart: Steel strap dispenser cart HS5 Tool Size 1020mm x 680mm x 310mm Weight 15 kg Loaded Weight 50 kg Suitable Strapping Ribbon Steel Strapping Material Steel Construction Sturdy and durable Handle Ergonomic design Wheels Mobility-enhancing Application Industrial packaging Compatibility Steel strapping materials Safety Features Controlled dispensing Usage Bundling, securing, reinforcing Benefits Efficient handling, improved safety, enhanced mobility, organized storage, increased productivity   Usage of Steel Strap Dispenser Cart HS5 The HS5 Steel Strap Dispenser Cart can be used in various industries and applications where steel strapping is required. Here are some examples of where the product can be used: Manufacturing and Warehousing: The dispenser cart is ideal for industrial manufacturing and warehousing facilities that require efficient bundling, securing, and reinforcing of products and materials. It can be used for packaging operations, palletizing, and ensuring the integrity of shipments. Shipping and Logistics: The cart is well-suited for shipping and logistics centers where packages and shipments need to be securely strapped for transportation. It simplifies the process of accessing and dispensing steel strapping, improving efficiency and reducing handling time. Construction and Building: In construction sites and building projects, the dispenser cart is valuable for bundling construction materials, reinforcing structures, and securing heavy components. It aids in streamlining operations and maintaining safety during the construction process. Manufacturing Equipment and Machinery: The cart can be utilized in manufacturing facilities to secure and reinforce large equipment or machinery during production or transportation. It helps prevent damage, ensuring that the equipment rea...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/dispenser-cart-for-steel-strap-hs5-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>159 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>16 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>860,2481,887,2543,655</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>860</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Banding carts - strapping carts</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Banding carts - strapping carts</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>34850</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålband 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 1000 kg – belagt – målat – 40 st – pall]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålband 16mm, 19mm, 25mm eller 32mm - 1000kg - 40 enheter - pall Stålband finns tillgängligt för bulkinköp i praktiska pallkvantiteter. Varje pall innehåller 40 enheter av våra robusta stålband, med en total lastkapacitet på 1000kg. Våra stålband är den ultimata lösningen för säker bandning och fastsättning av tunga laster. De erbjuder exceptionell styrka och tillförlitlighet och säkerställer att dina försändelser skyddas under hela transportprocessen.   Specifikationer för stålband Högkvalitativt stålband Tillgängliga bredder: 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 1 pall innehåller 40 enheter, totalt 1000 kg Draghållfasthet: 800Mpa eller 826kg Förlängning: 3% Innerdiameter: 406mm Typ av lindning: på rulle/band Färg: svart   Viktiga egenskaper hos stålband: Oöverträffad styrka och hållbarhet: Tillverkade av högkvalitativt stål erbjuder våra band överlägsen styrka och lång livslängd. De är konstruerade för att tåla hög spänning och slag och ger maximalt skydd för värdefullt gods. Säker och pålitlig fixering: Den exceptionella draghållfastheten garanterar en stabil och säker fastsättning av produkter även under krävande förhållanden, vilket minimerar risken för förskjutning eller skador. Mångsidig användning: Stålband är lämpliga för ett brett spektrum av applikationer, inklusive säkring av tunga maskiner, metallprodukter, trälådor, byggmaterial och mer. Motståndskraft mot miljöpåverkan: Stålband är mycket motståndskraftiga mot extrema väderförhållanden, temperaturvariationer och UV-exponering, vilket säkerställer trygg fastsättning under transport och lagring. Kostnadseffektiv lösning: Även om stålband initialt kan kräva en högre investering, gör deras styrka och återanvändbarhet dem till ett kostnadseffektivt val på lång sikt. Att välja stålband framför andra bandmaterial ger en pålitlig och robust lösning för bandning och lastsäkring. Med sin exceptionella styrka, hållbarhet och mångsidighet är våra stålband (16x0.5mm) det perfekta valet för säker transport av värdefullt gods.   Stålband - 5 fördelar med att köpa större kvantiteter Vid köp av stålband i större kvantiteter finns flera fördelar som gör detta till ett fördelaktigt val. Här är fem anledningar till varför bulkinköp av stålband lönar sig: Kostnadsbesparingar: Bulkinköp ger vanligtvis lägre styckpris och reducerade fraktkostnader per enhet. Bekvämlighet och effektivitet: En stabil lagerhållning eliminerar behovet av frekventa beställningar och effektiviserar inköpsprocessen. Förbättrad logistik och lagerhantering: Samlade leveranser minskar transportkostnader och optimerar lagringsutrymmet. Jämn produktkvalitet: Inköp från en pålitlig leverantör säkerställer konsekvent kvalitet och driftsäkerhet. Flexibilitet och beredskap: Med bulkförråd är du förberedd på plötsliga efterfrågeökningar eller större projekt. Genom kostnadsbesparingar, högre effektivitet, förbättrad logistik, jämn kvalitet och ökad flexibilitet ger bulkinköp av stålband betydande fördelar för företag som behöver tillförlitliga och hållbara bandningslösningar.   Var används stålband? Stålband används i stor utsträckning inom många branscher tack vare sin exceptionella styrka och hållbarhet. Vanliga användningsområden inkluderar: Tunga maskiner: Säkring av motorer, generatorer och industriell utrustning under transport eller lagring. Metallprodukter: Bandning och säkring av stålspolar, rör, stänger och plåtar. Trälådor och pallar: Stabilisering av träemballage och skydd av innehållet. Byggmaterial: Säkring av tegel, betongblock, trä och metallkonstruktioner. Transport och logistik: Pålitlig lastsäkring på lastbilar, släp och containrar. Lager och förvaring: Bandning och säkring av stora och tunga objekt. Export och import: Föredragen lösning för internationella transporter enligt gällande standarder. Sammanfattningsvis används stålband där maximal styrka, hållbarhet och säker lastsäkring krävs.   Jämförelse av stålband Jämförelsetabell som visar fördelarna med stålband jämfört med plastband, kordband och textilband: Fördelar med stålband Plastband (PET/PP) Kordband Textilband Överlägsen styrka och hållbarhet för tunga applikationer. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Hög motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Utmärkt prestanda under extrema förhållanden (väder, UV). Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Återanvändbart och kostnadseffektivt på lång sikt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Säker och pålitlig fixering av tunga laster. Lämpligt för medeltunga applikationer. Lämpligt för lätta till medeltunga applikationer. Lämpligt för lätta till medeltunga applikationer.   Köp stålband eller begär offert Online bulkinköp erbjuder en smidig och effektiv beställningsproce...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stalband-16-mm-19-mm-25-mm-eller-32-mm-1000-kg-belagt-malat-40-st-pall/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>34849</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>34851</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålband 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 1000 kg – belagt – målat – 40 st – pall]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålband 16mm, 19mm, 25mm eller 32mm - 1000kg - 40 enheter - pall Stålband finns tillgängligt för bulkinköp i praktiska pallkvantiteter. Varje pall innehåller 40 enheter av våra robusta stålband, med en total lastkapacitet på 1000kg. Våra stålband är den ultimata lösningen för säker bandning och fastsättning av tunga laster. De erbjuder exceptionell styrka och tillförlitlighet och säkerställer att dina försändelser skyddas under hela transportprocessen.   Specifikationer för stålband Högkvalitativt stålband Tillgängliga bredder: 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 1 pall innehåller 40 enheter, totalt 1000 kg Draghållfasthet: 800Mpa eller 826kg Förlängning: 3% Innerdiameter: 406mm Typ av lindning: på rulle/band Färg: svart   Viktiga egenskaper hos stålband: Oöverträffad styrka och hållbarhet: Tillverkade av högkvalitativt stål erbjuder våra band överlägsen styrka och lång livslängd. De är konstruerade för att tåla hög spänning och slag och ger maximalt skydd för värdefullt gods. Säker och pålitlig fixering: Den exceptionella draghållfastheten garanterar en stabil och säker fastsättning av produkter även under krävande förhållanden, vilket minimerar risken för förskjutning eller skador. Mångsidig användning: Stålband är lämpliga för ett brett spektrum av applikationer, inklusive säkring av tunga maskiner, metallprodukter, trälådor, byggmaterial och mer. Motståndskraft mot miljöpåverkan: Stålband är mycket motståndskraftiga mot extrema väderförhållanden, temperaturvariationer och UV-exponering, vilket säkerställer trygg fastsättning under transport och lagring. Kostnadseffektiv lösning: Även om stålband initialt kan kräva en högre investering, gör deras styrka och återanvändbarhet dem till ett kostnadseffektivt val på lång sikt. Att välja stålband framför andra bandmaterial ger en pålitlig och robust lösning för bandning och lastsäkring. Med sin exceptionella styrka, hållbarhet och mångsidighet är våra stålband (16x0.5mm) det perfekta valet för säker transport av värdefullt gods.   Stålband - 5 fördelar med att köpa större kvantiteter Vid köp av stålband i större kvantiteter finns flera fördelar som gör detta till ett fördelaktigt val. Här är fem anledningar till varför bulkinköp av stålband lönar sig: Kostnadsbesparingar: Bulkinköp ger vanligtvis lägre styckpris och reducerade fraktkostnader per enhet. Bekvämlighet och effektivitet: En stabil lagerhållning eliminerar behovet av frekventa beställningar och effektiviserar inköpsprocessen. Förbättrad logistik och lagerhantering: Samlade leveranser minskar transportkostnader och optimerar lagringsutrymmet. Jämn produktkvalitet: Inköp från en pålitlig leverantör säkerställer konsekvent kvalitet och driftsäkerhet. Flexibilitet och beredskap: Med bulkförråd är du förberedd på plötsliga efterfrågeökningar eller större projekt. Genom kostnadsbesparingar, högre effektivitet, förbättrad logistik, jämn kvalitet och ökad flexibilitet ger bulkinköp av stålband betydande fördelar för företag som behöver tillförlitliga och hållbara bandningslösningar.   Var används stålband? Stålband används i stor utsträckning inom många branscher tack vare sin exceptionella styrka och hållbarhet. Vanliga användningsområden inkluderar: Tunga maskiner: Säkring av motorer, generatorer och industriell utrustning under transport eller lagring. Metallprodukter: Bandning och säkring av stålspolar, rör, stänger och plåtar. Trälådor och pallar: Stabilisering av träemballage och skydd av innehållet. Byggmaterial: Säkring av tegel, betongblock, trä och metallkonstruktioner. Transport och logistik: Pålitlig lastsäkring på lastbilar, släp och containrar. Lager och förvaring: Bandning och säkring av stora och tunga objekt. Export och import: Föredragen lösning för internationella transporter enligt gällande standarder. Sammanfattningsvis används stålband där maximal styrka, hållbarhet och säker lastsäkring krävs.   Jämförelse av stålband Jämförelsetabell som visar fördelarna med stålband jämfört med plastband, kordband och textilband: Fördelar med stålband Plastband (PET/PP) Kordband Textilband Överlägsen styrka och hållbarhet för tunga applikationer. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Hög motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Utmärkt prestanda under extrema förhållanden (väder, UV). Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Återanvändbart och kostnadseffektivt på lång sikt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Säker och pålitlig fixering av tunga laster. Lämpligt för medeltunga applikationer. Lämpligt för lätta till medeltunga applikationer. Lämpligt för lätta till medeltunga applikationer.   Köp stålband eller begär offert Online bulkinköp erbjuder en smidig och effektiv beställningsproce...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stalband-16-mm-19-mm-25-mm-eller-32-mm-1000-kg-belagt-malat-40-st-pall/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>34849</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>34852</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålband 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 1000 kg – belagt – målat – 40 st – pall]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålband 16mm, 19mm, 25mm eller 32mm - 1000kg - 40 enheter - pall Stålband finns tillgängligt för bulkinköp i praktiska pallkvantiteter. Varje pall innehåller 40 enheter av våra robusta stålband, med en total lastkapacitet på 1000kg. Våra stålband är den ultimata lösningen för säker bandning och fastsättning av tunga laster. De erbjuder exceptionell styrka och tillförlitlighet och säkerställer att dina försändelser skyddas under hela transportprocessen.   Specifikationer för stålband Högkvalitativt stålband Tillgängliga bredder: 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 1 pall innehåller 40 enheter, totalt 1000 kg Draghållfasthet: 800Mpa eller 826kg Förlängning: 3% Innerdiameter: 406mm Typ av lindning: på rulle/band Färg: svart   Viktiga egenskaper hos stålband: Oöverträffad styrka och hållbarhet: Tillverkade av högkvalitativt stål erbjuder våra band överlägsen styrka och lång livslängd. De är konstruerade för att tåla hög spänning och slag och ger maximalt skydd för värdefullt gods. Säker och pålitlig fixering: Den exceptionella draghållfastheten garanterar en stabil och säker fastsättning av produkter även under krävande förhållanden, vilket minimerar risken för förskjutning eller skador. Mångsidig användning: Stålband är lämpliga för ett brett spektrum av applikationer, inklusive säkring av tunga maskiner, metallprodukter, trälådor, byggmaterial och mer. Motståndskraft mot miljöpåverkan: Stålband är mycket motståndskraftiga mot extrema väderförhållanden, temperaturvariationer och UV-exponering, vilket säkerställer trygg fastsättning under transport och lagring. Kostnadseffektiv lösning: Även om stålband initialt kan kräva en högre investering, gör deras styrka och återanvändbarhet dem till ett kostnadseffektivt val på lång sikt. Att välja stålband framför andra bandmaterial ger en pålitlig och robust lösning för bandning och lastsäkring. Med sin exceptionella styrka, hållbarhet och mångsidighet är våra stålband (16x0.5mm) det perfekta valet för säker transport av värdefullt gods.   Stålband - 5 fördelar med att köpa större kvantiteter Vid köp av stålband i större kvantiteter finns flera fördelar som gör detta till ett fördelaktigt val. Här är fem anledningar till varför bulkinköp av stålband lönar sig: Kostnadsbesparingar: Bulkinköp ger vanligtvis lägre styckpris och reducerade fraktkostnader per enhet. Bekvämlighet och effektivitet: En stabil lagerhållning eliminerar behovet av frekventa beställningar och effektiviserar inköpsprocessen. Förbättrad logistik och lagerhantering: Samlade leveranser minskar transportkostnader och optimerar lagringsutrymmet. Jämn produktkvalitet: Inköp från en pålitlig leverantör säkerställer konsekvent kvalitet och driftsäkerhet. Flexibilitet och beredskap: Med bulkförråd är du förberedd på plötsliga efterfrågeökningar eller större projekt. Genom kostnadsbesparingar, högre effektivitet, förbättrad logistik, jämn kvalitet och ökad flexibilitet ger bulkinköp av stålband betydande fördelar för företag som behöver tillförlitliga och hållbara bandningslösningar.   Var används stålband? Stålband används i stor utsträckning inom många branscher tack vare sin exceptionella styrka och hållbarhet. Vanliga användningsområden inkluderar: Tunga maskiner: Säkring av motorer, generatorer och industriell utrustning under transport eller lagring. Metallprodukter: Bandning och säkring av stålspolar, rör, stänger och plåtar. Trälådor och pallar: Stabilisering av träemballage och skydd av innehållet. Byggmaterial: Säkring av tegel, betongblock, trä och metallkonstruktioner. Transport och logistik: Pålitlig lastsäkring på lastbilar, släp och containrar. Lager och förvaring: Bandning och säkring av stora och tunga objekt. Export och import: Föredragen lösning för internationella transporter enligt gällande standarder. Sammanfattningsvis används stålband där maximal styrka, hållbarhet och säker lastsäkring krävs.   Jämförelse av stålband Jämförelsetabell som visar fördelarna med stålband jämfört med plastband, kordband och textilband: Fördelar med stålband Plastband (PET/PP) Kordband Textilband Överlägsen styrka och hållbarhet för tunga applikationer. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Hög motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Utmärkt prestanda under extrema förhållanden (väder, UV). Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Återanvändbart och kostnadseffektivt på lång sikt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Säker och pålitlig fixering av tunga laster. Lämpligt för medeltunga applikationer. Lämpligt för lätta till medeltunga applikationer. Lämpligt för lätta till medeltunga applikationer.   Köp stålband eller begär offert Online bulkinköp erbjuder en smidig och effektiv beställningsproce...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stalband-16-mm-19-mm-25-mm-eller-32-mm-1000-kg-belagt-malat-40-st-pall/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>34849</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>34853</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stålband 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm eller 32 mm – 1000 kg – belagt – målat – 40 st – pall]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stålband 16mm, 19mm, 25mm eller 32mm - 1000kg - 40 enheter - pall Stålband finns tillgängligt för bulkinköp i praktiska pallkvantiteter. Varje pall innehåller 40 enheter av våra robusta stålband, med en total lastkapacitet på 1000kg. Våra stålband är den ultimata lösningen för säker bandning och fastsättning av tunga laster. De erbjuder exceptionell styrka och tillförlitlighet och säkerställer att dina försändelser skyddas under hela transportprocessen.   Specifikationer för stålband Högkvalitativt stålband Tillgängliga bredder: 16 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm, 32 mm 1 pall innehåller 40 enheter, totalt 1000 kg Draghållfasthet: 800Mpa eller 826kg Förlängning: 3% Innerdiameter: 406mm Typ av lindning: på rulle/band Färg: svart   Viktiga egenskaper hos stålband: Oöverträffad styrka och hållbarhet: Tillverkade av högkvalitativt stål erbjuder våra band överlägsen styrka och lång livslängd. De är konstruerade för att tåla hög spänning och slag och ger maximalt skydd för värdefullt gods. Säker och pålitlig fixering: Den exceptionella draghållfastheten garanterar en stabil och säker fastsättning av produkter även under krävande förhållanden, vilket minimerar risken för förskjutning eller skador. Mångsidig användning: Stålband är lämpliga för ett brett spektrum av applikationer, inklusive säkring av tunga maskiner, metallprodukter, trälådor, byggmaterial och mer. Motståndskraft mot miljöpåverkan: Stålband är mycket motståndskraftiga mot extrema väderförhållanden, temperaturvariationer och UV-exponering, vilket säkerställer trygg fastsättning under transport och lagring. Kostnadseffektiv lösning: Även om stålband initialt kan kräva en högre investering, gör deras styrka och återanvändbarhet dem till ett kostnadseffektivt val på lång sikt. Att välja stålband framför andra bandmaterial ger en pålitlig och robust lösning för bandning och lastsäkring. Med sin exceptionella styrka, hållbarhet och mångsidighet är våra stålband (16x0.5mm) det perfekta valet för säker transport av värdefullt gods.   Stålband - 5 fördelar med att köpa större kvantiteter Vid köp av stålband i större kvantiteter finns flera fördelar som gör detta till ett fördelaktigt val. Här är fem anledningar till varför bulkinköp av stålband lönar sig: Kostnadsbesparingar: Bulkinköp ger vanligtvis lägre styckpris och reducerade fraktkostnader per enhet. Bekvämlighet och effektivitet: En stabil lagerhållning eliminerar behovet av frekventa beställningar och effektiviserar inköpsprocessen. Förbättrad logistik och lagerhantering: Samlade leveranser minskar transportkostnader och optimerar lagringsutrymmet. Jämn produktkvalitet: Inköp från en pålitlig leverantör säkerställer konsekvent kvalitet och driftsäkerhet. Flexibilitet och beredskap: Med bulkförråd är du förberedd på plötsliga efterfrågeökningar eller större projekt. Genom kostnadsbesparingar, högre effektivitet, förbättrad logistik, jämn kvalitet och ökad flexibilitet ger bulkinköp av stålband betydande fördelar för företag som behöver tillförlitliga och hållbara bandningslösningar.   Var används stålband? Stålband används i stor utsträckning inom många branscher tack vare sin exceptionella styrka och hållbarhet. Vanliga användningsområden inkluderar: Tunga maskiner: Säkring av motorer, generatorer och industriell utrustning under transport eller lagring. Metallprodukter: Bandning och säkring av stålspolar, rör, stänger och plåtar. Trälådor och pallar: Stabilisering av träemballage och skydd av innehållet. Byggmaterial: Säkring av tegel, betongblock, trä och metallkonstruktioner. Transport och logistik: Pålitlig lastsäkring på lastbilar, släp och containrar. Lager och förvaring: Bandning och säkring av stora och tunga objekt. Export och import: Föredragen lösning för internationella transporter enligt gällande standarder. Sammanfattningsvis används stålband där maximal styrka, hållbarhet och säker lastsäkring krävs.   Jämförelse av stålband Jämförelsetabell som visar fördelarna med stålband jämfört med plastband, kordband och textilband: Fördelar med stålband Plastband (PET/PP) Kordband Textilband Överlägsen styrka och hållbarhet för tunga applikationer. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Lägre styrka och hållbarhet. Hög motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Lägre motståndskraft mot drag- och slagkrafter. Utmärkt prestanda under extrema förhållanden (väder, UV). Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Väderbeständigt men mindre UV-beständigt. Återanvändbart och kostnadseffektivt på lång sikt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Mindre kostnadseffektivt. Säker och pålitlig fixering av tunga laster. Lämpligt för medeltunga applikationer. Lämpligt för lätta till medeltunga applikationer. Lämpligt för lätta till medeltunga applikationer.   Köp stålband eller begär offert Online bulkinköp erbjuder en smidig och effektiv beställningsproce...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stalband-16-mm-19-mm-25-mm-eller-32-mm-1000-kg-belagt-malat-40-st-pall/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/steel-strap-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>34849</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550390_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 13mm - 1100m/485kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=13mm+-+1100m%2F485kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550390_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550400_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 16mm - 850m/680kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=16mm+-+850m%2F680kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550400_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550410_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 19mm - 500m/800kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=19mm+-+500m%2F800kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550410_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550420_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 25mm - 500m/1280kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=25mm+-+500m%2F1280kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550420_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550430_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet — width: 32mm - 250m/2360kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cord strap 13 - 32 mm - 54 units - pallet Our high-quality cord strap is available in five different sizes to meet all your shipping and cargo needs. Each roll of the composite strap is carefully designed to ensure maximum safety and security for your cargo during transit, making it a reliable choice for both small and large businesses alike. Our cord strap comes in a range of widths, from 13mm to 32mm, and offers varying levels of strength, ranging from 485kg to 2360kg. With such a wide range of options available, you can rest assured that you'll be able to find the perfect fit for your specific needs. Each roll of cord strap is also carefully measured to ensure that you get the most for your money, with lengths ranging from 250m to 1100m per roll. Additionally, each roll is packaged with care, with two rolls per carton, making it easy to transport and store. Each pallet of Cord Strap contains 54 units, making it an ideal option for businesses looking to buy in bulk.   Types of cord straps: CORDSTRAP 13mm Width: 13mm Strength: 485kg Length: 1100m/roll Weight: 9.65kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 16mm Width: 16mm Strength: 680kg Length: 850m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 19mm Width: 19mm Strength: 800kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 8kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 25mm Width: 25mm Strength: 1280kg Length: 500m/roll Weight: 10.1kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton CORDSTRAP 32mm Width: 32mm Strength: 2360kg Length: 250m/roll Weight: 9.3kg/roll Package: 2roll/carton   Seven reasons why buying in bulk is a great option for your company: Cost-effective: Buying in bulk is a cost-effective option for your company because it results in lower per-unit costs. As you buy larger quantities, you take advantage of economies of scale and have lower unit costs. Time-saving: Buying in bulk saves your time by reducing the number of processes you need to make the purchase. It also minimizes the time spend managing inventory. Convenience: When you buy in bulk, you have a sufficient supply of the product on hand, reducing the frequency of reordering and ensuring you never run out of stock. Reduces packaging waste: Buying in bulk can also reduce the amount of packaging waste that is generated since there are fewer individual packages needed. Better for the environment: Bulk buying can also have environmental benefits. Fewer packages are required, reducing the amount of energy needed to produce and transport them. Improved customer service: With bulk purchases, you can rely on consistent and timely supply since pallet is shipped to you directly. It also simplifies the shipping process and saves you from logistical headaches. Cheap shipping cost of cord strap per unit: When buying cord straps in bulk, shipping costs per unit of cord strap are significantly lower than when buying only a few units. Five reasons why your company should use cord straps: Enhanced safety and security: The cord strap is specifically designed to secure cargo and prevent it from moving or shifting during transit. It is made from durable, high-strength materials, making it a reliable option for securing heavy or bulky loads. Versatility: The cord strap is suitable for securing a wide range of cargo types, from boxes and pallets to machinery and equipment. It is also available in various widths and strengths, allowing customers to choose the right type of strap for their specific needs. Ease of use: The cord strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly by a single person, reducing the time and effort needed to secure cargo. It is also designed to be re-tensioned, allowing for adjustments to be made during transit if necessary. Cost-effective: Cord strapping is an affordable option for securing cargo compared to other methods, such as steel strapping or wire rope. It is also a reusable option, which can result in further cost savings over time. Compliance: The cord strap is widely recognized and approved for use in the transportation industry. It meets or exceeds regulatory standards, ensuring that customers can use it with confidence and peace of mind. Using a cord strap also helps to ensure compliance with safety regulations, reducing the risk of cargo damage or injury. Comparison of cord straps with steel straps and plastic straps, and the situations where cord straps are more suitable to use: Strength: Steel strap is the strongest of the three materials and is suitable for securing heavy and bulky loads that require maximum strength. Cord strap, on the other hand, has a lower strength compared to steel strap but still offers sufficient strength for most cargo types. The plastic strap is the weakest of the three materials and is only suitable for light loads. Flexibility: Cord straps are more flexible compared to steel straps, making them ideal for securing loads that may shift during transit or require some degree of movement. Steel straps are not as flexible, making them more suitable for loads that are rigid and don...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/cord-strap-13-32-mm-54-units-pallet/?attribute_width=32mm+-+250m%2F2360kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cord-strap-price-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/cordstrap-buy-rotated.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2199 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550430_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14695</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550100_1</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 12 x 0,6mm/406mm - 2500m/350kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=12+x+0%2C6mm%2F406mm+-+2500m%2F350kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550100_1</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550110_1</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 15.5 x 0.7mm/406mm - 1750m/440kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=15.5+x+0.7mm%2F406mm+-+1750m%2F440kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550110_1</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550111_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 15,5 x 0,9mm/406mm - 1250m/540kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=15%2C5+x+0%2C9mm%2F406mm+-+1250m%2F540kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550111_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550120_1</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 19 x 1,0mm/406/1000m/820kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=19+x+1%2C0mm%2F406%2F1000m%2F820kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550120_1</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550140_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 25 x 1,2mm/406mm - 600m/1260kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=25+x+1%2C2mm%2F406mm+-+600m%2F1260kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550140_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550150_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET strap 12-32 mm pallet - 60 units — dimensions: 32 x 1,2mm/406mm - 500m/1600kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[PET strap Pallet - 60 units Buying PET strap in bulk on a pallet offers cost savings, convenience, and consistent quality, making it a smart and efficient choice for businesses. Our PET polyester strap is a strong and durable strapping material that is perfect for securing and stabilizing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Made from high-quality PET (polyethylene terephthalate) material, our polyester strap is designed to withstand the rigors of heavy-duty applications and maintain its strength and tension over time.   Types of PET strap We offer a comprehensive range of high-quality PET polyester straps designed to provide reliable and consistent load stabilization across diverse industrial and logistics applications. The portfolio covers multiple strap widths, thicknesses, roll lengths, and tensile strengths, allowing precise selection based on load weight, pallet dimensions, and handling requirements. All PET straps are manufactured for controlled elongation, high tensile performance, and stable behavior during transport and storage, ensuring secure unitization of light, medium, and heavy loads. Available specifications include: 12 × 0.6 mm / core 406 mm / 2,500 m – tensile strength 350 kg 15.5 × 0.7 mm / core 406 mm / 1,750 m – tensile strength 440 kg 15.5 × 0.9 mm / core 406 mm / 1,250 m – tensile strength 540 kg 19 × 1.0 mm / core 406 mm / 1,000 m – tensile strength 820 kg 25 × 1.27 mm / core 406 mm / 600 m – tensile strength 1,260 kg 32 × 1.2 mm / core 406 mm / 500 m – tensile strength 1,600 kg This range supports standardized strapping operations with both manual and battery-powered strapping tools, offering a scalable solution for carton bundling, pallet stabilization, and heavy-duty load securing.   Seven reasons why buying a whole pallet of PET strap is better than just a few units: Cost savings: Buying a whole pallet of PET strap typically results in a lower cost per unit, allowing you to save money in the long run. Cheap transport per unit: When buying whole pallet of PET strap you will significantly reduce transport cost per unit. Convenience: With a full pallet of PET strap, you'll have a larger supply of strapping on hand, reducing the need for frequent reordering and saving time and effort. Consistency: When you purchase a whole pallet, you can be assured that all the units will be of the same quality and specifications, ensuring consistent performance. Reduced waste: Buying in bulk can help reduce packaging waste and minimize the environmental impact of your business. Improved inventory management: With a larger supply of PET strap on hand, you can better manage your inventory and ensure that you always have enough strapping available when you need it. Increased productivity: A larger supply of PET strap means fewer interruptions to production or shipping processes, leading to increased productivity and efficiency.   PET strap quantity discount Each pallet of our PET polyester strap contains 54 units. The strap has a breaking strength of up to 800kg and is suitable for use with a range of strapping tools and equipment. The strap is easy to use and can be applied quickly and securely, providing reliable and effective load stabilization for a variety of products and materials. Our PET polyester strap is available in green color. PET strap is an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. Ordering in bulk is a great way to save money on your strapping needs, and our pallet pricing offers a significant discount on larger orders. With our high-quality PET polyester strap, you can be confident that your loads will be secure and stable during transit, helping to prevent damage and ensure customer satisfaction.   Advantages of PET strap: High tensile strength: PET strap is a strong and durable strapping material that can withstand high tension without breaking or stretching, making it ideal for securing heavy loads during transportation and storage. Weather-resistant: PET strap is resistant to UV rays, water, and temperature changes, making it suitable for use in a wide range of environments and climates. Lightweight: Compared to steel strapping, PET strap is lightweight, making it easier to handle and reducing the risk of injury during handling and application. Easy to use: PET strap can be easily applied using manual or automated strapping tools, providing a secure and reliable strapping solution for a variety of products and materials. Low maintenance: PET strap requires minimal maintenance and does not corrode or rust like steel strapping, reducing the need for repairs and replacements. Safe for products: PET strap is non-abrasive and non-magnetic, making it safe for use with delicate or sensitive products such as electronics, glass, and food. Eco-friendly: PET strap is made from recyclable material, making it an environmentally friendly choice for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint and promote sustainability.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-strap-12-32mm-pallet-60-units/?attribute_dimensions=32+x+1%2C2mm%2F406mm+-+500m%2F1600kg</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-bulk-order-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-quantity-discount.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/PET-polyester-strap-pallet-54-units-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-54units-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/pet-strap-12-19mm-pallet-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>550150_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>14203</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>130041</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg (Copy)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är lämplig för förpackning av stål, timmer, tegel, fiber, pallar och andra tunga och instabila föremål.Den används inom pappersindustrin, aluminiumindustrin, stålindustrin, trä, träförpackningar, kemiska fibrer, bomull, tobak, kemikalier, metallindustrin och så vidare. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg kan användas för stålband som är 19-32 mm breda.Det Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är ett prisvärt, lätt och kraftfullt verktyg att ha med sig. Denna pneumatiska bandningsmaskin kan användas med en hand om det pneumatiska verktyget är fäst på tråden.Det är i alla fall ett av de lättaste pneumatiska bandningsverktygen i den här kategorin och styrkorna. Den pneumatiska banderollen är mycket anpassningsbar och kan användas för 19-32 mm eller 3/3″ till 1 1/2″ breda metallband. Bandspänningen är anpassningsbar och kan ställas in på upp till 9800 N (2200 lbs). Pneumatiskt bandningsverktyg AIR Metal arbetar med lufttryck, därför måste du ha en luftkälla i anläggningen. Manövrerbarheten och användarvänligheten hos detta pneumatiska bandningsverktyg gör att du kan använda det för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Detta pneumatiska bandningsverktyg är också konstruerat för att ge en högkvalitativ friktionssvetsförsegling. För att använda det här verktyget behöver du ett stålband 19-32 mm och ett clips för stålband. Den har en 12-månaders garanti och service är endast tillgänglig i Europeiska unionen.   AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är en kombination av olika verktyg och deras funktioner som spännare, förseglare och skärare. Du sparar tid och pengar genom att slippa köpa och hantera separata verktyg.   Fördelar med det pneumatiska stålbandsverktyget AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt kombinerat tryckverktyg för stålband Lätt att använda Den ergonomiska utformningen gör den lätt att manövrera när den är upphängd, vilket bidrar till att minska tröttheten hos operatören. Den enkla enhandsknappen gör det möjligt att snabbt spänning, tätning och avbrytning. Enkelt att underhålla Minimala slitdelar och ett frihjul som kan bytas ut på några minuter. Mångsidig Den är idealisk för kantiga och oregelbundet formade produkter. Slitstark Alla delar av metall och legering ger långvarig drift och minimalt underhåll.   Vad är priset på Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg? AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är tillverkad av högkvalitativa material, den kan användas för stålband som är breda mellan 19-32mm och har en mycket stark spänningskraft på 9.800N, priset på den är fortfarande mycket överkomligt. Vi kan säga att det är den det billigaste pneumatiska bandningsverktyget med dessa egenskaper på marknaden. Priset på ett pneumatiskt bandningsverktyg återspeglar dock inte kvaliteten. Trots att det är prisvärt är det pneumatiska bandningsverktyget tillverkat av högkvalitativt stål och den har genomfört den senaste svetstekniken. Den maximala spänningskraften är 9800N och kan vara justerbara. Den fungerar med lufttryck, därför kan du använda verktyget dygnet runt, allt du behöver är en tryckluftskälla.   Specifikation av AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg Applicera remmar Stålband Lufttryck 0.35-0.6Mpa Specifikation för remmar （19-32）×（0.8-1.2） mm Spänningshastighet för stålband 5.3 m/min Spänningskraft ≥9.8 KN/0.6Mpa Maskinens vikt 15 kg   Hur fungerar AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg arbeten Den ergonomiska och robusta konstruktionen av detta friktionsvetsade, pneumatiskt drivna handbandningsverktyg bidrar till att ge maximal användarkomfort vid användning. Det är lätt att använda och om verktyget är monterat på en remskivait kan användas med en hand. Ett enkelt tryck med tummen räcker för att manövrera verktyget, med en knapptryckning för att spänna och försegla. Sätt stålband med den föreskrivna bredden runt paketet, överlappa sedan banden med den främre änden i botten och håll bandet i vänster hand, efter att ha försäkrat dig om att bandet är rent och oljefritt, tryck på frigöringshandtaget och sätt in stålklämman på bandet och sedan det pneumatiska verktyget på stålklämman. Justerbar bandning och justerbar förslutningstid gör att individen kan ställa in maskinen för de olika bandtyper som finns tillgängliga. Tryck på spänningsknappen för att starta spänningen när önskad spänning är uppnådd trycker man på knappen igen för att påbörja svetsningen när detta är gjort kyler verktyget sedan bandet och skärs av.t. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är byggd för att hålla länge och för att tåla användning i fabriker och lagerlokaler. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg har en ett års garanti och den servas i Europeiska unionen.   AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/air-metal-19-32mm-3-4-1-1-2-pneumatiskt-stalbandsverktyg-copy/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/ezgif.com-optimize-2.gif</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1799 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>130041</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>12 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>367</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>367</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandspännare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandspännare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>450040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm The cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm is an innovative solution for turning everyday waste paper, cardboard, and corrugated board into highly effective void fill. This ready-to-use machine features a plug-and-play system that can be used immediately, saving cable costs and setup time in different locations where it is established. The ES 422mm model is a GREE brand product that is globally recognized as the very best in packaging equipment innovation and engineering available to the packaging professional. The machine is equipped with a special, custom-designed, aerospace-grade steel shaft with dual action that trims and converts cardboard into void fill or flexible material. The user-friendly machine has simple Start, Stop, Reverse, and Emergency functions to provide safety and efficiency at the job site. The high efficiency of the drive enables a particularly sustainable operation of the device, and the soft start means less component wear and quieter operation. The ES version produces flexible matting. The machine can be fitted with a dust reduction unit, which makes it an ideal choice for those who are environmentally conscious. The machine is designed to cut up to 420mm wide and up to 18mm thick, producing up to 6.0 cubic m/hr of void fill with an unlimited run time. The dimensions of the machine are W660mm x D660mm x H1060mm, and it weighs 120kg with a footprint of 0.5 square meters. The machine requires a power supply of 230 or 240 volts and can be connected using a 13-amp plug. The machine is capable of processing cardboard or paper of at least 60 g/m2, and it comes with CE, ISO, and EcoFriendly certificates. The machine has a single-pass operation and an emergency stop switch for added safety. The custom steel shaft ensures the machine's durability and longevity, and it comes with a 30% energy savings feature with an inverter drive. The machine is designed to meet global standards for packaging equipment, making it an ideal choice for businesses that value efficiency and sustainability. Operating the machine is simple and straightforward. First, connect the machine to a 230 or 240-volt power supply using a 13-amp plug. Then, pull out the red emergency stop knob and turn the black rotary switch to the right. Depress the GREEN start button, and the operating lamp illuminates. Feed the corrugated board, with a maximum thickness of 18 mm into the opening at the front of the machine. Any width of board can be processed, as the integral cutter will trim off any excess board. If there are staples in the carton, present the carton to the machine so the staples are on the left-hand side. Process the board as normal, making sure the last piece with the staples in is kept to the left of the integral cutter. This will leave you with just a narrow strip of board with the staples left in it. Discard it safely. At the rear of the machine is a spring-loaded stainless steel flap designed to compress the shredded board into a more flexible cushioning material. Do not pull up the flap to remove the shredded board, as the processed board will be forced out as more board is fed in from the front. If flat material is required, remove two L-shaped spring legs from the holes in the compactor flap. The flap now will move freely and present no restriction to the shredded board. Overheating the motor will engage the thermal cut-out. In this event, wait 3 minutes and press the button to restart the operation. Should a jam occur, turn the rotary switch fully to the left, which reverses the motor-enabling material.   Cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm video ﻿   Specs of cardboard shredder machine GREE ES 422mm Specification Value Motor Capacity 1,5KW/2 HP/3Phase Voltage/Frequency 220-240V/50-60 Hz Intake Width 425 mm Inlet Height 18 mm Feed Rate 0.21 m/sec  || 13m/min Production Output 6 cu.m/hr Cutting Width - padding 420 mm, 2-3 Layers Cardboard Thickness Up to 20mm Loading Width Endless Runtime Unlimited Dimensions (W x D x H) 660 x 660 x 980 mm Packaging Weight 140 kg Noise emission with Load 68 dB(A) Noise emission no Load 60 dB(A)   Top 6 features of the cardboard shredder (GREE ES 422): Efficient shredding: The GREE ES 422 can process cardboard and paper up to 18mm thick, producing up to 6.0 cu. m./hr. of void fill with an unlimited run time. Dual-action shaft: This shredder machine has a special custom-designed aerospace-grade steel shaft with dual action for trimming and converting cardboard into void fill or flexible material. User-friendly operation: The machine has a simple start, stop, reverse, and emergency functions to provide safety and efficiency on the job. Dust reduction unit: It can be fitted with a dust reduction unit to minimize dust and debris during operation. Plug-and-play system: The GREE ES 422 is a plug-and-play system, which means that it can be used immediately without the need for complicated setup procedures. Sustainable operation: The high...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-price1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-features.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-on-sale-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/cardboard-shredder-machine-gree-es-422mm-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>450040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>651,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>651</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Dokumentförstöraren</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Dokumentförstöraren</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550301</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Textile strap for waste bales 16mm - 340m - 4 units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Textile strap for connecting waste bales 16mm - 340m, the outer diameter of the reel is 180mm, width 140mm - 4 units Our high-quality textile strap is specifically designed to connect waste bales. Measuring 16 mm in width, this strap is the perfect solution for those in need of a reliable and durable product for their waste management needs. In the package, there are 4 units (4 x 340 meters) of a textile strap for connecting waste bales. Crafted from top-quality materials, our textile strap is built to withstand even the most demanding of environments. Each spool contains 340 meters of tape, which allows you to easily carry it and a sufficient amount of tape for normal use. Its outer diameter of 180 mm and its width of 140 mm. The width of the textile strap is 16 mm which ensures that it can easily connect and secure waste bales, providing the strength and security needed to keep your waste bales firmly in place.   Specs of Textile strap for tying waste bales 16mm - 340m Product name High-Quality Textile Strap for Connecting Waste Bales Width 16mm Length 340 meters per roll Outer diameter 180mm Inner diameter 140mm Material Top-quality textile Strength Durable and reliable Versatility Suitable for a wide range of applications Ease of use Can be simply tied with your hands Quantity 4 units in one package (4 x 340 meters) Recommended use Securing and connecting waste bales Benefits Strong, durable, and easy to use. Applications Ideal for household, commercial, and industrial waste management   Textile strap for strapping waste bales 16mm Our textile strap is not only incredibly strong and durable, but it is also incredibly versatile. Its high-quality construction makes it suitable for a wide range of applications, from securing heavy objects to binding materials together. Its flexibility and ease of use make it a great choice for a variety of tasks, making it an essential tool for any household or business. Invest in the best with our premium-quality textile strap for connecting waste bales. With its unbeatable durability, strength, and versatility, you can be sure that it will provide you with the reliable and effective solution that you need to manage your waste with ease and confidence. In addition to its strength and versatility, our textile strap is also incredibly easy to use. It is very strong, but the flexible material allows you to easily tie it by hand. Its simple design and user-friendly features make it a great choice for both experienced professionals and those new to waste management. Simply wrap the strap around your waste bales and tighten it to the desired level of security. It's that easy! At our company, we pride ourselves on providing our customers with the highest quality products and customer service. Whether you need a few rolls of textile straps for your home or office or you need to order in bulk for your commercial waste management needs, we have you covered. Choose our high-quality textile strap for connecting waste bales today and experience the difference that quality and reliability can make!   Benefits of Textile strap for tying waste bales 16mm Can be simply tied with your hands Durable and reliable: Our high-quality textile strap is designed to withstand even the most demanding of environments, ensuring that your waste bales are secured firmly in place. Versatile: Our textile strap is suitable for a wide range of applications, making it an essential tool for any household or business. It can be used to secure heavy objects and bind materials together. Easy to use: Our textile strap is incredibly user-friendly, with a simple design that makes it easy to wrap around your waste bales and tighten to the desired level of security. Ample quantity: Each package contains 4 units of 340 meters each, providing you with ample quantity to manage your waste effectively and efficiently. Perfect size: With a width of 16 mm, an outer diameter of 180 mm, and an inner diameter of 140 mm, our textile strap is perfectly sized to connect and secure waste bales. Top-quality material: Our textile strap is crafted from top-quality materials, ensuring that it is strong and durable enough to meet your waste management needs.   How to use Textile strap for strapping waste bales 16mm Insert the strap inside the vertical baler: Before placing waste into the baler, insert the textile strap inside the vertical chamber. Make the waste bale: Once the waste has been placed in the baler, follow the baler's instructions to compress and form the bale. Use the textile strap to secure the bale: After the bale has been formed tie the textile strap around the bale. Use your hands to make a knock and tighten the strap to the desired level of security. Repeat the process: If you have additional waste to bale, repeat the process by inserting the strap into the baler, adding waste, and securing the bale with the textile strap.   ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/textile-strap-for-waste-bales-16mm-340m/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/textile-strap-for-waste-bales-16mm-340m.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89.2 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550301</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>8 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650,886,2481,369</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions &gt; Cord Strapping</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440300</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler 3 tons, bale 60kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler 3 tons, 30kN, bale 60kg TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is a reliable, efficient, and easy-to-use machine designed for small to medium-sized businesses in the grocery, catering, and hospitality sectors, as well as warehouses and factories. Produced by the European manufacturer ROBOMATIS, the BW50 offers high value for money, with components sourced mainly from Polish suppliers. It is a powerful and effective solution for handling cardboard and plastic foil waste, with a pressing force of 3 tons and the ability to produce bales weighing between 30 and 50 kg of cardboard and 40 and 60 kg of plastic foil. One of the most notable features of the TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is its automatic mode. When the upper door is closed, the baling process begins, making it an efficient and economical option for small businesses with limited staff resources. The cycle time is only 27 seconds, and each cycle uses only 0.008 kWh of energy. This makes the BW50 a cost-effective option for companies looking to reduce their waste management costs. The full bale indication is another feature that makes the TONNA E60 PLC a top choice for small businesses. The machine alerts the user when the bale is ready, which reduces handling time and makes the waste management process more efficient. Additionally, the BW50 has two operation modes, one for cardboard and the other for plastic foil, allowing users to manage waste materials in a variety of forms. The TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler has a sleek and compact design, with press dimensions of 83 x 70 x 193 cm, making it easy to fit in small spaces. The bale dimensions are 70 x 50 x 70 cm, making it easy to store and transport the bales. With a weight of 250 kg, it is sturdy and reliable while still being easy to move around if needed. The machine is powered by a 1.5 kW engine and has a power supply of 230 V. TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is a safe and user-friendly machine. Its simple design makes it easy for users to operate, even without prior experience with balers. The machine is designed to minimize the risk of injury with safety features such as an emergency stop button, safety switches, and safety guards. The BW50 is also built with durable and reliable materials, ensuring its long-lasting performance. In addition to its features and benefits, TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is also an environmentally friendly option for businesses looking to reduce their carbon footprint. The baler helps to reduce the volume of waste produced by businesses, which in turn reduces the amount of waste sent to landfills. By compacting the waste, the bales are easier to transport and recycle, further reducing the impact on the environment. TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler comes with a 2-year warranty and uncomplicated service, providing peace of mind for business owners. With over a thousand implementations in Poland and Europe, the BW50 is a proven and reliable solution for waste management. Its high value for money, safety features, and environmentally friendly design make it an excellent investment for small to medium-sized businesses looking to streamline their waste management processes.   Specs of TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler 3 tons, 30kN, bale 60kg Specification Description Model TONNA E60 PLC Producer ROBOMATIS Power Supply 230 V Engine 1.5 kW Pressing Force 3 tons (30kN) Bale Weight Cardboard: 30-50 kg<br>Plastic foil: 40-60 kg Cycle Time 27 seconds (0.008 kWh per cycle) Bale Dimensions 70 x 50 x 70 cm Press Dimensions 83 x 70 x 193 cm Weight 250 kg Warranty 24 months Operation Modes Cardboard / Foli Work Mode Automatic (upper door closes) Full Bale Indication Yes   Features of TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler Automatic mode for efficient and easy baling when the upper door is closed There are two operation modes for handling both cardboard and plastic foil waste. full bale indication system to reduce handling time and increase efficiency. The powerful pressing force of 3 tons is necessary for the effective compaction of waste materials. compact design with dimensions of 83 x 70 x 193 cm to fit in small spaces. durable and reliable materials for long-lasting performance and safety features to minimize the risk of injury. environmentally friendly design that reduces the volume of waste sent to landfills and is easy to transport and recycle. a 2-year warranty and uncomplicated service for peace of mind and easy maintenance.   How does TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler work TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler is an easy-to-use machine that works by compressing and compacting cardboard and plastic foil waste into bales, which are easier to handle and transport. The baling process is initiated when the upper door of the machine is closed, which activates the automatic mode. Here is a step-by-step explanation of how the TONNA E60 PLC cardboard baler works: Loading the Material: First, the user loads the waste material into the chamber of the baler through the loading door, which is ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tonna-e60-plc-cardboard-baler/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler-order.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TONNA-E60-PLC-cardboard-baler-waste.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3390 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440300</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>140 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg — wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 is an automated pallet stretch wrapping machine that uses LLDPE stretch film to wrap bulk cargos stacked on the pallet, providing extra support during transportation and storage to protect them from dust, moisture, or damage. The machine has several functions, including attaching the stretch film to the pallet and allowing the start of the stretch wrapping cycle without operator intervention. Wrapping the pallet load according to the set parameters, cutting the stretch film at the end of the wrapping cycle, and applying the film at the end of cycle to the pallet to prevent it from coming apart during transport. The pallet wrapping machine is widely used in various industries, such as glassware, tools, electric and electronic, paper, pottery, food and beverage, and more. The machine has a maximum wrapping speed of 30-40 loads per hour and a maximum wrapping height of 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000mm). The turntable speed is adjustable from 3-12 RPM, and the turntable size is 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm). The film delivery system uses a power roller with Stretch Plus, and the film width is standard at 500mm. The machine has a standard pre-stretch of 300% and can accommodate a film capacity of 250mm in diameter. The control system used is Siemens, and the machine has several safety features, such as the inside safety belt and double balance device. The automatic pallet wrapping machine weighs 750kg and has a size of L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm. The mast height of the automatic pallet wrapping machine is 2745mm, and the turntable steel thickness is 10mm, cut using water-cutting technology. The maximum load weight is 2000kg, and the ramp and weighing scale are optional. The machine does not require an air compressor, and it can operate in temperatures above 0 degrees Celsius. The Pallet Wrapping Machine X10 is an advanced solution to the problem of securing and protecting palletized loads during transportation and storage. This fully automatic machine offers a range of features and benefits that make it a highly effective and efficient option for businesses that need to wrap pallets of goods quickly and easily. In this description, we will explore the key features and benefits of the pallet wrapping machine X10 in detail.   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 video   Specifications of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Maximum wrapping speed: 30–40 loads/hour Load size diagonal: 1753 mm Maximum wrapping height: 2400mm Turntable speed: 3–12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size: 1650 mm Turntable drive: 1 PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet: Automatic Film width: 500 mm Pre-stretch: 300% Film capacity: 250 mm diameter   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 technical data Technical Specifications Details Model SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Load size diagonal 1753mm Maximum wrapping height 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000m) Turntable speed 3-12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm) Turntable drive 1PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet Automatic Intelli-Sensor Standard Wrapping speed 30 - 40 load / H (1x1.2x1.8m pallet Warp Two Layers) Standard pre-stretch 300% pre-stretch Wrap force Variable (Electric) Standard film width 500mm (optional 750mm) Film Capacity 250mm diameter Film paper Core 76 mm (50 mm optional) Film weight Maximum 15KG Film delivery system Power Roller – Stretch Plus Film rope system Standard Integrated scale Optional Machine weight 750 kg Machine size L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm Remote control system Available Voltage 220/110V/50HZ Maximum load weight 2000KG Ramp and weighing scale Optional Air compressor Not required Machine power 2.2KW Soft start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included Stop at original Included Speed Adjustable Included Pallet grid system Included Measure height Automatic Wrapping force Adjustable Remote start machine Yes PLC Siemens Inverter X-LINE Touch screen SMARTWRAP IoT Sensor brand SICK (German Brand) Safety device film carriage bottom safety sensor Certificate CE Optional device Ramp, Weighing scale   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 floor plan     Features of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 Main Features: Remote start machine, Soft start&stop, Intelligent Alarm, Stop at original, Adjustable Speed, Pallet grid system, Automatic Height Measurement, Adjustable Wrapping force, can set up to 12 preprogrammed programs   Automatic Cut and Attaching Film to the pallet The X10 pallet wrapping machine features an automatic cut-and-clamp film system that eliminates the need for manual intervention in the wrapping process. This feature saves time and increases efficiency by ensuring that the film is cut and clamped automatically. Pallet Grip System The pallet grip system of the X10 ensures that the film is tightly wrapped around the pallet and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-2000kg/?attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-cutting-and-clamping-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-Multi-layer-function.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-High-quality-components.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-LED.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-save-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-grip-film-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-safety-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>8800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>7999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330080</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12913</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>700 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330081</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg — wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 is an automated pallet stretch wrapping machine that uses LLDPE stretch film to wrap bulk cargos stacked on the pallet, providing extra support during transportation and storage to protect them from dust, moisture, or damage. The machine has several functions, including attaching the stretch film to the pallet and allowing the start of the stretch wrapping cycle without operator intervention. Wrapping the pallet load according to the set parameters, cutting the stretch film at the end of the wrapping cycle, and applying the film at the end of cycle to the pallet to prevent it from coming apart during transport. The pallet wrapping machine is widely used in various industries, such as glassware, tools, electric and electronic, paper, pottery, food and beverage, and more. The machine has a maximum wrapping speed of 30-40 loads per hour and a maximum wrapping height of 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000mm). The turntable speed is adjustable from 3-12 RPM, and the turntable size is 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm). The film delivery system uses a power roller with Stretch Plus, and the film width is standard at 500mm. The machine has a standard pre-stretch of 300% and can accommodate a film capacity of 250mm in diameter. The control system used is Siemens, and the machine has several safety features, such as the inside safety belt and double balance device. The automatic pallet wrapping machine weighs 750kg and has a size of L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm. The mast height of the automatic pallet wrapping machine is 2745mm, and the turntable steel thickness is 10mm, cut using water-cutting technology. The maximum load weight is 2000kg, and the ramp and weighing scale are optional. The machine does not require an air compressor, and it can operate in temperatures above 0 degrees Celsius. The Pallet Wrapping Machine X10 is an advanced solution to the problem of securing and protecting palletized loads during transportation and storage. This fully automatic machine offers a range of features and benefits that make it a highly effective and efficient option for businesses that need to wrap pallets of goods quickly and easily. In this description, we will explore the key features and benefits of the pallet wrapping machine X10 in detail.   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 video   Specifications of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Maximum wrapping speed: 30–40 loads/hour Load size diagonal: 1753 mm Maximum wrapping height: 2400mm Turntable speed: 3–12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size: 1650 mm Turntable drive: 1 PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet: Automatic Film width: 500 mm Pre-stretch: 300% Film capacity: 250 mm diameter   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 technical data Technical Specifications Details Model SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Load size diagonal 1753mm Maximum wrapping height 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000m) Turntable speed 3-12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm) Turntable drive 1PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet Automatic Intelli-Sensor Standard Wrapping speed 30 - 40 load / H (1x1.2x1.8m pallet Warp Two Layers) Standard pre-stretch 300% pre-stretch Wrap force Variable (Electric) Standard film width 500mm (optional 750mm) Film Capacity 250mm diameter Film paper Core 76 mm (50 mm optional) Film weight Maximum 15KG Film delivery system Power Roller – Stretch Plus Film rope system Standard Integrated scale Optional Machine weight 750 kg Machine size L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm Remote control system Available Voltage 220/110V/50HZ Maximum load weight 2000KG Ramp and weighing scale Optional Air compressor Not required Machine power 2.2KW Soft start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included Stop at original Included Speed Adjustable Included Pallet grid system Included Measure height Automatic Wrapping force Adjustable Remote start machine Yes PLC Siemens Inverter X-LINE Touch screen SMARTWRAP IoT Sensor brand SICK (German Brand) Safety device film carriage bottom safety sensor Certificate CE Optional device Ramp, Weighing scale   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 floor plan     Features of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 Main Features: Remote start machine, Soft start&stop, Intelligent Alarm, Stop at original, Adjustable Speed, Pallet grid system, Automatic Height Measurement, Adjustable Wrapping force, can set up to 12 preprogrammed programs   Automatic Cut and Attaching Film to the pallet The X10 pallet wrapping machine features an automatic cut-and-clamp film system that eliminates the need for manual intervention in the wrapping process. This feature saves time and increases efficiency by ensuring that the film is cut and clamped automatically. Pallet Grip System The pallet grip system of the X10 ensures that the film is tightly wrapped around the pallet and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-2000kg/?attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-cutting-and-clamping-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-Multi-layer-function.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-High-quality-components.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-LED.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-save-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-grip-film-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-safety-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>9400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>8799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330081</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12913</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>700 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330082</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg — wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH with capacity 2000kg Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 is an automated pallet stretch wrapping machine that uses LLDPE stretch film to wrap bulk cargos stacked on the pallet, providing extra support during transportation and storage to protect them from dust, moisture, or damage. The machine has several functions, including attaching the stretch film to the pallet and allowing the start of the stretch wrapping cycle without operator intervention. Wrapping the pallet load according to the set parameters, cutting the stretch film at the end of the wrapping cycle, and applying the film at the end of cycle to the pallet to prevent it from coming apart during transport. The pallet wrapping machine is widely used in various industries, such as glassware, tools, electric and electronic, paper, pottery, food and beverage, and more. The machine has a maximum wrapping speed of 30-40 loads per hour and a maximum wrapping height of 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000mm). The turntable speed is adjustable from 3-12 RPM, and the turntable size is 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm). The film delivery system uses a power roller with Stretch Plus, and the film width is standard at 500mm. The machine has a standard pre-stretch of 300% and can accommodate a film capacity of 250mm in diameter. The control system used is Siemens, and the machine has several safety features, such as the inside safety belt and double balance device. The automatic pallet wrapping machine weighs 750kg and has a size of L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm. The mast height of the automatic pallet wrapping machine is 2745mm, and the turntable steel thickness is 10mm, cut using water-cutting technology. The maximum load weight is 2000kg, and the ramp and weighing scale are optional. The machine does not require an air compressor, and it can operate in temperatures above 0 degrees Celsius. The Pallet Wrapping Machine X10 is an advanced solution to the problem of securing and protecting palletized loads during transportation and storage. This fully automatic machine offers a range of features and benefits that make it a highly effective and efficient option for businesses that need to wrap pallets of goods quickly and easily. In this description, we will explore the key features and benefits of the pallet wrapping machine X10 in detail.   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 video   Specifications of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Maximum wrapping speed: 30–40 loads/hour Load size diagonal: 1753 mm Maximum wrapping height: 2400mm Turntable speed: 3–12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size: 1650 mm Turntable drive: 1 PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet: Automatic Film width: 500 mm Pre-stretch: 300% Film capacity: 250 mm diameter   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 technical data Technical Specifications Details Model SMARTWRAP X10 PRE-STRETCH Load size diagonal 1753mm Maximum wrapping height 2400mm (optional 1800mm or 3000m) Turntable speed 3-12 RPM (adjustable) Turntable size 1650mm (optional 1800mm or 2000mm) Turntable drive 1PH Film cut and attaching to the pallet Automatic Intelli-Sensor Standard Wrapping speed 30 - 40 load / H (1x1.2x1.8m pallet Warp Two Layers) Standard pre-stretch 300% pre-stretch Wrap force Variable (Electric) Standard film width 500mm (optional 750mm) Film Capacity 250mm diameter Film paper Core 76 mm (50 mm optional) Film weight Maximum 15KG Film delivery system Power Roller – Stretch Plus Film rope system Standard Integrated scale Optional Machine weight 750 kg Machine size L:2800mm W:1650mm H:2745mm Remote control system Available Voltage 220/110V/50HZ Maximum load weight 2000KG Ramp and weighing scale Optional Air compressor Not required Machine power 2.2KW Soft start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included Stop at original Included Speed Adjustable Included Pallet grid system Included Measure height Automatic Wrapping force Adjustable Remote start machine Yes PLC Siemens Inverter X-LINE Touch screen SMARTWRAP IoT Sensor brand SICK (German Brand) Safety device film carriage bottom safety sensor Certificate CE Optional device Ramp, Weighing scale   Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 floor plan     Features of Automatic Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP X10 Main Features: Remote start machine, Soft start&stop, Intelligent Alarm, Stop at original, Adjustable Speed, Pallet grid system, Automatic Height Measurement, Adjustable Wrapping force, can set up to 12 preprogrammed programs   Automatic Cut and Attaching Film to the pallet The X10 pallet wrapping machine features an automatic cut-and-clamp film system that eliminates the need for manual intervention in the wrapping process. This feature saves time and increases efficiency by ensuring that the film is cut and clamped automatically. Pallet Grip System The pallet grip system of the X10 ensures that the film is tightly wrapped around the pallet and ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-2000kg/?attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-cutting-and-clamping-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-Multi-layer-function.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-High-quality-components.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-LED.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-save-film.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-grip-film-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/automatic-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x10-3000kg-safety-device.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>10200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330082</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12913</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>790 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31131</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31132</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31133</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31134</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31135</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31136</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31137</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31138</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31139</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31140</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31141</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31142</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31143</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31144</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31145</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31146</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31147</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31148</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31149</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Pre-stretch, turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Pre-stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31151</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31152</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31153</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31154</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1500mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1500mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31155</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31156</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31157</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31158</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1650mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1650mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31159</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31160</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31161</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31162</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 1800mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=1800mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31163</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31164</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31165</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31166</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 2000mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2000mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31167</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31168</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31169</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 2700mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=2700mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>31170</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 with Scale 2000kg — stretch-type: Manual stretch, turntable-size: 2200mm, wrapping-height: 3000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 The SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet Wrapping Machine with Scale is a quick and easy way to secure your pallets during transportation. The machine features a turntable size of  1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm), suitable for pallets measuring 1.2x1m, and can wrap up to a maximum height of 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) with a maximum overhang of 100mm. The maximum pallet weight that the pallet wrapper can accept is 2000 kg with a maximum wrapping speed of 30 loads per hour. The pre-stretch rate is mechanical stretch and the machine supports a film width of 500mm with a maximum film diameter of 250mm and film paper core of 76 mm. It has a maximum film weight of 15 kg and operates at a power of 1.5KW with a voltage of 220V-240/50/60HZ. SMARTWRAP X2 Pallet wrapping machine's dimensions are 2600 x 1500 x 2445mm and it weighs 400 kg. The SMARTWRAP X2 is easy to operate with its English-language HMI and Smart Operation Guide. It features a SMARTWRAP touch screen, a proximity switch from SICK (a German brand), a photoelectric sensor from Autonics, and a position switch from OMRON (Japan). The machine has a turntable with a height of 83 mm from floor level, a thickness of 8 mm, and 10 double roller types. The turntable drive is a chain drive, and the column frame is made of aluminum profiles and steel. The machine's film carriage has a safety device under the carriage, a coated rubber pre-stretch roller, an easy connect plug, and an easy film go-through design. The control system includes a smart LED working indicator and an easy-to-use operating interface. The SMARTWRAP X2 is CE-certified and comes with a control system PCB for added safety and efficiency.   Specs of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Model SMARTWRAP X2 Turntable Size 1500mm (on request 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, 2400mm) Suit For Pallet Siz 1.2x1m Max. wrapping Height 2000mm (on request 2400mm, 2700mm) Max. Over Top 100mm Maximum wrapping weight 2000KG Max. wrapping speed 30 Load /H Turntable speed 3-12RPM/mins Pre-stretch rate Mechanical stretch pre-stretch Type - Film width 500mm Max.Film diameter 250mm Film paper core 76mm max.Film weight 15KG Machine power 1.5KW Voltage 220V-240/50/60HZ Machine Size (LxWxH) 2600*1500*2445mm Machine Weight 400KG HMI Language English Certificate CE Control System PCB Touch screen SMARTWRAP Proximity Switch SICK (German Brand) Photo Electric Sensor Autonics (Black sensor optional) Motor GPG (Taiwan Brand) Position switch OMRON(JAPAN) Turntable Turntable Turntable height from floor level 83mm Turntable Thickness 8mm Turntable Roller Quantity 10pcs Turntable Roller Type Double Rolle Turntable Drive Way Chain Drive Column Column Frame Aluminum Profiles + Steel Up & Down Drive Way Double Chain Drive Film Carriage Safety Device Under Carriage YES Coated Rubber Pre-stretch Roller YES Easy Connect Plug YES Easy Film Go Though Design YES Operation system Smart Operation Guide YES Smart LED Working Indicator YES Easy Understanding Operate UI YES   Video of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 ﻿   Floor plan of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2   Features of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 A new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage Knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, it is more convenient to adjust Grading adjustments to make the film more uniform 6 Memory Functions + One Button Start Six kinds of wrapping memory functions, make parameter setting easier One button starts - start the pallet wrapping machine conveniently PCB control system Three independent chips control, stronger operation and longer life Integrated circuit system, maintenance is more convenient All-in-one alloy Aluminum Column 4000 tons extruded column, integrally formed, solid and durable Modular assembly, easy to install Double chain lifting system, more safety LED tri-color light - colors are changing based on the machine status   Benefits of Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP X2 Increased efficiency: The SMARTWRAP X2 can wrap up to 30 loads per hour, significantly increasing packaging speed and reducing labor costs. Customizable wrapping options: The SMARTWRAP X2 allows for customizable packaging options, ensuring a secure and tailored wrapping for all types of goods. Reliable and sturdy: With a turntable size of 1500mm and a maximum weight capacity of 2000kg, the SMARTWRAP X2 is a reliable and sturdy machine for all types of pallets. Convenient and easy to use: The SMARTWRAP X2 offers a new generation of mechanical resistance film carriage, a knob with physical feedback wrapping tension, and grading adjustments to make the film more uniform. Additionally, the machine has six memory functions and a one-button start for easy operation. Durable construction: The SMARTWRAP X2 features an all-in-one alloy aluminum column, a double chain lifting system, and a LED tri-color light that changes colors based on the machine's status, ensuring a long-lasting and durable m...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-with-scale/?attribute_stretch-type=Manual+stretch&amp;attribute_turntable-size=2200mm&amp;attribute_wrapping-height=3000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-memory-functions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-pbc-control-system.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-film-resistance.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x2-led-indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:identifier_exists>false</g:identifier_exists><g:item_group_id>12877</g:item_group_id><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>450030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder GREE XS 420mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Cardboard shredder GREE XS 420mm The GREE XS cardboard shredder is a highly efficient and versatile machine that is designed to make packaging material out of non-applicable cardboard waste. This compact cardboard shredder can be placed on a desktop surface and is ideal for small businesses, retail stores, e-commerce shops, and home-based businesses. This machine is specifically designed to process multi-layer cartons of cardboard up to a thickness of 10 mm. It can create a bent mat (up to a width of 420 mm), which is perfect for filling parcels with shipments. The cutting rollers of the GREE XS cardboard shredder are highly durable and can cut through one layer of cardboard to turn it into perfect padding material for packaging. The excess will be cut off simultaneously, ensuring that the end result is neat and uniform. The device is driven by a single-phase motor that is protected against overload by a thermal fuse. The motor is powerful yet quiet, and it won't produce a lot of noise or vibrations. The machine's strong metal structure ensures its durability and longevity, making it a great investment for any business. The GREE XS cardboard shredder is controlled with a rocker switch that has three options: on, off, and reverse. If the cardboard becomes stuck in the blades, use the reverse option to remove the obstructions and continue working. This feature ensures that the machine is easy to use and maintain. The device complies with all applicable EU safety regulations, so you can rest assured that it is a safe and reliable machine to use. This cardboard shredder is an excellent choice for those who are looking for an eco-friendly, efficient, and cost-effective solution for their packaging needs. With the GREE XS cardboard shredder, you can turn your waste cardboard into high-quality packaging material that can protect your products during shipping and handling.   Technical specifications for the GREE XS cardboard shredder: Specifications Details Processing Multi-layer cartons or cardboard up to 10 mm thickness Material Non-applicable cardboard waste Filling Material Creates a bent mat up to 420 mm in width Drive Single-phase motor Motor Protection Thermal fuse Switch Type Rocker switch (On, Off, Reverse) Cutting Capacity 1 layer Feed Width 420 mm Feed Height 10 mm Shredder Speed 5.5 m/min Structure Strong metal structure Safety Complies with EU safety regulations Size Portable tabletop machine Noise Level Low noise and vibration Weight 52 kg Voltage 230V/50Hz Power 800W This table summarizes the key technical specifications for the GREE XS cardboard shredder. It is a powerful, compact, and efficient machine that can process non-applicable cardboard waste to create a bent mat that is ideal for filling parcels with shipments. The shredder is controlled by a rocker switch that has three options, and the machine is designed to comply with all applicable EU safety regulations.   How to use Cardboard shredder GREE XS video ﻿   Benefits of the GREE XS cardboard shredder: Eco-Friendly: By using waste cardboard to create packaging material, you are reducing your carbon footprint and helping the environment. Cost-effective: The GREE XS cardboard shredder allows you to create your own packaging material, which is more cost-effective than purchasing pre-made packaging material. Versatile: The shredder can process multi-layer cartons or cardboard up to a thickness of 10 mm and can create a bent mat up to 420 mm wide. Durable: The machine's strong metal structure ensures its durability and longevity, making it a great investment for any business. Compact: The shredder is small enough to be placed on a desktop surface, which makes it a convenient option for businesses with limited space. Easy to Use: The machine is controlled by a rocker switch with three options (on, off, and reverse), making it easy to use and maintain. Complies with Safety Regulations: The shredder is designed to comply with all applicable EU safety regulations, ensuring that it is a safe and reliable machine to use. Low Noise and Vibration: Despite its power, the shredder produces low noise and vibration, making it a comfortable machine to use. Neat and Uniform Packaging: The shredder's cutting rollers ensure that the excess will be cut off simultaneously, ensuring that the end result is neat and uniform. Protects Your Products: By creating high-quality packaging material, you can protect your products during shipping and handling, reducing the risk of damage or breakage. These benefits make the GREE XS cardboard shredder an excellent investment for any business looking for an eco-friendly, cost-effective, and versatile solution for their packaging needs.   Why should you buy a cardboard shredder? Cardboard can also be used to protect fragile items by wrapping it around them. To achieve that, it is cut in special ways to turn it into a softer and more flexible material. Also, if you own a business that has to ship a lot of packages daily and yo...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-buy.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-recycle.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs-filler.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/cardboard-shredder-gree-xs.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1450 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1095 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>450030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>66 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>651,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>651</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Dokumentförstöraren</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Dokumentförstöraren</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTOBOX automatic case erector - 16 cases/min - Simens PLC]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTOBOX automatic case erector The AUTOBOX automatic case erector is a highly efficient packing machine that is designed to help manufacturers improve their packaging processes. With a working speed of up to 16 cases per minute, the machine can quickly and accurately erect and seal boxes, which can help to reduce labor costs and improve productivity. One of the key features of the automatic case erector AUTOBOX is its ability to work with both Bopp tape and paper tape. This makes it a versatile option for businesses that need to work with different types of tape or who want the flexibility to switch between the two depending on their needs. The machine is also highly customizable and can be custom-made to accommodate different carton sizes (the waiting time for a customized machine is around 12 weeks). Standard automatic case erector AUTOBOX can handle cartons with dimensions of L 250–530mm x W 150–400mm, x H 225–600mm (after folding and sealing the bottom flap). We can also adjust the machine to work with 60 or 72-mm tape, which can be useful for businesses that have specific tape requirements. The AUTOBOX case erector can be supplied with a sloping worktable or horizontal worktable. The sloping worktable can store around 80 cases, while the horizontal worktable can store up to 150 boxes. The number of cases that can be stored is determined by the thickness of the paperboard. The machine is powered by a 1P 220V 50/60 HZ 400W voltage and requires an air supply of 6Kgf/cm2. The protective power supply is IP54, which helps to ensure that the machine is safe to use in a variety of different environments. Automatic case erector operates at a noise level of 75 DB, which helps reduce noise pollution in the work environment. To ensure that the machine is of high quality and reliable, the AUTOBOX case erector uses electrical and pneumatic parts from reputable brands like Siemens, Schneider, Delta, P + F, Airtac, and SMC. This helps to ensure that the machine is durable and long-lasting and that it will perform reliably over time. Overall, the AUTOBOX automatic case erector is an excellent choice for businesses that need to quickly and efficiently erect and seal corrugated boxes. With its customizable features, user-friendly design, and high-quality components, the automatic case erector AUTOBOX is a reliable and efficient option that can help businesses improve their packaging processes and reduce costs.   AUTOBOX case erector video ﻿   Advantages AUTOBOX automatic case erector Ability to work with both Bopp tape and draft paper tape Can handle cartons with dimensions of L 250–530mm x W 150–400mm, x H 225–600mm (after folding and sealing the bottom flap) The horizontal worktable can store up to 150 double-corrugated cases Machine is powered by a 1P 220V 50/60 HZ 400W voltage and requires an air supply of 6Kgf/cm2 IP54 protective power supply Noise level of 75 DB, which helps reduce noise pollution in the work environment High-quality components from reputable brands like Siemens, Schneider, Delta, P + F, Airtac, and SMC Improve packaging processes and reduce costs   Specs of AUTOBOX automatic case erector The AUTOBOX case erector is a versatile machine that can work with Bopp tape or paper 48mm tape and can be customized to work with 60mm or 72mm tape. It has an adjustable working speed of 0–16 cases per minute (depending on the size of the carton) and can handle cartons with dimensions of L 250–530mm x W 150–400mm x H 225–600mm (after folding and sealing the bottom flap of the box) or H 150–400mm (after folding and sealing both the top and bottom flaps of the box). AUTOBOX case erector comes with a horizontal worktable (which can store about 150 double-corrugated cases) or a sloping worktable (which can store about 80 double-corrugated cases). The machine weighs G.W. 1000 kg or N.W. 950 kg and has a protective power supply of IP54. Case erector AUTOBOX is powered by a 1P 220V 50/60 HZ 400W voltage and requires an air supply of 6Kgf/cm2. The automatic case erector can be custom-made to accommodate different carton sizes and uses high-quality electrical and pneumatic parts from reputable brands like Siemens, Schneider, Delta, P + F, Airtac, and SMC. Model AUTOBOX Voltage 1P 220V 50/60 HZ 400W Machine weight G.W 1000kgs/ N.W 950kgs Machine size (L/ W/ H) Machine with sloping worktable：  L3045×W1855×H1300mm Machine with horizontal worktable：L3045 x W2444 x H1300mm Worktable height 650mm (standard) -1000mm (maximum, customer-made) Tape Bopp tape or draft paper tape Tape size 4.8 – 7.2cm 48mm (standard) 60/72mm (custom made) Power 0.4KW Air supply ≥6Kgf/cm² Protective power supply IP54 Noise ≤75DB Environment condition Humidity ≤98%， Temperature -10℃～40℃ Working speed 0-16 cases/min (depending on the size of the carton) Carton size L 250 – 530 X W150 – 400mm x H： ( H+ W/2: after folding and sealing the bottom flap of the box) 225 – 600mm H： 150 – 400mm （after folding and sealing both top and bottom flaps of the box） ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/autobox-automatic-case-erector/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/AUTOBOX-case-erector.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/AUTOBOX-case-erector-horizontal-workingtable.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/AUTOBOX-case-erector-slopping-workingtable.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>24000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>21990 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>600 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2610,653,2481,652</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2610</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Cardboard packaging</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Kartongförslutare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER for PP or PET tape 9-15mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER for PP or PET tape 9-15mm - 0.55-1.0mm/FI-200/406mm - Tension force: 0-90kg The Fully Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is a reliable and efficient solution for your strapping needs. Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is designed with advanced features to ensure smooth and accurate strapping of your packages. Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is constructed with 100% structural steel, making it sturdy and durable. All cables are conduit-covered or assembled within chain channeling when connected to any moving parts of the machine, ensuring safety during operation. The strapping head is side-mounted in the horizontal arch, with two rodless cylinders guided by linear bearings achieving a 20-inch stroke. The horizontal arch up-and-down motion is achieved by electrically driven dual chains, providing a smooth and efficient strapping process. Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is capable of strapping with polyester or polypropylene strapping without any need for part changes, which provides versatility and convenience for the user. The machine can achieve up to 5 straps per minute, depending on the strapping arch and package dimensions, strap quality, and strap tension required. The tension force is adjustable up to 90 kg, providing flexibility to accommodate different strapping needs. The machine is designed with superior electrical and electronic design, including Allen Bradley Micro Logix 1400 PLC logic control and an Allen Bradley Monochrome Touch Screen. The touch screen plays an active role in avoiding operator errors by offering great versatility for customized information and alarm diagnostics. The machine comes standard with two fully customizable strap patterns on the touch screen. The internal potentiometers allow for adjustment of the strap tension for the head, providing additional control and accuracy. The fully automatic horizontal strapping machine Hammer is suitable for PP or PET straps and has a voltage of 380V–460V 3Ph with a power of 2KW at 50/60HZ. The tightening force is adjustable up to 90 kg, providing flexibility to accommodate different strapping needs. The arch size is W1500mm* L1500mm, and it can strap packages with dimensions of L500–1500mm * W1000–1500mm * H800–2500mm. The machine's size is L19300 × W3240 × H2800mm, with a weight of 350 kg. The automatic horizontal strapping machine HAMMER is a staple for pallets and other items on the packing operations carried out by automated packaging equipment, machine is generally required for use with pallet strapping. The most important feature of this machine is without cargo moving up and down movement of the machine frame, thereby setting the corresponding position in the program will be packed to ensure the stability of bulk packaged goods. In summary, the Fully Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER is a high-quality and efficient solution for your strapping needs. Its advanced features, superior electrical and electronic design, and sturdy construction ensure reliable and accurate strapping of your packages. With its versatility and flexibility, it can accommodate different strapping needs and help optimize your packaging process.   Specs of Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER Model Fully Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER Construction 100% structural steel Strap Compatibility Polyester or polypropylene Strapping Head GS-41 Arch Motion Electrically-driven dual chains Strapping Head Stroke 20" Strap Dispenser With pulley block and electric brake Uprights Heavy-duty folded sheet metal Touch Screen Allen Bradley Monochrome Strapping Speed Up to 5 straps per minute Strapping Patterns 2 fully customizable patterns Strap Tension Adjustable via internal potentiometers Voltage 380V-460V 3Ph Power 2KW 50/60HZ Suitable Strap PET or PP strap Tightening Force 90kg adjustable Arch Size W1500mm*L1500mm Machine Size L19300×W3240×H2800mm Strapping Size L500-1500mm x W1000-1500mm x H800-2500mm Machine Weight 350kg   Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER Video ﻿   Benefits of Automatic Horizontal Strapping Machine HAMMER The fully automatic horizontal strapping machine Hammer is a reliable and efficient solution for strapping needs. It is constructed with 100% structural steel, making it sturdy and durable. The machine can achieve up to 5 straps per minute and is capable of strapping with polyester or polypropylene strapping without any need for part changes. The tension force is adjustable up to 90 kg, providing flexibility to accommodate different strapping needs. The machine is designed with superior electrical and electronic design, including Allen Bradley Micro Logix 1400 PLC logic control and an Allen Bradley Monochrome Touch Screen. Has a voltage of 380V–460V 3Ph with a power of 2KW at 50/60HZ. The arch size is W1450mm x H1000mm, and it can strap packages with dimensions of L500–1500mm, W1000–1500mm, and H800–2500mm. ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-for-pp-tape-9-15mm-0-55-1-0mm-fi-200mm-tension-force-0-90kg-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-simens.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-tape-reel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-fast-delivery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-pp.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/fully-automatic-horizontal-strapping-machine-hammer-pp-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>22000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>19980 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210080</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>70 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,652,887,2556,366</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Packaging solutions &gt; Pallet strapping</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330009</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 1500mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=1500mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>500 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>440 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>330009</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300091</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 1650mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=1650mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>590 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300091</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>50 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300092</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 1800mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=1800mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>650 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300092</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300093</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 2000mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=2000mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>750 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300093</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300094</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 2200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=2200mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>750 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300094</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>3300095</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X — size: 2400mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is designed to fit different turntables. We offer 1500 mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm wide ramps for the turntable of the SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine. It allows for quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, with convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. This ramp is a must-have accessory to improve the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. If you have a ramp, you can use a manual pallet truck to load the pallet wrapping machine. The weight of the ramp is around 80 kg. The Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is an essential accessory that improves the efficiency and ease of your pallet wrapping process. Designed to fit different turntables, it is available in six sizes ranging from 1500mm to 2400mm to accommodate your specific needs. This ramp allows for the effortless loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, providing convenient access for most types of pallet trucks. By using this ramp, you can quickly load the pallet wrapping machine with a manual pallet truck, saving time and reducing physical strain. The ramp is sturdy and durable, with a weight of approximately 80 kg, making it a reliable investment for your business. Upgrade your pallet wrapping process with the SMARTWRAP-X Ramp for Pallet Wrapping Machine.   Specs for ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X Specification Description Compatibility SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine turntables Ramp width 1500mm, 1650mm, 1800mm, 2000mm, 2200mm, and 2400mm Weight Approximately 80kg Material Sturdy and durable Features Quick and easy loading and unloading of pallets using a pallet truck, convenient access for most types of pallet trucks Benefits Improves efficiency and ease of pallet wrapping process, reduces physical strain, saves time Application An essential accessory for businesses using SMARTWRAP-X pallet wrapping machine and manual pallet trucks   Ramp for Pallet wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm - Scheme]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/?attribute_size=2400mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-scheme.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/ramp-for-pallet-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x-1500mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>890 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>3300095</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>12828</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[NEO Plus 16-19mm (5/8″-6/8″) Battery Strapping Tool PET/PP strap incl. 2 Batteries & Charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[NEO Plus 16-19mm (5/8″-6/8″) Battery Strapping Tool PET/PP strap incl. 2 Batteries & Charger Adjustable and powerful automatic battery strapping tool for plastic straps in any environment This highly flexible buckle-free strapping tool is the perfect choice for packaging large goods, pallets, and loads in all kinds of environments. Despite effortless handling, it provides optimal results and high tightness of PP and PET straps. The adjustable guides enable easy switching of plastic straps of different dimensions, from 16mm (5/8)" to 19mm (3/4)" wide. Designed to perform well in demanding environments, the buckle-free strapping tool's digital display, easy handling, and adaptability increase plastic straps' working efficiency and strength for more secure packaging. To start the battery strapping tool simply hold the orange button for 3 seconds. High control of tensioning phase Clear display of parameters on digital display Adjustable strap guides Easy-to-remove and rechargeable battery. In the mean time you can simply use anothre battery which is included so the machine can operate non-stop. Adjustable strap tightness Thanks to its super-light weight, the buckle-free strapping tool allows for effortless handling while delivering optimal results with high packing tension force and fusion strength. Fully charged it can strap up to 500 times, depending on the packing strap and tension force. Battery strapping tool NEO Plus  it's a long-term reliable packaging tool. The latest Li-Ion battery technology powering the strapping tool supports a very high number of strapping cycles and stable performance. Batteries of 10.8V to 18V voltage range are easily chargeable to prolong the tool’s performance and usability. The clear and user-friendly digital display present crucial tool’s features - operating mode, abnormalities or errors, current battery power, packing tension force, fusion time, and strap width setting. Its easy handling and setup ensure optimized performance in different situations and tasks. Battery strapping tool NEO Plus show warnings of unusual circumstances or errors, such as excessive tool temperature, excessive or insufficient battery pressure or temperature, motor disconnection, failed startup check, etc., help prevent operation issues and ensure optimal tool functioning for the best results at all times. Designed to perform well in all kinds of tasks, the buckle-free strapping tool delivers optimal strapping results even in dirty environments. To extend its lifecycle, however, it is recommended to check the tool for wear and tear and clean it using a compressed air gun to remove any particles that could hinder its performance. Battery strapping tool NEO offers battery-powered tensioning and friction welding seals and is designed for strapping plastic straps (PET/PP) with width 16 to 19mm.   Benefits of NEO Plus 16-19mm Battery Strapping Tool For PET/PP plastic strap 16-19mm Adjustable tension force from 600N to 4000N Fully charged can perform up to 500 strappings An electric design that is simple to use, light in weight, and powerful Sealless - bucket is not needed Fiction-welding design that stick straps together Automatic working model, making tensioning and welding controllable. Additional Li-ion battery is included. You will get 2 Li-ion batteries. Heavy duty, special construction, high durability. LED scale display, adjustable sealing time Safe and allows continuous operation   Battery Strapping Tool NEO Plus 16-19mm specifications Model NEO Plus Weight 3.8kg (incl. battery) Dimensions (L x W x H) 360mm x 135mm x 130mm Tension force 600N - 4000N Tension speed 225mm/s Sealing Friction welding Battery charger voltage 100/220V Battery 14.4V/4.0Ah Li-Ion Charging time 60min Max number of strappings/fully charged  400-500 times depending on packing strap and tension force Battery service Chargeable up to 2000 Packing strap PP/PET Strap width 16mm (5/8)” - (3/4)” 19mm Strap thickness PP (0.6-1.0mm)/PET(0.5-1.0mm)   Core features of Buckle-free PP/PET battery-powered strapping tool NEO Plus Reliable and easy handling, thanks to the tool’s very low weight (with only 3.8kg, it’s the lightest strapping tool in the market), compact and ergonomic design, optimizes the tool’s efficiency and ensures good balance during operation. Adjustable strap guides easily adapt to plastic straps from 16mm to 19mm wide and guarantee a secure flow of straps for any task, while the tool’s perfect balance ensures accurate strapping in different directions. Digital control panel provides a clear overview and management of the tool’s features, including tension force, fusion time, strap width, and abnormality warnings. Easy maintenance improves performance and ensures battery strapping tool is always in motion. The high reliability and strength of the latest Li-Ion battery technology boost the tool’s efficiency and usability Strap tightness force adjustable via the control panel guarantees optimal tightness and strength ...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/neo-plus-16-19mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/neo-plus-battery-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/neo-plus-battery-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/neo-plus-battery-strapping-tool-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,887,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Electric forklift XE25A 2500 kg 300 cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Electric forklift XE25A 2500 kg 300 cm Powerful and easy-to-maneuver electric forklift for load transfer in any environment This battery-powered electric forklift is the perfect partner for work in demanding environments. Its compact design makes it ideal for use in narrow aisles and tight spaces. The double telescopic mast supports the heavy lifting of up to 2500 kg, while its powerful motor and durable battery ensure long-term operational reliability. Superior performance and maximum agility Optimum load distribution Hydraulic lift cylinders Low-noise lifting hydraulics Adjustable steering wheel Less pollution The XE25A electric forklift performs well in indoor and outdoor spaces. Thanks to easy maneuvering and an adjustable steering wheel, it enables easy operation and lifting of heavy loads to 3000mm. The forklift is powered by a strong motor paired with a durable battery of 48V/600Ah, which allows for hours-long use and fast recharging.   SMITH Electric forklift XE25A 2500 kg 300 cm specification Model XE25A Electric Forklift Power source Battery Operation type Seated-on Load capacity 2500 kg Load center C 500 mm Max lifting height 3000 mm Free lifting height 145 mm Fork size L4 x W x T 1070 x 120 x 40 mm Mast tilt angle (F/R) ⍺/β 6/8 deg Overall dimension (L x W x H) 3320 x 1185 x 2148 mm Outer min. turning radius r 2020 mm Max speed (unloaded/loaded) Travel V2 13/12 (15/14) km/h Lift V2 430/300 mm/s Service (including battery) 4100 kg Motor Travel 48/11.5 kW Lift 48/15 kW Battery Service 1000 kg Capacity 48/600 V/Ah   SMITH Electric forklift EA video ﻿   Core features of the XE25A electric forklift Priority energy flow distribution to the steering system ensures optimal steering Double front wheel brake guarantees safe and reliable braking, which minimizes impact risks The rolling-type duplex telescopic mast maintains position during movement and ensures reliable load transport Advanced hydraulic system powering the forklift ensures smooth operation and safety even in unexpected situations Side access to batteries allows for easier and faster replacement, ensuring continuous operation and higher efficiency A double electric system provides quiet, highly efficient, smooth, and safe control of the whole vehicle The smart panel ensures clear vehicle navigation, provides fast issue diagnosis, and easy set up of the entire vehicle system Optimal performance in a range of conditions, in temperatures between -25°C and +40°C, relative humidity of up to 100%, and altitude of up to 1200m   Great value for the price Thanks to its high capacity, agility, and durability, powered by the latest hydraulic, steering, and battery technologies, the XE25A electric forklift provides the most for its price tag and serves as a reliable machine in demanding working environments.   Highly powerful, durable, and easily replaceable battery The 5PZS600 battery model with 600Ah capacity and 48V voltage ensures reliable operation and long-term durability. When replacement is needed, the process is straightforward and allows two options: either side or overhead extraction. In the first method, another forklift is used to extract the battery for replacement. In the second method, the battery is pulled by a transfer car and replaced. Since the XE25A electric forklift is powered by a relatively light battery, the side extraction is a recommended battery replacement method, ensuring safety and ease during the process. The battery can ensure normal operation of the forklift in environment temperatures between 0°C ～ 40°C, while the environment temperature of discharge is between -25°C and ～+55°C.   Reliable control for safer operation XE25A electric forklift ensures high control of the operation to enhance security and efficiency. The electrical forklift uses a CURTIS controller, ZAPI ACE2 motor, and Inmotion controller. The CURTIS controller adopts high-frequency MOS pipe technology, which ensures excellent speed adjustment capacity, better safety, smart performance, and high protection. The controller device accessories include a travel controller, contactor unit, and accelerator. The lifting control adopts dual-speed pump control, which has no mechanical contact points, reduces the starting impact, and has a long service life.   Smart display XE25A electric forklift comes with a smart display connected to the vehicle system via a CAN bus. It provides diagnosis and enables setup for the entire vehicle system. It allows for reading or modifying the settings of modules to ensure optimal performance and reduce risks. The interface enables interaction through the main page or submenus and delivers information on battery power, vehicle speed, current mode, and traction hour meter. Adjustable travel mode allows for optimization of movement and battery use. The forklift works in three modes: a default economic mode (E), a strong mode (P), and a slow mode (S). The smart panel interface allows the operator to detect errors or faults b...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-electric-forklift-e25a-2500-kg-300-cm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-e25a-new.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-e25a.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-on-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-kg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/smith-electric-stacker-best-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>24880 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>19799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770080</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330400</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN sparar utrymme eftersom du kan köra in pallen på en handpallettruck och inte behöver någon ramp. Diametern på vändskivan på den Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN är 1500 mm och dess maximala omslagshöjd är 2000 mm. Palettomslagaren är stabil och hastigheten på vridbordet kan justeras upp till 10 r/min. Den har en mjuk start/stopp-funktion, hemläge, den är utrustad med PLC-styrning och sensor för att testa pallhöjden. Öppningen i vändskivan gör det enkelt att lasta en pall med en handpallett. Den här pallympakningsmaskinen har PLC-styrning och dess elektriska underenhet är världsberömda produkter, t.ex. från Japan "OMRON", Korea "LG", franska "TE" elapparater. Den Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN har en praktisk design, harmoniska åtgärder och är mycket tillförlitlig och bekväm.Det kan öka produktionseffektiviteten och förhindra att varorna skadas under transporten. Den är dessutom dammtät, fukttät och håller sig ren. Denna sträckfilmsmaskin har ett brett användningsområde och används för kemisk fiber, baccy, apotek, publicering, kylning och keramik etc. Denna maskin är inte lämplig för pallar som innehåller en tvärstång. Inplastningsprogrammet kan enkelt ställas in med ett bekvämt och pålitligt gränssnitt. Eftersom den har en typ M-drejskiva är EASY-IN-pallinplastaren lämplig för företag som använder handpallettruckar, eftersom du enkelt kan köra in pallen i den utan att behöva lyfta den. Du kan ställa in olika omslagsmetoder för att uppfylla dina behov.   Funktioner av den Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH Mjuk start/stopp hemläge PLC-kontrollpanel tillförlitlig prestanda lätt att använda Sensor testar pallhöjd   Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskinEASY-IN PRE-STRETCH specifikationer Tekniska uppgifter om maskinen Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH Strömspänning 1 P  AC 220/110V  50/60 Hz Hastighet på skivspelaren 0～10r/min Diameter på skivspelaren Φ 1500mm Masthöjd H2400mm Material LLDPE-film, bredd <=500mm, ytterdiameter <=280mm Kapacitet 1000 kg; Maximal höjd för inslagning 2000mm Smörjmedelsmaterial Vanligt smörjfett Maskinens vikt 750Kg Ungefärlig vikt med förpackning 850Kg Maskinens dimensioner L2800×W1580×H(2000-3000) mm Installerad effekt 1.25 KW Elektriskt skydd IP54 Buller ≤75DB Omgivningens fuktighet ≤98%， Temperatur -10℃～40℃   Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin steg för drift Verksamheten kan huvudsakligen delas in i följande faser： Pallen och dess fack ska placeras på vridplattan; Operatören ska ta filmen och lägga den runt föremålets yta; Operatören ska starta maskinen, som automatiskt kommer att köra och linda in föremålet. Automatisk cykel De höga och låga varvtalen och inställningarna för upp och ner kan först väljas baserat på pallens höjd i PLC-styrningen.  Aktivera den automatiska cykeln med hjälp av relevant väljare och maskinen är redo att ta emot de föremål som ska lindas. Kontrollera att föremålen har staplats på rätt sätt på brickan. Kontrollera att föremålens vikt och höjd inte överstiger vad maskinen tillåter. Cykeloperationerna är följande： Lägg föremålen/pallarna på vridplattan, aktivera vridplattan med hjälp av den fotoelektriska strömbrytaren; rotation medurs på vridplattan börjar. I slutet av den första rotationen stiger filmvagnen tills sensorn läser av palettens slut; de redan inställda höga varvtalen aktiveras och filmvagnen sänks; När den är i det nedre läget är rotationen långsammare, följt av inbromsning och stopp i läget; Det inslagna paketet tas bort och förpackningsmaskinen är redo att ta emot nästa pall.   Var används den Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH? som vill spara utrymme - rampen behövs INTE endast använda pallar av euro-typ (800 x 1200 mm) har pallar på upp till 1000 kg som behöver en pålitlig, stabil pallymbrytare.   Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN PRE-STRETCH video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatisk-strackfilmsmaskin-easy-in-prestretch/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/automatic-Paller-wrapper-EASY-IN-PRE-STRETCH-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>330400</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>460 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>140110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[A3 sealless steel strapping tool 13-19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[A3 sealless steel strapping tool 13-19mm A3 Steel Strapping Tool is Manual Sealless Combination Strapping Tool which can be used to strap products or pallets with a steel strap 13-19 mm wide. A3 manual strapping tool is a buckle-free steel strapping machine, so you will save material costs since you will not use any additional buckets or seals. The main usage of the steel strap is to tie together heavy or sharp products or pallets to ensure that the products will be safely transported to a different location or to store them together so you avoid messy places and save storage space. A3 sealless steel strapping tool is used for steel strap width from 12. 7-19 mm (1/2"-3/4") and thick from 0. 38-0. 7 mm. Steel strapping machine weights 3. 9 kg / 8. 6 lbs. When ordering this product you will get 1x Manual Steel Strapping tool and 1x Replaceable accessories. Note When using the machine, wearing protective gloves and glasses is indispensable.   Features of A3 sealless steel strapping tool Strapping width: 12.7-19 mm; Strapping thickness: 0.38-0.58 mm; Tensile strengths ranging: 700-850 N/mm²/100,000-123,000 psi All body parts and components of this steel strapping tool are made of high-strength alloy material The sealless combination tool features a non-buckle design for saving cost, no need to use another steel buckle The manualA3 sealless steel strapping tool is highly reliable and uses sealless technology, therefore, it can easily complete the fastening between the steel packing belts without a bucket A handy light weight sealless combination tool is used for flat packages like pallets, bales, crates, cases, and other packages   Specs of A3 sealless steel strapping tool Name Manual sealless steel strapping tools Function 1t has the features of no external power required, no fasteners, and easy moving, widely used in manufacturing, metallurgy, transportation, and other industries, such as rolling, freight, metal, equipment manufacturing, and so on. Features 1. Ughtweight body and easy to use, no external power required. 2. Without fasteners, adopting a two-stage booster structure, can be easily achieved with a fastening between the steel packaging, and high connection reliability. 3. Large tightening force and special structure design to achieve tightening easily. 4. The tool is durable, adopting high-strength alloy materials for the body and components, high-reliability design, and advanced manufacturing technology. 5. Patented design, safe for use, fatigue-free design. Model A3 Apply straps size Width 12.7-19 mm Thickness 0.38-0.7mm Apply straps Steel strip Padlock form Yin and yang buckle Weight 3.9 kg Size 387×168×308mm Maximum tension force Steel strip on the maximum tension between 70% and 80%   Advantages of A3 sealless steel strapping tool Handy light weight sealless combination tool to strap flat packages (i.e. pallets, bales, crates, cases, various packages) Permits a very easy and efficient operation and outperforms other strapping tools by its ruggedness and its high reliability The sealless technology reduces the overall strapping costs by approx. 10% through the elimination of the seals   Benefits of A3 sealless steel strapping tool EASY TIGHTENING & PACKAGING - The steel strapping A3 features a non buckle design, no need to use other steel buckles. Tensile strengths ranging: 700-850 N/mm²/100,000-123,000 psi. The special structural design of the machine can easily finish the tightening and packaging. CONVENIENT OPERATION - No fasteners, double power structure, can easily complete the fastening between the steel packing belts, and comes with high connection reliability. Strapping Width: 13 / 16 / 19 mm (1/2" / 5/8" / 3/4"). Strapping Thickness: 0.38-0.58mm (0.015"-0.023") HIGH-STRENGTH STRUCTURE - The A3 strapping tool is very durable, and all the body parts and components use high-strength alloy material. It has the advantages of high-reliability design and advanced strapping technology. COMPACT SIZE - This steel strapping tool has a compact and lightweight structure, is easy for transportation, and also makes the machine easy to use with no fatigue. WIDE APPLICATION - The steel strapping A3 manual tool is used to wrap and strap flat packages like pallets, bales, crates, cases, steel, aluminum bars, and other heavy packages.   A3 sealless steel strapping tool video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool-new.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/a3-sealless-steel-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>275 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140110</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>367,2481,887,2543</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>367</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandspännare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandspännare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330800</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ROBI-600B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ROBI-600A/B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH Easily movable and adjustable robot stretch wrapper for all kinds of loads in any environment and industry The highly adaptable, self-propelled robot stretch wrapper ROBI-600A/B is ideal for wrapping all pallet loads and objects of any size and shape. It’s designed based on a revolutionary idea to have the wrapping machine move and revolve around the load. Contrary to stationary wrapping machines, this method reduces the time and hassle of placing a load on and off the machine. It also makes wrapping possible for objects that would otherwise not fit standard wrapping machines, as it revolves perfectly around loads of every shape, size, and weight. The wrapper’s compact design allows for optimal performance even in tight spaces, while its high maneuverability provides solid control over the wrapping process. It’s an ideal wrapping companion in most working environments and industries and performs well in ambient air temperature between -10°C and 40°C for optimum wrapping tension and strength. ROBI-600A/B robot stretch wrapper allows for great flexibility and optimization of working progress thanks to auto and manual operating modes. Easy and secure film threading saves time and ensures optimal tension of wrapping film. Based on the parameters of the operation and load, the robot wrapper provides high adjustability and customization for the best wrapping results. ROBI-600A/B wrapper is powered by a robust and durable battery lasting up to 800 charges. Its control panel allows for easy control of the operation with start and stop buttons, reset and emergency stop buttons, and battery level indicator lights. When the battery is charged for 8 hours it can wrap 200 pallets.   Features of ROBI 600A/B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH Power pre-stretch: 300% and 230% two-step change by handle Fully charged can wrap 200 Pallets High control of wrapping procedure Digital display of parameters High mobility and adjustability Durable battery   Easy handling and fast wrapping with ROBI 600A/B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH ROBI 600A/B is designed to simplify the packing process while ensuring the best results for every case. Its handling and navigation are equally straightforward. First, move the robot stretch wrapper to the object area. Next, pull the film from the wrapper and place it on the object. Lastly, set the number of wraps on the control panel and start the machine. The wrapper will revolve around the object and wrap it automatically according to the presets.   ROBI 600A/B Robot Stretch Wrapper PRESTRETCH specifications Model ROBI-600A/B Power source Battery Battery configuration Charge power 1P AC220V/110V 50/60Hz Model 6-GVF-120A Weight 43 + 1kg Size (L x W x H) 407 x 174 x 216 (209) mm Lifetime Up to 800 charges Wrapping speed 90m/min Max. pallet size No limit Min. pallet size 600x600mm Max. wrapping height 2400mm Film stretch (%) ROBI-600A Mechanical stretch ROBI-600B Power pre-stretch: 300% and 230% two-step change by handle Film material LLDPE film, width ≦ 500mm, outer diameter ≦ 280mm Film tension Adjustable Max. film spec. ∅250x500mm Elevator unit speed Adjustable Gross weight/Net weight 450kg/430kg Machine configuration PLC German “Siemens” Battery CHILWEE LCD text Chinese “MEIWA” Travel switch French “Schneider” Button switch French “TE” Connector French “TE” Sensor German “P+F” Motor Chinese “MEIWA” Machine size (L x W x H) 1583 x 1233 x 2770mm Noise ≦ 75dB Environment Humidity ≦ 98% Temperature from -10 to 40°C Packing size (L x W x H) 1950 x 1250 x 3000mm   Core features of ROBI-600A/B Battery-Powered Robot Stretch Wrapper Different operation modes allow for easy adjustment to all kinds of tasks in different environments while ensuring the best results. Reliable and easy control via a control panel increases efficiency and ensures optimal performance for every task. Digital display provides a clear overview and management of chosen parameters to adapt to the load’s dimensions, weight, and shape. Chain-driven film carriage improves stability and ensures optimal tension of wrapping film.   Video of ROBI-600A/B Battery-Powered Robot Stretch Wrapper ﻿﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/robi-600b-robot-stretch-wrapper-prestretch/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/ROB-600B-Robot-Stretch-Wrapper-PRESTRETCH.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>6800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>5999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330800</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>430 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110170</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Strapping Tool PET/PP 13-19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Strapping Tool Highly adjustable and powerful automatic battery strapping tool for plastic straps in any environment and industry The highly efficient and maneuverable ARGON Plus strapping tool works great with flat or embossed PET (polyester) and PP (polypropylene) straps. It is ideal in most environments and industries, such as construction, timber and wood industry, metal and glass industry, etc. Performs well in ambient air temperature between 5°C and 45°C, and best at a working temperature between 15°C and 20°C centigrade to ensure optimum adhesive strength and strap tension. ARGON Plus strapping tool allows for great flexibility and optimization of working progress thanks to three operating modes. When in automatic mode (AUT), it automatically tightens the strap with a short press on the button, and welds and cuts it. In the semi-automatic mode (SEM), it requires holding the button, and when the set tension value is reached, it automatically starts welding and cutting the strap. The manual mode (MAN) gives more control to the user since the tension button should be pressed throughout the operation; when the set pull value is reached, the strap gets fused and cut manually when pressing the fusion button. ARGON Plus strapping tool also allows for high adjustment of other parameters, such as welding time.  Tension strength is adjustable to provide flexibility at work, ranging between 400 and 4200 N. ARGON Plus strapping tool comes with a standard battery charger that charges the battery fully in approximately 90 minutes to allow for a fast continuation of work. It saves energy when in non-operation and enters sleep mode. And, to ensure long-term reliability, it enables easy replacement of worn parts.   Advantages of ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Strapping Tool High control of tensioning phase Digital display of parameters Easily replaceable parts Ergonomic handle Easy-to-remove battery system   Features of ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Strapping Tool Easy-to-use and highly efficient battery-powered strapping tool Adjustable functioning mode: automatic, semi-automatic, manual Strap quality: PP/PET Strap width: 13mm - 19mm / 0.4mm - 1.2mm Tension strength: 400 - 4200 N adjustable Tension speed: 100 - 200 mm/s Adhesive strength: about 75% of plastic straps Great balance for efficient operation and reliable handling Ergonomic handle with non-slip rubber for stronger grip Digital display of parameters and buttons for better control Ergonomic handle for easy maneuvering Ideal in demanding environments at temperatures 5°C - 45°C Powered by a durable battery that allows up to 500 strappings per charge   ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Plastic Strapping Tool specifications Model ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Plastic Strapping Tool Power source Battery Operation modes Automatic, Semi-automatic, Manual Strap quality PP/PET Strap width 13/19 mm Strap thickness 0.4 to 1.2 mm Max tension on single strap 4200 N Max tension speed 12.0 mt/min Joint type Friction weld seal Battery weight 0.6 kg   Core features of ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Plastic Strapping Tool Different functioning modes allow for easy adjustment to all kinds of tasks in different environments - changing to manual mode, for example, delivers better control, while automatic mode allows for faster operation. Reliable and easy handling thanks to ergonomic handle increases efficiency and ensures good balance during use. Adjustable front and rare guides quickly adapt to plastic straps of 13/19mm and guarantee a secure flow of straps for any job, while the perfect balance ensures accurate strapping in both vertical and horizontal ways. Easily replaceable components bring long-term reliability and usability of the strapping tool, reducing the need to buy new devices. Digital display provides a clear overview and management of chosen parameters, including welding time, gears, battery level, and functioning mode. Secure and fast maneuvering is ensured by the easily accessible welding and tensioning buttons. Easy maintenance improves performance and reduces upkeep time.   Video of ARGON PLUS Battery-Powered Plastic Strapping Tool PET/PP 13-19mm ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/argon-plus-battery-powered-plastic-strapping-tool-13-19mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/TITAN-Plus-battery-strapping-tool-13-19mm-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110170</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,887,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Vertical baler TONNA25, 25 tons, 250kN, bale 250 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vertical baler 25 tons TONNA25 A vertical baler with 25 tons of pressure TONNA25 will dramatically lower waste costs and save space in your facilities. It is widely used in warehouses, stores, hotels, restaurants, and manufacturers from various industries, and because of its quality and unique features even in landfills. The pressing power of the Vertical baler TONNA25 is 25 tons, therefore, it can be used to squeeze different materials, such as paper, cartons, plastic, plastic bottles, stretch film, and others. The weight of the waste bale can be up to 250 kg, depending on the material that you are squeezing. Vertical baler TONNA25 has an advanced automatic bale extraction system, which will help you extract the waste bale from the recycling baler with no effort. Thanks to wire technology waste bale can be easily wired together so the output is compact and tied together. Vertical baler TONNA25 is designed for outdoor applications and the machine is recommended for indoor or outdoor use. Vertical baler has a very long lifespan. It can be used for 20 years or more. The dimensions of the recycling baler are 2650 mm (H) x 1500 mm (W) x 1100 mm (D) and the machine weighs 750 kg. It has a 1-year warranty and we offer cheap international shipping. The transportation height of the vertical baler is 1955 mm.   Main Features of cardboard baler TONNA20 An automatic bale extraction system Can bale 250 kgs of waste materials Bale dimensions: 1000 mm x 800 mm x 800 mm (W x D x H) 6-8package/hours Machine size: 1500 mm*1100 mm*2650 mm (W x D x H) Ideal for locations where space and height are restricted Easy to use and simple to install Noise Level: 72 decibels Cycle Times: 40 seconds Electronic command control system Motor: 2.2 kW 16 Amp Single Oil cylinder Power Supply: 220-230V Transportation height: 1955 mm   Specification of Vertical baler 25 tons TONNA25 Vertical baler 25 tons TONNA25 Height 2650 mm Width 1500 mm Depth 1100 mm Weight 750 kg Transportation Height 1955 mm Power Supply 230 V (single-phase) Motor 2,2 KW, 16 Amp Pressing Force Up to 25 Ton Noise Level 72 decibels Bale dimensions Height 800 mm Width 1000 mm Depth 800 mm Weight Up to 250 kg - depending on the material used Cycle Times 40 seconds Loading aperture size Height 600 mm Width 1000 mm Depth 600 mm   How does recycling works with Vertical baler TONNA Video ﻿ Advantages of Vertical baler 25 tons TONNA20 Bale weight output 250 KG A mid-range baler with easy loading for large-size cardboard boxes Retaining claws to reduce the spring back of material in the baler chamber Fully automatic bale ejector: simplifies removal of the bale   How does Vertical Baler TONNA25 work Field Requirements The following criteria should be taken into account when determining the location for Vertical baler TONNA25: A certain ground is required for the machine. This floor must be able to support the weight of the machine, as well as carry pallet trucks and load-carrying vehicles. The room surrounding the machine should be sufficient for loading, monitoring, maintenance, and removal of balers. The electrical power source (400v) should be close to the machine. The lighting system where the machine is located should be made in accordance with the occupational health and safety legislation in that region. There should be sufficient ventilation at the place where the machine is located. Filling the machine with waste material Once the cardboard compactors have been secured, the machine is now ready to load. Start filling the machine after closing the lower door. When starting a new bale, put a large piece of cardboard (or similar material suitable for bale) in the bottom of the hopper. Thus, all ties/tapes with which you will later tie the bale and all solid wastes will be caught. Make sure that only waste material gets into the machine. When the waste baler is filled with waste material, a new baling cycle can be started. Baling The clamping force of hydraulic hoses is used to compress the waste material. The bonded material is compressed to reduce the volume of the waste material. The baling procedure is as follows: The bale chamber is filled up to the top of the machine. For compression, select the compression format from the control panel, then press the green button and press it down with the "compress" command. The machine will continue the compression cycle and will automatically stop when it is completed. (The clamping plate can stay in the same state until you refill the machine.) To bring the clamping plate to the upper level again, press the green button and then move it to the "pinch" position. In the clamping cycle, the machine will stop automatically and the clamping plate will come back to its original position. The machine will stop as soon as you press the red button. Continue this procedure until the desired amount of bales has been filled and compacted.   Waste baler TONNA baling process video ﻿   Waste baler Strapping bale faster with textile strap - vi...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/vertical-baler-tonna25-25-tons-250kn-bale-250-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Vertical-baler-TONNA25.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-size.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-bale-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Waste-baler-TONNA25-bale-size-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>6999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>6499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>720 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110090</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[GT-XTREME Automatic Battery strapping tool 16-19mm PET/PP with battery & charger]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[GT-XTREME Automatic Battery strapping tool for 16-19mm PET and PP plastic strap with battery & charger Adjustable and powerful automatic battery strapping tool for plastic straps in any environment The highly adjustable GT-XTREME strapping tool adapts to any environment thanks to various functioning modes - automatic, semi-automatic, manual, and soft - to ensure easy handling for the user while providing the best strapping results. Its perfect balance makes it easy to perform both vertically and horizontally, while the adjustable front and rear guides allow straps of different dimensions - 16/19mm. Designed to perform in harsh environments, the machine’s display, easy handling, and connectivity increase the efficiency and reliability of plastic straps. High control of tensioning phase in soft mode Intuitive display of parameters Conical gearbox for better performance Stainless steel components to avoid rust Ergonomic handle with non-slip rubber Easy-to-remove battery system USB connectivity Lockable keypad for higher safety The lightest of its kind in the market, the GT-XTREME battery strapping tool is ideal for use in heavy-duty environments, such as in construction, the timber and wood industry, the metal and glass industry, etc. It supports a very high number of cycles and stable performance due to the latest Li-Ion battery technology. Depending on the tool’s usage, the battery can sustain up to 300 cycles per battery charge and over 500 charge-discharge cycles. The GT-XTREME battery allows for non-stop work, while the new BMS (Battery Management System) ensures easy battery status checks by interacting with it through the electronic board. The brushless motor with encoder works with a conical gearbox with bevel gears for boosted performance. The components are made of stainless steel to avoid rust and ensure overtime durability, and maintenance is fast thanks to the easily removable casing. The clear and user-friendly digital display shows crucial parameters - functioning mode, tensioning force, welding time, and battery charge level - and allows you to adjust them easily for better performance in various tasks.   Specifications of GT-XTREME Automatic Battery tool for Plastic Strapping Model GT-XTREME Automatic Battery for Plastic Strap Power source Battery Operation modes Automatic, Semi-automatic, Manual, Soft Package type Flat surface (min. 120mm) Round surface (min. diam. 700mm) Strap type PP/PET Strap width 16/19 mm Strap thickness 0.7 to 1.27 mm Max tension on a single strap 4200 N Max tension on package 8400 N Max tension speed 9.0 mt/min Joint type Friction weld seal Weight (including battery) 4 kg Battery Akku Power SP5 18 Vdc 5 Ah Li-Ion   Core features of GT-XTREME Automatic battery for plastic strap Different functioning modes allow for easy adjustment to all kinds of tasks in different environments - changing to soft mode, for example, delivers better control of the tensioning phase. A Brushless motor with encoder ensures low maintenance and works with a conical gearbox with bevel gears to improve performance. Reliable and easy handling, thanks to low weight (with 4kg is the lightest in the market), ergonomic handle with non-slip rubber and ergonomic opening lever, increase efficiency and ensure good balance during operation. Adjustable front and rare guides quickly adapt to plastic straps of 16/19mm and guarantee a secure flow of straps for any job, while the perfect balance ensures accurate strapping in both vertical in horizontal ways. Stainless steel components avoid rust making the machine suitable for use in humid and outdoor environments and ensuring overtime durability. Digital display provides a clear overview and management of chosen parameters, including tensioning force, welding time, battery charge level, and functioning mode. The keypad can be locked to prevent unwanted changes and improve safety. Secure and fast maneuvering is ensured by the easily accessible electromechanical button for welding start and tensioning start push-button. Easy maintenance improves performance and reduces upkeep time thanks to the easily removable casing. High reliability and strength of the latest Li-Ion battery technology with no “memory effect” boosts efficiency and usability - up to 300 cycles per battery charge and over 500 charge-discharge cycles. The quality and life of the battery are further improved with a universal battery charger which ensures protection on thresholds for temperature and internal pressure during charging. More options to improve battery life: Akku Power SP7 Battery 18 Vds - 5.0 Ah Li-Ion and Battery charger for Li-Ion Battery Aku Power.   Video of Battery Strapping tool GT-XTREME ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/gt-xtreme-automatic-battery-strapping-tool-16-19mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/GT-XTREME-battery-strapping-tool.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool-sale-e1648147843181.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/gt-xtreme-siat-battery-strapping-tool-battery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2900 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110090</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>974</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,887,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TONNA5 papperspressar, 5 ton, 50kN, bal 40kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TONNA5 papperspressar, 5 ton, 50kN, bal 40kg TONNA5 Papperspressar är en effektiv och ekonomisk lösning för återvinning av blandat och kontorspappersskrot.TONNA5 är idealisk för platser där utrymmet och höjden är begränsade. TONNA5 Papperspressar producerar mycket små kompakta balar som kan väga upp till 40 kg (beroende på materialet). Balens dimensioner är 600 x 535 x 460 mm (H x B x D), därför är TONNA5 papperspressar lämplig för små mängder avfall. Återvinningsbalpressen kan producera mellan 6-8 förpackningar i timmen. TONNA5-papperspressar mått är 1756 x 718 x 630 mm (H x B x D) och den vertikala pressen väger 200 kg. Med förmågan att packa in mer kontorspappersmaterial i varje bal, maximerar den höga baldensiteten effektiviteten vid pressning, lagring och transport och sparar pengar för återvinningsföretag. Detta bidrar till att generera maximala intäkter från blandat papper och kontorspapper och ger en snabb avkastning på investeringen. Vi erbjuder snabb leverans och garanti i Sverige   Funktioner av TONNA5 Papperspressar Den minsta pressmaskinen i TONNA-sortimentet • Idealisk för platser där utrymmet och höjden är begränsade • Producerar en mycket liten kompakt bal • Lämplig för små avfallsmängder • Lämplig för garagelokaler, butiker, kontor, små hotell och restauranglokaler och företag i stadsmiljö.   Fördelar med TONNA5 Papperspressar Våra små modeller är idealiska för små pappers, kartong och polyetenfilmer. Perfekt om du har ett mycket litet utrymme för både pressade och balade återvinningsmaterial och vill säkra kostnadsfria hämtningar i stället för att betala för hämtning av sopor och containrar. De här små pressarna kan också flyttas runt på platsen på en pallbil och är plug and play med ett standarduttag.   Papperspressar TONNA5 specsà Modell TONNA5 Papperspressar Höjd 1.756 m Bredd 0.718 m Djup 0.630 m Vikt 140 kg Transport Ht 1.40 m Strömförsörjning 220 - 240 V Motor (Enfas) 1.5 kw 13 ampere Tryckkraft upp till 5 ton Bullernivå 68  decibel Dimensioner för balar Höjd 0.600 m Bredd 0.535 m Djup 0.460 m Vikt upp till 40 kg (Beroende på det material som används) Cykeltider 20 sekunder Laddar bländarstorlek Höjd 0.490 m Bredd 0.535 m Djup 0.460 m   Varför behöver vi en papperspressar? En papperspressar är en papperskomprimator som används för att komprimera och bala avfallspapper som kontorspapper, pappersrester och gamla tidningar till en kub. Använd pressmaskinen för avfallspapper för att göra avfallspapper som är i löst skick till en tät bal. Det är ett mycket viktigt steg i återvinningen av returpapper. Papperspressar gör återvinningsprocessen smidig och effektiv.   Hur återvinner man pappersavfall? Steg 1: Samla in pappersavfallet. Vanligtvis kan vi samla in pappersavfallet från papperskorgar, kontor, bokhandel, skolor osv. Sedan kan vi leverera dem till en professionell återvinningscentral. Steg 2: Sortera och samla pappersavfallet. I det här steget behöver vi också en pressmaskin för returpapper för att hjälpa oss att avsluta pressningen. När återvinningsanläggningen tar emot returpapper från olika källor sorterar de pappret utifrån kvalitet och material, struktur och ytbehandling. Återvinningscentralen skickar sedan pappersbalarna till pappersfabriken. Steg 3: Tvätta pappersavfallet. När det sorterade returpappret anländer till pappersfabriken tvättar vi det med tvålvatten för att avlägsna bläck, plastfilm, häftklamrar och lim. Sedan läggs de i en stor behållare där de blandas med vatten för att skapa en pappersmassa. Steg 4: Gör ett nytt papper. När avfallspapper har blivit pappersslam tillsätter vi olika material i slammet för att göra det till nytt papper, t.ex. kontorspapper, tidningspapper osv. När det nya pappret är torrt är det redo att säljas eller användas igen.   Fördelen med papperspressar Pressar för returpapper spelar en mycket viktig roll i pappersåtervinningen. Låt oss lämna pappersavfallet så mycket som möjligt för återvinning. Det gör återvinningsprocessen mycket effektivare. Å andra sidan hjälper det oss också att skydda miljön från föroreningar från avfallspapper och spara resurser. Papperna är alla gjorda av träd och på andra sidan. Papperspressar hjälper oss också att skydda jordens skogsresurser.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tonna5-papperspressar-5-ton-50kn-bal-40kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-1.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Paper-baler-TONNA5-1.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3499 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>290 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120800</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Sladdbandssats - Manuellt bandningsverktyg CORD 13-19 mm - kompositband 16 mm - bandningsvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Sladdbandssats - Manuellt bandningsverktyg CORD 13-19 mm - kompositband 16 mm - bandningsvagn Sladden, kompositbandningssatsen innehåller allt du behöver för textilband. Genom att köpa ett kit för kompositbandning sparar du tid och pengar. We bundle products that fit the most together. Vi samlar produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda högkvalitativa bandningssatser för bandning av sladdar och textil band. I det här sladdbandssats får du: Manuellt bandningsverktyg CORD 13-19 mm Sladd, kompositband 16mm/600m Dispenservagn för textil/komposit/sladdband Sladdbandssats CORD 13-19 mm har en garanti och är servad i Europa. Sladdbandssats skickas gratis till din adress i Sverige.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/sladdbandssats-sladd/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/composite-strapping-set-CORD-13-19mm-cord-strap-dispenser-wire-buckets.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>349 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120800</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>39 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>655,368,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>655</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120400</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pneumatisk bandningssats AIR19 13-19 mm PET/PP + PET-band 15,5 mm - bandningsvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Pneumatisk bandningssats AIR19 PET/PP + PET-band 15,5 mm - bandningsvagn   Pneumatisk bandningssats innehåller allt du behöver för pneumatisk bandning. Genom att köpa en pneumatisk bandningssats sparar du tid och pengar. Vi samlar de produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda och högkvalitativa bandningssats för PET- och PP-band av plast. I det här pneumatiska bandningssats får du: Pneumatiskt bandningsverktyg AIR19 13-19mm PET/PP PET-band 15,5 mm x 0,7 mm Dispenservagn för PP- eller PET-band Pneumatiskt bandningsverktyg AIR19 13-19 mm i ett kit har en garanti och service i Europa.  Pneumatiskt bandningsset skickas gratis till din adress i Sverige. ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pneumatisk-bandningssats-air19-pet-band/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/pneumatic-banding-kit-air19-pet-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>649 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120400</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120510</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandningsbandsats PPST16 + PP-rem 15,5 mm - tätningar - bandvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Bandningsbandsats PPST16 + PP-rem 15,5 mm - tätningar - bandvagn Bandningsbandssats innehåller allt du behöver för plastband. Genom att köpa ett bandningsset sparar du tid och pengar. Vi samlar de produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda och högkvalitativa polybandsatser för PP-band av plast. I det här Bandningsbandssats får du: Manuellt bandningsverktyg PPST16 för 15,5 mm PP-band Tätningar 15,5 mm (800 enheter) PP-band 15,5 mm x 0,7 mm / 1800m Dispenservagn för PP- eller PET-band Bandningsbandssats PPST16 i ett kit har en garanti och servad i Europa. Vi erbjuder snabb internationell frakt till din adress i Sverige.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandningsbandsats-ppst16-pp-rem-155-mm-tatningar-bandvagn/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/poly-banding-kit-ppst13.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>319 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120510</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120500</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polybandssats PPST13 + PP-band 12 mm - tätningar - bandvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Polybandssats PPST13 + PP-band 12 mm - tätningar - bandvagn Polybandssats innehåller allt du behöver för plastband. Genom att köpa ett Polybandssats sparar du tid och pengar. Vi samlar de produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda och högkvalitativa polybandsatser för PP-band av plast. I det här Polybandssats får du: Manuellt bandverktyg PPST13 för 12 mm PP-band Tätningar 12 mm (1000 enheter) PP-band 12 mm x 0,8 mm / 2000m Dispenservagn för PP eller PET-band Polybandssats PPST13 i ett kit har en garanti och servas i Europa. Vi erbjuder snabb internationell frakt till din adress i Sverige.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polybandssats-ppst13/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/poly-banding-kit-ppst13.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>319 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120500</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120121</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Plastbandningssats JET 12-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PP-band 12 mm - bandvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Plastbandningssats JET 12-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PP-band 12 mm - bandvagn Plastbandningssats innehåller allt du behöver för batteribandning. Genom att köpa en batteribandningssats sparar du tid och pengar. Vi samlar de produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda och högkvalitativa bandningssatser för PET- och PP-band av plast. I det här plastbandningssats får du: Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg JET 12-16 mm (1/2″-5/8″) för PET/PP-band Litiumbatteri (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) och en laddare PP-band 12 mm x 0,6 mm Dispenservagn för PP- eller PET-band JET Batteribandningsverktyget 10-16 mm i ett kit har en garanti och servas i Europa. Plastbandningssatsen skickas gratis till din adress i Sverige. ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/plastbandningssats-jet-12-16-mm-pp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/plastic-banding-kit-jet-12-16-mm-pp.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1100 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120121</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[JET Pallbandningssats 12-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PET-band 12 mm - bandvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[JET Pallbandningssats 12-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PET-band 12 mm - bandvagn Pallbandningssats innehåller allt du behöver för batteribandning. Genom att köpa en batteribandningssats sparar du tid och pengar. Vi samlar produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda och högkvalitativa bandningssatser för PET- och PP-band av plast. I detta pallbandningssats får du: JET Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg 12-16 mm (1/2″-5/8″) för PET/PP-band Litiumbatteri (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) och en laddare PET-band 12 mm x 0,6 mm Dispenservagn för PP- eller PET-band TITAN Batteribandningsverktyg 10-16mm i ett kit har en garanti och servas i Europa. Pallbandningssats skickas gratis till din adress i Sverige    ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallbandningssats-jet-12-16mm-pet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/pallet-banding-kit-jet-12-16mm-pet.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1120 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120120</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120061</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ARGON Polypropylenbandningssats 10-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PP-band 12mm - bandvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ARGON Polypropylenbandningssats 10-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PET-band 12mm - bandvagn Polypropylenbandningssats innehåller allt du behöver för batteribandning. Genom att köpa ett batteribandningsset sparar du tid och pengar. Vi samlar produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda högkvalitativa bandpaket för PET- och PP-band av plast.  I det här Polypropylenbandningssats får du: Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg ARGON 10-16mm för PET/PP-band Litumbatteri 18V/5.0Ah och laddare PP band 12mm x 0.8mm Dispenservagn för PP- eller PET-band ARGON Batteribandningsverktyg 10-16mm i ett kit har en garanti och är servad i Europa. Polypropylenbandningssats skickas gratis till din adress i Sverige.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polypropylen-bandning-ssats-argon-10-16mm-pp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/plastic-strapping-kit-titan-10-16mm-pp.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120061</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ARGON Batteri drivna bandning sverktyg 10-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PET-band 12mm - bandvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ARGON Batteri drivna bandning sverktyg 10-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PET-band 12mm - bandvagn Batteri drivna bandning sverktyg innehåller allt du behöver för batteribandning. Genom att köpa ett batteribandningsset sparar du tid och pengar. Vi samlar produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda högkvalitativa bandpaket för PET- och PP-band av plast.  I det här batteri drivna bandning sverktyg  får du: Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg ARGON 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) för PET/PP-band Litumbatteri 18V/5.0Ah och laddare PP band 12mm x 0.8mm Dispenservagn för PP- eller PET-band   ARGON batteri drivna bandning sverktyg 10-16mm i ett kit har en garanti och är servad i Europa. Batteribandningsverktyg skickas gratis till din adress i Sverige.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/batteri-drivna-bandning-sverktyg-argon-10-16mm-pet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/plastic-strapping-kit-titan-10-16mm-pet.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[NEO Batteridriven verktygssats för bandning 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PET-band 15,5mm - bandvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[NEO Batteridriven verktygssats för bandning 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PP-band - bandvagn Batteridriven verktygssats för bandning innehåller allt du behöver för batteribandning. Genom att köpa ett batteribandningsset sparar du tid och pengar. Vi paketerar produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda högkvalitativa bandsatser för plast PET och PP-band.  I det här Batteridriven verktygssats för bandning får du: NEO Batteribandningsverktyg  9-16mm PET/PP Litiumbatteri（DC14.4V, 6000MAH) och en laddare PET band 15.5mm x 0.9 mm Dispenservagn för PP- eller PET-band NEO Batteribandningsverktyg 9-16mm i ett kit har en garanti och servas i Europa. Batteribandningssats skickas gratis till din adress i Sverige.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/batteridriven-verktygssats-for-bandning-neo-9-16mm-pet/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/polyester-strapping-kit-NEO-9-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1700 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120011</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[NEO batteri bandnings uppsättning 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PP-band 15,5 mm - bandvagn]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[NEO batteri bandnings uppsättning 9-16mm PET/PP inkl. batteri och laddare + PP-band 15,5 mm - bandvagn Batteri bandnings uppsättning innehåller allt du behöver för batteribandning. Genom att köpa ett batteribandningsset sparar du tid och pengar. Vi paketerar produkter som passar bäst ihop. Vi erbjuder prisvärda högkvalitativa bandsatser för plast PET och PP-band.  I det här batteribandningssats får du: NEO Batteribandningsverktyg 9-16mm PET/PP Lithiumbatteri (DC14.4V、6000MAH) och en laddare PP-band 15.5mm x 0.7mm Dispenservagn för PP- eller PET-band NEO Batteribandningsverktyg 9-16mm i ett kit har garanti och servas i Europa. Batteribandningssats skickas gratis till din adress i Sverige   ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/batteri-bandnings-uppsattning-neo-9-16mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/battery-strapping-tool-kit-NEO-9-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1599 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120011</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>450020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HSM dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HSM dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 Den här robusta och högpresterande dokumentförstörare används för att bearbeta ett antal lager kartong till en stoppningsmatta eller ett vadderat fyllnadsmaterial. Den professionella enheten är mobil på styrrullar och kan användas med total flexibilitet. HSM dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 kan användas i alla expeditions- och lagringsutrymmen, i produktions- och distributionscentraler. Den perforerar begagnad kartong för att göra universellt användbart förpackningsmaterial som är lika bra som nytt. Detta sparar kostnader och är samtidigt ett förnuftigt och praktiskt bidrag till miljöskyddet. ”Tillverkad i Sverige”-kvalitet – de högkvalitativa materialen och den beprövade HSM-kvaliteten ”Tillverkad i Sverige” garanterar att du får en säker och hållbar maskin. Mycket kraftfull, fristående enhet, det perfekta tillägget till ditt packbord eller lager Inloppshöjd: 20 mm Mått: W 700 x D 480 x H 970 mm Skärhastighet: 13m / min. Motoreffekt: 1.4 KW Skärprestanda i lager: 2-3 lager Spänning / frekvens: 230 V / 50 Hz Vikt: 170 kg Med denna praktiska HSM-dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 kan du strimla upp till 3 lager kartong och papper. Å ena sidan förstör du dina gamla kartonger å andra sidan kan du snabbt och enkelt producera klädsel och fyllnadsmaterial. Så du sparar två gånger! Det material som produceras är idealiskt för att packa känsliga och tunga föremål eller för att fylla hål.   HSM dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 funktioner Skärrullar i massivt stål - De induktionshärdade skärrullarna i massivt stål klarar enkelt av häftklamrar och pappersklamrar och garanterar hållbarhet. Variabel dämpningsvolym - Beroende på applikation kan förpackningsmaterialets dämpningsvolym justeras efter behov. Justerbar arbetsbredd efter behov - Den oändligt varierande justeringen av arbetsbredden med en skala möjliggör produktion av dämpningsmaterial exakt efter behov. Intuitiva kontroller - Den intuitiva operatörens kontrollpanel med LED-indikatorer på ett robust knappsats signalerar enhetens driftstatus. Hjul med parkeringsbroms - enheten kan användas mobilt och har smidiga, stabila hjul med parkeringsbroms Skärrullar av härdat massivt stål Kraftfullt och effektivt drivkoncept möjliggör kontinuerlig drift Särskilt hållbar drift tack vare den höga effektiviteten Helt flexibel justering av inmatningshastigheten Förpackningsmaterialets justerbara dämpningsvolym. Oändligt justerbar arbetsbredd med skala för dämpningsmaterial gjort för att mäta Intuitiv användning med LED-indikatorer på en robust knappsats Integrerad turbofunktion löser blockeringar Användarsäkerhet genom nödstoppsbrytare Mobil på hjul, med parkeringsbroms När nödstoppsbrytaren aktiveras stannar enheten omedelbart. Stoppningsmaterial tillverkat av begagnad kartong för större behov   HSM dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 specifikationer Modell HSM dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 Rutnätsdimension 5 x 100 mm Kapningskapacitet Upp till 3 positioner Arbetshastighet 8.5 – 14.0 m/min Arbetsbredd 425 mm Inmatningshöjd 20 mm Strömförsörjning 230 V, 50 Hz 120 V / 60 Hz 220 V / 60 Hz Driftsläge Kontinuerlig drift Motoreffekt max. 1.4 kW Omgivande förhållanden för transport, lagring och drift: Temperatur -10 °C upp till +25 °C Relativ fuktighet max. 90%, non-condensing Bullerutsläpp 60 – 62 dB(A) (tomgång / under belastning) 66 – 67 dB(A) Storlek B x D x H (mm) 770 x 570 x 1040 Vikt 170 kg   Hur fungerar HSM dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 Slå på HSM-dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 Lås upp nödstoppsknappen genom att vrida den moturs. Flytta strömbrytaren på höger sida till läge "I". Displayen "Redo för drift" blinkar. Efter en kort tid lyser displayen "Redo för drift" konstant. Maskinen är redo att användas. Tryck på knappen "Framåt". Klippaggregatet startar. Drifthastigheten kan styras i 4 nivåer med hjälp av - och + justeringsknapparna. Det är möjligt att ändra inställningarna under drift. Inmatningskartong Lägg kartongen i maskinen. Kartong bearbetas med en bredd av upp till 425 mm. Bredare kartong trimmas automatiskt. Klippaggregatet stängs av med stoppknappen. Stäng av Ställ om nätströmbrytaren på höger sida till läge "0".   HSM dokumentförstörare ProfiPack P425 video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/dokumentforstorare-hsm-profipack-p425/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-shredder-hsm-profipack-p425.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3799 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>450020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>160 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>651,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>651</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Dokumentförstöraren</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Dokumentförstöraren</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>450010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pappersstrimlare HSM ProfiPack C400]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HSM Pappersstrimlare ProfiPack C400 Med den här förpackningsmaskinen kan du förvandla kartong till en stoppningsmatta eller ett vadderat fyllnadsmaterial i ett enda arbetssteg. Som en kompakt bordsenhet kan den användas som en mobil enhet med total flexibilitet. Förpackningsmaskinerna HSM ProfiPack C400 och P425 förvandlar begagnad kartong till universellt förpackningsmaterial som uppfyller de högsta kraven - på ett ögonblick. Du kan spara dyrt fyllnadsmaterial - ingen lagring, ingen hantering, inga kostnader!. Profi Pack C400 är uteslutande avsedd för tillverkning av förpackningskuddar av kartong. Garantitiden för maskinen är 2 år. Garantin täcker inte slitage, skador orsakade av felaktig hantering, naturligt slitage och ingrepp av tredje part. HSM ProfiPack C 400 är en högkvalitativ maskin som är tillverkad för kontinuerlig drift. Med en skäranordning tillverkad av massivt stål fungerar den utmärkt och har en justerbar volym för förpackningsmaterialet. Denna maskin är perfekt för säkerhet och hållbarhet och är av svensk kvalitet. Få den kraft du behöver för att klara tuffa jobb med HSM ProfiPack C400. Med sina högkvalitativa material, kraftiga skärrullar i stål och kraftfulla drivenheten kan du enkelt arbeta med den här förpackningsmaskinen oavsett uppgift. Den har även justerbar dämpningsvolym så att dina föremål alltid är skyddade. HSM Pappersstrimlare ProfiPack C400 funktioner Högkvalitativa material och ”Made in Sweden”-kvalitet för säkerhet och hållbarhet Skärrullar av härdat massivt stål Kraftfull drivning möjliggör kontinuerlig drift Den justerbara dämpningsvolymen på förpackningsmaterialet Ständigt justerbar arbetsbredd med skala för dämpande material som är tillverkat efter mått. Intuitiv användning med LED-indikatorer på en robust knappsats Integrerad turbofunktion löser blockeringar Inbyggt handtag för att lätt lyfta enheten Halkfritt stativ på förpackningsmaskinen Investeringen lönar sig efter en kort tid Solid, robust och beprövad konstruktion Enkel driftsättning, intuitiv användning Snabb produktion av fyllnadsmaterial som är skräddarsytt för dina behov Maximal flexibilitet och oberoende genom egen produktion av förpacknings- och fyllnadsmaterial. Hög säkerhet för användaren De härdade skärrullarna är tillverkade av ett enda stycke stål och är därför helt okänsliga för häftklamrar och liknande mjuka metaller. Inga underhållsintervaller, inga uppföljningskostnader Kompakt design / litet fotavtryck 2 års garanti vid enskiftsdrift; vid flerskiftsdrift är garantiperioden 6 månader. Service på plats av erfaren HSM-kundtjänst   HSM Pappersstrimlare ProfiPack C400 specifikationer Modell HSM Pappersstrimlare ProfiPack C400 Dimensionen för rutnätet 6 x 60 mm Klippkapacitet 1 skikt Arbetshastighet 8,0 m/min Arbetsbredd 415 mm Inmatningshöjd 10 mm 10 mm Strömförsörjning 100 V / 60 Hz 230 V / 50 Hz 120 V / 60 Hz 220 V / 60 Hz Driftsätt Kontinuerlig drift Motoreffekt 800 W / 625 W / 855 W / 660 W Omgivningsförhållanden för transport, lagring och drift: Temperatur -10 °C upp till+25 °C relativ luftfuktighet max. 90 %, icke-kondenserande Bullerutsläpp 66 - 68 dB(A) (tomgång / under belastning) 68 - 70 dB(A) Storlek B x D x H (mm) 610 x 395 x 375 Vikt 47 kg Hur fungerar Pappersstrimlare HSM ProfiPack C400? Oavsett om du transporterar grus, sand, jord eller andra typer av material är HSM ProfiPack C400 din perfekta partner. HSM ProfiPack C400 har också en intuitiv knappsats med LED-indikatorer för enkel användning. ProfiPack C400 är utformad för hög prestanda och är byggd med toppmodern teknik för att klara av alla projekt. Den steglöst justerbara arbetsbredden innebär att du kan använda den för små eller stora arbeten, och skalan för dämpande material som är tillverkat efter mått garanterar att dina projekt är perfekt anpassade. Intuitiv användning garanterar enkel hantering, och den integrerade turbofunktionen löser blockeringar så att du kan slutföra ditt arbete snabbt. Att arbeta med Pappersstrimlare HSM ProfiPack C400 är enkelt, anslut bara Pappersstrimlare och slå på den. Justera bredden och börja lägga in papper eller kartong. Att skapa ditt eget förpackningsmaterial från kartong är ekonomiskt och ekologiskt! Använda kartonger skärs och vadderas i bara ett tidsbesparande steg. Förpackningsmaterialet kan användas där det behövs - som stoppningsmattor, vadderade förpackningar eller för att fylla tomma utrymmen. Att packa ett brett utbud av produkter är snabbt och enkelt. Objekten är optimalt skyddade!   Pappersstrimlare HSM ProfiPack C400 video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pappersstrimlare-hsm-profipack-c400/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/paper-shredder-hsm-profipack-c400-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/paper-shredder-hsm-profipack-c400.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/paper-shredder-hsm-profipack-c400-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1579 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>450010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>47 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>651,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>651</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Dokumentförstöraren</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Dokumentförstöraren</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440170</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Industriell Balepress HSM V-Press 818 plus 18,5 tons, 185kN, 200kg bales]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Industriell Balepress HSM V-Press 818 plus 18,5 tons, 185kN, 200kg bales Den vertikala balpressen V-Press 818 plus från HSM® har visat sig vara effektiv när det gäller resurs- och tidsbesparande avfallshantering av förpackningsmaterial. Den kraftfulla enheten har en tryckkraft på 185 kN. Den är lämplig för att pressa stansrester, blandat papper, kläder, folie och kartong. Den vertikala balpressen V-Press 818 plus från HSM® styrs med ett membrantangentbord och en textkompatibel display. Fyllning med en bekväm fyllningshöjd på 958 mm är mycket lätt tack vare dörren som kan fällas ner, inklusive fyllningsspjäll. Dessutom kan denna dörr öppnas och stängas snabbt med ett handhjul. Det integrerade systemet för torsionskontroll övervakar kontinuerligt tryckplattans lutning. Balarna är fastspända med fyra vertikala remmar. Balarnas maximala vikt är 200 kg, maxmåtten är L 1200 x B 780 x H 700 m.   Funktioner Industriell balepress HSM V-Press 818 Plus Tryckkraft på 18,5 ton eller 185 KN Balvikt: upp till 200 kg (beroende på material) Balstorlek: L 1200 x B 780 x H max. 700 mm Tillverkad i Tyskland – högkvalitativ produkt Snabb leverans till Sverige Plug and play - lätt att installera och enkelt att använda Mått: 1709 x 1248 x 2370 mm (Bredd x Djup x Höjd:) Maskinvikt: 1173 kg Påfyllningsöppning: 1195 x 540 mm (bredd x djup) Motor: 4 kW Spänning/frekvens: 3 x 400 V/50 Hz Volym vid tryckning: 80 dB Komprimera i ett litet utrymme och minska stora mängder avfall: Den automatiska HSM balpress V-Press 818 kombinerar en kraftfull motor med kompakta mått - lämplig för mobil användning. Tack vare membrantangentbordet med textdisplay kan du använda systemet på ett bekvämt sätt och enkelt se driftsstatusen. Kompakt och robust konstruktion Litet fotavtryck Stor påfyllningsöppning Programval för kartong och folie Torsionskontrollsystem för övervakning tryckplattans lutning Foliekontrolltangentbord med grafikkapabel textdisplay inklusive en statusdisplay Finns med fyllning lucka (plus-modell) HSM balpress V-Press 818 - innovativ automatisk kompression Mer pressning i mindre utrymme: Den automatiska HSM balpress V-Press 818 ger dig hög motoreffekt på ett litet fotavtryck.   Hur fungerar vertikal balepress HSM V-Press 818 Plus Kartonger eller folier kan enkelt fyllas i i den stora systemöppningen. Starta sedan respektive program för att trycka på och kontrollera tryckplattans lutning med hjälp av torsionsstyrningssystemet. Den tydliga filmmenyvisningen med textfält är lika enkel att använda: Det gör det enklare för dig att hantera och ger en översikt över balpressens individuella funktioner. Felkällor kan identifieras och åtgärdas snabbt och enkelt. Minska avfallsmängden och förbered avfall för ytterligare transport eller förvaring: Med den automatiska HSM-balspressen V-Press 818 - beställ nu här i vår butik.   Industriell balepress HSM V-Press 818 plus specifikationer Modell HSM V-Press 818 plus Tryckkraft: 185 kN Specifik tryckkraft: 19,23 N/cm² Drivkraft: 4 kW Spänning/frekvens: 400 V / 50 Hz Cykeltid vid tomgång: 27 s Volymgenomströmning vid tomgångsdrift (teor.): 5 m³/h Lastningshöjd: 958 mm Laddar Bländare bredd x höjd: 1195 x 540 mm Balens längd x balens bredd x balens höjd: 1200 x 780 x 700 mm Balvikt (upp till): 200 kg Bredd x djup x höjd: 1709 x 1248 x 2370 mm Vikt: 1173 kg Typ av förbrukningsvaror: Bandband Pressmaterial: Punch avfall / rester, kartong, blandat papper, plastfilm, Kläder Industriell Balepress HSM V-Press 818 plus video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/industriell-balepress-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/industrial-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-818-plus-185-tons-185kn-200kg-bales-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>13499 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440170</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Avfallspress HSM V-Press 610 eco 12 tons, 120kNm 100kg balar]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Avfallspress HSM V-Press 610 eco Den automatiska balpressen HSM V-Press 610 är idealisk för att komprimera förpackningsmaterial som folie, kartong eller papper till balar. Balpressen används bäst där materialet ansamlas. Se till att ditt förpackningsavfall kasseras på ett ekonomiskt sätt Tryckkraft på 12 ton eller 120 KN Balvikt: upp till 100 kg (beroende på material) Balstorlek: L 800 x B 600 x H max. 600 mm Tillverkad i Tyskland - Högkvalitativ produkt Snabb leverans från Sverige Plug and play - lätt att installera och enkel att använda Mått: 1198 x 823 x 1986 mm (bredd x djup x höjd:) Maskinvikt: 540 kg Påfyllningsöppning: B 800 x D 495 mm Mått på pressboxen: B 800 x D 600 x H 1045 mm Motor: Motor: 3 kW Spänning / frekvens: 3 x 400 V / 50 Hz Volym vid pressning: 80 dB Med den automatiska balpressen HSM V-Press 610 kan du ta bort begagnat förpackningsmaterial som B. Pressfolie, kartong eller omslagspapper till fasta balar och skicka dem till återvinning. På grund av det lilla utrymmeskravet på bara 2-3 m² kan balpressen ställas in precis där materialet uppstår. Detta sparar långa transportvägar och förbättrar den interna logistiken för avlägsnande av förpackningsmaterial. För komprimeringsprocessen fylls förpackningsmaterialet helt enkelt i maskinens övre del. En säkerhetsbrytare startar automatiskt pressprocessen när dörren stängs. Processen stannar när dörren öppnas under pressningen. En massiv pressplatta komprimerar det fyllda materialet till balar med en vikt på upp till 100 kg via stabila pressplattans styrningar med en presskraft på 120 kN. Tack vare ett särskilt TorsionControlSystem (TCS) övervakas pressplattans lutning kontinuerligt i alla riktningar. Detta förhindrar ensidiga belastningar och optimerar pressprocessen. Den automatiska balpressen HSM V-Press 610 kan bearbeta förpackningsmaterialet till 3-6 balar per timme. Balarna fixeras automatiskt med ett band. Balen avlägsnas sedan enkelt från maskinen med hjälp av den mekaniska balutkastaren och kan sedan t.ex. transporteras bort med en pallbil. Pressade balar är svåra att antända och minskar därmed risken för brand. De stapelbara balarna är säkra på lagringsplatsen för att senare hämtas av avfallshanteringsföretaget. De färdiga balarna kan ersättas beroende på avfallshanteringsföretaget. Beställ den automatiska balpressningen HSM V-Press 610 här i vår butik och komprimera förpackningsvolymen till kompakta balar.   Avfallspress HSM V-Press 610 Eco funktioner Digital display - bekväm membranknappsats med textdisplay, som visar maskinens aktuella status Antal balar / h: 3-6 400 V trefasanslutning HSM TCS (torsionskontrollsystem) för övervakning av tryckkolvens rörelse Mekanisk balejektor Dörrlås - lätt att hantera tack vare motroterande gänga för snabb öppning och stängning Utrymmesbesparande återvinning av förpackningsrester Massiv presskolv och extremt robust tryckplattestyrning Speciella fästklor optimerar kompressionen av pressmaterialet och minskar antalet inläsningsåtgärder Automatisk start av tryckprocessen efter stängning av dörren Massiv presskolv och extremt robust tryckplattestyrning För att fylla pressen svängs den övre halvan av dörrarna åt höger Specifikationer för Avfallspress HSM V-Press 610 eco Modell HSM V-Press 610 Presskraft: 120 kN Specifik presskraft: 25 N/cm² Drivkraft: 3 kW Spänning / frekvens: 400 V / 50 Hz Cykeltid vid tomgång: 22 s Volymgenomströmning vid tomgång (avor.): 2,5 m³/h Lastningshöjd: 655 mm Laddar Bländare bredd x höjd: 800 x 495 mm Balens längd x balens bredd x balens höjd: 800 x 600 x 600 mm Balvikt (upp till): 100 kg Bredd x djup x höjd: 1198 x 823 x 1986 mm Vikt: 540 kg Metod för bandning: vertikal Antal band: 3 Typ av förbrukningsvaror: Bandband Typ av industri: Detaljhandel, logistik och distribution, industri och tillverkning, tryck och förpackning Pressmaterial: Plastfilm, blandat papper, kartong, stansavfall/rester Använd för produktlinje: V-Press   Avfallspress HSM V-Press 610 eco video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/avfallspress-hsm-v-press-610-eco/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/waste-baler-hsm-v-press-610-eco-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>9299 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440150</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>540 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440141</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[kartongpress återvinning HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) med balutkastare 5,7 ton, 57 kN, balvikt 70 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[kartongpress återvinning HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) med balutkastare 5,7 ton, 57 kN, balvikt 70 kg V-Press 605 Eco balpress från HSM minskar volymen av dina använda förpackningsmaterial, såsom folier och kartong, och gör att du kan kassera dem ekonomiskt. Den minskade volymen på avfallet gör det lättare att transportera och hantera avfallet och sparar dyrt lagringsutrymme. Balpressen har en låg installationshöjd och -yta och kan därför snabbt och enkelt sättas upp på ett platsbesparande sätt. Hållklovarna förbättrar också komprimeringen av det pressade materialet och ökar därmed balens prestanda.    Den har en dubbeldörr med ett dörrlås med handhjul som gör den lätt att använda. Måtten för återvinning av kartongpress HSM V-Press 605 ECO är 1198 x 823 x 1986 mm, därför behöver den låg installationshöjd och en liten yta för drift. Presskraften är 57 kN, vilket gör det möjligt att göra balar som väger upp till 70 kg. Det är enkelt att ta bort balarna med en mekanisk balutkastare, du vänder bara på avfallbalarna på pallen eller pallbilen. Monteringen är snabb och enkel, inget behov av några förskott avbetalningar, du helt enkelt sätta den på önskad plats, ge elektrisk ström och du är redo att gå. Presskraft på 5.7 ton eller 57 KN Balvikt: Upp till 70 kg (beroende på material) Balstorlek: L 800 x B 600 x H max. 600 mm Tillverkad i Tyskland - högkvalitativ produkt Snabb leverans i Sverige Plug and play - lätt att installera och enkel att använda Mått: B 1190 x D 815 x H 1980 mm Maskinvikt: 485 kg Påfyllningsöppning: B 800 x D 495 mm Press box mått: B 800 x D 600 x H 1045 mm Motor: 1.5 kW Spänning/frekvens: 3 x 400 V/50 Hz Volym vid tryckning: 80 dB   Funktioner av kartongpress återvinning HSM V-Press 605 ECO (400V) med balutkastare Dubbeldörr med dörrlås inkl. bruksanvisning/konformitetsdeklaration Låg installationshöjd och yta Speciella fästklor optimerar kompressionen av pressmaterialet, ökning av både lastvolym och balutmatning Snabb och enkel pressmontering Mekanisk balejektor Hög processäkerhet tack vare HSM TCS (TorsionControlSystem) Standardutrustning: 3 rullar polyestertejp Specifikationer för  kartongpress återvinning HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) med balutkastare Modell kartongpress återvinning HSM V-Press 605 eco (400V) med balutkastare Presskraft i KN 57 Motor i kW 1.5 Spänning / frekvens 1 x 230 V / 50 Hz Läser in Bländare B x H i mm 800 x 495 Balvikt i kg (beroende på material) upp till 70 Balstorlek L x B x H i mm 800 x 600 x max. 600 Cykeltid vid tomgångsdrift (teoretisk) i sek. 21 Akustisk nivå i dB(A) 60.1 Presskammarens storlek B x D x H i mm 800 x 600 x 1045 Maskinens mått* B x D x H i mm 1198 x 823 x 1986 Transportmått för maskin B x D x H i mm 1198 x 823 x 1986 Maskinens vikt i kg 485 Bandning 3-faldig med polyestertejp   Hur fungerar kartongpress återvinning HSM V-Press 605 eco För att underlätta fyllningen av pressen svängs den övre dörren till höger och stängs efter fyllning med det ergonomiska handhjul dörrlåset . Pressningen startar automatiskt när dörren är stängd. De pressade balarna matas automatiskt ut i slutet av pressningen. För att montera de pressade balarna är det bäst att spänna fast dem med vår robusta textilband.   Kartongpress återvinning HSM V-Press 605 ECO (400V) med balutkastare video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/kartongpress-atervinning-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-med-balutkastare-5-7t-57-kn-balvikt-70-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg-ew-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cardboard-bale-recycling-hsm-v-press-605-eco-400v-with-bale-ejector-5-7t-57-kn-bale-weight-70kg-new.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>7499 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440141</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>485 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440130</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Balepress HSM V-Press 504 med balutkastare 4T, 40 kN, balvikt 60kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Balepress HSM V-Press 504 med balutkastare 4T, 40 kN, balvikt 60kg Balepress HSM V-Press 504 med balutkastare har en tryckkraft på 4 ton och den kommer att minska avfallskostnaderna och utrymmesbesparingarna i din organisation avsevärt. Balepress används i stor utsträckning i lager, butiker, hotell, restauranger, tillverkare från olika branscher och på grund av sin kvalitet och unika egenskaper även av deponier. Pressningskraften hos balepress HSM V-Press 504 med balutkastare är 4 ton, därför kan den användas för att pressa olika material, såsom plast, papper, kartonger, sträckfilm, och andra. Vikten på avfallbalen kan vara upp till 60 kg, beroende på vilket material du klämmer. När dessa material komprimeras blir återvinningsbara material extremt lätta att transportera. Detta minskar inte bara kostnaderna för hantering avsevärt, men det minskar stressen att bli av med material. Om du har en stor mängd avfall och vill ”bli grön” och minska din avfallspåverkan är dessa balpressar ett utmärkt val. Balepress HSM V-Press 504 har en dubbeldörr med en vev-spak och ett avancerat automatiskt balutsugningssystem, vilket hjälper dig att extrahera balen från återvinningsspressen utan ansträngning. Den har en modern mikroprocessorstyrenhet med membranknappsats och textdisplay. Du kan välja olika program för pressning av kartong eller plastfolie. Tack vare bandningsteknik kan avfallspbalen enkelt kopplas ihop så att produktionen är kompakt och sammanbunden. Det är enkelt att ta bort och transportera balen med en utmatningsvagn som ingår i paketet. Balepress HSM V-Press 504 är utformad på ett sätt som den har ett litet fotavtryck, därför kan den användas i trånga utrymmen. Den kan användas inomhus eller utomhus. Vertikal balpress har en mycket lång livslängd. Den kan användas i 20 år eller mer. Måtten på återvinbalpressen är 1922 mm (H) x 1020 mm (B) x 812 mm (D) och maskinen väger 290 kg. Det har en 1-års garanti och vi erbjuder billiga internationella frakt   Funktioner hos Balepress HSM V-Press 504 med balutkastare Dubbeldörr med vev-spak inkl. bruksanvisning/försäkran om överensstämmelse Kompakt och robust design Litet fotavtryck Modern mikroprocessorstyrning med membranknappsats och textdisplay Valbara program för pressning av kartong eller plastfolie Balborttagning och transport med tömningsvagn med mekanisk balejektor HSM TCS (TorsionControlSystem) för övervakning tryck ram-rörelse Automatisk returrörelse Standardutrustning: 2 rullar polyestertejp Mått och utrymmesbehov HSM V-Press 504 eco Balepress HSM V-Press 504 med balutkastare är höjd 1922 mm, därför krävs den minsta takhöjden på 2000 mm. I bredd och djup kartong balpress HSM V-Press 504 mäter 1020 x 812 mm, dock är det erforderliga hela djup inkl. svängområde för pressdörren 1825 mm.   HSM V-Press 504med specifikationer för balutkastare Modell HSM V-Press 504 med balutkastare Presskraft i kN 40 Motor i kW 1.1 Spänning / frekvens 1 x 230 V / 50 Hz Läser in bländare B x H i mm 700 x 470 Balvikt i kg (beroende på material) upp till 60 Balstorlek L x B x H i mm 700 x 500 x max. 600 Cykeltid vid tomgångsdrift (teoretisk) i sek. 27 Akustisk nivå i dB(A) 64.3 Presskammarens storlek B x D x H i mm 700 x 500 x 1020 Maskinens mått* B x D x H i mm 1020 x 812 x 1922 Transportmått för maskin B x D x H i mm 1020 x 812 x 1922 Maskinens vikt i kg 290 Bandning 2-faldig med polyestertejp]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/balepress-hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-space.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/hsm-v-press-504-with-bale-ejector-4t-40-kn-bale-weight-60kg-dimensions.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>5999 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440130</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>290 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 eco 3T, 30KN, balvikt 50kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 eco Använd den Papperspressar "V-Press 503" från HSM för att komprimera folier, blandpapper och kartong till ett minimum. Denna modell är lämplig för låga materialvolymer inom tryck- och förpackningsindustrin, inom logistik och spedition, inom detaljhandeln och inom industri och produktion. Med den här avfallskompaktorn kan avfallsmängden minskas avsevärt, så du sparar inte bara tid på kassering utan även vissa kostnader. Den Papperspressar "V-Press 503" är utrustad med en dubbeldörr, så du behöver bara öppna den övre halvan för påfyllning. Detta förenklar hanteringen enormt för dig, eftersom soporna inte kan falla ut igen. Dessutom aktiveras själva låset så snart du stänger pressluckan. Med en knäspak stänger du luckan helt så att du kan starta tryckprocessen. Denna knäspak garanterar säker hantering och sitter på perfekt höjd för enkel användning. Presskraft på 3 ton eller 30 KN Den kan göra balar upp till 50 kg Tillverkad i Tyskland - högkvalitativ produkt Snabb leverans i Sverige Plug and play - lätt att installera och enkel att använda     Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 eco funktioner Passar både för kartong och plastfolie Balborttagning och transport med tömningsvagn Standardutrustning: 2 rullar polyestertejp Ergonomisk och kompakt design/mått, liten storlek Enkel användning genom att trycka på en enda knapp Konfiguration av maskindörr: Dubbeldörr För att fylla pressen svängs den övre halvan av dörrarna åt höger Konfiguration av maskindörrlås: Klocklarm Självlåsande, stängningsteknik Tryckningen startar automatiskt när dörren stängs Snabb och säker öppning av dörren När du öppnar dörren, säkerställer en säkerhetsbrytare ett automatiskt stopp av pressningsproceduren Automatisk slagretur   Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 eco specifikationer Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 eco Presskraft i KN 30 Motor i kW 1.1 Spänning / frekvens 1 x 230 V / 50 Hz Lastöppning B x H i mm 700 x 470 Balvikt i kg (beroende på material) 30 - 50 Balstorlek L x B x H i mm 700 x 500 x max. 600 - 850 Cykeltid vid tomgångsdrift i sek. 27 Akustisk nivå i dB(A) 72.1 Presskammarens storlek B x D x H i mm 700 x 500 x 1050 Maskinens mått* B x D x H i mm 953 x 679 x 1962 Transportmått av maskin B x D x H i mm 953 x 679 x 1962 Maskinens vikt i kg 245 Bandning 2-faldig med polyestertejp   Mått och utrymmeskrav HSM V-Press 503 Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 ECO är höjd 1962 mm, men den minsta takhöjden är 2000 mm. Bredden på Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 är 953 mm och djupet är 678 mm. Hur fungerar den Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 eco? Först måste du förbereda en Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 genom att sätta i remmen och sätta på rembrott. Sedan startar du det automatiska läget och fyller maskinen med avfallsmaterial. Pressningen startar automatiskt när du har stängt luckan. När pressningen är klar aktiveras signalen för klar bal. Du måste lossa remmen och dra ut remmen och skära av den. Öppna den nedre dörren och knyt ihop banden. Ta fram vagnen och ta bort balen. Titta på videon nedan för att se hur balarna pressas. Så här rem du avfallsbal med Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503: Tryck på den upplysta tryckknappen Tryckkolven flyttas till utgångsläget Öppna bandbromsen (för spaken åt vänster) Öppna lastdörren (öppningsvinkel mer än 90) Dra banden på den bakre väggen framåt (mot balutmatningsluckan) Dra banden ca 400 mm över balutmatningsluckan och skär av banden Stäng lastdörren Tryck på den upplysta tryckknappen Presskolven går vidare till materialet igen och stannar Öppna lastdörren och luckan för balutmatning (öppningsvinkel mer än 90) Ta bort änden av tejpen från fästkroken och fäst tejpremsan ordentligt på bandtejpen (längst upp på balen) Upprepa stegen ovan för båda bandbanden Stäng balutmatningsluckan och lastdörren Tryck på den upplysta tryckknapp Pressen flyttas till utgångsläget Öppna lastdörren och luckan för balutmatning (öppningsvinkel mer än 90 grader) Ta bort balarna med hjälp av balflyttningsvagnen Sätt tillbaka tejperna i presskammaren på fästkrokar Stäng balutmatningsluckan och lastdörren Pressen är nu klar att användas igen   Papperspressar HSM V-Press 503 eco video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/papperspressar-hsm-v-press-503-eco/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-waste-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-height.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/vertical-cardboard-baler-hsm-v-press-503-eco-projections.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4799 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440120</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>245 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Liten Balpress HSM V-Press 60]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Liten Balpress HSM V-Press 60 Den mobila pressen HSM V-Press 60 komprimerar plastfilm och lättviktsförpackningsmaterial precis där materialet finns. På grund av sin storlek, kostnadseffektivitet och kapacitet är HSM:s vertikala balpressar i V-Press-serien otroligt väl lämpade för industri, tillverkare och handel. Med denna kompakta balpress kan du minska volymen på ditt förpackningsmaterial på plats med upp till 95 %. Det använda förpackningsmaterialet matas in i HSM V-Press 60 omedelbart efter uppackning och behöver inte transporteras till mellanlagring Med spaken kan HSM V-Press 60 producera välkomprimerat, stapelbara balar – kompression 5:1 och mer Enkel att använda med minimal styrka Behöver ingen elektricitet, service eller underhåll Balar som produceras kan förträngas i hydrauliska HSM-balpressar, d.v.s. komprimeras till tätare och större balar. Den manuella Liten Balpress HSM V-Press 60. Spara på avfallskostnader. Samla och kompakt precis där materialet är. Mobil och praktisk. Ingen elektricitet, ingen hydraulik, inget underhåll. Den minsta mängden styrka. Kompakta balar upp till 40 kg. HSM V-Press 60, den kompakta avfallshanteringslösningen. Balarna kan återpressas på en hydraulisk press. HSM V-Press 60, den kompakta lösningen för avfallshantering. Normal, klar eller färgad förpackningsfilm tillverkas vanligtvis av polyeten (PE) och är det mest återvunna plastmaterialet. Återvunnet avfallsmaterial, t.ex. film, påsar, säckar och pallplast, kan alla säljas i balar till återvinningsföretag. Om du är osäker på vilken typ av plastavfall ditt företag genererar kan vi hjälpa dig att identifiera det och rekommendera den bästa lösningen för dina behov. HSM tillhandahåller balpressar för användning med plast i många olika situationer, från små volymer där målet är att skapa ett snyggt och effektivt arbetsområde till krävande situationer med stora volymer där det krävs en balpress som lätt kan hantera många balar i timmen.   Liten Balpress HSM V-Press 60 specifikation Liten Balpress HSM V-Press 60 Höjd 1280 mm Bredd 810 mm Djup 735 mm Pressat material Film, förpackningsmaterial Antal balar per timme 3 Balhöjd max. 800 mm Balbredd 600 mm Baldjup 800 mm Leveransvillkor Helt monterad och redo att användas Bredd på matningsöppningen 740 mm Höjd på fyllningsöppningen 1015 mm Bandning Tråd Antal remmar 3 Balvikt max., beroende på material 40 kg Vikt 95 kg RAL-färg RAL 7035 ljusgrå, RAL 7011 järngrå Driftläge manuellt   Hur fungerar Liten Balpress HSM V-Press 60? Kontrollera först manualen för balpress HSM V-Press 60 och bruksanvisningen. Sätt in tre bitar av bandgarn med en längd på 3 meter vardera. Ladda film - och pappersmaskinen med film eller papper. Lossa spaken. Ladda pressmaskinen igen med avfallsmaterial och upprepa processen. När du är klar binder du balen med garn och tar bort balen. Kompakta balar kan väga upp till 40 kg.   Liten Balpress HSM V-Press 60 video]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/liten-balpress-hsm-v-press-60/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Paper-baler-machine-HSM-V-Press-60.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Paper-baler-machine-HSM-V-Press-60-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Paper-baler-machine-HSM-V-Press-60-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Paper-baler-machine-HSM-V-Press-60-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1799 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>hsm</g:brand><g:mpn>440110</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>110 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Balepress TONNA45, 45 tons, 450kN, bal 450 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Balepress 45 tons TONNA45 En balepress med tryckkraft 45 ton TONNA45 kommer att avsevärt minska avfallskostnader och utrymmesbesparingar i ditt företag. Balepress används ofta i lager, butiker, hotell, restauranger, tillverkare från olika branscher, och på grund av dess kvalitet och unika funktioner även av deponier. Pressningskraften hos balepress TONNA45 är 45 ton, därför kan den användas för att pressa olika material, såsom aluminium, plast, papper, kartonger, plastflaskor, stretchfilm, och andra. Vikten på avfallbalen kan vara upp till 450 kg, beroende på vilket material du klämmer. När dessa material komprimeras blir återvinningsbara material extremt lätta att transportera. Detta minskar inte bara kostnaderna för hantering avsevärt, men det minskar stressen att bli av med material. Om du har en stor mängd avfall och vill ”bli grön” och minska din avfallspåverkan är dessa balpressar ett utmärkt val. Nedan diskuterar vi hur en återvinningsbalpress fungerar och varför det är fördelaktigt för ditt företag. Balepress TONNA45 har ett avancerat automatiskt balutsugningssystem som hjälper dig att extrahera balen från återvinningbalpressen utan ansträngning. Tack vare trådtekniken kan balen enkelt kopplas ihop så att den blir kompakt och sammanbunden.. Balepress TONNA45 är utformad för utomhusbruk och maskinen rekommenderas för användning inomhus eller utomhus. Vertikal balepress har en mycket lång livslängd. Den kan användas i 20 år eller mer. Återvinningsbalpressens mått är 2900 mm (H) x 1800 mm (B) x 1200 mm (D) och maskinen väger 1300 kg. Den har 1 års garanti och vi erbjuder billig internationell frakt.   Funktioner av TONNA45 Balepress 45 ton Producerar en europalettstorlek - Balens mått är 1000 x 1200 x 800 mm (H x B x D) Idealisk för medelstora till stora mängder material. Dubbla cylindrar för jämn komprimering av avfallsmaterial. Hållningskläder för att förhindra att materialet fjädrar tillbaka i balkammaren. En helautomatisk baleutkastare förenklar avlägsnandet av balen. Elektroniskt styrsystem Kan bala 450 kg avfallsmaterial. Dimensioner för balar: 1000 x 1200 x 800 mm (H x B x D) Maskinens storlek: 1800 x 1200 x 2900 mm (B x D x H) Lätt att använda och enkel att installera Ljudnivå: 72 decibel Cykeltider: 50 sekunder   Specifikationer för Balepress 45 ton TONNA45 Balepress 45 tons TONNA45 Höjd 2900 mm Bredd 1800 mm Djup 1200 mm Vikt 1300 kg Transport Höjd 2250 mm Strömförsörjning 380 – 400 V (3-fas) Motor 7.5 KW 16 Amp Tryckkraft Upp till 45 Ton Bullernivå 72 decibel Balmått Höjd 1000 mm Bredd 1200 mm Djup 800 mm Vikt Upp till 450 kg - beroende på vilket material som används Cykeltider 50 sekunder Läser in bländarstorlek Höjd 680 mm Bredd 1200 mm Djup 800 mm     Balepress 45 tons TONNA45 video ﻿   Balepress Bandning av balar snabbare med textilband - video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/balepress-45-tons-tonna45/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/waste-baler-45-tons-TONNA45-scaled.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/waste-baler-45tons-TONNA45-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/waste-baler-45tons-TONNA45-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>9999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>9499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>tonna</g:brand><g:mpn>440060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1.3 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTO-TAPE Automatisk tejpmaskin 48-72mm (Kraft- eller BOPP-tejp)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTO-TAPE Automatisk tejpmaskin 48-72mm (Kraft- eller BOPP-tejp) Kartongförseglare TOP TAPE Upptäcker automatiskt förpackningens höjd och bredd och kan stänga lådor i slumpmässiga storlekar utan att justera maskinen. TOP TAPE kartongförslutare används främst i företag som inte i förväg kan säga vilka storlekar på kartongerna som ska förslutas. Detta är vanligt i företag som plockar beställningar, t.ex. webbutiker, eller i produktion av olika produkter. AUTO-TAPE Automatisk tejpmaskin är avsedd för företag som vill stänga sina kartonger på ett centralt ställe. Oavsett om du uppgraderar din nuvarande förpackningslinje för kartonger, ersätter en gammal kartongförslutare eller är redo att omvandla din manuella handförslutare till en kostnadsbesparande automatisk kartongförslutare, är AUTO-TAPE Automatisk tejpmaskin rätt val för dig. Den automatiska kartongförseglingsmaskinen används huvudsakligen för att försegla och packa kartonger, som kan användas antingen självständigt eller som en nödvändig del av en produktionslinje. Maskinen används i stor utsträckning inom el-, hushålls-, textil-, livsmedels-, läkemedels-, medicin- och kemisk industri. Maskinen kan anpassa sig till olika storlekar på kartonger. Denna maskin antar en pneumatisk metod för automatisk förpackning, Den övervinner vissa nackdelar med manuella eller halvautomatiska kameror, t.ex. långsam hastighet och instabil kvalitet. Denna maskin skadar inte ytan på förpackade föremål. Automatiska lådförseglare erbjuder kostnadsbesparande och konsekvent teknik för lådförsegling som ger dig möjlighet att hantera den mängd tejp som används och den tid som går åt för att försegla en låda. Varje operatör använder olika mängd tejp för att försegla en låda för hand - längder på flikarna, ytterligare överfarter, dubbla remsor osv. - och den tid det tar att öppna en låda, försegla botten, fylla lådan med produkt, fylla tomrummet och försegla toppen kan variera från låda till låda. Med automatiska förslutningsmaskiner standardiseras drifttiden och tejpförbrukningen. Dessutom ökar produktionshastigheten eftersom AUTO-TAPE Automatisk tejpmaskin kan försegla upp till 19 lådor per minut. Konstruerad med en fjäderbelastad, sidobanddrift kan denna kartongförseglare bearbeta kartonger med smal profil. AUTO-TAPE Automatic Carton Sealer är utformad för att applicera tejp på ett tillförlitligt sätt utan att skada förpackningarna. AUTO-TAPE Automatisk tejpmaskin Specifications Modell AUTO-TAPE Automatisk tejpmaskin Hastighet 20m/min Kartongstorlek L 150mm~∞；W 120mm~470mm；H 120mm~450mm Arbetsbordets höjd 500-710mm (inställbarhet) Strömförsörjning 1P, AC220V, 50Hz, 600W Tryckluftstryck 0.4MPa-0.6MPa Förseglingsläge Kraft papperstejp, BOPP-tejp Bandets bredd 48mm～72mm Viktkapacitet 30kg Maskinens vikt 240kg Bordshöjd 550mm～750mm (fotkopp) Maskindimension L1154 × W890 × H (bordshöjd + 840 mm) Nocise ≤75DB Villkor Luftfuktighet≤98%, temperatur 0-40℃ Smörjning Smörjolja för allmän användning Prestanda När kartongstorleken ändras, konstgjord positionering justera vänster och höger, upp och ner, automatisk leverans i rätt tid, tätning topp och botten på samma gång, sidoband. Förpackningsmått L1200 × B1050 × H 1450 mm   Fördelar med Automatisk tejpmaskin AUTO-TAPE Denna kartongförseglare kan stänga lådor av slumpmässig storlek utan att justera maskinens höjd och bredd. Kartongens mått: Längd: 150-∞mm; Bredd: 120-480mm; Höjd: 120-450mm Möjliggöra flexibilitet i produktionen Lämplig för tunga produkter (upp till 30 kg) Den är lätt tillgänglig, sidomonterad. Kartongförseglarens höjd kan justeras Manuellt fällbart lådlocket, och maskinen stänger sedan automatiskt av både upp- och undersida av lådan.   Funktioner av Automatisk tejpmaskin AUTO-TAPE Försegling av kartonger i olika storlekar utan justering av människor, lådorna monteras automatiskt. Förseglingstrycket är justerbart, enligt kartongens olika material. Skjutstyrkan hos rörelsearmarna på två sidor kan regleras beroende på kartongens vikt. Förflyttningsarmarna på två sidor justerar automatiskt de förpackade föremålen till rätt läge. Rörelseramen drivs av lufttryck. Den fungerar exakt och smidigt och är byggd för att hålla länge. Kartongen på 30 kg kan transporteras stadigt av en stor kraftfull transportmotor. Pneumatiska och elektriska delar kombineras perfekt, med bekväm och enkel drift. Den fina strukturen och den harmoniska färgen ger glädje åt både ögat och sinnet   AUTO-TAPE Automatisk tejpmaskin Rekommenderade applikationer Fördelarna med den automatiska kartongförseglaren AUTO-TAPE kan utnyttjas i många branscher, bland annat: Livsmedel och drycker Medicintekniska produkter Läkemedel Elektronik Detaljhandel Tillverknings- och distributionscentraler   Automatisk tejpmaskin AUTO-TAPE Video]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/auto-tape-automatisk-tejpmaskin-48-72mm-kraft-eller-bopp-tejp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/auto-tape-automatic-carton-sealer-48-72mm-kraft-or-bopp-tape-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4699 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>250 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>366,2610,653,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>366</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride 3.6m 360cm 1500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride 3.6m 360cm 1500 kg SMITH ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride 360cm 1500 kg drivs helt av elektrisk och hydraulisk kraft för smidigare och kostnadseffektivare lastning och transport av varor med hög prestanda. SMITH ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride ger betydande stöd vid stapling av varor eller lastpallar på upp till 2 ton, tack vare smidig rörelse, batteri med hög kapacitet (5-6 timmars arbetstid när den är laddad) och ett avancerat operativsystem. Den fungerar bra i olika miljöer och anpassar sig till gods och fordonsoperatörers specifika egenskaper. Med batteriet som kraftkälla utnyttjar denna smidiga men kraftfulla gaffeltruckstaplare elektrisk och stark hydraulisk kraft för att styra körning, lyftning, sänkning, styrning och andra funktioner. Den är idealisk för stapling av varor på pallar eller lastning/lossning av gods och transport över korta avstånd. Gaffeltruckens mjukvarusystem stöder kör- och lastningsfunktioner med amerikanska CURTIS1232E- och CURTIS1230E-styrenheter. Den innehåller en batteriindikator, en arbetstidsvisning och uppgifter om spänningsskydd för säkrare och användarvänlig användning. Den ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride 360cm väger 730 kg och är därför mycket robust och stabil och kan lyfta olika föremål och pallar. När den är max nedfälld mäter den 2327 mm i höjd.  Den elektriska staplaren har två motorer. En för att lyfta och en för att köra. Lyftmotorn har en effekt på 24V/2,2KW och drivmotorn har en effekt på 24V/0,75KW. Den här ledstaplare med plattform med ståplats levereras med 2 batterier och en laddare. Batterierna är mycket kraftfulla med en kapacitet på 2×12V/120Ah vilket gör att du kan använda en elektrisk stapelare i flera timmar utan att ladda upp den. Uppladdningen går mycket snabbt, så du behöver inte slösa tid på att vänta. Manövrerbarheten och användarvänligheten med den här elektriska staplaren gör att du kan använda den för att lyfta pallar eller föremål från marken och lägga dem på hyllan eller i lastbilen eller för att lasta av lastbilen. Den ledstaplare med plattform SMITH S-Ride är också utformad så att den är lätt att använda och inte tar mycket utrymme i anspråk. Den har 1 års garanti och service är tillgänglig inom EU.. Funktioner av SMITH ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride 36o cm 1500 kg Avancerat operativsystem Olika sätt att bryta för att anpassa sig till miljö och fordonsbelastning Teleskopisk oljecylinder med säkerhetsventil Hydraulisk styrstång för kontrollerad fördelning av hydraulisk kraft. Justerbar rattvinkel System för nödavstängning Högtalare (fram och bak) och ljudvarningar för närvarostyrning. Kvalitetssäkrade och verifierade originalreservdelar Lätt att använda och hög kapacitet vid lastning Styrmotor med handtag och knappar Bromssystem med 4 bromsar Enkelt underhåll och enkel lastning Kraftig hydraulisk kraft Specifikationer för SMITH ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride 3.6m 1500 kg Modell SMITH ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride 3.6m 360cm 1500 kg Kraftverk elektrisk Operation fotgängare Nominell dragkraftsvikt Q 1500 kg Lastcentrum c 600 mm Axelns centrum till gaffelytan x 695 mm Hjulbas y 1148 mm Servicevikt med batteri 730 kg Typ av hjul polyurethane Storlek på drivhjul Φ Φ210×70 Φ×w(mm) Storlek på lagerhjul Φ Φ80×70 Φ×w(mm) Ytterligare hjul (mått) Φ115×55 Φ×w(mm) Hjul, antal fram/bak (x = driven) 1，4/2 Spårbredd 646 b10 (mm) Spårbredd 390/515 b11 (mm) Mastens höjd, sänkt 2327 mm Gratis hiss 0 mm Lyft 3600 mm Mastens höjd, förlängd 4087 h4 (mm) Totalhöjd (med handtag) 1040/1415 h14 (mm) Sänkt höjd 86 h13 (mm) Totallängd 1890 l1 (mm) Längd till gaffelytan 740 l2 (mm) Total bredd 808 Mått på gaffeln 60/180/1150 mm Bredd på gafflarna 570 b5 (mm) Min.markfrigång 26 m2 (mm) Gångbredd med pall 1000 x 1200 över gafflar 2110 Ast (mm) Gångbredd med pall 800 x 1200 längs gafflar 2160 Ast (mm) Min. svängradie 1455 Wa (mm) Rörelsehastighet, lastad/oladdad 4.2/4.5 km/h Lyfthastighet, med/utan last 90/130 mm/s Sänkt hastighet, med/utan belastning 105/100 mm/s Maximal klättringsförmåga, med/utan belastning 3.jun mm/s Driftsbroms Elektromagnetisk Drivmotor, 60-minutersklassning 0.75 kW Lyftmotorns effekt vid S3 15 % 2.feb kW Batterispänning/kapacitetsmått 2×12/120 V/Ah Batterivikt (± 5 %) 2×35 kg Typ av drivningsstyrning DC Ljudnivå vid operatörens öra ≤70 dB(A)   Plattform Pallstaplare SMITH lyftkurva   Fördelar med SMITH ledstaplare med plattform S-Ride 360 cm 1500 kg Operativsystem Avancerat operativsystem Flytta gaspedalen framåt eller bakåt och flytta rörelseknappen för att styra hastigheten. Flera sätt att bryta för att anpassa sig till vägförhållanden och fordonsbelastning och för att garantera säkerheten för föraren. Idealisk för att fästa varor på pallar eller för lastning och lossning av gods, stapling och transporter över korta avstånd. Staplingen genomförs med hjälp av kontrollåtgärder av en teleskopisk oljecylinder, utrustad med en säkerhetsventil för att kontrollera hastigheten och öka säkerheten.. Program...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-ledstaplare-med-plattform-s-ride-3-6m-360cm-1500-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/7SMITH-Electric-stand-on-stacker-with-stand-price-1500kg-360cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-stand-price-1500kg-260cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-stand-1500kg-260cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>525 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330054PS</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Den vertikala smarta förpackningsmaskinen är idealisk för effektiv förpackning av bulkprodukter på en pall och utnyttjar hög sträckhastighet för filmen, justerbar hastighet, hög kapacitet och smart manöverpanel. Hög förpackningseffektivitet och ett omfattande säkerhetsskyddssystem säkerställer ett högt värde för priset, snabbare och bättre utförande och totalt sett lägre filmförbrukning. Plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH vridbar pall-omslagare är enkel att använda och styra, antingen automatiskt via en smart panel eller manuellt för personlig hantering. 300 % försträckningsgrad ger en tätare förpackning av paketet med lägre filmförbrukning men lika hög prestanda. 2000 mm förpackningshöjd och 1500 mm bred vridskiva gör det möjligt att slå in höga och skrymmande förpackningar med en maximal lastvikt på 1500 kg. Med filmsystemet med konstant kraft är filmen alltid jämnt fördelad, medan pre-fix-filmanordningen säkerställer hög förpackningseffektivitet.   Plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH grundläggande information: 1500 mm diameter på vridbordet 2000 mm maximal pallhöjd Max pallvikt: 1500 kg 300% försträckningshastighet (1 meter film sträcks till 3 meter), spara förpackningskostnader System med film med konstant kraft Pre-fix-filmanordning, hög förpackningseffektivitet X-Line-manöverpanel Omfattande säkerhetsskyddssystem   Specifications of Plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Varumärke Plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Modell SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Lastens vikt Maximalt 1500KG Skivspelarens hastighet 3-12 RPM/minuter Förpackningshöjd Maximalt 2400mm (1800mm /3200mm valfritt) Storlek på skivspelare 1500mm(1650mm/1800mm/2000mm /valfritt) Hastighet före sträckning 300%(1m sträcka till 3m) Hastighet uppåt och nedåt 1.5 ~5.5 m/minuter Inplastningshastighet 20 - 30 last / H  (1x1.2x1.8m pall Warp två lager) Filmbredd 500mm(750mm valfritt) Filmdiameter 250mm Filmpapper Kärna 76 mm （50 mm valfritt） Filmens vikt Maximalt 15KG Maskinkraft 1.5KW Spänning 220V-240V/50/60HZ Enfas (110V/50 Hz  valfritt) Maskinens vikt 600KG Maskinstorlek 2550*1650*2445mm(L*B*H) Mjuk start och stopp Inkluderad Intelligent larm Inkluderad stanna vid originalet Inkluderad Hastighet Justerbar Inkluderad Mät höjd Automatisk (svart/blå färg som tillval) Inslagskraft Justerbar Fäst filmen på pallen Manuell PLC X-LINE Inverter X-LINE Pekskärm SMARTWRAP Sensormärke SICK ((Svenskt märke) säkerhetsanordning säkerhetsdetektor för filmvagnens botten Certifikat CE Valfri anordning Ramp, Vågskala     Spara filmförbrukning Maximalt upp till 380 % försträckningshastighet Maximalt värde för varje meter sträckfilm Standardfilm med konstant utlösning Intelligent pekskärm Den är självkonstruerad och har system för fjärrunderhåll, felsökning och startfunktioner. Bekvämare drift, enklare underhåll. SMART WASP tar full hänsyn till operatörens säkerhet. Plastmaskin är byggd med högkvalitativa komponenter X-Line TOUCH SCREEN X-Line PLC X-Line omformare SICK-närhetsbrytare AUTONICS fotoelektrisk brytare WEIDMULLER-terminalblock Trefärgad LED-säkerhetsindikator Redo för arbete - Blå Under arbetet - Grön Larm - Röd     Golvvy av Plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH   Fördelar med plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH 300 % försträckningsförhållande ger en tätare förpackning av paketet med lägre filmförbrukning men lika hög prestanda. Intelligent kontrollpanel med pekskärm Byggd med komponenter av hög kvalitet Trefärgad LED-säkerhetsindikator - visar maskinens status. Lägre filmförbrukning System för film med konstant kraft Överensstämmelse med de högsta säkerhetskraven, CE-certifikat Avancerade säkerhetsfunktioner 12 månaders garanti efter installationen   Funktioner av plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Kräver en enfasig jordad strömförsörjning Enkel installation och lastning av varor Fjärrstyrd och manuell drift och felsökning Avancerat sensor- och åtkomstsystem Enkel rengöring och underhåll   Säkerhetsnormer och direktiv av plastmaskin Maskinen uppfyller kraven i maskindirektivet 2006/42/EG och de rättsliga kraven: Maskindirektiv: 2006/42/EG Lågspänningsdirektiv: 2014/35/EU EMC-direktivet: 2014/30/EU Garanti Intelligent plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH har 12 månaders garanti efter installationen, exklusive komponenter och elektriska komponenter som slits ut under normal användning. Säkerhetsfunktioner av plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Förpackningsmaskinen med vändskiva har följande säkerhetsfunktioner: Nödstoppsknapp Säkerhetsetiketter och instruktioner Skyddsbrytare mot fallskydd för filmvagn Jordkabel Lås mot nedfall Arbetsprincip för plastmaskin SMARTWRAP-X PRE-STRETCH Palettomslagningsmaskinen fungerar enligt följande grundläggande arbetsprincip: Varorna transporteras till maskinen med en gaffeltruck. När filmhuvudet har fästs manuellt på varornas yta börjar maskinen att köras och varorna börjar rotera. Under förpackningsprocessen rör sig filmen i en stigande rörelse runt varo...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/plastmaskin-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-Screen.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-Pre-stretch.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-LED-Indicator.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-Inverter.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/intelligent-pallet-wrapper-smartwrap-x-pre-stretch-Film-carriage.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3899 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330054PS</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>460 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120450</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning — strap-width: 19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning AIR DUO32 är den senaste utvecklingen inom området för stålförpackningar. Alla funktioner är tryckluftsdrivna. Packningen som helhet består av en spännare och en brytare. För att utföra bandning måste pneumatisk stålspännare och hänglåsverktyg användas tillsammans. De kombinerar fördelarna med låg vikt, enkel användning, snabb packning, säker användning och lätt att flytta.Pneumatiska verktyg för stålband kan användas för att packa olika material, t.ex. lådor, rörformade produkter, stål, armeringsjärn, göt och stora artiklar. De är idealiska verktyg för att packa tunga föremål, olika former och skarpa kanter.   Fördelar med AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Hög spänningskraft - upp till 16800 KN (justerbar) Konstruktion helt i metall: Tillverkad av högkvalitativt stål, hållbar Delad design: ger ett mer flexibelt arbetsutrymme Superstor buntkraft: lämplig för stålband med en bredd på 19-32 mm och en tjocklek på 0,8-1,2 mm, med stark bindning och utmärkta resultat. Tillämplig för olika metaller, byggnadsmaterial, stora och tunga varor osv. AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning specifikationer Modell nr. AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Bredd på stålbandet 19-32mm Tjocklek på stålband 0.8-1.2mm Lufttryck 0.4-0.6Mpa Typ av tätning Spännen för enkelband Spänningskraft ≥16.8 KN Vikt 5.0 KGS   Funktioner av AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Lätt att använda, lätt vikt, hög säkerhet. Patentdesign utan trötthet, säker att använda. Den höga graden av automatisering, bekväm att flytta, lämplig för alla typer av områden och alla typer av förpackningsstorlekar. Kroppen och delar av objektet är tillverkade av höghållfast legering, hög hållbarhet. Hög spänningskraft resulterar i hög anslutningssäkerhet. Hur man använder AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Bandet måste föras genom en förslutning, runt förpackningen och sedan genom förslutningen igen. Böj bandet bort från förslutningen på ca 50 mm. Håll i verktygskroppen, tryck på handtaget med tummen, för in den övre remmen (som är i förseglingen) i åtdragningshjulet och rullehjulet och släpp sedan handtaget. Motorns ände, roterande ring, med tre grader (stopp, halvt fungerande, fungerande). Vrid rotationsringen medurs och åtdragningen börjar. När den önskade bandspänningen är uppnådd stoppar du åtdragningen. Placera den pneumatiska tätaren på tätningen, tryck på omkopplingshandtagen för att bilda skarven. När skarven är färdig, luta den pneumatiska förseglaren uppåt i vertikalt läge tills bandet skärs av.   AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/air-duo32-pneumatiskt-drivna-bandningsverktyg-med-plombforslutning/?attribute_strap-width=19mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120450</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>9698</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>15 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120451</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning — strap-width: 25mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning AIR DUO32 är den senaste utvecklingen inom området för stålförpackningar. Alla funktioner är tryckluftsdrivna. Packningen som helhet består av en spännare och en brytare. För att utföra bandning måste pneumatisk stålspännare och hänglåsverktyg användas tillsammans. De kombinerar fördelarna med låg vikt, enkel användning, snabb packning, säker användning och lätt att flytta.Pneumatiska verktyg för stålband kan användas för att packa olika material, t.ex. lådor, rörformade produkter, stål, armeringsjärn, göt och stora artiklar. De är idealiska verktyg för att packa tunga föremål, olika former och skarpa kanter.   Fördelar med AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Hög spänningskraft - upp till 16800 KN (justerbar) Konstruktion helt i metall: Tillverkad av högkvalitativt stål, hållbar Delad design: ger ett mer flexibelt arbetsutrymme Superstor buntkraft: lämplig för stålband med en bredd på 19-32 mm och en tjocklek på 0,8-1,2 mm, med stark bindning och utmärkta resultat. Tillämplig för olika metaller, byggnadsmaterial, stora och tunga varor osv. AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning specifikationer Modell nr. AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Bredd på stålbandet 19-32mm Tjocklek på stålband 0.8-1.2mm Lufttryck 0.4-0.6Mpa Typ av tätning Spännen för enkelband Spänningskraft ≥16.8 KN Vikt 5.0 KGS   Funktioner av AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Lätt att använda, lätt vikt, hög säkerhet. Patentdesign utan trötthet, säker att använda. Den höga graden av automatisering, bekväm att flytta, lämplig för alla typer av områden och alla typer av förpackningsstorlekar. Kroppen och delar av objektet är tillverkade av höghållfast legering, hög hållbarhet. Hög spänningskraft resulterar i hög anslutningssäkerhet. Hur man använder AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Bandet måste föras genom en förslutning, runt förpackningen och sedan genom förslutningen igen. Böj bandet bort från förslutningen på ca 50 mm. Håll i verktygskroppen, tryck på handtaget med tummen, för in den övre remmen (som är i förseglingen) i åtdragningshjulet och rullehjulet och släpp sedan handtaget. Motorns ände, roterande ring, med tre grader (stopp, halvt fungerande, fungerande). Vrid rotationsringen medurs och åtdragningen börjar. När den önskade bandspänningen är uppnådd stoppar du åtdragningen. Placera den pneumatiska tätaren på tätningen, tryck på omkopplingshandtagen för att bilda skarven. När skarven är färdig, luta den pneumatiska förseglaren uppåt i vertikalt läge tills bandet skärs av.   AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/air-duo32-pneumatiskt-drivna-bandningsverktyg-med-plombforslutning/?attribute_strap-width=25mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>out of stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120451</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>9698</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>15 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120452</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning — strap-width: 32mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning AIR DUO32 är den senaste utvecklingen inom området för stålförpackningar. Alla funktioner är tryckluftsdrivna. Packningen som helhet består av en spännare och en brytare. För att utföra bandning måste pneumatisk stålspännare och hänglåsverktyg användas tillsammans. De kombinerar fördelarna med låg vikt, enkel användning, snabb packning, säker användning och lätt att flytta.Pneumatiska verktyg för stålband kan användas för att packa olika material, t.ex. lådor, rörformade produkter, stål, armeringsjärn, göt och stora artiklar. De är idealiska verktyg för att packa tunga föremål, olika former och skarpa kanter.   Fördelar med AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Hög spänningskraft - upp till 16800 KN (justerbar) Konstruktion helt i metall: Tillverkad av högkvalitativt stål, hållbar Delad design: ger ett mer flexibelt arbetsutrymme Superstor buntkraft: lämplig för stålband med en bredd på 19-32 mm och en tjocklek på 0,8-1,2 mm, med stark bindning och utmärkta resultat. Tillämplig för olika metaller, byggnadsmaterial, stora och tunga varor osv. AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning specifikationer Modell nr. AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Bredd på stålbandet 19-32mm Tjocklek på stålband 0.8-1.2mm Lufttryck 0.4-0.6Mpa Typ av tätning Spännen för enkelband Spänningskraft ≥16.8 KN Vikt 5.0 KGS   Funktioner av AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Lätt att använda, lätt vikt, hög säkerhet. Patentdesign utan trötthet, säker att använda. Den höga graden av automatisering, bekväm att flytta, lämplig för alla typer av områden och alla typer av förpackningsstorlekar. Kroppen och delar av objektet är tillverkade av höghållfast legering, hög hållbarhet. Hög spänningskraft resulterar i hög anslutningssäkerhet. Hur man använder AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning Bandet måste föras genom en förslutning, runt förpackningen och sedan genom förslutningen igen. Böj bandet bort från förslutningen på ca 50 mm. Håll i verktygskroppen, tryck på handtaget med tummen, för in den övre remmen (som är i förseglingen) i åtdragningshjulet och rullehjulet och släpp sedan handtaget. Motorns ände, roterande ring, med tre grader (stopp, halvt fungerande, fungerande). Vrid rotationsringen medurs och åtdragningen börjar. När den önskade bandspänningen är uppnådd stoppar du åtdragningen. Placera den pneumatiska tätaren på tätningen, tryck på omkopplingshandtagen för att bilda skarven. När skarven är färdig, luta den pneumatiska förseglaren uppåt i vertikalt läge tills bandet skärs av.   AIR DUO32 Pneumatiskt drivna bandningsverktyg med plombförslutning video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/air-duo32-pneumatiskt-drivna-bandningsverktyg-med-plombforslutning/?attribute_strap-width=32mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-padlock.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-padlock-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/air-duo32-pneumatic-steel-tensioner-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1399 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>120452</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>9698</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>15 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>330300</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN sparar utrymme eftersom du kan köra in pallen på en handpallettruck och inte behöver någon ramp. Diametern på vändskivan på den Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN är 1500 mm och dess maximala omslagshöjd är 2000 mm. Palettomslagaren är stabil och hastigheten på vridbordet kan justeras upp till 10 r/min. Den har en mjuk start/stopp-funktion, hemläge, den är utrustad med PLC-styrning och sensor för att testa pallhöjden. Öppningen i vändskivan gör det enkelt att lasta en pall med en handpallett. Den här pallympakningsmaskinen har PLC-styrning och dess elektriska underenhet är världsberömda produkter, t.ex. från Japan "OMRON", Korea "LG", franska "TE" elapparater. Den Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN har en praktisk design, harmoniska åtgärder och är mycket tillförlitlig och bekväm.Det kan öka produktionseffektiviteten och förhindra att varorna skadas under transporten. Den är dessutom dammtät, fukttät och håller sig ren. Denna sträckfilmsmaskin har ett brett användningsområde och används för kemisk fiber, baccy, apotek, publicering, kylning och keramik etc. Denna maskin är inte lämplig för pallar som innehåller en tvärstång. Inplastningsprogrammet kan enkelt ställas in med ett bekvämt och pålitligt gränssnitt. Eftersom den har en typ M-drejskiva är EASY-IN-pallinplastaren lämplig för företag som använder handpallettruckar, eftersom du enkelt kan köra in pallen i den utan att behöva lyfta den. Du kan ställa in olika omslagsmetoder för att uppfylla dina behov.   Funktioner av den Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN Mjuk start/stopp hemläge PLC-kontrollpanel tillförlitlig prestanda lätt att använda Sensor testar pallhöjd   Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskinEASY-IN-specifikationer Tekniska uppgifter om maskinen Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN Strömspänning 1 P  AC 220/110V  50/60 Hz Hastighet på skivspelaren 0～10r/min Diameter på skivspelaren Φ 1500mm Masthöjd H2400mm Material LLDPE-film, bredd <=500mm, ytterdiameter <=280mm Kapacitet 1000 kg; Maximal höjd för inslagning 2000mm Smörjmedelsmaterial Vanligt smörjfett Maskinens vikt 750Kg Ungefärlig vikt med förpackning 850Kg Maskinens dimensioner L2800×W1580×H(2000-3000) mm Installerad effekt 1.25 KW Elektriskt skydd IP54 Buller ≤75DB Omgivningens fuktighet ≤98%， Temperatur -10℃～40℃   Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin steg för drift Verksamheten kan huvudsakligen delas in i följande faser： Pallen och dess fack ska placeras på vridplattan; Operatören ska ta filmen och lägga den runt föremålets yta; Operatören ska starta maskinen, som automatiskt kommer att köra och linda in föremålet. Automatisk cykel De höga och låga varvtalen och inställningarna för upp och ner kan först väljas baserat på pallens höjd i PLC-styrningen.  Aktivera den automatiska cykeln med hjälp av relevant väljare och maskinen är redo att ta emot de föremål som ska lindas. Kontrollera att föremålen har staplats på rätt sätt på brickan. Kontrollera att föremålens vikt och höjd inte överstiger vad maskinen tillåter. Cykeloperationerna är följande： Lägg föremålen/pallarna på vridplattan, aktivera vridplattan med hjälp av den fotoelektriska strömbrytaren; rotation medurs på vridplattan börjar. I slutet av den första rotationen stiger filmvagnen tills sensorn läser av palettens slut; de redan inställda höga varvtalen aktiveras och filmvagnen sänks; När den är i det nedre läget är rotationen långsammare, följt av inbromsning och stopp i läget; Det inslagna paketet tas bort och förpackningsmaskinen är redo att ta emot nästa pall.   Var används den Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN? som vill spara utrymme - rampen behövs INTE endast använda pallar av euro-typ (800 x 1200 mm) har pallar på upp till 1000 kg som behöver en pålitlig, stabil pallymbrytare.   Automatisk sträckfilmsmaskin EASY-IN video]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automatic-strackfilmsmaskin-easy-in/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/automatic-pallet-stretch-wrapper-easy-in-price.png</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>330300</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>450 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>250021</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ECOBAND-B4620 Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin 30mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ECOBAND-B4620 Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin Bandningsmaskin ECOBAND-B4620 är enkel och tillförlitlig, den använder pappers- och polypropenband som är 30 mm breda och 150 meter långa. ECOBAND-B4620 pappers- och OPP-Bandningsmaskin har en bredd på 460 mm och en höjd på 200 mm, och förpackningshastigheten är upp till 26 cykler per minut. Bandets spänning kan justeras med hjälp av ett handhjul som är placerat på insidan av hjulbasen. Maskinen ECOBAND-B4620 kan använda både manuell (med padel) och automatisk bandning med sensorn. ECOBAND-B4620 pappersbandningsmaskin är förutom den klassiska användningen inom grafisk konst, bokbinderi, papperskonvertering, särskilt lämplig för att skapa flera förpackningar eller för att kombinera flera produkter i säljfrämjande försäljning. ECOBAND-B4620 Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin är en idealisk förpackningsmaskin för tryckeri- och textilindustrin. Den möjliggör snabb bandning med liten ansträngning.   Fördelar med ECOBAND-B4620 Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin Mikroelektronisk linjekontroll, tillförlitlig prestanda Möjliggör manuell (med padel) och helautomatisk (med sensor) bandning. Dragkraft och bältesstorlek kan justeras för att uppfylla olika behov. Hela maskinen är ren och vacker Stort magasin för lagring av band för långa arbetscykler Enkel och snabb driftsättning Användarvänlig kontrollpanel Bekräfta CE, med skydd mot strömavbrott DC 24V säkerhetsspänning Pekskärm och knappmanövrering Parameterinställningar på pekskärm, med 6 språk   ECOBAND-B4620 Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin funktioner En helautomatisk Opp-bandningsmaskin är enkel och snabb att använda. Du kan ställa in bandets standby-tid - bandet kommer att tillverkas inom samma tidsintervall, vilket ökar produktionen. Pappersband, OPP-filmband kan alla användas. Maskinen kan startas omedelbart, vilket förbättrar effektiviteten i användningen avsevärt. Anpassar sig automatiskt för att dra åt bandet För buntning av varor Hand- och fotomkopplare Lämplig för att binda papper eller folie Extra stort magasin Bred kontaktyta för mjuka material Tekniska specifikationer Mått: L650×W360×H1140 mm Arbetshöjd: 1140 mm Vikt: 75 kg Hastighet: 2 sekunder per bandning Tillbehör: Magasin, fotomkopplare ECOBAND-B4620 Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin användning Denna bandningsmaskin är helautomatisk och mångsidig. Den gör att du kan bunta varor eller skapa små förpackningsenheter. Maskinen är lätt att använda och snabb att hantera. Maskinen lämpar sig särskilt väl för tryckerier och textilförädlingsföretag, eftersom spänningen i bandningen är liten. Bandningsmaskiner kan användas i många branscher över hela världen, t.ex. apotek, tryckeri, grafisk industri, mejeriprodukter och valutaindustrier, Rengöring, tvättmedel, kosmetika, drycker, mejeriprodukter, hårvårdsprodukter, te, grönsaker, frukt, fisk, kött, snacks, ris, mjöl.     ECOBAND-B4620 Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin specifikationer Modell ECOBAND-B Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin Strömkälla AC110-120/200-240V,50/60Hz,1Ph,0.25kW,2.5A Förpackningshastighet 26 cykler/min Spänning av omsnörningsband ≤5kg(adjustable) Storlek på bågen W460mm x H200mm(standard) Arbetsbordets höjd 245mm Lämpligt band Papper/OPP-film Lämplig bandbredd standard 30mm Lämplig bandspole inner dia.:Φ 40mm,outer dia.:Φ  160mm (Max. outer dia.<Φ380mm för extern dispenser) Maskinstorlek L650 × W360 × H1140 mm Storlek för leverans L680 × W470 × H1290 mm Vikt N.W:75 kg; G.W:95 kg Valfritt 1.bågstorlek 2.bandstorlek 3.extern dispenser   ECOBAND-B4620 Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ecoband-b4620-papper-opp-bandningsmaskin/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-display.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-coil.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-B4620-automatic-paper-strapping-machine-paper-opp-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>250021</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>95 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>366,2481,2482</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>366</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>250010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ECOBAND-S Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin 12mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ECOBAND-S Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin ECOBAND-S Automatisk bandningsmaskin för OPP-band och papperstape används i stor utsträckning för försiktig bandning av mjuka och känsliga föremål, t.ex. sedlar, etiketter, kuvert, CD-skivor, mediciner, visitkort, lyxutskrifter etc. ECOBAND-S automatisk OPP-bandningsmaskin har en hög förpackningshastighet (26 band/min) och en justerbar bandningskraft på upp till 5 kg. Funktionen hos denna maskin är att använda plast-OPP-tejp eller papperstape för att gittera ihop produkten eller produkterna, och den är lämplig för att arbeta med automatisk skärning eller förpackningsmaskin. I stället för att använda gummiband för att knyta produkterna tar det bara 1,5 sekunder att bunta produkterna med OPP-tejp eller papperstape för enkel förpackning. Arkmåttet på pappersbandningsmaskinen är W220xH170mm och maskinen väger 18kg. ECOBAND-S OPP-filmförpackningsmaskin hjälper dig att effektivt bunta små produkter eller förpackningar. Det finns många skäl som talar för att banda dina produkter. Å ena sidan förenklar paketeringen av dina varor enligt antalet artiklar försäljningsbeskrivningen, å andra sidan gör den det möjligt att gruppera förpackningsenheter, t.ex. produktuppsättningar. Samtidigt skyddar förpackningarna mot stöld genom att de är bundna. Sist men inte minst bidrar bandningen till att minska avfallet eftersom den ersätter konventionella blisterförpackningar. Bandningsmaskinen buntar ihop små förpackningar eller produkter med OPP-pappersband. Bandet stängs säkert med en termisk förslutning. Banderollens spänning kan regleras exakt och garanterar på så sätt även en skonsam buntning av känsliga produkter. Maskinen tar inte mycket plats eftersom den kan användas som en bordsapparat med ett litet fotavtryck. Dessutom är manuell eller automatisk drift mycket enkel, eftersom det räcker med att sätta in produkterna. Slutstycket för styrning av produkterna är flexibelt justerbart och även avtagbart. Du kan alltså använda maskinen för mycket långa produkter.   Fördelar med ECOBAND-S bandningsmaskin för papper och OPP: Automatisk bandningsmaskin tar bara 1,5 sekunder för att binda materialet. Med två typer av styrningssätt kan den använda automatisk induktionsförpackning och pedalavkännande förpackning för att underlätta produktionslinjen. Mjuk och skonsam åtstramning Automatisk svetsning och skärning av bandet PCB-kontrollpanel med pekskärm Kompakt design Mikroelektronisk linjekontroll, tillförlitlig prestanda Justerbar åtdragningskraft för att tillgodose olika behov Hela maskinen är liten och vacker En mängd olika buntformer: enkel, dubbel, kors, lätt att använda.   Funktioner hos ECOBAND-S bandningsmaskin för papper och OPP Automatisk induktionsförpackning och pedalavkännande förpackning Förpackningshastigheten är 26 passeringar/min. Dragstyrkan är justerbar för att säkerställa att dragningen är lämplig och inte lös - Justerbar bindningskraft upp till 5 kg Intelligent bandningsfunktion, kan bandningsmaterial kontinuerligt, snabbt och med hög arbetseffektivitet. Lätt att byta ut band, bra för att fästa olika material. Intelligent panel med pekskärm som gör maskinen lätt att använda och miljövänlig.   Specifikationer för ECOBAND-S bandningsmaskin för papper och OPP Modell ECOBAND-S Strömförsörjning AC110V / 220V, 50-60Hz Förpackningshastighet 26 passerar/min Packing speed W220xH170mm Bindande kraft < = 5kg Arbetsbordets höjd 215mm Bindningsband Papper & OPP filmtejp Bandbredd 12mm Spolens innerdiameter 40mm Spolens ytterdiameter 160mm Spolens tjocklek 0.12mm Minsta förpackningsobjekt 30mm bredd Maskinstorlek L380xW280xH415mm Vikt 18kg   ECOBAND-S Papper & OPP Bandningsmaskin video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/ecoband-s-papper-opp-bandningsmaskin/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-touch-screen-display.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-touch-screen.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-affordable.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-biding-effect.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-tray.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-sensor.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/06/Ecoband-automatic-paper-banding-machine-high-quality-motor.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>250010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>18 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>366,2481,2482</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>366</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[JET bandningsverktyg för 12-16mm (1/2″-5/8″) PET/PP-rem inkl. batteri och laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[JET Halvautomatiskt handhållet bandningsverktyg JET bandningsverktyg är ett klassiskt handhållet bandningsverktyg. Tack vare det manuella spänningsläget är den mer prisvärd jämfört med dem som spänns med motor på marknaden. Med flexibla inställningar och ett brett spänningsområde är den dessutom perfekt för både PP- och PET-band. JET bandningsverktyg för 12-16 mm används ofta inom alla branscher och sektorer. JET bandningsverktyg har den högsta produktiviteten och prestandan för att möta kundernas krav på förpackningar runt om i världen. JET bandningsverktyg för 12-16mm väger endast 2.7 kg med batteri, vilket gör den till ett av de lättaste batteribandningsverktygen som finns. Bandspänningen är anpassningsbar och kan ställas in på upp till 2100 N. JET bandningsverktyg levereras med ett litiumbatteri med en kapacitet på 3000 mAh, vilket gör att du kan göra mer än 300 bandningscykler med en enda laddning. Laddaren medföljer också, så du kan börja med paketeringen så snart paketet anländer. Manövrerbarheten och användarvänligheten med detta batteridrivna bandningsverktyg gör att du kan använda det för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Det här batteribandningsverktyget är också utformat för att ge en högkvalitativ friktionssvetsförsegling. Den har en 12-månaders garanti och service är tillgänglig i Europeiska unionen, Sverige.   Fördelar med JET bandningsverktyg Väger endast 2,7 kg med batteri Manuell åtdragning för känsliga förpackningar Det mest prisvärda bandningsverktyget på marknaden Mycket robust, starkt verktyg Kan göra mer än 300 bandningscykler med en enda laddning. Förseglingstid justerbar - öka svetstiden medurs och minska svetstiden moturs   JET bandningsverktyg Funktioner: Kostnadseffektivt - manuellt åtdragningsläge, så det är mer prisvärt Enkel användning med en hand Hög tätningseffektivitet Försegling genom friktionssvetsning Ergonomisk design Litiumbatteri med hög kapacitet Robust täckning och perfekt balans Spänningskraften kan justeras manuellt     JET bandningsverktyg för 12-16 mm specifikationer:   Modell JET bandningsverktyg Mått (L*W*H) 370*140*120 mm Vikt 2,75kg (inklusive batteri) Kraft Litiumbatteri (DC14.4V, 3000MaH, 10C) Spänningsintervall 60-2100N or 6-214kg - justerbar Tätningstid 1-3 sekunder - justerbar Bandningsbredd 12-16mm Bandtjocklek 0.6-1mm Tillämpliga remmar Polypropen (PP) och polyester (PET) Formulär för förslutning av remmar Försegling med friktionssvets Uthållighet efter full laddning Ungefär 300 omslutningscykler Batteriladdare Ingångsspänning: 100-245V(AC), 50-60HZ, Utgångsspänning/ström: 16.8V(DC)/3A(DC) Laddningstid för batteriet Cirka 70 minuter Gemensam Friktionssvetsning   Vad är priset på den halvautomatiska JET bandningsverktyg? JET bandningsverktyg är det mest prisvärda bandningsverktyget på marknaden. Anledningen är det manuella spännsystemet, där operatören måste dra i spänningsvippan flera gånger för att spänna bandet runt föremålet. Priset för JET batteribandningsverktyget visas på sidan. Det batteridrivna verktyget kan köpas online direkt från vår webbplats eller så kan du begära en offert via e-post. Trots det låga priset är batteribandningsverktyget mycket kraftfullt, robust och tillverkat av högkvalitativa material. Det är byggt för att hålla länge och våra kunder rekommenderar det här verktyget till alla som inte behöver ett automatiskt åtdragningssystem.   Hur man använder JET bandningsverktyg för PET/PP 12-16mm band Stapla banden på plats - Snurra upp bandbältet enligt den metod som visas på bilden. Bandremmen får inte färgas av vatten, olja eller andra vätskor. Håll i lyfthandtaget - Sätt in banden i bandningsverktyg på plats. Den komprimerade änden av bandremmen måste överlappa varandra i toppen, och bandremmen i botten ska sträcka sig under spännhjulet så att den täcker tandplattans främre ände med 5-10 mm. När du sätter in bandbältet lyfter du handtaget med höger hand och sätter in bandbältet med vänster hand. Den övre och nedre änden måste staplas parallellt innan handtaget kan frigöras. Sväng spänningsvippan - När bandbandet är installerat, håll i handtaget på bandningsanordningen och dra åt vippan. Samtidigt drar du spänningsvippan bakåt till ändbegränsningsmekanismen och trycker sedan spänningsvippan framåt till den främre begränsningsmekanismen. Dra upprepade gånger i spänningsvippan flera gånger. När bandbältet är spänt till det idealiska läget släpper du spänningsvippan. När du drar åt, håll bandningsverktyget parallellt med bandet och bandningsbältet i motsatt riktning. Tryck ner svetsknappen - Efter att ha tryckt på spännknappen, fingret flyttas bort omedelbart, och enheten limmar automatiskt (tiden är förinställd av systemet, du kan öka eller minska åtdragningstiden medurs eller moturs). Efter bindningen skärs det överflödiga bandbandet av automatiskt. Tryck upp lyfthandtaget för att ta ut bandet - Efter buntning, Vrid spännhjulet runt, lossa bältet i enlighet med detta, balansera till höger och ta ut buntningsanordningen.   JET b...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/jet-bandningsverktyg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/JET-battery-strapping-tool-12-16mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/JET-battery-strapping-tool-12-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/JET-battery-strapping-tool-12-16mm-how-to-use.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/JET-battery-strapping-tool-12-16mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>695 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110120</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.7 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Krympfilmsmaskin T5040]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Halvautomatisk Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 L-sealer med krymptunnel "combo"-system T5040 Krympfilmsmaskin är en monoblockig, halvautomatisk kompakt L-seglare och krymptunnel som är 700 mm lång och har 450 x 230 mm stora ingångar till tunneln. Planförseglingen är 500 mm x 400 mm. Den maximala höjden på förpackningen är 150 mm. Den kan krympa upp till 15 enheter per minut. Krympfilmningsmaskinen är perfekt för industriell förpackning av både livsmedel, t.ex. bröd och kex, och icke-livsmedelsprodukter.(t.ex. presenter, tidskrifter eller prylar) som du vill skydda från damm och yttre påverkan. T5040 värmekrympningsmaskin är lätt att använda och den är utrustad med kontrollskärmar för att säkerställa största möjliga bekvämlighet. Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 är inte bara funktionell utan har också en innovativ och elegant design. De totala måtten på Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 är B775 x L2200 mm x H1500 och den väger 270 kg.   Filmparametrar för krympfilmsförpackare T5040 Film typ: monolayer vikning POF film Tjocklek: 0,015 ~ 0,019 mm Filmbredd: upp till 570 mm   Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 Fördelar T5040 är en halvautomatisk Krympfilmsmaskin som består av en L-förseglare och en krymptunnel i en enda ram. Den här maskinen separerar förslutnings- och krympningscyklerna för snabbare drift. Operatören lägger först in produkten i den mittfalsade krympfilmen. Förseglingen sker med en L-seglare och följs av krympning i en kompakt krymptunnel. Det nedre uppvärmda bältet i tunneln ger en utmärkt finish runt hela ryggsäcken.   Funktioner av Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 Hög prestanda En extern luftkompressor behövs och den ingår inte i maskinen - 50 bar är tillräckligt Lufttryck: 5 ～ 8 ㎏/㎝² Justerbar filmspänning Oberoende tätningsbackar Lätt rengörbara tätningsbackar (vridbara 180 grader) Gränssnitt för mänsklig maskin (HMI) tillgängligt via kontrollpanelen. Maskinen levereras med ett oberoende elskåp   Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 specification: Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 Halvautomatisk Krympfilmsmaskin L-sealer med krymptunnel "combo"-system Modell Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 Strömförsörjning 3P+N 230V/380V Maximal effekt som krävs 5KW Maskinens totala mått W775 x L2200mm x H1500 Höjd på arbetsplatta (på stativ) 920mm Mått på tunnelns ingång 450 x230mm Tunnelns längd 700mm Maskinens vikt 270kg Tätningsområde W500mm x L 400mm Maximal produkthöjd 160mm Impulstätningssystem övre blad Maximal rullbredd 600mm Utgång 8-15pcs/min   Användning av Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 Våra kombinationsmaskiner för krympfilmning T5040 överbryggar klyftan mellan manuella fristående förseglare och kammarenheter (eller "tunneln") och helautomatiska maskiner för krympfilmning. Det finns två klämmor placerade på framsidan av förseglingsapparaten för att säkerställa att förseglingstrycket maximeras - vilket är ett viktigt krav för alla förseglingsapparater. Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 är användarvänlig. Den är lämplig för olika förpackningsstorlekar. Det är lätt att justera temperaturen, vilket garanterar en lämplig temperatur. Kammaren är ansluten med ett transportband till en tunnel som utlöser krympning av folien på produkten.   Hur fungerar Krympfilmsmaskin T5040? Först måste produkten föras in i filmen, operatören ska ta filmen från produkterna i sin vänstra hand, lägga den i kammaren och trycka på handtaget med sin högra hand, stänga kammaren och på så sätt skära filmen. Filmen omsluter produkten och produkten flyttas sedan till en tunnel där den krymper runt produkten. Vakuumeringsprocessen är mycket enkel och snabb. Förpackningsmaskinen T5040 kan producera upp till 15 produkter per minut.   Krympfilmsmaskin T5040 VIDEO: ﻿﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/krympfilmsmaskin-t5040/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Shrink-Wrapper-T5040.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2899 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>270 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>654,2481,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>654</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>240010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Krymptunnel B4255]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Krymptunnel , Skärning, krympning och förpackning Allt-i-ett Krympfilm maskin Sealer B4255 Krymptunnel B4255 är en typ av Chamber krympinpackningsmaskin. Den är utformad som en lättanvänd maskin i ett enda steg där förslutningen av förpackningen och krympningen sker i samma utrymme. Förseglingsområdet är B420 mm x L 550 mm och produkten får inte vara högre än 200 mm. Arbetsplattans höjd (på stativ) är 920 mm så den kan lätt införlivas i förpackningslinjen. Krymptunnel B4255 väger 89 kg och är 750 mm bred och 1230 mm lång. Detta ger ett mycket litet utrymme för maskinen, kombinerat med stor användarvänlighet för att uppnå ett professionellt färdigt resultat. Den kan slå in upp till 8 st/min, därför är den idealisk för företag som vill effektivisera sin produktion och se till att de alltid uppfyller deadlines och hög efterfrågan, kammarkrympningsmaskinen är en viktig del av utrustningen att investera i. Vår krympfilmbindningsmaskin använder POF-film för att omsluta produkter och lådor genom att värma krympfilmen. På detta sätt kan man se hur produkterna ser ut, och produkternas estetik och värde förbättras. Dessutom kan maskinen skydda föremålen mot yttre stötar och förhindra att de splittras, särskilt när det gäller containrar. Krymptunnel B4255 Fördelar 3-i-1 krympfilm - Denna krympfilmmaskin kan skära, krympa och slå in på en gång, en process som slutförs smidigt utan tråkig manuell drift. Justerbar operativ panel - Alla inställningar för krympning och förpackning kan styras med hjälp av panelens nyckelmoduler: Temperaturjustering, inställning av förslutningstid och inställning av krympningstid. Hög förpackningskapacitet - Med en högsta förpackningsstorlek på B420 mm x L550 mm har maskinen en maximal förpackningskapacitet på 420 st/h tack vare den slående skärkniven i legering och en stor fläkt. Högklassig teknik - Värmekrympningen är synlig genom den genomskinliga hällen av plexiglas i förpackningsarbetet. Filmseparationsmallen isolerar filmen effektivt. Enastående mångsidighet - Den här maskinen kan användas i stor utsträckning för krympande förpackningar av metall, drycker, varor och böcker inom daglig kemoterapi, dryckes-, läkemedels- och brevpapperområdet. Hög produktivitet - Endast en operatör krävs för att slutföra förseglings- och krympningsprocessen. Krymptunnel B4255 Specifikationer B4255 Halvautomatisk Krymptunnel "System med ett enda steg. Modell Krymptunnel B4255 Strömförsörjning 1P hase/230V /3.5kw Maskinens totala mått W750 x L1230mm Höjd på arbetsplatta (på stativ) 920mm Maskinens vikt 89KG Tätningsområde W420mm x L 550mm Maximal produkthöjd 200mm Impulstätningssystem Bottenblad Maximala rullmått DIA 250mm x W 600mm Utgång 4-8pcs/min Funktioner hos Krymptunnel B4255 Synligt förpackningsförfarande - Du kan se värmekrympningen genom den genomskinliga kammarhuven av organiskt glas i förpackningsarbetet. Huven öppnas automatiskt när förpackningen är klar. Kraftfull förpackningskapacitet - Den här maskinen har en maximal förpackningsstorlek på B420 mm x L 550 mm x H200 mm och kan skryta med en förpackningskapacitet på 420 st/h med hjälp av den legerade skärkniven och de stora fläktbladen. Kammar krympningsmaskinen är halvautomatisk; när operatören sänker huven och startar förslutningssekvensen aktiveras en solenoid och resten av förslutnings- och krympningsprocessen sker automatiskt. (Se videon nedan). Eftersom dessa maskintyper har låg turbulens kan de användas med polyolefin- och PVC-krympfilm. Detta är en annan egenskap hos krympfilmskammaren som gör den lämplig för sömlös produktion för företag. Hur fungerar Krymptunnel B4255? Det är enkelt att slå in produkten i folie. Först lindar du in föremålet i folie och placerar det i kammaren. När kammaren är stängd skärs överskottsfolien av automatiskt. I kammaren inleds processen med att slå in folien runt produkten, som kan övervakas genom ett genomskinligt lock. Folien krymper och sveper runt produkten och bildar ett skyddande omslag. När processen är klar öppnar operatören locket och tar ut den färdiga produkten. Krymptunnel B4255 video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/krymptunnel-b4255/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/shrink-wrapping-machine-B4255b.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/shrink-wrapping-machine-B4255-new-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/shrink-wrapping-machine-B4255-all-in-one.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>240010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>130 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>654,2481,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>654</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Krympfilmsmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[FLEX BOX Halvautomatisk kartongresare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[FLEX BOX Halvautomatisk kartongresare FLEX BOX-kartongresare viker din låda eller låda och snabbar upp processen att skapa lådan och påskynda förpackningslinjen. Den kan skapa upp till 7 lådor per minut. FLEX BOX-kartongresare är justerbar och kan användas för olika lådstorlekar L(200-600)×B(150-480)mm×H(120-500)mm. FLEX BOX-väskans uppställare viker väskans nedersta lock. Operatören lägger lådan på maskinen och viker automatiskt bakre och främre locken på lådan och skickar den till maskinen, som sedan styr lådan och viker de högra och vänstra locken. Operatören lägger in varorna och fäller ihop lådans övre lock. Sedan skickar en tryckanordning lådan till en kartongförseglingsmaskin för att försegla lådans över- och undersida. Denna maskin kan arbeta tillsammans med FLEX-TAPE carton sealing machine.  Höjden på arbetsbordet kan justeras från 700 mm till 800 mm. Mått på FLEX BOX-väskekonstruktören är följande L1500× B950× H (arbetsbordshöjd +170)mm och väger 90 kg. Den använder lufttryck för att trycka ner lådan i förpackningslinjen. FLEX BOX Halvautomatisk kartongresare med specifikationer: Modell FLEX-BOX Luftkälla 6kgf/m3 Storlek på väskan L(200-600)×W(150-480)mm×H(120-500)mm Arbetsbordets höjd 700-800mm Strömförsörjning 220V/50HZ Effekt 600W Kapacitet 6-7 kartonger/min Maskinens vikt 90kg Lufttryck 0.4 MPa -0.6 MPa Maskindimension L1500× W950× H(arbetsbordets höjd+170)mm   FLEX Box  kartongresare är en halvautomatisk maskin där du tar ut den tomma lådan från det inbyggda magasinet och placerar den manuellt i maskinen. Efter installationen fälls den ihop och hålls på undersidan med hjälp av två pneumatiska ventilfalsar. Efter detta kan du enkelt fylla lådan utan att den faller omkull. Genom att manövrera en tryckknapp eller en fotpedal skjuts lådan pneumatiskt ut ur maskinen och in i en kartongförseglingsmaskin som är ansluten till den och som omedelbart tejpar lådan. Maskinen har breda användningsområden inom industrin för kemisk fiber, torkning av tobak, apotek, publicering, luftkonditionering, hushållsapparater, keramik, heta arbeten och så vidare.   FLEX BOX Halvautomatisk kartongresare VIDEO: ﻿ Hur fungerar FLEX BOX Halvautomatisk kartongresare? The operator opens an empty case and folds the front cover. The back cover is folded from a 45° bevel angle by pushing the board. Operatören placerar lådbotten på låduppsättarens mitträcke. Operatören flyttar lådan i enlighet med pilens riktning till de nedre högra och vänstra luckorna för att komma i kontakt med kopplingsplattan i botten. Den nedre cylindern trycker på styrstången som rör sig framåt till den centrala styrskenan till klämfodralet. Samtidigt roterar två cylindrar den högra och vänstra luckan från vertikal riktning till nivå, vilket gör att den nedre högra och vänstra luckan viks. Lägg varorna i lådan efter avslutad vikning (se diagram 3-8). Som diagrammet visar fäller operatören upp de övre luckorna på lådan och trycker på, och trycker sedan på tryckknappen (eller fotknappen) för tryckanordningen. Cylindern driver tryckanordningen för att skjuta lådan full med varor in i kartongförseglingsmaskinen för att försegla lådan (se diagram 3-9).        ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/flex-box-halvautomatisk-kartongresare/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/flex-box-semi-automatic-case-erection-machine-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/flex-box-semi-automatic-case-erection-machine.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/flex-box-case-erection-flex-tape-case-sealer-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/flex-box-semi-automatic-case-erection-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2699 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>110 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>366,2610,653,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>366</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110160</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[ARGON bandningsverktyg plastband 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) för PET/PP Rem + batteri + laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[ARGON bandningsverktyg plastband 10-16mm (3/8″-5/8″) för PET/PP Rem + batteri + laddare Premium bandningsverktyg plastband för PP- och PET-plastband ARGON med digital LED-display med flytande kristaller kan användas för att binda paket, pallar, stål, timmer, tegel, fiber och så vidare. Det ARGON elektriska bandningsverktyg är helautomatiskt, men det är också möjligt att arbeta i halvautomatiskt eller manuellt läge. ARGON Batteribandningsverktyget väger endast 4 kg och dess mått är 330 * 150 * 140 mm. Den kan användas med plastband av PET och PP som är 10-16mm breda och 0,5-1,2 mm tjocka, och den kan utföra vertikal och horisontell bandning. ARGON Elektrisk bandningsverktyg använder den senaste bandningstekniken som är baserad på friktionssvetsning och säkerställer att plastbanden limmas ihop ordentligt. Spänningskraften kan justeras från 400 till 3800 N. Den maximala kraften är tillräcklig för att spänna fast pallar, trä, stål eller andra tunga föremål. Med ARGON bandverktyg plastband får du ett uppladdningsbart batteri med en kapacitet på 4000 mAH. Med en laddning, som tar cirka 90 minuter, kan ARGON Batteribandningsverktyg utföra upp till 700 bandningar. Med ett elektriskt bandningsverktyg påskyndar du förpackningsprocessen, minskar förpackningskostnaden med mer än 15 % och förbättrar kombinationsintensiteten cirka 2 gånger. Eftersom du inte behöver metallspännen för att packa kommer du dessutom att förbättra förpackningsprocessen och minska kostnaderna för förpackningsmaterial. Batteribandningsverktyget har en larmanordning för låg effekt och en ljussignal när bandningen är klar. Den fungerar normalt under ett stort antal damm, små fibrer och andra hemska miljöer med den exceptiva dammtäta filterskärmen. ARGON är lätt och kan användas med en enda hand. Det här batteribandningsverktyget är också utformat för att ge en högkvalitativ friktionssvetsförsegling. Med ARGON batteridrivna bandningsverktyg får du ett kraftfullt batteri, en laddare och en praktisk låda för att bära bandningsverktyget. Den har 12 månaders garanti och service finns tillgänglig inom EU.   Specifikation av ARGON bandningsverktyg plastband 10-16mm eller PET/PP Strap: fsfssf Modell ARGON Färg Rött Applicera remmar Bredd 10-16mm Applicera remmar Tjocklek 0.6-1.2mm Uppladdningsbart batteri Litiumbatteri 18V/5.0Ah Tid för laddning Laddare 90minuter kan binda 700 slingor Laddare（Optionell） Spänning 110/220V Batterivikt 0.6kg Tillämpa storleken på remmarna PP/PET Maximal spänningskraft（N） 4000N Dra åt hastigheten （m/min） 11m/min Tid för svetsning（s） 1.1-1.4s Nedkylningstid(S) 2.5 s (justerbar) Kontrollsystem Knapp + digital display Val av modul Helautomatisk, halvautomatisk, manuell Val av växel PP-rem: 1-3 växlar PET-rem: 4-9 växlar Maskinens egenskaper Energibesparing och miljöskydd, enkel användning, stor batterikapacitet Maskinens vikt: N.W/G.W 4.0Kg Hela maskinens mått LXWXH (mm) 330x150x140mm Förpackningsdimension LXWXH(mm) 440x280x180mm   Automatiskt, halvautomatiskt och manuellt läge - ARGON bandningsverktyg plastband Automatiskt läge I det automatiska läget behöver operatören bara trycka på spänningsknappen under en kort tid och bandet spänns automatiskt. När det inställda spänningsvärdet har uppnåtts svetsas och skärs bandet automatiskt. Halvautomatiskt läge I det halvautomatiska läget är det nödvändigt att hålla spänningsknappen intryckt hela tiden. När det inställda spänningsvärdet är uppnått startar maskinen automatisk svetsning och skärning (om upptagningsknappen släpps under åtdragningen slutar spänningshjulet att rotera. Operatören kan trycka på svetsknappen vid detta tillfälle, så att pressaren svetsar och skär bandet.) Manuellt läge När manuellt läge används ska spänningsknappen vara intryckt hela tiden. När den önskade spänningen är uppnådd måste fusionsknappen tryckas in så att svetsningen börjar. När svetsningen är klar måste bandet klippas av manuellt.   Hur fungerar ARGON bandningsverktyg plastband? Först måste operatören linda bandet runt det föremål som ska spännas fast. Därefter ska bandens båda ändar placeras på varandra, som på bilden. Operatören måste sedan sätta in banden i batteribandningsverktyget på ett sådant sätt att han lyfter handtaget med höger hand och sätter in banden med vänster hand så att banden staplas horisontellt och sedan släpper handtaget. Därefter måste du trycka på spänningsknappen. I manuellt läge måste spänningsknappen tryckas in tills indikatorlampan lyser lila. I automatiskt och halvautomatiskt läge behöver spänningsknappen bara tryckas in en kort stund. Därefter svetsas banden automatiskt. När svetsningen är klar ringer summern i 3 sekunder och stannar sedan. Först då kan operatören lyfta batteribandningsmaskinen till höger.   ARGON bandningsverktyg plastband Pris Även om ARGON batteribandningsverktyget är tillverkat av högkvalitativa material kan det användas för PET- och PP-band som är breda mellan 10-16mm och levereras med ett mycket kraftfullt litiumbatteri (4000mAh) som kan utföra...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/titan-bandningsverktyg-plastband-10-16mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-cheap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/battery-strapping-tool-TITAN-battery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110160</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>440020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Balpress TONNA10, 10 tons, 100kN, bal 80kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Balpress TONNA10, 10 tons, 100kN, bal 80kg Balpress TONNA10 har använts i stor utsträckning för att pressa kartonger, bomullsgarn, plast, trä osv. Den vertikala hydrauliska pressen är det mest effektiva sättet att minska kostnaden för avfallsmaterial för borttransport eller säkert förvaringsutrymme. Kartongpress är utformad som en vertikal struktur, pressen sker med hydraulisk överföring. Balpress TONNA10 ger ett tryck på 10 ton. Operatören styr kartongpressen med elektrisk styrning. När pressningen är klar måste operatören manuellt binda produktionen med en tråd eller ett plastband. Bandet är 700 mm x 500 x 1000 mm (B x D x H) och kan väga upp till 80 kg, beroende på vilka material som placeras i Balpress . Balpress kan producera mellan 6-8 förpackningar i timmen. Kartongkomprimatorn TONNA10 har måtten 1050 x 730 x 2300 mm (B x D x H) och den vertikala pressaren väger 270 kg. Vi erbjuder snabb leverans och garanti i Sverige.   Vad är priset på Balpress TONNA10? Kartongpress TONNA10 är tillverkad av högkvalitativa material, den har en kraftfull 1,5 kW motor med enkel oljecylinder, som ger upphov till 10 ton tryck som lätt kan pressa plast, trä, papper, glas och andra avfallsmaterial. Priset på kartongpress TONNA10 är fortfarande mycket konkurrenskraftigt. Den pris på Balpress TONNA10 visas i början av webbsidan. Vi kan säga att det är den billigaste kartong komprimator med dessa egenskaper på EU-marknaden. Priset på Balpress TONNA10 återspeglar dock inte kvaliteten. Trots att den är prisvärd är den vertikala pressar en tillverkad av högkvalitativ metall och starka och pålitliga komponenter. Balpress TONNA10 har alla nödvändiga certifikat, och till och med överträffar industristandarder och -krav.   Huvudfunktioner för Balpress TONNA10 Prisvärd & Balpress med lågt underhåll TONNA10 Tryck: 10 tons Motor: 1,5 kW Enkel oljecylinder Strömförsörjning: 220 - 230 V, 1.5 kW 13 Amp Bale dimensions: 700mm X 500 x 1000 mm (W x D x H) Vikt för borgen: 70-80kg Utgång: 6-8 förpackningar/timmar Maskinstorlek:1050 mm*730 mm*2300 mm (W x D x H) Lätt att använda och enkelt att installera Ljudnivå: 72 decibel Cykeltider: 25 sekunder Elektroniskt ledningssystem   Fördelar med Balpress TONNA10 Lämplig för placering där utrymmet är begränsat För små till medelstora avfallsmängder Använder en hydraulisk drivmekanism Förbrukar mindre energi, men har fortfarande en enorm driftsenergi - tryck Elektrisk knappkontroll kan nå manuell justering och halvautomatisk kontroll. Oberoende matningsöppning med automatisk utdragningsinstallation för att minska arbetskraften. Balpress TONNA10 används främst för pressning av kartonger, bomullsgarn, plast, trä osv. Kartongkompaktorer är utformade som vertikala konstruktioner, har en hydraulisk överföring och elektrisk styrning. Bindningen är manuell.   Transport av Balpress TONNA10 Balpress kan lätt flyttas med en staplare eller gaffeltruck. Transport kan ske med skåpbil eller LKW. Balpress är placerad i en träpall, därför kan den lätt tas in i produktionshallar eller lagerlokaler.   Specifikation för Balpress TONNA10 Tryck 10T Motor 1,5 KW Storlek på balar 700mm x 500 x 1000 mm (B x D x H) Balens vikt 30-80kg Utgång 6-8 paket/timmar Kartongpressens vikt 270 kgs Maskinstorlek 1050 x 730 x 2300 mm (W x D x H) Spänning 220 - 230 V, 1,5 fas, 13 Amp   Hur fungerar Balpress TONNA10? Installationen av Balpress TONNA10 är ganska enkel. I princip är allt du behöver göra att ansluta lufttrycket och koppla in elektriciteten, så är du redo att köra. Det första steget efter att kartongpressen har installerats är att dra upp presshammaren, så att utrymmet där du ska lägga avfallsmaterialet är tomt. Detta kan göras genom att flytta på handtaget. Sedan måste du lägga avfallet i papppressen. Du kan fylla den vertikala pressmaskinen med plast, trä, kartong, papper, glas och andra avfallsmaterial. Fyll den till kanten av kartongpressen. Tryck sedan på handtaget så börjar den hydrauliska hammaren röra sig nedåt och trycker ihop avfallsmaterialet med tryck. Pressningen kan ta några minuter. När du har pressat färdigt flyttar du handtaget och för upp hammaren. På grund av trycket pressas materialet ihop i balen som måste bindas manuellt med en tråd eller ett band. När balen är bunden öppnas dörren till återvinningsbalpressen och balen avlägsnas för hand eller med hjälp av en gaffeltruck.   Balpress video ﻿﻿﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/balpress-tonna10/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-2.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/recycling-baler-tonna10-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/recycling-baler-tonna10-new.jpeg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-best.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-price-1.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Recycling-baler-TONNA10-2.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>440020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>310 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>650</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>650</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Balpressar</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Balpressar</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>330054</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Stretch wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X has been widely used in industries such as glassware, tools, electric & electronic, paper, pottery, food & beverage, et. Stretch wrap machines use LLDPE stretch film as the main packing material to wrap the bulk cargos stacked on the pallet. The turntable of the Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is wide 1500mm (on request we can also supply 1650mm/1800mm/2000mm/2200mm/2400mm) and the maximum packing height is 2000mm (on request we can supply 2400mm/2800mm). Pallets which can be put on Stretch wrap machine SMARTWRAP X can weigh 1500kg (on request we can supply also 2000kg, 2500kg). Stretch wrapper SMARTWRAP-X has a comprehensive safety protection system that includes a Fall prevention system, alarm if the film breaks or if there is no film, smooth film unrolling system, bottom pressure, and injury prevention device. It has Intelligent touch screen control with the human-machine delivery system, therefore, communication with the machine is simple and user-friendly. A tri-color LED safety indicator helps the operator see the status of the pallet process right away. In addition to that, our Intelligent Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is equipped with an IoT module that provides the possibility for Remote maintenance, free upgrade, and equipment maintenance alarm reminder function. Pallet wrapper SMARTWRAP-X will dramatically increase Stretch wrapping productivity and free worker for doing demanding wrapping tasks. By using the wrapping machine SMARTWRAP-X you will decrease material costs because Hand wrapping generally has the highest material cost because there is no consistency of film usage and no substantial pre-stretch. It is also very difficult to manually wrap a safe-to-ship load consistently. We offer fast EU delivery and a 12-month warranty in all EU countries.   What is the price of the Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X? Although Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is made of high-quality materials, it has implemented the latest Intelligent IoT technology and a comprehensive safety protection system the price of it is still very competitive. The price of the Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X is displayed at the beginning of the webpage. We can say that it is the cheapest Stretch wrapper with these characteristics on the EU market. However, the price of the stretch wrap machine does not reflect the quality. Despite it is affordable, the pallet wrapper is made out of high-quality metal and hard plastic and it has implemented the latest wrapping technology. Components are provided by Schneider, X-Line, and JSK. Pallet Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X has all needed certificates, CE and even exceeds industry standards and requirements.   Main Features of stretch wrap machine SMARTWRAP-X 1500mm turntable 2000mm packing height Max load weight: 1500KG Pre-fix film device, high packing efficiency A comprehensive safety protection system   Advantages of Stretch wrapper SMARTWRAP-X Pallet stretch wrapping machine use LLDPE stretch film as the main packing material to wrap the bulk cargos stacked on the pallet The film provides extra support during transportation and storage to protect them from dust, moisture, or damage The pallet wrapping machine has been widely used in industries such as glassware, tools, electric & electronic, paper, pottery, food & beverage, et A comprehensive safety protection system - Fall prevention system, no film&break film alarm, smooth film unrolling system, bottom pressure, and injury prevention device. Intelligent touch control with the human-machine delivery system. Our human-machine delivery system uses SMARTWASP which is independently developed, with remote maintenance system, troubleshooting and guidance function, all the SMARTWASP winding machine unified operating system, make use of more convenient, easier to maintain. Tri-color LED safety indicator IoT module - Remote maintenance equipment, free upgrade, and equipment maintenance alarm reminder function.   Specification of Stretch Wrapping Machine SMARTWRAP-X Brand SMARTWRAP Model X Load weight 1500kg (on request 2000kg, 2500kg) Turntable speed 3-10rpm Packing speed 25-30 loads/h Column height 2400mm (on request 2800mm/3200mm) Packing height 2000mm (on request 2400mm/2800mm) Turntable size 1500mm (on request 1650mm/1800mm/2000mm/2200mm/2400mm) Turntable height 86.7mm Up&down speed 1.5-5m/min Film Width 500mm Film paper Core 76mm Noise decibel ≤75dB(A) Working environment Humidity: ≤90%, Temperature: -10-40℃ Machine power 0.75KW/0.375KW Voltage 2P AC 220V 50Hz Machine weight 450kg(1500mm)  520kg(1650mm) Machine size L2335*W1500*H2400(mm) Soft   start&stop Included Intelligent Alarm Included Stop at original starting height Included Turntable lock Included Cut film Manual Fix film on the pallet Artificial supplementary PLC X-Line Inverter JSK/X-Line Touch screen Smart Wasp Contacts Schneider Button switch Schneider Approaching switch SICK Sa...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/stretch-wrapping-machine-smartwrap-x/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Pallet-wrapping-machine-SMARTWRAP-X.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Pallet-wrapping-machine-SMARTWRAP-X-film-carriage.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/stretch-wrap-machine-SMART-WRAP-X-price-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/stretch-wrap-machine-SMART-WRAP-X-new-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/stretch-wrap-machine-SMART-WRAP-X-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Pallet-wrapping-machine-SMARTWRAP-X-Touch-screen.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3399 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMARTWRAP</g:brand><g:mpn>330054</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>460 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>2481,656,2585</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>2481</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Packaging solutions</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Plastmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770070</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk gaffeltruck | 3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck 1500kg, 450cm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk gaffeltruck | 3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck 1500kg, 450cm SMITH Elektrisk gaffeltruck | 3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck är en gaffeltruck med flera användningsområden som är ledande i branschen när det gäller körtid, körhastigheter och lyft- och sänkehastigheter. Den ergonomiskt tilltalande och lättskötta trehjuliga elektriska gaffeltrucken är en tillgång för alla tillämpningar, inklusive smala gångar och trånga utrymmen. Den har en avancerad struktur, t.ex. ett lyftsystem med ringstång och en likströmsstyrning, samtidigt som den är utrustad med en högkvalitativ motor, batteri och pumpstationens motor.  3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck använder avancerad teknik och kvalitetsgodkänt material i enlighet med de fastställda industriella normerna. Dessutom kontrolleras vår produkt av våra skickliga kvalitetskontrollanter för att undvika eventuella fel. Kunderna kan utnyttja 3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck till överkomliga priser. Den har följande egenskaper överlägsen prestandaInsätt nyckeln i nyckeln maximal synlighet inbäddade rälsprofiler hydrauliskt dämpade lyftcylindrar Hydraulisk lyftning med låg ljudnivå. minskade vibrationer Justerbara, snedställda lastrullar. optimal lastfördelning mindre föroreningar och vackert utseende Den här elektriska gaffeltruck lämpar sig för arbete på slät mark i lagret och även på öppna ytor. Den 3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck kan användas för att lyfta upp tunga föremål och pallar upp till cirka 4500 mm höjd och transportera dem till en ny plats.En elektrisk gaffeltruck är en prisvärd och kraftfull elektrisk gaffeltruck att ha med sig. Den  3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck kan lyfta olika föremål och pallar och är mycket anpassningsbar. Den elektriska gaffeltrucken har två motorer. En för körning och en för lyftning. Den drivande motor har kraften av 24V/1.7 kW och Lyftmotorn har en effekt på 24V/4,5 kW. Denna elektriska gaffeltruck levereras med en kraftfullt batteri 24V/400 Ah och en laddare. Batteriet är mycket kraftfullt och gör att du kan använda en elektrisk staplare i flera timmar utan att ladda den. Laddningen går mycket snabbt, därför behöver du inte slösa tid på att vänta. Manövrerbarheten och användarvänligheten hos den här 3-hjuliga elektriska lyftvagnen gör att du kan använda den för att lyfta pallar eller tunga föremål. 4500mm högt upp från marken och sätta dem på den nya platsen.  3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck SMITH är utformad på ett sätt som är lätt att använda och som inte tar mycket utrymme i anspråk. Den har en 12-månaders garanti, service är endast tillgänglig i Sverige.   Specifikation av 3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck Modell SMITH Elektrisk gaffeltruck | 3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck 1500kg, 450cm Effekt Batteri Typ av verksamhet Sittande på Belastningskapacitet 1500 kg Avstånd till lastcentrum 500 mm Avstånd mellan gaffelstödet och framhjulet 158 mm Hjulbas 1090 mm Vikt med batteri 2000 kg Däck PU Hjulstorlek, fram 305×127 mm Hjulstorlek, bak 250×75 mm Hjul, antal, fram/bak 2/1 pcs Bredden mellan framhjulen 783 mm Mast/gaffelvagn kan lutas framåt/bakåt 2/5 ° Lyfthöjd 4500 mm Fri lyfthöjd 100 mm Sänkt masthöjd 1995 mm Förlängd masthöjd 3950 mm Höjd för skydd mot överliggande last (hytt) 1980 mm Säteshöjd 960 mm Totallängd 2590 mm Total bredd 917 mm Gaffelstorlek, tjocklek/bredd/längd 35/100/1070 mm Bredd för gaffelvagn 618 mm Markfrigång under masten 90 mm Markfrigång, mitt på hjulbasen 128 mm Gångbredd för pallar 1000x1200 korsvis 2893 mm Gångbredd för pallar 800x1200 korsvis 3005 mm Vändningsradie 1348 mm Max.lutningsprestanda, lastad/oladdad 8/10 % Färdhastighet, lastad/oladdad 6.5/8.0 km/h Lyfthastighet, lastad/oladdad 100/140 mm/s Sänkningshastighet, lastad/oladdad 155/130 mm/s Styrmotor 24/0.165 kw Drivmotor 24/1.7 kw Motor för lyftanordning 24/4.5 kw Batterispänning/klassad kapacitet 24/400 V/Ah Batterivikt 350 kg Batterimått (längd/bredd/höjd) 645/292/570 mm   Funktioner av 3-hjul Elektrisk gaffeltruck Sidopull-batterier. Det gör det enklare och snabbare att byta ut batterierna, garanterar kontinuerlig drift och förbättrar effektiviteten avsevärt. Ny skorstensdesign, vacker och stark, inte bara för att strålkastarna har en skyddande effekt och är lätt att ta bort underhållet. Genom att fälla ut en tryckknapp kan du öppna locket helt och hållet. Användarna kan kontrollera, testa och underhålla drivsystemet, pumpstationerna, styrenheten, batterierna och andra elektriska huvudkomponenter. Funktion för lyftbegränsning. När gafflarna lyfts upp till den maximala höjden, stänger systemet automatiskt av kraftförsörjningen för lyftning och stannar smidigt. Denna åtgärd kan inte bara spara energi och förhindra fara utan även förlänga livslängden för hydraulsystemen och tillhörande komponenter. Fästet för brandsläckaren är placerat på bakre delen av överliggande skydd, med en rimlig höjd för att kunna fånga den. Det påminner användarna om att skaffa en brandsläckare och ökar medvetenheten om brandförebyggande åtgärder för att skydda liv och egendom. Handbrom...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-elektrisk-gaffeltruck-3-hjul-elektrisk-gaffeltruck-1500kg-450cm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Three-wheel-electric-forklift.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>13600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>10999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770070</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>1000</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk pallyftare - Li-ion-batteri- 1500kg, 1.5t, 200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH elektrisk pallyftare - Litiumjonbatteri - 1500kg, 1.5t, 200mm SMITH Elektrisk pallyftare är en motoriserad palltruck av Walkie-typ. Den har en avancerad struktur, t.ex. ett lyftsystem med ringstång och DC-kontroller, samtidigt som den är utrustad med en hmotor av hög kvalitet, litiumbatteri och motor för pumpstation. Den här motoriserade pallyftare är utformad för att användas med två händer och är den mest prisvärda i den här kategorin av elektriska pumpvagnar. Den har egenskaper som överlägsen prestanda, bekväm användning, flexibel styrning, tillförlitlig bromsning, god dynamisk prestanda, mindre buller, mindre föroreningar, och ett vackert utseende. Den här serien av lastbilar är lämplig för arbete på slät mark i lagret. Den Elektrisk pallyftare kan användas för att lyfta upp tunga föremål och pallar till cirka 200 mm höjd och transportera dem till en ny plats. Den elektriska pumpbilen är en prisvärd, lätt och kraftfull pallbil att ha med sig. Den Elektrisk pallyftare kan lyfta olika föremål och pallar och är mycket anpassningsbar. Den elektriska pallbilen har två motorer. En för körning och en för lyftning. Båda motorerna har en effekt på 24V/0.75KW. Den här motoriserade pallen levereras med en Li-ion-batteri 24V/30 Ah och en laddare. Batteriet är mycket kraftfullt och gör att du kan använda en elektrisk pumpbil i flera timmar utan att ladda den. Laddningen går mycket snabbt, därför behöver du inte slösa tid på att vänta. Manövrerbarheten och den enkla användningen av den här motoriserade pallbilen gör att du kan använda den för att lyfta pallar eller tunga föremål 200mm högt upp från marken och sätta dem på den nya platsen. Den elektriska pumpbilen SMITH Walkie är utformad på ett sätt som gör den lätt att använda och den tar inte mycket plats. Den har en garanti på 12 månader och service är endast tillgänglig i Europeiska unionen.   SMITH Elektrisk pallyftare specifikation: Modell SMITH Elektrisk pallyftare Typ av drivning ELEKTRISKA  Arbetssätt Walkie Belastningskapacitet 1500 kg Lastcentrum 600 c (mm) Avstånd mellan gaffelstödet och framhjulet 944 x (mm) Hjulbas 1243 y (mm) Servicevikt（med batteri） 142 kg Däckmaterial PU Storlek på drivhjul Φ210×70 Φ×w(mm) Storlek på balanshjulet Φ80×60 Φ×w(mm) Antal hjul, fram/bak（x=drivhjul） 1x/4 Tröskel 400 mm Lyfthöjd 200 mm Höjden på handtaget i arbetsläget 740 mm Sänkt gaffelhöjd 85 mm Total längd 1603 mm Kroppens längd 453 mm Övergripande bredd 550 mm Storlek på gaffel 50/150/1150 s/e/l (mm) Gaffelbredd 550 mm Markfrigång under masten 35 mm Gångbredd för pallar 1000*1200 korsvis 1804 mm Gångbredd för pallar 1000*1200 i längsled 1854 mm Vändningsradie 1398 mm Körhastighet, lastning/avlastning 4.2/4.5 km/h Maximal gradbarhet vid belastning/avlastning 5/10 % Typ av broms Elektromagnetisk broms Drivmotor 0.75 kW Motor för lyftanordning 0.75 kW Batterispänning/kapacitet 24/30 V/Ah Batterivikt（±5%） 7.8 kg Typ av drivningsstyrning DC Bullernivå ≤70 dB(A) Typ av styrning Manuell styrning   Fördelar med Elektrisk pallyftare SMITH: Lyftsystem för ringstång och DC-regulator Li-ion-batteri 24V/30 Ah och en laddare Bekväm drift,flexibel styrning, och tillförlitligt bromssystem Bra dynamisk prestanda,mindre buller, mindre föroreningar, och vackert utseende I elsystemet ingår gång- och driftskontroll. Lastbilen använder DC-elektrisk styrenhet. Mätaren har en batteriindikator Vad är priset på Elektrisk pallyftare SMITH? Elektrisk pallyftare SMITH är en av de billigaste elektriska pumpbilarna som finns. Men, den Priset på den Elektrisk pallyftare inte påverkar kvaliteten. Trots att den är prisvärd är den motoriserade pallbilen tillverkad av högkvalitativa material och den har implementerat den senaste lyft- och körtekniken. Priset för den Elektrisk pallyftare visas ovan. Den Elektrisk pallyftare har 12 månaders garanti och levereras med ett Li-ion-batteri 24V/30 Ah och en laddare. Vi erbjuder även billig internationell frakt. Där elektrisk pallyftare kan användas: Höjden får inte överstiga 1200 meter. Temperatur inte över +40℃, inte under +5℃ När omgivningstemperaturen är +40 °C får den relativa luftfuktigheten inte vara över 50 %. Marken måste vara hård och platt Det är förbjudet att använda bilen i en korrosiv miljö, t.ex. i en brandfarlig och explosiv miljö eller i en syra-basisk miljö.   Hur man använder Elektrisk pallyftare: Detta är en elektrisk pumpbil av tramp-typ med autonom styrning, lyftning och sänkning styrs av handtagsknappen. Felaktig användning kan orsaka personskador eller maskinskador. Operatörer eller driftföretag måste se till att lastbilen används på rätt sätt och samtidigt se till att den endast används av utbildad och auktoriserad personal. Lastbilen måste användas på en fast, plan, intakt yta och lämpligt underlag, Bilen är konstruerad för inomhusbruk vid rumstemperatur från +5 °C till +40 °C. Operatören bör använda den med lätt last utan att använda permanenta hinder eller gropar, det är förbjudet att köra på halkbanor. Under drift, Godset mås...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-elektrisk-pallyftare-li-ion-batteri-1500kg-200mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-pallet-truck-Walky-Li-ion-battery-1500kg-200mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-pallet-truck-Walky-Li-ion-battery-1500kg-200mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1200 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>190 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Ledstaplare truck S-ride 2.6m 260cm 1500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SMITH Elektrisk Ledstaplare truck S-Ride 2,6m 260cm 1500 kg Den ergonomiska och robusta utformningen av denna Elektrisk Ledstaplare truck SMITH S-Ride bidrar till att ge föraren maximal komfort under användningen. Ett starkt och robust stativ ger föraren komfort och användarvänlighet eftersom föraren inte behöver gå med staplaren. Detta snabbar upp arbetsprocessen och gör arbetarna gladare. På båda sidor har den Elektrisk Ledstaplare SMITH S-ride är utrustad med sidovapen, vilket gör körningen bekväm och säker. Den är lätt att använda och dess tvåhandsanvändning systemet möjliggör en exakt lyftprocess. Den Elektrisk Ledstaplare SMITH S-Ride kan användas för att lyfta och transportera tunga föremål och pallar. Med konstant förflyttning och lyft tar batteriet cirka 6 timmar. Laddningen går snabbt. Den är monterad i Kina, har delar från Japan, Tyskland och Taiwan. Om vi inte har service i ditt land och något är fel under garantiperioden anlitar vi ett lokalt team och betalar för reparationen. Komponenterna är standard och kan enkelt bytas ut. Den använder en bilackumulator som kan bytas ut billigt vid behov. De flesta reservdelar finns tillgängliga. Den Elektrisk Ledstaplare är en prisvärd, lätt och kraftfull gaffeltruck att ha med sig. Den här elektriska pallstaplaren med paddel är utformad för att användas med två händer och är den mest stabila i denna kategori av elektriska pallstaplare med stativ. Den Elektrisk Ledstaplare S-Ride väger 690 kg, är därför mycket robust och stabil och kan lyfta olika föremål och pallar. När den är max nedfälld mäter den 1877 mm i höjd.  Den Elektrisk Ledstaplare har två motorer. En för att lyfta och en för att köra. Lyftmotorn har en effekt på 24V/2,2KW, och den drivande motorn har en effekt på 24V/0.75KW. Denna Elektrisk Ledstaplare levereras med 2 batterier och en laddare. Batterierna är mycket kraftfulla med en kapacitet på 2×12V/120Ah vilket gör att du kan använda en elektrisk stapelare i flera timmar utan att ladda den. Laddningen går mycket snabbt, så du behöver inte slösa tid på att vänta. Manövrerbarheten och användarvänligheten med den här elektriska staplaren gör att du kan använda den för att lyfta pallar eller föremål från marken och lägga dem på hyllan eller i lastbilen eller för att lossa lastbilen. Den elektriska staplaren SMITH S-Ride är också utformad så att den är lätt att använda och inte tar mycket plats. Den har en 12-månaders garanti och service är tillgänglig inom EU. Vad är priset på en Elektrisk Ledstaplare med padel SMITH S-Ride? Elektrisk Ledstaplare truck SMITH är en av de billigaste elektriska staplarna som finns. Priset på den Elektrisk Ledstaplare återspeglar dock inte kvaliteten. Trots att den är prisvärd är den Elektrisk Ledstaplare truck och sidoarmar tillverkad av högkvalitativa material och Den har infört den senaste tekniken för lyft och körning. Det begränsade priset på den elektriska pallstaplaren hittar du ovan. Den elektriska staplaren har 12 månaders garanti och levereras med två batterier 2*12V/120AH. Elektrisk Ledstaplare använder batteriet som kraftkälla genom att styra likströmsmotorn på drivhjulet för att uppfylla funktionen att gå, likströmsmotorn omvandlar det låga vridmomentet i hög hastighet till ett högt vridmoment i låg hastighet genom växellådan, vilket genomförs av drivhjulet. Gånghastigheten styrs av gaspedalen. Fördelar med Elektrisk Ledstaplare truck SMITH Robust och stabil elektrisk staplare med stativ och sidoarmar som gör lyft- och körningsprocesser snabba och säkra. Anställda kan säkert stå på pallen och köra på den under arbetet. Stativet och sidan är hopfällbara och kan enkelt tas bort eller läggas till. Genom att det är en elektrisk staplare med en plattform är den utrustad med en lyftpumpstation med hög effekt och hög prestanda, vilket säkerställer bra lyftning.. Sköldpaddans hastighetsomkopplare på handtaget gör det lättare att styra i låga hastigheter. Tysk importerade vattentäta mikrobrytare är byggda för användning i kalla, fuktiga, dammiga och andra tuffa miljöer. YONGCI:s motordrivsystem är litet i storlek, lättviktigt, har låga förluster och är mycket effektivt. Var kan man använda e-Ledstaplare truck SMITH? Elektrisk Ledstaplare truck SMITH är en mycket prisvärd eldriven gaffeltruck, vars värde lätt återspeglas när den införs i förpacknings- eller transportprocesserna i alla branscher. Den underlättar i arbetsflödet och hjälper till att fördubbla, ibland till och med tredubbla effektiviteten hos sina användare. Med den elektriska staplaren elimineras manuella tunga lyft från arbetsplatsen. Detta minskar risken för olyckor i fabriken eller lagret. Eftersom kraftkällan är elektricitet är den elektriska staplaren mycket ren och producerar inga giftiga gaser, vilket gör att den kan användas inomhus. Man behöver inte oroa sig för att snubbla över ledningar och inte heller för kabelhantering. Den Elektrisk Ledstaplare använder ett batteri och levereras med två batterier som tidigare nämnts. Detta möjliggör...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/smith-elektrisk-ledstaplare-truck-s-ride-2-6m-260cm-1500-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-platform-1500kg-260cm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-padel-1500kg-260cm-cheap.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-stand-1500kg-260cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/7SMITH-Electric-stacker-with-stand-price-1500kg-260cm.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3900 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>3099 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>450 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>230030</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TOP TAPE Automatisk Kartongförslutare 48-72mm (Kraft- eller BOPP-tejp)]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TOP TAPE Automatisk Kartongförslutare Automatisk Kartongförslutare kommer att påskynda packningen av lådor, kartonger och andra förpackningar avsevärt. DenAutomatisk Kartongförslutare automatiserar processen att limma fast tejpen på kartongens över- och undersida. Förpackningens produktivitet ökar, antalet packade lådor per minut ökar vanligtvis flera gånger. En Automatisk kartongförslutare med självhäftande tejp är lätt att använda och kan användas av en person utan föregående yrkesutbildning. Lämplig för självhäftande band med en bredd på 48-72 mm och för lådor eller förpackningar med en längd på 280-550 mm, en bredd på 120-480 mm och en höjd på 120-480 mm. Kartongförslutare är utvecklad för att försegla kartonger på båda sidor (över- och undersida). Justerbar bordshöjd 550-750 mm.   Funktioner av TOP TAPE Automatisk Kartongförslutare Automatisk vikning av kartongens övre flikar Automatisk transport och försegling av kartongens topp och botten under tiden Lämplig för att ansluta en helautomatisk produktionslinje Sidobälten som driver Carton width and height needs to be adjusted manuallyKartongens bredd och höjd måste justeras manuellt.   TOP TAPE Kartongförslutare specifikation: · Sidoband ingår i drivningen · Lämplig för tunga produkter Modell TOP TAPE Kartongförslutare Strömförsörjning 1p 110V/220V 50Hz/60Hz 400W Förseglingshastighet 19 meter/min Kartongstorlek L(280～550)mm × W(120～480)mm × H(120～480)mm Bandstorlek 48-72mm (Kraft- eller BOPP-tejp) Lufttryck 4-6 kgf/cm2 Bordshöjd 550-750mm (justerbar) Elektroniska komponenter Motor: Taiwan "Luson" Kontaktor och tryckknappsbrytare: Frankrike "Schneider" Pneumatiska komponenter: Taiwan "Airtac" Tätningstejp Krafttejp, BOPP-tejp Buller ≤75dB(A) Villkor Luftfuktighet≤90%, temperatur 0-40℃ Smörjning Smörjolja för allmän användning Maskinstorlek L(1650)×W(836)×H(1400)mm Storlek för leverans L(2100)×W(1100)×H(1500)mm G.W/N.W 230kg/180kg Prestanda Manuellt läge, den övre fenan fälls automatiskt bakåt, transport i rätt tid automatiskt, behöver inte ta person behöver inte ta hand om den, den anpassar sig för att ansluta till den helt automatisk produktionslinje.   Tabellmått för Automatisk Kartongförslutare Funktionen hos TOP TAPE-boxen för tejpning Kartongens flikar viks automatiskt och maskinen förseglar sedan kartongens övre och nedre sidor. Kartongen måste ligga i mitten av maskinen, och kartongens övre och nedre delar förseglas. 48 mm-72 mm breda självhäftande tejper kan användas i tejpningshuvudet, som kan anpassas efter kundens behov.  För att maskinen ska kunna fungera korrekt bör du först ta hänsyn till kartongens längd, bredd, höjd och vikt. Kartongspecifikationerna för maskinen är följande, som kan anpassas efter kundens behov: Längd: Längd: (280～550)mm × Bredd: (120～480)mm × Höjd: (120～480)mm   Hur kartongförseglaren med boxtejpsmaskin fungerar Anslut strömförsörjningen, strömljuset kommer att lysa, Anslut lufttillförseln. Tryck på START-knappen, maskinen startar, banden börjar röra sig. Skjut kartonglådan till bältena utan att vika ihop kartongklaffarna, så att banden driver kartonglådan framåt. När kartonglådan rör sig framåt viker maskinen automatiskt kartongens övre flikar, tejpningshuvudet förseglar kartonglådan och den färdiga kartonglådan matas ut genom bältena. De övre och nedre ytorna på kartongerna som ska förslutas pressas av övre och nedre rullar, vilket gör att kartongerna försluts automatiskt. Bladet skär av tejpen automatiskt när kartongens förslutningskrav är uppfyllda.   Video av Automatisk Kartongförslutare]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/top-tape-automatisk-kartongforslutare-48-72mm-kraft-eller-bopp-tejp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Automatic-case-sealer-TOP-TAPE.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>4679 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>4199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>230030</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>220 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>973</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>366,2610,653,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>366</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[7SMITH Ledstaplare 3,5m 350cm 1500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[7SMITH Ledstaplare 3,5m 350cm 1500 kg Ledstaplaren 7SMITH kan användas för lyft och transport av tunga objekt och pallar. Batteristaplaren är en prisvärd, inte tung men fortfarande kraftfull gaffellyft att ha nära till hands. Denna ledstaplaren är designad för att köras med två händer och är den mest stabila i sin kategori bland pallyftare. Ledstaplaren kan anpassas att lyfta en rad olika objekt och pallar. Batteristaplaren har två motorer. En av dem är för lyft och den andra för förflyttning. Den lyftande motorn har kraften 24V/2,2KW och den körande har kraften 24V/0,75KW. Ledstaplaren kommer med 2 batteri och en laddare. Batterierna är väldigt kraftfulla och tillåter dig att använda en ledstaplare i flertalet timmar utan att behöva ladda. Att ladda batterierna går dessutom mycket snabbt och därför kommer du inte slösa någon tid på att vänta. Manöverbarheten och enkelheten som en ledstaplare kan användas med tillåter dig att lyfta pallar eller andra objekt från marken och lägga upp dem på hyllor eller för att lasta eller avlasta en lastbil. Ledstaplaren 7SMITH är också designad på det sättet att den ska vara lätt att köra och ska inte ta upp mycket utrymme. Den har en 12-månaders garanti och service är tillgänglig i EU. Vad är priset på ledstaplaren 7SMITH? Batteristaplaren 7SMITH är en av de billigaste ledstaplarna som säljs. Det låga prisen på ledstaplaren kan dock inte ses på kvaliteten. Trots sin prisvärdhet är ledstaplaren gjord av material med hög kvalitet och kan implementera de senaste innovationerna för lyft och körning. Priset på en ledstaplare syns ovan. Ledstaplaren har 12-månaders garanti och kommer med två batteri 2*12V/100AH. Fördelar med ledstaplaren 7SMITH: Storleken på driftstunneln reduceras tack vare den sido-drivna designen. En liten vändradie och bättre sikt gör den också passande för smala områden. Även om ledstaplaren är ekonomiskt smart så är den utrustad med en kraftfull och presterande lyftpumpstation som utför bra lyft. Snigelfart-knappen som sitter på handtaget gör att du kan kontrollera mer precist vid låga hastigheter. Tysktillverkade mikrobrytare som är vattentåliga och förbättrade är byggda för kalla, fuktiga, dammiga och i övrigt utmanande förhållanden. YONGCI motorn driver systemet som är litet, lätt och ger en hög verkningsgrad och effektivitet. Vart används ledstaplaren 7SMITH? Ledstaplaren 7SMITH är en mycket prisvärd batteristaplare och dess sanna värde reflekteras när den introduceras till paketering eller transportprocesser i industrier. Den smälter lätt in i arbetsflödet och hjälper till att dubblera, eller i vissa fall trippla effektiviteten av den som kör. Med ledstaplaren kan manuella tunga lyft elimineras och reducerar därför arbetsskador och olyckor i fabriker eller lagerlokaler. Då elektricitet är kraftkällan är ledstaplaren mycket ren och producerar inga giftiga gaser, vilket är varför den används inomhus. Att snubbla över eller organisera sladdar är inget att oroa sig över. Ledstaplaren använder sig av ett batteri men kommer som tidigare nämnt med två. Detta gör att arbetet aldrig behöver stå still. Då laddningen dessutom är mycket snabb behövs inte ett långvarigt stopp under laddning. Ledstaplaren har byggs för att vara stabil och robust för att lätt kunna transportera och lyfta tunga objekt med olika former. Ledstaplaren 7SMITH används brett inom branscher som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metallindustrier. Ledstaplaren 7SMITH har en väldigt robust kropp och kan enkelt användas. Ledstaplaren förflyttas snabbt men kan fortfarande kontrolleras och manövreras på ett bra sätt. Ledstaplaren är mycket stark. Med en batteristaplare kan du automatisera och öka hastigheten på transport-relaterade verksamheter och uppgifter. Ledstaplaren 7SMITH har en hög grad av automation, en mycket lätt drift och kan förstås utan svårigheter. Konstruktionen av en ledstaplare är gjort av starka legeringsmaterial och teknikplast som är hållbara. Ledstaplaren är lätt att flytta och kan användas för många olika storlekar på paket.   Modell: 7SMITH ledstaplare 1535 Kraftenhet Elektrisk Drift Vardaglig Klassad dragkraft kg 1500 Lastcentrum c (mm) 600 Axelns mitt till gaffeln x (mm) 720 Hjulbas y (mm) 1167 Hjulets typ PU Drifthjulets storlek Ø x w (mm) Ø210 x 70 Lagerhjulens storlek Ø x w (mm) Ø80 x 70 Ytterligare hjul (dimensioner) Ø x w (mm) Ø115 x 55 Hjul, nummer fram/bak (x= drivande) 1x+1/4 Spårbredd b10 (mm) 522 Spårbredd b11 (mm) 410/535 Gaffelhöjd, sänkt h1 (mm) 2245 Fritt lyft h2 (mm) 0 Lyft h3 (mm) 3500 Gaffelhöjd, upphöjd h4 (mm) 3924 Sammanlagd vikt (Med handtag) h14 (mm) 700/1225 Sammanlagd längd l1 (mm) 1740 Längd gaffel till front l2 (mm) 590 Sammanlagd vikt b1/b2 (mm) 795 Gaffelns dimensioner s/e/l (mm) 60/160/1150 Bredd av gafflarna b5 (mm) 570/695 Minimum markfrigång m2 (mm) 26 Gångbredd med pallarna 1000 x 1200 på gafflarna Ast (mm) 2074 Gångbredd med pallarna 800 x 1200 på gafflarna Ast (mm) 2040 Minsta vändradien Wa (mm) 1342 Förf...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/7smith-ledstaplare-35m-350cm-1500-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Electric-stacker-3500mm-350cm-1500kg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Electric-stacker-350cm-1500kg-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-stacker-specification.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-stacker-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Electric-stacker-3500mm-350cm-1500kg-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/Electric-stacker-350cm-1500kg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2499 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>525 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>130041</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg — strap-width: 19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är lämplig för förpackning av stål, timmer, tegel, fiber, pallar och andra tunga och instabila föremål.Den används inom pappersindustrin, aluminiumindustrin, stålindustrin, trä, träförpackningar, kemiska fibrer, bomull, tobak, kemikalier, metallindustrin och så vidare. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg kan användas för stålband som är 19-32 mm breda.Det Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är ett prisvärt, lätt och kraftfullt verktyg att ha med sig. Denna pneumatiska bandningsmaskin kan användas med en hand om det pneumatiska verktyget är fäst på tråden.Det är i alla fall ett av de lättaste pneumatiska bandningsverktygen i den här kategorin och styrkorna. Den pneumatiska banderollen är mycket anpassningsbar och kan användas för 19-32 mm eller 3/3″ till 1 1/2″ breda metallband. Bandspänningen är anpassningsbar och kan ställas in på upp till 9800 N (2200 lbs). Pneumatiskt bandningsverktyg AIR Metal arbetar med lufttryck, därför måste du ha en luftkälla i anläggningen. Manövrerbarheten och användarvänligheten hos detta pneumatiska bandningsverktyg gör att du kan använda det för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Detta pneumatiska bandningsverktyg är också konstruerat för att ge en högkvalitativ friktionssvetsförsegling. För att använda det här verktyget behöver du ett stålband 19-32 mm och ett clips för stålband. Den har en 12-månaders garanti och service är endast tillgänglig i Europeiska unionen.   AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är en kombination av olika verktyg och deras funktioner som spännare, förseglare och skärare. Du sparar tid och pengar genom att slippa köpa och hantera separata verktyg.   Fördelar med det pneumatiska stålbandsverktyget AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt kombinerat tryckverktyg för stålband Lätt att använda Den ergonomiska utformningen gör den lätt att manövrera när den är upphängd, vilket bidrar till att minska tröttheten hos operatören. Den enkla enhandsknappen gör det möjligt att snabbt spänning, tätning och avbrytning. Enkelt att underhålla Minimala slitdelar och ett frihjul som kan bytas ut på några minuter. Mångsidig Den är idealisk för kantiga och oregelbundet formade produkter. Slitstark Alla delar av metall och legering ger långvarig drift och minimalt underhåll.   Vad är priset på Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg? AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är tillverkad av högkvalitativa material, den kan användas för stålband som är breda mellan 19-32mm och har en mycket stark spänningskraft på 9.800N, priset på den är fortfarande mycket överkomligt. Vi kan säga att det är den det billigaste pneumatiska bandningsverktyget med dessa egenskaper på marknaden. Priset på ett pneumatiskt bandningsverktyg återspeglar dock inte kvaliteten. Trots att det är prisvärt är det pneumatiska bandningsverktyget tillverkat av högkvalitativt stål och den har genomfört den senaste svetstekniken. Den maximala spänningskraften är 9800N och kan vara justerbara. Den fungerar med lufttryck, därför kan du använda verktyget dygnet runt, allt du behöver är en tryckluftskälla.   Specifikation av AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg Applicera remmar Stålband Lufttryck 0.35-0.6Mpa Specifikation för remmar （19-32）×（0.8-1.2） mm Spänningshastighet för stålband 5.3 m/min Spänningskraft ≥9.8 KN/0.6Mpa Maskinens vikt 15 kg   Hur fungerar AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg arbeten Den ergonomiska och robusta konstruktionen av detta friktionsvetsade, pneumatiskt drivna handbandningsverktyg bidrar till att ge maximal användarkomfort vid användning. Det är lätt att använda och om verktyget är monterat på en remskivait kan användas med en hand. Ett enkelt tryck med tummen räcker för att manövrera verktyget, med en knapptryckning för att spänna och försegla. Sätt stålband med den föreskrivna bredden runt paketet, överlappa sedan banden med den främre änden i botten och håll bandet i vänster hand, efter att ha försäkrat dig om att bandet är rent och oljefritt, tryck på frigöringshandtaget och sätt in stålklämman på bandet och sedan det pneumatiska verktyget på stålklämman. Justerbar bandning och justerbar förslutningstid gör att individen kan ställa in maskinen för de olika bandtyper som finns tillgängliga. Tryck på spänningsknappen för att starta spänningen när önskad spänning är uppnådd trycker man på knappen igen för att påbörja svetsningen när detta är gjort kyler verktyget sedan bandet och skärs av.t. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är byggd för att hålla länge och för att tåla användning i fabriker och lagerlokaler. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg har en ett års garanti och den servas i Europeiska unionen.   AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/air-metal-19-32mm-pneumatiskt-stalbandsverktyg/?attribute_strap-width=19mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/air-metal-19-32mm-pneumatic-steel-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>130041</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>9420</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>12 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>130040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg — strap-width: 32mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är lämplig för förpackning av stål, timmer, tegel, fiber, pallar och andra tunga och instabila föremål.Den används inom pappersindustrin, aluminiumindustrin, stålindustrin, trä, träförpackningar, kemiska fibrer, bomull, tobak, kemikalier, metallindustrin och så vidare. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg kan användas för stålband som är 19-32 mm breda.Det Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är ett prisvärt, lätt och kraftfullt verktyg att ha med sig. Denna pneumatiska bandningsmaskin kan användas med en hand om det pneumatiska verktyget är fäst på tråden.Det är i alla fall ett av de lättaste pneumatiska bandningsverktygen i den här kategorin och styrkorna. Den pneumatiska banderollen är mycket anpassningsbar och kan användas för 19-32 mm eller 3/3″ till 1 1/2″ breda metallband. Bandspänningen är anpassningsbar och kan ställas in på upp till 9800 N (2200 lbs). Pneumatiskt bandningsverktyg AIR Metal arbetar med lufttryck, därför måste du ha en luftkälla i anläggningen. Manövrerbarheten och användarvänligheten hos detta pneumatiska bandningsverktyg gör att du kan använda det för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Detta pneumatiska bandningsverktyg är också konstruerat för att ge en högkvalitativ friktionssvetsförsegling. För att använda det här verktyget behöver du ett stålband 19-32 mm och ett clips för stålband. Den har en 12-månaders garanti och service är endast tillgänglig i Europeiska unionen.   AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är en kombination av olika verktyg och deras funktioner som spännare, förseglare och skärare. Du sparar tid och pengar genom att slippa köpa och hantera separata verktyg.   Fördelar med det pneumatiska stålbandsverktyget AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt kombinerat tryckverktyg för stålband Lätt att använda Den ergonomiska utformningen gör den lätt att manövrera när den är upphängd, vilket bidrar till att minska tröttheten hos operatören. Den enkla enhandsknappen gör det möjligt att snabbt spänning, tätning och avbrytning. Enkelt att underhålla Minimala slitdelar och ett frihjul som kan bytas ut på några minuter. Mångsidig Den är idealisk för kantiga och oregelbundet formade produkter. Slitstark Alla delar av metall och legering ger långvarig drift och minimalt underhåll.   Vad är priset på Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg? AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är tillverkad av högkvalitativa material, den kan användas för stålband som är breda mellan 19-32mm och har en mycket stark spänningskraft på 9.800N, priset på den är fortfarande mycket överkomligt. Vi kan säga att det är den det billigaste pneumatiska bandningsverktyget med dessa egenskaper på marknaden. Priset på ett pneumatiskt bandningsverktyg återspeglar dock inte kvaliteten. Trots att det är prisvärt är det pneumatiska bandningsverktyget tillverkat av högkvalitativt stål och den har genomfört den senaste svetstekniken. Den maximala spänningskraften är 9800N och kan vara justerbara. Den fungerar med lufttryck, därför kan du använda verktyget dygnet runt, allt du behöver är en tryckluftskälla.   Specifikation av AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg Applicera remmar Stålband Lufttryck 0.35-0.6Mpa Specifikation för remmar （19-32）×（0.8-1.2） mm Spänningshastighet för stålband 5.3 m/min Spänningskraft ≥9.8 KN/0.6Mpa Maskinens vikt 15 kg   Hur fungerar AIR Metal 19-32mm Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg arbeten Den ergonomiska och robusta konstruktionen av detta friktionsvetsade, pneumatiskt drivna handbandningsverktyg bidrar till att ge maximal användarkomfort vid användning. Det är lätt att använda och om verktyget är monterat på en remskivait kan användas med en hand. Ett enkelt tryck med tummen räcker för att manövrera verktyget, med en knapptryckning för att spänna och försegla. Sätt stålband med den föreskrivna bredden runt paketet, överlappa sedan banden med den främre änden i botten och håll bandet i vänster hand, efter att ha försäkrat dig om att bandet är rent och oljefritt, tryck på frigöringshandtaget och sätt in stålklämman på bandet och sedan det pneumatiska verktyget på stålklämman. Justerbar bandning och justerbar förslutningstid gör att individen kan ställa in maskinen för de olika bandtyper som finns tillgängliga. Tryck på spänningsknappen för att starta spänningen när önskad spänning är uppnådd trycker man på knappen igen för att påbörja svetsningen när detta är gjort kyler verktyget sedan bandet och skärs av.t. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg är byggd för att hålla länge och för att tåla användning i fabriker och lagerlokaler. Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg har en ett års garanti och den servas i Europeiska unionen.   AIR Metal 19-32mm (3/4" - 1 1/2") - Pneumatiskt stålbandsverktyg video ﻿]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/air-metal-19-32mm-pneumatiskt-stalbandsverktyg/?attribute_strap-width=32mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/pneumatic-steel-strapping-tools-AIR-Metal-19-32mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>130040</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>9420</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>12 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[NEO 9-16mm PET/PP Bandningsverktyg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Bandningsverktyg NEO 9-16mm PET/PP band inklusive Batteri & Laddare NEO Handhållna Bandningsverktyg är passande för paketering av stål, timmer, tegel och fibrer för sin kompakta design och lätta vikt som möjliggör bärbarhet. Den används inom industrier som arbetar med papper. aluminium, stål, trä, träpaketering, kemiska fibrer, bomull, tobak, kemikalier, metall och så vidare. Bandningsverktyg NEO kan användas med PET eller PP remmar som är 9-16 mm breda. Bandningsverktyget är prisvärt, lätt och kraftfullt om man har den i sin närhet. Denna bandmaskin är designad att användas med en hand och är ett av de lättaste i klassen. Verktyget är mycket anpassningsbart och kan användas för 9-16 mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) band. Spänningen på banden kan sättas upp till 2800 N. Bandningsverktyget NEO kommer med ett litiumjonbatteri, som har kapaciteten 6000mAh, detta betyder att den kan genomföra mer än 800 cykler på en enda laddning. Laddaren medförs också, så processen med bandning kan påbörjas så snart paketet anländer. Både vertikal och horisontell bandning kan genomföras då verktyget har perfekt balans och manöverbarhet. Bandningsverktyget är också designad att leverera en höggradig tätning med friktionssvetsning. Den har en 12 månaders garanti och service är tillgänglig inom EU. Vad är priset på bandningsverktyget NEO? Även om bandningsverktyget NEO 9-16 mm är gjord av höggradiga material, kan användas för både PET och PP remmar som har bredden 9-16 mm och kan dessutom erbjuda ett mycket kraftfullt litiumjonbatteri (6000mAh) så är verktyget väl värt priset. Man säger att detta verktyg är det billigaste bandningsverktyg som har dessa egenskaper på marknaden. Som sagt reflekteras dock inte priset på detta bandningsverktyg kvaliteten. Trots sin prisvärdhet är verktyget gjort av hårdplast med hög kvalitet och har implementerat den senaste teknologin inom svetsning. Maximala spänningskraften är 2800 N och är justerbar. Med en enda laddning kan bandningsverktyget NEO producera mer än 800 cykler. Fördelar av Bandningsverktyget NEO Samsung högkapacitet 6000mAh, 14.4V batteri (upp till 2000 laddningar) Uppskattat 800-1000 bandnings-cykler på en enda laddning (30 minuter) Borstlös Rare-Eart Motor, hög effektivitet, små temperaturökningar och kontinuerligt jobb upp till 15 000 timmar PCB (kretskort) av hög kvalitet, damm-fri, fukt-fri och anti-statisk. Egenskaper hos banningsverktyget NE O9-16mm： Enkel att hantera, lätt, kompakt design, bärbar - Bärbar och lätt vikt Utan fästdon, friktionssvetsning, hög effektivitet på tätningarna - Effektiv Mycket automation - Enkel att hantera Passande för olika storlekar och former - Justerbar Maskinram och komponenter gjorda av starka legeringsmaterial och teknikplast - Hållbar Hög säkerhetsprestanda - Säker Specifikationer av bandningsverktyget NEO 9-16mm: Modell på maskinen Bandningsverktyg NEO 9-16mm PET/PP Vikt 3.4KG Maskinens dimensioner 350*140*120 mm Maximala spänningskraft 2800N Bandens tätnings-form friktionssvetsning Tillåtna band PP/PET remmar Bandens bredd 9-16MM Bandens tjocklek 0,5-1,2 mm Batterikapacitet Litiumjonbatteri（Likström 14.4V、6000MAH） Laddare inspännning（Växelström 100-245V、50-60HZ） utspänning（Likström 16,8V-3,0A） Batteriliv Upp till 2000 laddningar Accessoarer Ett set av vanligt använda verktyg och kugghjuls brickor. Efter-köps service Hela maskinen har garanti i 1 år, förutom slitagedelar (blad, packningar, spänningshjul) och spänningens motor och kretskort är garanterade i 3 år.   Hur fungerar bandningsverktyget för industriell paketering? Den Ergonomiska och tuffa designen av denna friktionssvetsande bandningsmaskin hjälper till att maximera användarens komfort under användning. Den är lätt att hantera med enhandsanvändning som tillåter flexibilitet. Ett enda tumtryck sköter spänning och tätning. Sätt PET eller PP remmarna med den önskade bredden runt paketeringen och håll de överlappande banden i vänsterhanden så att den ledande änden är längst ner. Försäkra dig att bandet är rent och oljefritt. Tryck på spaken för frigöring och för in banden i verktyget medan du ser till att de överlappande bitarna är i linje mot guiderna. Justerbar spänning och justerbar tätningstid tillåter individuella inställningar för maskinen under användning av olika typer av band. För halvautomatiskt läge, tryck på spännings-knappen för att påbörja spänningen. När den önskade nivån nås trycker man på knappen igen för att påbörja svetsning och när den är klar kommer verktyget kyla ner bandet och klippa av den. Batteriet håller upp till 800 tätningar tack vare Samsungs litiumjonbatteri för högkapacitet (6000mAh). Bandningsverktyget är byggt för att användas och tåla uppgifter inom fabriker och lagerlokaler. Verktyget har ett års garanti och servas i EU. Video om bandningsverktyget NEO 9-16mm:]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/neo-9-16mm-pet-pp-bandningsverktyg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-PET-PP-e1574251066607.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-purchase.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/battery-strapping-tool-NEO-9-16mm-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1500 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1199 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110130</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm Bandmaskin För Plastband — Remmens Bredd: BXT3-13: 9–13mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm Bandmaskin För Plastband Signode BXT3 är nästa generationen av den framgångsrika bandmaskinen Signode BXT2 för 9-19mm PP och PET plastremsor. Verktygets serie är designad för att hjälpa till att förbättra bekvämligheten och hastigheten. Den accepterar polyester och polypropylen remmar. Den kan dra justerbara spänningar upp till 4500N (1000 lbs). Den senaste poly-bandmaskinen har Bosch Hypercharge Technology som vidare ökar produktiviteten. Den hjälper till att ladda batteriet upp till 80% inom endast 15 minuter. BXT nästa generations bandmaskiner har ett flertal världsrevulotunerande innovationer inom manuell bandning. BXT3 är designad att tåla vardagliga prövningar i industrin i många år. Bandmaskinen Signode BXT3 kan användas med olika bredder på remmarna: ● BXT3-13: 9–10 mm, 12–13 mm (3/8″, 1/2″) ● BXT3-16: 12–13 mm, 15–16 mm (1/2″, 5/8″) ● BXT3-19: 15–16 mm, 18–19 mm (5/8″, 3/4″) Vilket är priset på en Signode BXT3 Bandningsmaskinen SIGNODE BXT3 är en utav de bästa bandningsmaskinerna på dagens marknad. Priset reflekterar dock inte premium kvaliteten. Trots sin höga kvalitet och alla nya funktioner är priset på Signode BXT3s bandningsmaskin fortfarande blygt. Signode BXT3 är gjord av högkvalitativ hårdplast och har implementerat den senaste svetsteknologin. Den har dessutom en stor display och kommer med ett batteri och en laddare. Nya funktioner av bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3: E-kontrollerad bandningsprocess Rem-placerings indikator Svetstiden kan sättas Snabb åtkomlighet till dina favorit bandnings-funktioner Ergonomisk skyddande design med ett nytt batteriskydd för ökad livslängd Mindre slitage delar gör den mer ekonomisk att underhålla Ökad prestanda erbjuder upp till 800 cykler per laddning Låsfunktion som försäkrar ett konsekvent resultat Digital HMI-gränssnitt som är enkel att använda med touchpad kontroller och nya markeringar för en enklare användning och för att reducera träningsbehovet. Säkra paketeringsprocesser – Inställningar för dina favorit-cykler för processansvar - först i världen! Exakt infästning av lasten - den verkliga spänningen på remmen visar på displayen - först i världen för ett handverktyg! Enkelt att paketera ömtåliga produkter – Kontrollera spänningens hastighet med trycket av ett finger, vilket gör den enkelt att positionera lastskyddet m.m. under bandning - igen först i världen! Lätt – den perfekta balansen i verktyget gör den enkel att använda i alla utföranden, vertikalt och horisontellt utan att användarens uthållighet utmanas. Högkvalitativa industri-testade delar - gjorda i Schweiz för pålitlighet, hållbarhet och de lägsta kostnaderna för ägande över verktygets livslängd. Den tåliga stötsäkra verktygskåpan försäkrar en lång livslängd och erbjuder maximalt skydd av batteriet. Specifikationer av bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3: Bandningsverktyg BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Driftläge auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual Variabelt spänningsområde 0 – 290 mm / s 0 – 220 mm / s 0 – 120 mm / s Tyngd (inkluderat batteri) 3,6 kg 3,8 kg 4,3 kg Relativ luftfuktighet upp till 90% upp till 90% upp till 90% Batteri / laddare BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Laddningstyp Bosch Bosch Bosch Batteriladdarens volt 100 eller 110 eller 230 V 100 eller 110 eller 230 V 100 eller 110 eller 230 V Laddtid 15-30 min 15-30 min 25-35 min Batterityp Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 4.0Ah Cyklar per batteriladdning Låg spänning (N) Medium spänning (N) Hög spänning (N)  800 400 800 1200  800 900 1700 2500  800 1300 2900 4500 Rem BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Rem PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) Bredd 9-13mm 12-16mm 16-19mm Tjocklek 0.4-0.8 mm 0,5-1 mm 0,8-1,3 mm Funktioner BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Indikation av spänningskraften i realtid OK OK OK Variabel hastighet av spänningen OK OK OK Favorit bandnings-funktion OK OK OK Visa färgindikator för verktygets statusinformation OK OK OK Rem-placerings indikator OK OK OK Hur Bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3 fungerar: Rocker spaken används för att öppna spännings-enheten så remmar kan sättas i. Remsorna kläms fast mellan tandplattan på rocker (1) och spänningshjul (2). Remmen spänns av spänningshjulet (2) som snurrar moturs. Remmen svetsas i svets-enheten (3) med processen friktionssvetsning. Den övre remmen skärs av med kniv (4) Signode BXT3 tillåter dig att välja mellan tre driftlägen: Halvautomatisk (standard/fabriksinställningen) Knappen för spänning (Sektion 3.1) kan endast tryckas in kortvarigt. När den önskade spänningskraften har nåtts kommer remmen automatiskt svetsas och den övre remmen klipps av. Den kan alltid manuellt svetsas genom att trycka på svets knappen. Automatisk Spännings-knappen (Sektion 3.1) får endast tryckas kortvarigt (vidröras). Detta sätter igång spänningsprocessen. När den angivna spänningen nås svetsas remmarna automatiskt och den övre remmen klipps. Rekommenderas för större kvantiteter. Manuell Kna...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/signode-bxt3-9-19mm/?attribute_strap-width=BXT3-13%3A+9%E2%80%9313mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-lcd.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-range.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2649 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>signode</g:brand><g:mpn>110130</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4643</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>4.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110140</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm Bandmaskin För Plastband — Remmens Bredd: BXT3-16: 12-16mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm Bandmaskin För Plastband Signode BXT3 är nästa generationen av den framgångsrika bandmaskinen Signode BXT2 för 9-19mm PP och PET plastremsor. Verktygets serie är designad för att hjälpa till att förbättra bekvämligheten och hastigheten. Den accepterar polyester och polypropylen remmar. Den kan dra justerbara spänningar upp till 4500N (1000 lbs). Den senaste poly-bandmaskinen har Bosch Hypercharge Technology som vidare ökar produktiviteten. Den hjälper till att ladda batteriet upp till 80% inom endast 15 minuter. BXT nästa generations bandmaskiner har ett flertal världsrevulotunerande innovationer inom manuell bandning. BXT3 är designad att tåla vardagliga prövningar i industrin i många år. Bandmaskinen Signode BXT3 kan användas med olika bredder på remmarna: ● BXT3-13: 9–10 mm, 12–13 mm (3/8″, 1/2″) ● BXT3-16: 12–13 mm, 15–16 mm (1/2″, 5/8″) ● BXT3-19: 15–16 mm, 18–19 mm (5/8″, 3/4″) Vilket är priset på en Signode BXT3 Bandningsmaskinen SIGNODE BXT3 är en utav de bästa bandningsmaskinerna på dagens marknad. Priset reflekterar dock inte premium kvaliteten. Trots sin höga kvalitet och alla nya funktioner är priset på Signode BXT3s bandningsmaskin fortfarande blygt. Signode BXT3 är gjord av högkvalitativ hårdplast och har implementerat den senaste svetsteknologin. Den har dessutom en stor display och kommer med ett batteri och en laddare. Nya funktioner av bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3: E-kontrollerad bandningsprocess Rem-placerings indikator Svetstiden kan sättas Snabb åtkomlighet till dina favorit bandnings-funktioner Ergonomisk skyddande design med ett nytt batteriskydd för ökad livslängd Mindre slitage delar gör den mer ekonomisk att underhålla Ökad prestanda erbjuder upp till 800 cykler per laddning Låsfunktion som försäkrar ett konsekvent resultat Digital HMI-gränssnitt som är enkel att använda med touchpad kontroller och nya markeringar för en enklare användning och för att reducera träningsbehovet. Säkra paketeringsprocesser – Inställningar för dina favorit-cykler för processansvar - först i världen! Exakt infästning av lasten - den verkliga spänningen på remmen visar på displayen - först i världen för ett handverktyg! Enkelt att paketera ömtåliga produkter – Kontrollera spänningens hastighet med trycket av ett finger, vilket gör den enkelt att positionera lastskyddet m.m. under bandning - igen först i världen! Lätt – den perfekta balansen i verktyget gör den enkel att använda i alla utföranden, vertikalt och horisontellt utan att användarens uthållighet utmanas. Högkvalitativa industri-testade delar - gjorda i Schweiz för pålitlighet, hållbarhet och de lägsta kostnaderna för ägande över verktygets livslängd. Den tåliga stötsäkra verktygskåpan försäkrar en lång livslängd och erbjuder maximalt skydd av batteriet. Specifikationer av bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3: Bandningsverktyg BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Driftläge auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual Variabelt spänningsområde 0 – 290 mm / s 0 – 220 mm / s 0 – 120 mm / s Tyngd (inkluderat batteri) 3,6 kg 3,8 kg 4,3 kg Relativ luftfuktighet upp till 90% upp till 90% upp till 90% Batteri / laddare BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Laddningstyp Bosch Bosch Bosch Batteriladdarens volt 100 eller 110 eller 230 V 100 eller 110 eller 230 V 100 eller 110 eller 230 V Laddtid 15-30 min 15-30 min 25-35 min Batterityp Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 4.0Ah Cyklar per batteriladdning Låg spänning (N) Medium spänning (N) Hög spänning (N)  800 400 800 1200  800 900 1700 2500  800 1300 2900 4500 Rem BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Rem PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) Bredd 9-13mm 12-16mm 16-19mm Tjocklek 0.4-0.8 mm 0,5-1 mm 0,8-1,3 mm Funktioner BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Indikation av spänningskraften i realtid OK OK OK Variabel hastighet av spänningen OK OK OK Favorit bandnings-funktion OK OK OK Visa färgindikator för verktygets statusinformation OK OK OK Rem-placerings indikator OK OK OK Hur Bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3 fungerar: Rocker spaken används för att öppna spännings-enheten så remmar kan sättas i. Remsorna kläms fast mellan tandplattan på rocker (1) och spänningshjul (2). Remmen spänns av spänningshjulet (2) som snurrar moturs. Remmen svetsas i svets-enheten (3) med processen friktionssvetsning. Den övre remmen skärs av med kniv (4) Signode BXT3 tillåter dig att välja mellan tre driftlägen: Halvautomatisk (standard/fabriksinställningen) Knappen för spänning (Sektion 3.1) kan endast tryckas in kortvarigt. När den önskade spänningskraften har nåtts kommer remmen automatiskt svetsas och den övre remmen klipps av. Den kan alltid manuellt svetsas genom att trycka på svets knappen. Automatisk Spännings-knappen (Sektion 3.1) får endast tryckas kortvarigt (vidröras). Detta sätter igång spänningsprocessen. När den angivna spänningen nås svetsas remmarna automatiskt och den övre remmen klipps. Rekommenderas för större kvantiteter. Manuell Kna...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/signode-bxt3-9-19mm/?attribute_strap-width=BXT3-16%3A+12-16mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-lcd.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-range.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2789 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2679 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>signode</g:brand><g:mpn>110140</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4643</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm Bandmaskin För Plastband — Remmens Bredd: BXT3-19: 15-19 mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Signode BXT3 9-19mm Bandmaskin För Plastband Signode BXT3 är nästa generationen av den framgångsrika bandmaskinen Signode BXT2 för 9-19mm PP och PET plastremsor. Verktygets serie är designad för att hjälpa till att förbättra bekvämligheten och hastigheten. Den accepterar polyester och polypropylen remmar. Den kan dra justerbara spänningar upp till 4500N (1000 lbs). Den senaste poly-bandmaskinen har Bosch Hypercharge Technology som vidare ökar produktiviteten. Den hjälper till att ladda batteriet upp till 80% inom endast 15 minuter. BXT nästa generations bandmaskiner har ett flertal världsrevulotunerande innovationer inom manuell bandning. BXT3 är designad att tåla vardagliga prövningar i industrin i många år. Bandmaskinen Signode BXT3 kan användas med olika bredder på remmarna: ● BXT3-13: 9–10 mm, 12–13 mm (3/8″, 1/2″) ● BXT3-16: 12–13 mm, 15–16 mm (1/2″, 5/8″) ● BXT3-19: 15–16 mm, 18–19 mm (5/8″, 3/4″) Vilket är priset på en Signode BXT3 Bandningsmaskinen SIGNODE BXT3 är en utav de bästa bandningsmaskinerna på dagens marknad. Priset reflekterar dock inte premium kvaliteten. Trots sin höga kvalitet och alla nya funktioner är priset på Signode BXT3s bandningsmaskin fortfarande blygt. Signode BXT3 är gjord av högkvalitativ hårdplast och har implementerat den senaste svetsteknologin. Den har dessutom en stor display och kommer med ett batteri och en laddare. Nya funktioner av bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3: E-kontrollerad bandningsprocess Rem-placerings indikator Svetstiden kan sättas Snabb åtkomlighet till dina favorit bandnings-funktioner Ergonomisk skyddande design med ett nytt batteriskydd för ökad livslängd Mindre slitage delar gör den mer ekonomisk att underhålla Ökad prestanda erbjuder upp till 800 cykler per laddning Låsfunktion som försäkrar ett konsekvent resultat Digital HMI-gränssnitt som är enkel att använda med touchpad kontroller och nya markeringar för en enklare användning och för att reducera träningsbehovet. Säkra paketeringsprocesser – Inställningar för dina favorit-cykler för processansvar - först i världen! Exakt infästning av lasten - den verkliga spänningen på remmen visar på displayen - först i världen för ett handverktyg! Enkelt att paketera ömtåliga produkter – Kontrollera spänningens hastighet med trycket av ett finger, vilket gör den enkelt att positionera lastskyddet m.m. under bandning - igen först i världen! Lätt – den perfekta balansen i verktyget gör den enkel att använda i alla utföranden, vertikalt och horisontellt utan att användarens uthållighet utmanas. Högkvalitativa industri-testade delar - gjorda i Schweiz för pålitlighet, hållbarhet och de lägsta kostnaderna för ägande över verktygets livslängd. Den tåliga stötsäkra verktygskåpan försäkrar en lång livslängd och erbjuder maximalt skydd av batteriet. Specifikationer av bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3: Bandningsverktyg BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Driftläge auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual auto / semi / manual Variabelt spänningsområde 0 – 290 mm / s 0 – 220 mm / s 0 – 120 mm / s Tyngd (inkluderat batteri) 3,6 kg 3,8 kg 4,3 kg Relativ luftfuktighet upp till 90% upp till 90% upp till 90% Batteri / laddare BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Laddningstyp Bosch Bosch Bosch Batteriladdarens volt 100 eller 110 eller 230 V 100 eller 110 eller 230 V 100 eller 110 eller 230 V Laddtid 15-30 min 15-30 min 25-35 min Batterityp Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 2.0Ah Bosch Li-Ion 18V, 4.0Ah Cyklar per batteriladdning Låg spänning (N) Medium spänning (N) Hög spänning (N)  800 400 800 1200  800 900 1700 2500  800 1300 2900 4500 Rem BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Rem PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) PET (Polyester)PP (Polypropylen) Bredd 9-13mm 12-16mm 16-19mm Tjocklek 0.4-0.8 mm 0,5-1 mm 0,8-1,3 mm Funktioner BXT3-13 BXT3-16 BXT3-19 Indikation av spänningskraften i realtid OK OK OK Variabel hastighet av spänningen OK OK OK Favorit bandnings-funktion OK OK OK Visa färgindikator för verktygets statusinformation OK OK OK Rem-placerings indikator OK OK OK Hur Bandningsmaskinen Signode BXT3 fungerar: Rocker spaken används för att öppna spännings-enheten så remmar kan sättas i. Remsorna kläms fast mellan tandplattan på rocker (1) och spänningshjul (2). Remmen spänns av spänningshjulet (2) som snurrar moturs. Remmen svetsas i svets-enheten (3) med processen friktionssvetsning. Den övre remmen skärs av med kniv (4) Signode BXT3 tillåter dig att välja mellan tre driftlägen: Halvautomatisk (standard/fabriksinställningen) Knappen för spänning (Sektion 3.1) kan endast tryckas in kortvarigt. När den önskade spänningskraften har nåtts kommer remmen automatiskt svetsas och den övre remmen klipps av. Den kan alltid manuellt svetsas genom att trycka på svets knappen. Automatisk Spännings-knappen (Sektion 3.1) får endast tryckas kortvarigt (vidröras). Detta sätter igång spänningsprocessen. När den angivna spänningen nås svetsas remmarna automatiskt och den övre remmen klipps. Rekommenderas för större kvantiteter. Manuell Kna...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/signode-bxt3-9-19mm/?attribute_strap-width=BXT3-19%3A+15-19+mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-lcd.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Signode-BXT3-battery-powered-strapping-tool-range.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3100 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2859 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>signode</g:brand><g:mpn>110150</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4643</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>110080</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[GT SMART 9-16mm Batteridrivet Bandverktyg för PET/PP remmar med Batteri &amp; Laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[SIAT GT-SMART Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg SIAT GT-SMARTs snabba och lätta Batteridrivna bandspännare för senaste generationen. Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget GT ONE är mycket anpassningsbar och passar för 9-16mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) remmar. Batteridrivna bandningsverktyg är prisvärda och designade att användas med en hand. Remmens spänning är anpassningsbar och kan ändras upp till 1800 N (400 lbs). Den batteridrivna bandspännaren GT-SMART kommer med ett batteri och en laddare så du kan börja med din bandningsprocess så snart paketet anländer. Manöverbarheten och enkelheten vid användning som är möjlig med det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget tillåter dig att använda den både för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget GT-SMART är också designad för att leverera höggradiga tätningar med friktionssvetsning. Den servas i Europa och har en 12-månaders garanti. Den batteridrivna bandspännaren kommer du kunna automatisera processen och öka hastigheten på paketeringens verksamhet. Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget med justerbara driftlägen enligt utförandena: manuellt och milt. Den är enkel att använda och att justera. Perfekt balanserad kan den både utföra vertikal och horisontell bandning. Den borstlösa motorn drivs av det senaste litiumjonbatteriet. GT-SMART 9-16mm används mycket i alla typer av industrier och lager. Det är en av de lättaste och säkraste sätten att binda en pall. Den kan vara automatisk, halvautomatisk, manuell eller mild. Bandnings-cykeln utförs med ett enda knapptryck (av det automatiska eller halvautomatiska läget.) Den är enkel att använda och justera. Dessutom är den perfekt balanserad och relativt lätt. Den borstlösa motorn matas med kraft från det senaste litiumjonbatteriet. Huvudfunktioner av det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget GT-SMART: KRAFTKÄLLA: 14.4V litiumjonbatterierna är producerade i Tyskland av AKKU POWER med användning av högpresterande LG celler HUVUDMOTOR: AMETEK 14.4V motor (borstlös, sensor-lös, snabb) Det moturs-baserade rörelsen av motorn används för spänning, då den medurs-baserade rörelsen används för svetsning rörelseöverföringen utförs av mekaniska enkelriktade kopplingslager Microchip CPU som används av motortavlan driver huvudmotorn HUVUDELKORTET Den Microchip CPU drivna elkortet har hand om huvudmotorn, den stegvisa linjära ackumulatorn, verktygets inställningar och justeringar samt verktygets avvikelser GRÄNSSNITTET PÅ ELKORTET Mekanisk överföring med hastighetsreducerande växellåda för spännings-systemet Svets-systemet med en halvautomatiskt sänkning av vagnstödet Aluminumram GT-SMART Rem PP/PET Remmens bredd 9-16mm Remmens tjocklek 0.4-0.85mm Tätningens effektivitet 75-85% Max spänning Max 1800N Maxhastighet på spänningen 14 m/min Vikt 35kg Batteri SP6 14.4V -1.5Ah litiumjon LG celler SP1 14.4V -3.0Ah litiumjon Samsung celler Cykler per laddning 150 - 160 med 1.5Ah batteri 250+ med 3.0Ah batteri (särskild efterfrågan) Laddare AP I 2830 MV Laddningstid 20min Batteridrivna bandningsverktyget GT SMARTs specifikationer: Max spänning: 1800N Vikt: 3.5kg inkluderat batteriet (det lättaste verktyget på marknaden) Driftlägen: halv/automatisk/manuell/mild Maxhastighet av spänningen: 14m/min Batteri SP6 (SIAT POWERLITE) 14.4V - 1.5Ah LG celler (valfri 3.0Ah) Borstlös motor Perfekt hantering (bättre än alla konkurrenter) Robust plasthölje med naturligt gummi för handtaget Främre & bakre färdledare för alla åtgärder av remmar En unik lösning för att byta remmens storlek. Du behöver inte ändra färdledaren. Det enda som är nödvändigt är en extremt enkel justering som inte tar mer än 30 sekunder. Tack vare teknologin, distributörer och användare kan enkelt byta remmens storlek utan att ändra färdledaren med en betydande tidsbesparing Designen av GT-SMART kommunicerar omedelbart en "skön känsla" av modernitet och robusthet. Användarvänlig touch panel Extremt ergonomiskt verktyg Plasthöljet försäkrar en bra "berörelse" och en omedelbar känsla av "hög kvalitet" GT-SMART Batteridrivna bandningsverktyg - Borstlös motor Borstlös likströmsmotorer har många fördelar jämfört med de vanliga likströmsmotorerna. Den självklara fördelen av en borstlös motor är att den saknar borstar och fysiska kommutatorer. Denna skillnad betyder att de är färre delar som kan slitas ut och orsaka en reparation. Därför brukar en borstlös likströmsmotor (BLDC) vara mer pålitlig, hålla längre och vara mer effektiv. Faktum är att BLDC motorer har en längre livstid med 10 000 timmar. Vidare kan en borstlös likströmsmotor drivas till hastigheter över 10 000 varvtal per minut både under och utan belastning. Tack vare sina slutna inre delar kan den drivas med mindre ljud och elektromagnetisk interferens än likströmsmotorer. För de givna anledningarna beräknar vi en energibesparing på runt 25% i vårt utförande jämfört med en växelströmsmotor. Fördelar med den batteridrivna bandspännaren GT-SMART Matarhjul med ett skilt operativ system tillåt...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/gt-smart-9-16mm-swe/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/siat-gt-smart-battery-strapping-tool.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/gt-smart-battery-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/gt-smart-battery-strapping-tool-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2000 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1699 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110080</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>120021</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandningsverktyg i set | GT-ONE 10-16mm – Batteri &amp; Laddare - PET remmar 12mm eller 15,5mm - bandavrullare — Välj bredd: 12×0,7mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi förbereder bandningsverktyg i set som inkluderar bandningsverktyget GT-ONE 10-16mm med batteri och laddare + PET remmar av ditt val och bandavrullare för PP / PET remmar. Var god välj en av de följande bredderna av PET remmar nedan: BREDD 12×0,7mm/2000m 15,5×0,7mm/1750m GT ONE 10-16mm Bandningsverktyg för PET/PP remmar med Batteri & Laddare Bandningsverktyget GT ONE är ett mycket anpassningsbart verktyg som passar 10-16mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) remmar. Bandningsverktyget är prisvärt och den har en design för att kunna användas med endast en hand. Bandningens spänning kan ändras upp till 2750 N (630 lbs). Detta bandningsverktyg kommer med ett batteri och en laddare så du är redo för bandningen så snart du får paketet. Manöverbarheten och enkelheten att använda som är tillgänglig med detta bandningverktyg tillåter dig att använda den både för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Detta bandningsverktyg är också designat för att erbjuda höggradig friktionssvätsning till tätningarna. De servas i Europa och har en 12-månaders garanti. Bandningsverktyget GO-ONE 10-16mm används allmänt inom industrier och på lager. Det är en utav de enklaste och säkraste sätten för bandning av en pall. GT ONE bandningsverktyg med justerbara driftlägen enligt dess behövda tillämpning. Den kan vara automatisk, halvautomatisk, manuell och mild. Bandningscykeln sätts igång med en enda knapp (i automatiskt eller halvautomatiskt läge). Den är enkel att använda och justera. Den är också perfekt balanserad och har relativt lätt vikt. Den borstlösa motorn drivs av det senaste litiumjonbatteriet. Med ett bandningsverktyg kommer du kunna automatisera verksamheten och göra paketeringsarbeten snabbare. Användning: Bandningsverktyget GT ONE 10-16mm för alla typer av industrier och lager Storlek av bandningsverktyget: L320mm × B100mm × H160mm Vikt: 3,7 Kg (inkluderat batteri) Funktioner: Drift efter ett knapptryck i automatiska läget. Ergonomisk – perfekt balanserad i alla riktningar. Kvalitativ Bosch Borstlös Motor. Kam användas i en vertikal eller horisontell position. Drivs av den senaste generationens litiumjonbatteri. Lätt att använda och har en lätt vikt (3,7 kg inkluderat batteri). Kan användas med PP eller PET remmar. Eliminerar användning av metallklämmor. Remmens bredd: från 10-16mm Remmens tjocklek: 0,5 – 1,1 mm Remmarnas typ: PET eller PP remsor Tätning: höggradiga friktionssvetsade tätningar, vibrationssvetsning (upphettning med friktion) Maximal spänningskraft: Max Spänning: 2750 N / Milt Läge: 500 N Batteri: Batteri Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah litiumjon Laddare: 220 V Laddningstid: 30 minuter – 200/400 bandningar PET polyester remmar 12mm, 15,5mm - 1 enhet PET polyester-remmar möjliggör en snabb och enkel bandning på manuella anordningar eller bandningsverktyg, vilket i sin tur möjliggör en snabbare hastighet av ditt jobb. PET remmar är miljövänliga, passande för helautomatiska bandningsmaskiner och handverktyg. Fördelar med PET polyester remmar: enkel hantering lägre spolvikt ekologiskt vänliga gjorda av återvunnet råmaterial och är 100% återvinningsbara högre transport-effektivitet (mindre CO2) tack vare mer meter per spole och pall mindre avfall per meter bandning kostnadseffektiv lägre kostnad för sophämtning med tanke på den mindre mängden avfall optimerad användning av last och förvaringsutrymme tack vare den optimerade längden av bandning per spole Bandavrullare för PP/PET remmar - Industriell Bandnings-vagn för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Högkvalitativ Bandavrullare för PP/PET, med hjul, väldigt stabil med den totala vikten runt 28 kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP remmar.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandningsverktyg-i-set-gt-one-10-16mm-batteri-laddare-pet-remmar-12mm-eller-155mm-bandavrullare/?attribute_select-width=12%C3%970%2C7mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PET-strap-dispenser-cart-405mm-wheels-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2145 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120021</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4666</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandningsverktyg i set | GT-ONE 10-16mm – Batteri &amp; Laddare - PET remmar 12mm eller 15,5mm - bandavrullare — Välj bredd: 15,5×0,7mm/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi förbereder bandningsverktyg i set som inkluderar bandningsverktyget GT-ONE 10-16mm med batteri och laddare + PET remmar av ditt val och bandavrullare för PP / PET remmar. Var god välj en av de följande bredderna av PET remmar nedan: BREDD 12×0,7mm/2000m 15,5×0,7mm/1750m GT ONE 10-16mm Bandningsverktyg för PET/PP remmar med Batteri & Laddare Bandningsverktyget GT ONE är ett mycket anpassningsbart verktyg som passar 10-16mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) remmar. Bandningsverktyget är prisvärt och den har en design för att kunna användas med endast en hand. Bandningens spänning kan ändras upp till 2750 N (630 lbs). Detta bandningsverktyg kommer med ett batteri och en laddare så du är redo för bandningen så snart du får paketet. Manöverbarheten och enkelheten att använda som är tillgänglig med detta bandningverktyg tillåter dig att använda den både för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Detta bandningsverktyg är också designat för att erbjuda höggradig friktionssvätsning till tätningarna. De servas i Europa och har en 12-månaders garanti. Bandningsverktyget GO-ONE 10-16mm används allmänt inom industrier och på lager. Det är en utav de enklaste och säkraste sätten för bandning av en pall. GT ONE bandningsverktyg med justerbara driftlägen enligt dess behövda tillämpning. Den kan vara automatisk, halvautomatisk, manuell och mild. Bandningscykeln sätts igång med en enda knapp (i automatiskt eller halvautomatiskt läge). Den är enkel att använda och justera. Den är också perfekt balanserad och har relativt lätt vikt. Den borstlösa motorn drivs av det senaste litiumjonbatteriet. Med ett bandningsverktyg kommer du kunna automatisera verksamheten och göra paketeringsarbeten snabbare. Användning: Bandningsverktyget GT ONE 10-16mm för alla typer av industrier och lager Storlek av bandningsverktyget: L320mm × B100mm × H160mm Vikt: 3,7 Kg (inkluderat batteri) Funktioner: Drift efter ett knapptryck i automatiska läget. Ergonomisk – perfekt balanserad i alla riktningar. Kvalitativ Bosch Borstlös Motor. Kam användas i en vertikal eller horisontell position. Drivs av den senaste generationens litiumjonbatteri. Lätt att använda och har en lätt vikt (3,7 kg inkluderat batteri). Kan användas med PP eller PET remmar. Eliminerar användning av metallklämmor. Remmens bredd: från 10-16mm Remmens tjocklek: 0,5 – 1,1 mm Remmarnas typ: PET eller PP remsor Tätning: höggradiga friktionssvetsade tätningar, vibrationssvetsning (upphettning med friktion) Maximal spänningskraft: Max Spänning: 2750 N / Milt Läge: 500 N Batteri: Batteri Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah litiumjon Laddare: 220 V Laddningstid: 30 minuter – 200/400 bandningar PET polyester remmar 12mm, 15,5mm - 1 enhet PET polyester-remmar möjliggör en snabb och enkel bandning på manuella anordningar eller bandningsverktyg, vilket i sin tur möjliggör en snabbare hastighet av ditt jobb. PET remmar är miljövänliga, passande för helautomatiska bandningsmaskiner och handverktyg. Fördelar med PET polyester remmar: enkel hantering lägre spolvikt ekologiskt vänliga gjorda av återvunnet råmaterial och är 100% återvinningsbara högre transport-effektivitet (mindre CO2) tack vare mer meter per spole och pall mindre avfall per meter bandning kostnadseffektiv lägre kostnad för sophämtning med tanke på den mindre mängden avfall optimerad användning av last och förvaringsutrymme tack vare den optimerade längden av bandning per spole Bandavrullare för PP/PET remmar - Industriell Bandnings-vagn för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Högkvalitativ Bandavrullare för PP/PET, med hjul, väldigt stabil med den totala vikten runt 28 kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP remmar.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandningsverktyg-i-set-gt-one-10-16mm-batteri-laddare-pet-remmar-12mm-eller-155mm-bandavrullare/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5%C3%970%2C7mm%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PET-strap-dispenser-cart-405mm-wheels-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2145 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120020</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4666</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120022</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandningsmaskin för plastband i set | GT-ONE 10-16mm – Batteri &amp; Laddare – PP remmar 12mm eller 16mm – bandavrullare — Välj bredd: 12x0,8mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi erbjuder bandningsmaskiner för plastband i set som inkluderar bandningsverktyget GT-ONE 10-16mm med två batterier och en laddare + PP remmar av ditt personliga val och en bandavrullare för PP/PET remmar. Var god och välj en av de nedanstående breddarna på PP remmarna: BREDD 12x0,55mm/3000m 12x0,8mm/2000m 16x0,65mm/2000m GT ONE 10-16mm Bandningsverktyg för remmar av PET/PP med Batteri & Laddare Bandningsverktyget GT ONE är kan ändras på många sätt för att passa ditt behov och passar för 10-16mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropen (PP) remmar. Bandningsverktyget är värt priset och designad för att användas med högerhanden. Spänningskraften är anpassningsbar och kan sättas upp till 2750 N (620 lbs). Detta bandningsverktyg kommer med ett batteri och en laddare, vilket gör dig redo att börja banda så snart paketet anländer. Tack vare verktygets mobilitet och enkelhet vid användning kommer den vara perfekt både för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Detta bandningsverktyg designades också för att leverera en höggradig friktionssvetsning för tätningarna den skapar. Den servas i Europa och har en 12-månaders lång garanti. Bandningsverktyget GO-ONE 10-16mm används brett inom alla sorters industrier och lagerbyggnader. Det är en utav de minst svåra och mest säkra sätten att paketera en pall. GT ONE bandningsverktyg har justerbara driftlägen efter ditt behov. Den kan ha ett helautomatiskt, halvautomatiskt, manuellt och milt utförande. Bandningscykeln kan sättas igång med ett enda knapptryck (i automatisk eller halvautomatiskt läge). Den är lätt under användning och kan enkelt justeras. Den är också balanserad på ett optimalt sätt och relativt lätt. Den borstlösa motorn drivs av ett litiumjonbatteri med senaste teknologin. Med ett bandningsverktyg kan du automatisera hela verksamheten och öka hastigheten på din paketering. Användningsområden: Bandningsverktyg GT ONE 10-16mm för industrier och lagerlokaler av alla typer Storleken av bandningsverktyget L320mm × B100mm × H160mm Vikt: 3.7 Kg (inkluderat batteri) Funktioner: Börja bandningen med endast ett knapptryck i automatiskt läge. Ergonomisk – balanserad optimalt i alla riktningar. Borstlös Bosch Motor med Hög Kvalitet. Kan användas både vertikalt eller horisontellt. Drivs av litiumjonbatterier av senaste modell. Används utan svårigheter och är lätt till vikten (3.7 kg inklusive batteri). Kan matas med PP eller PET remmar. All användning av metallklämmor elimineras Remmens storlek: från 10-16mm Remmens tjocklek: 0.5 – 1.1 mm Passande remmar: PET och PP remmar Tätningar: höggradiga tätningar med friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (upphettar tätningarna med friktion) Maximala spänningskraften: Maximal Spänning: 2750N / Mjukt Läge: 500N Batteri: Batteri Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah Litiumjoner Laddare: 220V Laddningstid: 30 minuter – 200/400 bandning PP polypropen remmar 12 eller 16mm - 1 enhet Bandning med PP polypropen gör bandningen snabb och enkel på manuella redskap eller bandningsverktyg, vilket gör att du kan öka hastigheten av ditt jobb. PP polypropen remmar är en klassiker bland remmarna för bandning i plast för paketering av lådor och lättare paket. PP remmar kan också betecknas som polypropen.  PP (polypropen) remmar är den mest använda typen för att säkra last inom leverans-sektorn. Även om PP remmar är det billigaste materialet kommer den inte orsaka skador i sin miljö. PP remmar är gjorda utan tillagda tunga material, vilket betyder att PP remmarna inte kommer skada din hälsa under bränning eller tätning. De mest vanliga bredderna är 5mm, 9mm, 12mm och 16mm med en central diameter av 200mm, 280mm eller 406mm. Belastningen före brytning bestäms av bredden och tjockleken av remmen. Du kan sätta fast PP remmar med klämmor, tätningar eller svetsning och kan utföras antingen halvautomatiskt eller helautomatiskt. Fördelar med PP polypropen remmar: enkel att hantera lägre vikt på spolen ekologiskt vänlig gjord av återvunnet råmaterial och är 100% återvinningsbar kostnadseffektiv Bandavrullare för PP/PET remmar - Industriell Rem-vagn för polypropen (PP) och polyester (PET) Högkvalitativa bandavrullare för PP/PET, med hjul, väldigt stabila med den totala vikten runt 28 kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP remmar.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandningsmaskin-for-plastband-i-set-gt-one-10-16mm-pp-bandning/?attribute_select-width=12x0%2C8mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PET-strap-dispenser-cart-405mm-wheels-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2145 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120022</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4701</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120023</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandningsmaskin för plastband i set | GT-ONE 10-16mm – Batteri &amp; Laddare – PP remmar 12mm eller 16mm – bandavrullare — Välj bredd: 12x0,55mm/3000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi erbjuder bandningsmaskiner för plastband i set som inkluderar bandningsverktyget GT-ONE 10-16mm med två batterier och en laddare + PP remmar av ditt personliga val och en bandavrullare för PP/PET remmar. Var god och välj en av de nedanstående breddarna på PP remmarna: BREDD 12x0,55mm/3000m 12x0,8mm/2000m 16x0,65mm/2000m GT ONE 10-16mm Bandningsverktyg för remmar av PET/PP med Batteri & Laddare Bandningsverktyget GT ONE är kan ändras på många sätt för att passa ditt behov och passar för 10-16mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropen (PP) remmar. Bandningsverktyget är värt priset och designad för att användas med högerhanden. Spänningskraften är anpassningsbar och kan sättas upp till 2750 N (620 lbs). Detta bandningsverktyg kommer med ett batteri och en laddare, vilket gör dig redo att börja banda så snart paketet anländer. Tack vare verktygets mobilitet och enkelhet vid användning kommer den vara perfekt både för vertikal och horisontell bandning. Detta bandningsverktyg designades också för att leverera en höggradig friktionssvetsning för tätningarna den skapar. Den servas i Europa och har en 12-månaders lång garanti. Bandningsverktyget GO-ONE 10-16mm används brett inom alla sorters industrier och lagerbyggnader. Det är en utav de minst svåra och mest säkra sätten att paketera en pall. GT ONE bandningsverktyg har justerbara driftlägen efter ditt behov. Den kan ha ett helautomatiskt, halvautomatiskt, manuellt och milt utförande. Bandningscykeln kan sättas igång med ett enda knapptryck (i automatisk eller halvautomatiskt läge). Den är lätt under användning och kan enkelt justeras. Den är också balanserad på ett optimalt sätt och relativt lätt. Den borstlösa motorn drivs av ett litiumjonbatteri med senaste teknologin. Med ett bandningsverktyg kan du automatisera hela verksamheten och öka hastigheten på din paketering. Användningsområden: Bandningsverktyg GT ONE 10-16mm för industrier och lagerlokaler av alla typer Storleken av bandningsverktyget L320mm × B100mm × H160mm Vikt: 3.7 Kg (inkluderat batteri) Funktioner: Börja bandningen med endast ett knapptryck i automatiskt läge. Ergonomisk – balanserad optimalt i alla riktningar. Borstlös Bosch Motor med Hög Kvalitet. Kan användas både vertikalt eller horisontellt. Drivs av litiumjonbatterier av senaste modell. Används utan svårigheter och är lätt till vikten (3.7 kg inklusive batteri). Kan matas med PP eller PET remmar. All användning av metallklämmor elimineras Remmens storlek: från 10-16mm Remmens tjocklek: 0.5 – 1.1 mm Passande remmar: PET och PP remmar Tätningar: höggradiga tätningar med friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (upphettar tätningarna med friktion) Maximala spänningskraften: Maximal Spänning: 2750N / Mjukt Läge: 500N Batteri: Batteri Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah Litiumjoner Laddare: 220V Laddningstid: 30 minuter – 200/400 bandning PP polypropen remmar 12 eller 16mm - 1 enhet Bandning med PP polypropen gör bandningen snabb och enkel på manuella redskap eller bandningsverktyg, vilket gör att du kan öka hastigheten av ditt jobb. PP polypropen remmar är en klassiker bland remmarna för bandning i plast för paketering av lådor och lättare paket. PP remmar kan också betecknas som polypropen.  PP (polypropen) remmar är den mest använda typen för att säkra last inom leverans-sektorn. Även om PP remmar är det billigaste materialet kommer den inte orsaka skador i sin miljö. PP remmar är gjorda utan tillagda tunga material, vilket betyder att PP remmarna inte kommer skada din hälsa under bränning eller tätning. De mest vanliga bredderna är 5mm, 9mm, 12mm och 16mm med en central diameter av 200mm, 280mm eller 406mm. Belastningen före brytning bestäms av bredden och tjockleken av remmen. Du kan sätta fast PP remmar med klämmor, tätningar eller svetsning och kan utföras antingen halvautomatiskt eller helautomatiskt. Fördelar med PP polypropen remmar: enkel att hantera lägre vikt på spolen ekologiskt vänlig gjord av återvunnet råmaterial och är 100% återvinningsbar kostnadseffektiv Bandavrullare för PP/PET remmar - Industriell Rem-vagn för polypropen (PP) och polyester (PET) Högkvalitativa bandavrullare för PP/PET, med hjul, väldigt stabila med den totala vikten runt 28 kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP remmar.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandningsmaskin-for-plastband-i-set-gt-one-10-16mm-pp-bandning/?attribute_select-width=12x0%2C55mm%2F3000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PET-strap-dispenser-cart-405mm-wheels-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2300 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2145 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120023</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4701</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210012</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AUTOMA Automatisk bandningsmaskin för PP remmar 11-12mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AUTOMA Automatisk bandningsmaskin för PP remmar 11-12mm AUTOMA automatiska bandningsmaskin för PP remmar 11-12mm är ett arbetsbord som ökar din hastighet. Under paketeringsprocessen puttar operatören varorna lätt för att färdigställa bandningen. Denna maskin kan användas ensam eller sättas samman med en annan paketeringsmaskin. Den används för bandning av mat, medicin, hårdvara och andra industriella förpackningar i kartong, trä, papp m.m. Automatisk bandningsmaskin för PP remmars pris Bandningsmaskinen AUTOMA är en av de billigaste automatiska bandningsmaskinerna för paketering på marknaden. Priset på en Automatisk Bandningsmaskin reflekterar dock inte kvaliteten. Trots dess prisvärdhet är bandningsmaskinen gjord av material av hög kvalitet och har implementerat den senaste bandnings-teknologin. Ovan står priset för en automatisk bandningsmaskin. Bandningsmaskinen har en 12-månaders garanti och kommer som standard med bågstorleken: bredd 800mm X höjd 600mm. Vi erbjuder också billig internationell leverans. Funktioner av AUTOMA automatiska bandningsmaskin: Den unika designen av spänningsstrukturen gör spänningskraften starkare Öppning av den övre kåpan gör den lätt att underhålla Ny typ av upphettnings-sektion för snabb upphettning och en längre livslängd Arbetsbänk med åtta rullaxlar Specifikationer av AUTOMA automatiska bandningsmaskin för PP remmar 11-12mm: Modell AUTOMA automatisk bandningsmaskin för PP remmar 11-12mm Kraftkälla 220V 50/60HZ 1.0kW 10A Paketeringshastighet ≤28-30 paket/min Spänningskraft 0-90 kg（justerbar） Stödvärde 80 kg Värmefästande position undertill Bordshöjd 750mm (Det är möjligt att ändra höjden) Båge 1.     standardstorlek: bredd 800mm X höjd 600mm 2.     material: aluminiumlegering (Det är möjligt att ändra storleken) Tillämpliga PP remmar Bredd (11-12)mm, tjocklek (0.6~1.0)mm resistens mot sträckning：Max 150kg Tillämpliga PP bandrullar B:160mm inre diameter: 200mm～210mm,  yttre diameter: 400mm～500mm Paketeringstyp parallell bandning manuell användning, kontinuerlig paketering, boll-omkopplare och fotbrytare. Paketeringens storlek L（200- ∞）B (≤750) H (≤500) mm Maskindimensioner L 1380 X B 620 X H 1450mm Förpackningsmätning L 1500 × B 700 × H 1050mm (1.1CBM, demonterad både) Vikt Nettovikt: 180kg  Bruttovikt: 220kg Ljudnivå ≤75dB（A） Miljövillkor fuktighet≤90%, temperatur 0-40℃ Nedre fastsättande yta≥90%, avvikelse från position ≤2mm   Elektrisk Konfiguration av AUTOMA automatiska bandningsmaskin för 11-12mm: PLC kontroll：LG Leverantör：“Schneider” Knappomkopplare：“Schneider” Relä：“Schneider” Motor：Kinesiska “MEIWA” Gränslägesbrytare：“P+F” eller “FOTEK”   Hur används en automatisk bandningsmaskin? Installera PP bandspolen på maskinen Sätt på kraften Följ instruktionen för att föra in remmen Välj spänningskraft, temperatur och kyltid Sätt ratten till “MANUAL” och tryck knappen för att börja paketeringen Paketeringslinje med AUTOMA Automatiska bandningsmaskin för PP remmar AUTOMA Bandningsmaskin kan integreras i en ny eller redan existerande paketeringslinje. En integration av en Automatisk Bandningsmaskin i en redan existerande paketeringslinje kommer öka hastigheten på paketeringens verksamhet och öka produktiviteten. Bordshöjden av bandningsmaskinen AUTOMA är 750mm, och därför kan den automatiska bandningsmaskinen integreras med de flesta standarder i paketeringslinjen. Video om hur en automatisk bandningsmaskin fungerar: Tveka inte att köpa online eller skicka oss ditt intresse, vi kommer svara med ett erbjudande direkt. Bandningsmaskinen AUTOMA för automatiserad paketering med PP remmar har 12-månaders garanti. Vi kan också erbjuder billig leverans.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/automa-automatisk-bandningsmaskin-for-pp-remmar-11-12mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-low-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-control-panel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-how-it-works.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-packing-line.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/AUTOMA-automatic-strapping-machine-spare-parts.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2999 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2599 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210012</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>185 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>366,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>366</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[7SMITH Låglyftare 1500 kg 200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[7SMITH Låglyftare 1500 kg 200mm Låglyftaren 7SMITH kan användas för att lyfta tunga objekt och lastpallar runt 200mm och transporterar dem till en ny plats. Den elektriska palldragaren är en prisvärd, lätt och kraftfull låglyftare att ha till förfogande. Denna elektriska palldragare är designad att användas med två händer och är den mest prisvärda i sin klass av låglyftare. Den elektriska palldragaren kan lyfta en variation av olika objekt och pallar och är mycket anpassningsbar. Låglyftaren har två motorer, en för att köra och en för lyftning. Den drivande motorn har en kraft av 24v/0,75KW och lyft-motorn har kraften av 24V/0,8KW. Denna låglyftare kommer med 2 batterier och en laddare. Batterierna är mycket kraftfulla och tillåter dig att använda låglyftaren i flera timmar utan laddning. Själva laddningen är också väldigt snabb vilket gör att ingen tid slösas. Manöverbarheten och enkelheten vid användning av låglyftaren möjliggör dig att lyfta pallar eller tunga objekt ungefär 200mm högt från marken och sätta ner dem på en ny plast. Låglyftaren 7SMITH är designad på så vis att den är enkel att köra och tar inte upp mycket plats. Den har en 12-månaders lång garanti och service är tillgänglig i EU. Vilket är priset på låglyftaren 7SMITH? Den elektriska palldragaren 7SMITH är en av de billigaste låglyftarna på marknaden. Kvaliteten man får reflekterar dock inte det låga priset. Trots sitt överkomliga pris är låglyftaren gjord av kvalitativa material och har implementerat den senaste teknologin inom lyftning och körning. Priset på en låglyftare syns ovan. Låglyftaren har en 12-månaders garanti och kommer med två batterier 2*12V/75AH och en laddare. Vi erbjuder också billig internationell leverans. Fördelar av låglyftaren 7SMITH: Den sido-drivna designen effektivt reducerar driftkanalens storlek. Med en liten vändradien och bättre sikt är den här låglyftaren bra för smala utrymmen. Även om det är en ekonomisk låglyftare är den fortfarande utrustad med mycket kraft och en presterande lyftpumpstation försäkrar lyftningen. Med snigelfarts-knappen på handtaget är kontrollen under låga hastigheter mer precis. Tyska förbättrade och vattensäkra miktobrytare är byggda för att användas i kalla, fuktiga, dammiga eller i övrigt utmanande miljöer. YONGCI motorn driver systemet med en liten storlek, hög verkningsgrad samt effektivitet. Vart skar man använda en låglyftaren? Låglyftaren 7SMITH är en väldigt prisvärd elektrisk palldragare, dess värde reflekteras när man introducerar den till paketering eller transportprocesser i industrier. Den passar in i arbetsflödet och hjälper till att dubblera, eller i vissa fall trippla effektiviteten av användaren. Med låglyftaren elimineras tunga lyft från arbetsplatsen. Detta reducerar all förekomst av skador i fabriken eller lagerlokalen på grund av tunga lyft. Då kraftkällan är elektricitet är låglyftaren ren och producerar inte några farliga gaser vilket gör att den kan användas inomhus. Det finns ingen oro att snubbla på kablar och behovet av att organisera kablar finns inte. Låglyftaren använder ett batteri och kommer med två som nämndes tidigare. Detta tillåter en arbetsgång utan stopp. Laddning är väldigt snabb. Låglyftaren har byggds väldigt robust och stabilt, den kan enkelt transportera tunga objekt av olika former. Låglyftaren  7SMITH är brett använd i industrier inom branscherna papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metall. Låglyftaren 7SMITH har en väldigt robust konstruktion och är enkel att använda. Den förflyttas snabbt men kan enkelt kontrolleras och manövreras. Låglyftaren är modern och stark. Med en låglyftare kommer du kunna automatisera verksamheten och öka hastigheten på lyft och transport-relaterade uppgifter. Låglyftaren 7SMITH har en hög grad av automation som är enkel att köra och förstå sig på. Kroppen är gjord av högkvalitativa legeringsmetaller och teknikplast som är hållbara vid användning. Låglyftaren är lätt att flytta och kan användas för varierande storlekar på paketen. Modell 7SMITH låglyftare Enhet 15 Lastkapacitet kg 1500 Gaffelns längd mm 1150 Sammanlagd gaffelbredd mm 560 Enskild gaffelbredd mm 160 Lägre gaffelhöjd mm 85 Maximal lyfthöjd mm 200 Sammanlagd längd mm 1624 Sammanlagd bredd mm 560 Sammanlagd höjd mm 1174 Framhjulets storlek 80x60, 4 Drifthjulens storlek 210x70,1 Vändradie mm 1440 Lastens mittavstånd mm 600 Lyftens motor 24V/0.8KW Körningens motor 24V/0.75KW Batterispänning 2*12V/75AH Arbetstid efter fullt laddat batteri h 3.5 Låglyftarens tyngd kg 170 Hur använder man låglyftaren? Den ergonomiska och robusta designen av denna låglyftare hjälper till att leverera maximal användarkomfort under drift. Den är enkel att köra och sin drivning med två händer tillåter flexibilitet. En enda knapp trycks för att starta låglyftaren. På handtaget är det två knappar. En av dem är för att höja och sänka gafflarna. och den andra är för att flytta på låglyftaren. Om du ska hämta upp en pall är det bara att köra in låglyftar...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/7smith-laglyftare-1500-kg-200mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck-200mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-pallet-truck-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>999 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>140 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>770010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[7SMITH Ledstaplare 2,5m 250cm 1500 kg]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[7SMITH Ledstaplare 2,5m 250cm 1500 kg Ledstaplaren 7SMITH kan användas för lyft och transport av tunga objekt och pallar. Batteristaplaren är en prisvärd, inte tung men fortfarande kraftfull gaffellyft att ha nära till hands. Denna ledstaplaren är designad för att köras med två händer och är den mest stabila i sin kategori bland pallyftare. Ledstaplaren kan anpassas att lyfta en rad olika objekt och pallar. Batteristaplaren har två motorer. En av dem är för lyft och den andra för förflyttning. Den lyftande motorn har kraften 24V/2,2KW och den körande har kraften 24V/0,75KW. Ledstaplaren kommer med 2 batteri och en laddare. Batterierna är väldigt kraftfulla och tillåter dig att använda en ledstaplare i flertalet timmar utan att behöva ladda. Att ladda batterierna går dessutom mycket snabbt och därför kommer du inte slösa någon tid på att vänta. Manöverbarheten och enkelheten som en ledstaplare kan användas med tillåter dig att lyfta pallar eller andra objekt från marken och lägga upp dem på hyllor eller för att lasta eller avlasta en lastbil. Ledstaplaren 7SMITH är också designad på det sättet att den ska vara lätt att köra och ska inte ta upp mycket utrymme. Den har en 12-månaders garanti och service är tillgänglig i EU. Vad är priset på ledstaplaren 7SMITH? Batteristaplaren 7SMITH är en av de billigaste ledstaplarna som säljs. Det låga prisen på ledstaplaren kan dock inte ses på kvaliteten. Trots sin prisvärdhet är ledstaplaren gjord av material med hög kvalitet och kan implementera de senaste innovationerna för lyft och körning. Priset på en ledstaplare syns ovan. Ledstaplaren har 12-månaders garanti och kommer med två batteri 2*12V/100AH. Fördelar med ledstaplaren 7SMITH: Storleken på driftstunneln reduceras tack vare den sido-drivna designen. En liten vändradie och bättre sikt gör den också passande för smala områden. Även om ledstaplaren är ekonomiskt smart så är den utrustad med en kraftfull och presterande lyftpumpstation som utför bra lyft. Snigelfart-knappen som sitter på handtaget gör att du kan kontrollera mer precist vid låga hastigheter. Tysktillverkade mikrobrytare som är vattentåliga och förbättrade är byggda för kalla, fuktiga, dammiga och i övrigt utmanande förhållanden. YONGCI motorn driver systemet som är litet, lätt och ger en hög verkningsgrad och effektivitet. Vart används ledstaplaren 7SMITH? Ledstaplaren 7SMITH är en mycket prisvärd batteristaplare och dess sanna värde reflekteras när den introduceras till paketering eller transportprocesser i industrier. Den smälter lätt in i arbetsflödet och hjälper till att dubblera, eller i vissa fall trippla effektiviteten av den som kör. Med ledstaplaren kan manuella tunga lyft elimineras och reducerar därför arbetsskador och olyckor i fabriker eller lagerlokaler. Då elektricitet är kraftkällan är ledstaplaren mycket ren och producerar inga giftiga gaser, vilket är varför den används inomhus. Att snubbla över eller organisera sladdar är inget att oroa sig över. Ledstaplaren använder sig av ett batteri men kommer som tidigare nämnt med två. Detta gör att arbetet aldrig behöver stå still. Då laddningen dessutom är mycket snabb behövs inte ett långvarigt stopp under laddning. Ledstaplaren har byggs för att vara stabil och robust för att lätt kunna transportera och lyfta tunga objekt med olika former. Ledstaplaren 7SMITH används brett inom branscher som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metallindustrier. Ledstaplaren 7SMITH har en väldigt robust kropp och kan enkelt användas. Ledstaplaren förflyttas snabbt men kan fortfarande kontrolleras och manövreras på ett bra sätt. Ledstaplaren är mycket stark. Med en batteristaplare kan du automatisera och öka hastigheten på transport-relaterade verksamheter och uppgifter. Ledstaplaren 7SMITH har en hög grad av automation, en mycket lätt drift och kan förstås utan svårigheter. Konstruktionen av en ledstaplare är gjort av starka legeringsmaterial och teknikplast som är hållbara. Ledstaplaren är lätt att flytta och kan användas för många olika storlekar på paket.   Modell: 7SMITH ledstaplare 1525 Kraftenhet Elektrisk Drift Vardaglig Klassad dragkraft kg 1500 Lastcentrum c (mm) 600 Axelns mitt till gaffeln x (mm) 720 Hjulbas y (mm) 1167 Hjulets typ PU Drifthjulets storlek Ø x w (mm) Ø210 x 70 Lagerhjulens storlek Ø x w (mm) Ø80 x 70 Ytterligare hjul (dimensioner) Ø x w (mm) Ø115 x 55 Hjul, nummer fram/bak (x= drivande) 1x+1/4 Spårbredd b10 (mm) 522 Spårbredd b11 (mm) 410/535 Gaffelhöjd, sänkt h1 (mm) 1745 Fritt lyft h2 (mm) 0 Lyft h3 (mm) 2500 Gaffelhöjd, upphöjd h4 (mm) 2924 Sammanlagd vikt (Med handtag) h14 (mm) 700/1225 Sammanlagd längd l1 (mm) 1740 Längd gaffel till front l2 (mm) 590 Sammanlagd vikt b1/b2 (mm) 795 Gaffelns dimensioner s/e/l (mm) 60/160/1150 Bredd av gafflarna b5 (mm) 570/695 Minimum markfrigång m2 (mm) 26 Gångbredd med pallarna 1000 x 1200 på gafflarna Ast (mm) 2074 Gångbredd med pallarna 800 x 1200 på gafflarna Ast (mm) 2040 Minsta vändradien Wa (mm) 1342 Förf...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/7smith-ledstaplare-25m-1500-kg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/electric-stacker-1.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/electric-stacker-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-stacker-specification.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/Electric-stacker-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2800 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>SMITH</g:brand><g:mpn>770010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>465 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>503771</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>364</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>364</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Elektriska staplare</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Elektriska staplare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Avrullare för textilband - Ø76mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Avrullare för Textilband - Ø76mm Avrullare som passar för textilband som har en inre diameter av Ø76mm. Lätt vikt. Gjord av Högkvalitativt stål.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/avrullare-for-textilband-76mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-buy-scaled.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-sale.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-76mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-76mm-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-76mm-reel.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-for-textile-band-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>78 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>69 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660020</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>8 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>655,2481</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>655</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Avrullarvagn för VG-band - Ø200mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Avrullarvagn för VG-band - Ø200mm Avrullarvagn för VG-band på hjul. Den väger runt 13 kg och har en inre diameter av  200mm, som är passande för sammansatta, repbundna remmar. Namn Dispenser för VG-remmar Nettovikt 13.3kg Storlek 61×34×101cm Möjligt intervall VG-remmar med den inre diametern 200mm]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/avrullarvagn-for-vg-band-o200mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-cord-band-new.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-cord-band-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-cord-band-200mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/dispenser-cart-cord-pp-band-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-wheels.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-toolbox.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>180 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>139 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>16 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>655,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>655</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660301</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Tätningar och Klämmor för plast PP remmar 13mm eller 16mm — Välj bredd: 13mm/1500]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Tätningar för plastremmar, 13mm och 16mm, galvaniserade, 1000 styck/köpta enheter eller 1500 styck/köpta enheter. Kvantitet/Nettopris 13mm/1500 16mm/1000 Från 1 enhet €19 * €18 * Från 10 €17 * €14,50 * Från 28 €15 * €12,50 * * Priserna inkluderar inte moms eller leveranskostnader]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tatningar-och-klammor-for-plast-pp-remmar-13mm-eller-16mm/?attribute_select-width=13mm%2F1500</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-seals-plastic-PP-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>15 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660301</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4715</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660310</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Tätningar och Klämmor för plast PP remmar 13mm eller 16mm — Välj bredd: 16mm/1000]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Tätningar för plastremmar, 13mm och 16mm, galvaniserade, 1000 styck/köpta enheter eller 1500 styck/köpta enheter. Kvantitet/Nettopris 13mm/1500 16mm/1000 Från 1 enhet €19 * €18 * Från 10 €17 * €14,50 * Från 28 €15 * €12,50 * * Priserna inkluderar inte moms eller leveranskostnader]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tatningar-och-klammor-for-plast-pp-remmar-13mm-eller-16mm/?attribute_select-width=16mm%2F1000</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-seals-plastic-PP-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>15 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660310</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4715</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>15 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660320</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Metallspännare och klämmor till VG-band 16mm, 19mm eller 25mm — Välj bredd: 16mm/1000 enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade, från 16-25 mm - pris Kvantitet/Nettopris 16mm 19mm 25mm Från 2 €30.50 * €52.50 * €56.50 * Från 10 €24.40 * €47.70 * €50.70 * Från 28 €23.30 * €42.30 * €44.30 * * Priset innefattar inte moms eller leveranskostnader. Minsta orderkvantitet: 2 enheter. Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 16 mm Metallspännare för textil och VG-band, 16 mm bredd på remmen, 3,5 mm tråddiameter, 1000 styck/låda, 80000 styck/pall Remmens bredd (mm): 16 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 19 mm Metallspännare som fungerar för textil och VG-band, 19 mm band-bredd, 4 mm diameter på tråden, 1000 styck/låda, 60000 styck/pall Remmens bred (mm): 19 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 19 mm Metallspännare till VG och textilband, 25 mm bredd på remmarna, 5 mm tråddiameter, 500 styck/låda, 24000 styck/pall Remmens bredd (mm): 25 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Bandnings-remmar och verktyg relaterade till bandning är idag en oundviklig del inom paketeringens område. De används för att säkra upp lastpallar och bandning av lådor. Du kommer hitta ett stort utbud av bandningsremmar. Från PP tejpen, som oftast används i bandningsmaskiner till textilband som ofta används för tungt paketerat gods.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/metallspannare-och-klammor-till-vg-band/?attribute_select-width=16mm%2F1000+enheter</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>39 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660320</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4719</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660324</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Metallspännare och klämmor till VG-band 16mm, 19mm eller 25mm — Välj bredd: 19mm/1000 enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade, från 16-25 mm - pris Kvantitet/Nettopris 16mm 19mm 25mm Från 2 €30.50 * €52.50 * €56.50 * Från 10 €24.40 * €47.70 * €50.70 * Från 28 €23.30 * €42.30 * €44.30 * * Priset innefattar inte moms eller leveranskostnader. Minsta orderkvantitet: 2 enheter. Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 16 mm Metallspännare för textil och VG-band, 16 mm bredd på remmen, 3,5 mm tråddiameter, 1000 styck/låda, 80000 styck/pall Remmens bredd (mm): 16 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 19 mm Metallspännare som fungerar för textil och VG-band, 19 mm band-bredd, 4 mm diameter på tråden, 1000 styck/låda, 60000 styck/pall Remmens bred (mm): 19 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 19 mm Metallspännare till VG och textilband, 25 mm bredd på remmarna, 5 mm tråddiameter, 500 styck/låda, 24000 styck/pall Remmens bredd (mm): 25 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Bandnings-remmar och verktyg relaterade till bandning är idag en oundviklig del inom paketeringens område. De används för att säkra upp lastpallar och bandning av lådor. Du kommer hitta ett stort utbud av bandningsremmar. Från PP tejpen, som oftast används i bandningsmaskiner till textilband som ofta används för tungt paketerat gods.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/metallspannare-och-klammor-till-vg-band/?attribute_select-width=19mm%2F1000+enheter</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>39 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660324</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4719</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>18 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660326</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Metallspännare och klämmor till VG-band 16mm, 19mm eller 25mm — Välj bredd: 25mm/500 enheter]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade, från 16-25 mm - pris Kvantitet/Nettopris 16mm 19mm 25mm Från 2 €30.50 * €52.50 * €56.50 * Från 10 €24.40 * €47.70 * €50.70 * Från 28 €23.30 * €42.30 * €44.30 * * Priset innefattar inte moms eller leveranskostnader. Minsta orderkvantitet: 2 enheter. Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 16 mm Metallspännare för textil och VG-band, 16 mm bredd på remmen, 3,5 mm tråddiameter, 1000 styck/låda, 80000 styck/pall Remmens bredd (mm): 16 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 19 mm Metallspännare som fungerar för textil och VG-band, 19 mm band-bredd, 4 mm diameter på tråden, 1000 styck/låda, 60000 styck/pall Remmens bred (mm): 19 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 19 mm Metallspännare till VG och textilband, 25 mm bredd på remmarna, 5 mm tråddiameter, 500 styck/låda, 24000 styck/pall Remmens bredd (mm): 25 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Bandnings-remmar och verktyg relaterade till bandning är idag en oundviklig del inom paketeringens område. De används för att säkra upp lastpallar och bandning av lådor. Du kommer hitta ett stort utbud av bandningsremmar. Från PP tejpen, som oftast används i bandningsmaskiner till textilband som ofta används för tungt paketerat gods.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/metallspannare-och-klammor-till-vg-band/?attribute_select-width=25mm%2F500+enheter</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>42 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660326</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4719</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>18 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>660328</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Metallspännare och klämmor till VG-band 16mm, 19mm eller 25mm — Välj bredd: 32mm/250units]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade, från 16-25 mm - pris Kvantitet/Nettopris 16mm 19mm 25mm Från 2 €30.50 * €52.50 * €56.50 * Från 10 €24.40 * €47.70 * €50.70 * Från 28 €23.30 * €42.30 * €44.30 * * Priset innefattar inte moms eller leveranskostnader. Minsta orderkvantitet: 2 enheter. Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 16 mm Metallspännare för textil och VG-band, 16 mm bredd på remmen, 3,5 mm tråddiameter, 1000 styck/låda, 80000 styck/pall Remmens bredd (mm): 16 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 19 mm Metallspännare som fungerar för textil och VG-band, 19 mm band-bredd, 4 mm diameter på tråden, 1000 styck/låda, 60000 styck/pall Remmens bred (mm): 19 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Metallspännare och Klämmor, galvaniserade för 19 mm Metallspännare till VG och textilband, 25 mm bredd på remmarna, 5 mm tråddiameter, 500 styck/låda, 24000 styck/pall Remmens bredd (mm): 25 Typ av tätning: galvaniserad Bandnings-remmar och verktyg relaterade till bandning är idag en oundviklig del inom paketeringens område. De används för att säkra upp lastpallar och bandning av lådor. Du kommer hitta ett stort utbud av bandningsremmar. Från PP tejpen, som oftast används i bandningsmaskiner till textilband som ofta används för tungt paketerat gods.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/metallspannare-och-klammor-till-vg-band/?attribute_select-width=32mm%2F250units</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-wire-buckets-textile-composite-strapping-16mm-19mm-25mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>55 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660328</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4719</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>18 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140202</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Sträckare för VG-band - 13-50 mm — Välj bredd: 25-50mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Manuell sträckare för VG-band med olika storlekar på VG-bandens bredd.Vi säljer tre typer av Manuella bandningsapparater för VG-band som passar för 13-19mm, 19-25mm, och 25-50mm breda VG-band Välj vilken sträckare du behöver och fortsätt med en beställning eller skicka en förfrågan.Bredd13-19mm19-25mm25-50mmNamnXW-20 Sträckare för VG bandFunktionsområdeAnvänds brett inom branscher som papper, aluminium, stål, trä, träpaketering, kemisk fibrerproduktion, bomull, tobak, kemikalier, metallprodukter och så vidare.Funktioner1. Smart design, enkel att använda och flytta.2. Stor spänningskraft och har en speciell struktur som är designad för att uppnå enkel spänning på paket. Därav materialen stål, aluminium och metaller för tung paketering3. Verktyget är hållbart och tillämpar starka legeringsmaterial för hela konstruktionen och komponenterna, mycket pålitlig design, en avancerad tillverkningsteknologi.4. Patenterad design, säker att använda, utmattnings-fri design.Vikt1.12kgTillåtna omfångRemmens Bredd13-19 mm19-25 mm25-50 mmVikt1.18kg1.76kgTillåtna remmarPolyester remmar, flexibla remmar]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/strackare-for-vg-band-13-50-mm/?attribute_select-width=25-50mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-25-50-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-25-50-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-13-19-mm-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>138 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140202</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4737</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>4.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140201</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Sträckare för VG-band - 13-50 mm — Välj bredd: 19-25mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Manuell sträckare för VG-band med olika storlekar på VG-bandens bredd.Vi säljer tre typer av Manuella bandningsapparater för VG-band som passar för 13-19mm, 19-25mm, och 25-50mm breda VG-band Välj vilken sträckare du behöver och fortsätt med en beställning eller skicka en förfrågan.Bredd13-19mm19-25mm25-50mmNamnXW-20 Sträckare för VG bandFunktionsområdeAnvänds brett inom branscher som papper, aluminium, stål, trä, träpaketering, kemisk fibrerproduktion, bomull, tobak, kemikalier, metallprodukter och så vidare.Funktioner1. Smart design, enkel att använda och flytta.2. Stor spänningskraft och har en speciell struktur som är designad för att uppnå enkel spänning på paket. Därav materialen stål, aluminium och metaller för tung paketering3. Verktyget är hållbart och tillämpar starka legeringsmaterial för hela konstruktionen och komponenterna, mycket pålitlig design, en avancerad tillverkningsteknologi.4. Patenterad design, säker att använda, utmattnings-fri design.Vikt1.12kgTillåtna omfångRemmens Bredd13-19 mm19-25 mm25-50 mmVikt1.18kg1.76kgTillåtna remmarPolyester remmar, flexibla remmar]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/strackare-for-vg-band-13-50-mm/?attribute_select-width=19-25mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-19-25-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-25-50-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-13-19-mm-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>89 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140201</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4737</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>3.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140200</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Sträckare för VG-band - 13-50 mm — Välj bredd: 13-19mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Manuell sträckare för VG-band med olika storlekar på VG-bandens bredd.Vi säljer tre typer av Manuella bandningsapparater för VG-band som passar för 13-19mm, 19-25mm, och 25-50mm breda VG-band Välj vilken sträckare du behöver och fortsätt med en beställning eller skicka en förfrågan.Bredd13-19mm19-25mm25-50mmNamnXW-20 Sträckare för VG bandFunktionsområdeAnvänds brett inom branscher som papper, aluminium, stål, trä, träpaketering, kemisk fibrerproduktion, bomull, tobak, kemikalier, metallprodukter och så vidare.Funktioner1. Smart design, enkel att använda och flytta.2. Stor spänningskraft och har en speciell struktur som är designad för att uppnå enkel spänning på paket. Därav materialen stål, aluminium och metaller för tung paketering3. Verktyget är hållbart och tillämpar starka legeringsmaterial för hela konstruktionen och komponenterna, mycket pålitlig design, en avancerad tillverkningsteknologi.4. Patenterad design, säker att använda, utmattnings-fri design.Vikt1.12kgTillåtna omfångRemmens Bredd13-19 mm19-25 mm25-50 mmVikt1.18kg1.76kgTillåtna remmarPolyester remmar, flexibla remmar]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/strackare-for-vg-band-13-50-mm/?attribute_select-width=13-19mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-13-19-mm-strap.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-25-50-mm-strap.jpg.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-strapping-tool-textile-strap-13-19-mm-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>48 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140200</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4737</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>2.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210043</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm — Välj Bredd: 5-6mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin för olika PP rem-breddar Vi säljer tre typer av Snabba Automatiska Packmaskiner som passar för  5-6mm, 8-9mm, och 10-11mm breda PP remmar. Välj vilken maskin som du ser behovet av och fortsätt med en beställning eller skicka in ditt intresse. Om vi inte har HIPO PROs Snabba Packmaskin på lager med den rätta bredden kommer vi meddela en leveranstid. En kompakt design med yttre dispensers, standard båg-storlek  650x500 mm (andra dimensioner efter efterfrågan för tilläggningsavgift), upp till 50 bandningar per minut, för PP remmar, 5-12 mm. Spänningens omfattning kan justeras mellan 0-45kg. BREDD 5-6mm 8-9mm 11-12mm HIPO PRO Höghastighets Bandmaskin Vi säljer tre olika Höghastighets Bandmaskiner som passar för 5 - 6mm och 8 - 9mm breda PP remmar. Välj den maskinen du behöver och fortsätt med din beställning eller skicka en förfrågan. Om HIPO PRO Höghastighets Bandmaskins önskade bredd inte är på lager kommer vi ange till den en leveranstid. HIPO PRO är en snabb kopplingsmaskin som är tänkt att bygga lönsamhet och korta ner maskinens driftstopp. När den startar dras snurran runt bunten vid ansträngningspunkten, plastbindningen värms sedan upp, fästs och pressas för den mest idealiska tätningen på runt 1,2 sekunder. HIPO PRO är en höghastighets maskin med mycket låg underhållskostnad på det snurrande huvudet med obetydande rörliga delar som förminskar glapp av mekaniken som uppstår på grund av felaktiga delar eller slitage. Alla kroppskomponenter kan enkelt tas av för att komma till det snurrande huvudet, den elektriska lådan och rem pool området. HIPO PRO kan förändras för att passa bäst in på dina bangnings-förutsättningar. Den är utrustad för att minska ner maskinens driftstopp som orsakas av att slingan ändras och därmed utökar arbetsgången. För att hjälpa till att hålla utgifterna låga använder slingan mindre pressmaterial jämfört med de vanliga lockarna och, på detta viset, sparar den på materiella utgifter. En kompakt design med extern dispenser, standard båge med storleken 650x500mm (andra dimensioner efter begäran och tilläggsavgift), upp till 50 bandningar per minut för PP remmar storlek 5 - 12mm. Spänningens räckvidd kan ändras mellan 0 - 45 kg. HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Funktioner • Enkel användning, lätt underhåll • Mekanisk spänningsregulator • Fasta hjul med broms • Pålitlig PC-kortkontroll • Bevisad kvalitet HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Specifikationer HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin Modell HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Strömförsörjning 1 Fas/220V/50-60Hz/600W 4A Pakteringshastighet 50 remmar/min Spänningens omfång 0-45Kg Värmefästande position Nedre delen Båge B650mm*H500mm(Det är möjligt att skräddarsy storleken ) Arbetsbordets höjd 850mm Tillåtna PP Remmar bredd:5mm, 6mm, tjocklek:(0.5-0.8)mm bredd:8mm, 9mm, tjocklek: 0.5-0.8mm bredd:11mm, 12mm, tjocklek: 0.5-0.8mm Tillåtna Remspolar 210mm*178mm Kontrollsystem PC-kortkontroll Maskinens Dimensioner (mm) L1170 B585 H1450 Paketeringens Mått (mm) L1220 B650 H1600 Maskinens Vikt (kg) Nettovikt:185/Bruttovikt:230      ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/hipo-pro-snabb-automatisk-packmaskin-5-12mm/?attribute_select-width=5-6mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/High-speed-Automatic-Strapping-Machine-HIPO-PRO-PP-strap.gif</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2990 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210043</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4767</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>185 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210045</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm — Välj Bredd: 8-9mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin för olika PP rem-breddar Vi säljer tre typer av Snabba Automatiska Packmaskiner som passar för  5-6mm, 8-9mm, och 10-11mm breda PP remmar. Välj vilken maskin som du ser behovet av och fortsätt med en beställning eller skicka in ditt intresse. Om vi inte har HIPO PROs Snabba Packmaskin på lager med den rätta bredden kommer vi meddela en leveranstid. En kompakt design med yttre dispensers, standard båg-storlek  650x500 mm (andra dimensioner efter efterfrågan för tilläggningsavgift), upp till 50 bandningar per minut, för PP remmar, 5-12 mm. Spänningens omfattning kan justeras mellan 0-45kg. BREDD 5-6mm 8-9mm 11-12mm HIPO PRO Höghastighets Bandmaskin Vi säljer tre olika Höghastighets Bandmaskiner som passar för 5 - 6mm och 8 - 9mm breda PP remmar. Välj den maskinen du behöver och fortsätt med din beställning eller skicka en förfrågan. Om HIPO PRO Höghastighets Bandmaskins önskade bredd inte är på lager kommer vi ange till den en leveranstid. HIPO PRO är en snabb kopplingsmaskin som är tänkt att bygga lönsamhet och korta ner maskinens driftstopp. När den startar dras snurran runt bunten vid ansträngningspunkten, plastbindningen värms sedan upp, fästs och pressas för den mest idealiska tätningen på runt 1,2 sekunder. HIPO PRO är en höghastighets maskin med mycket låg underhållskostnad på det snurrande huvudet med obetydande rörliga delar som förminskar glapp av mekaniken som uppstår på grund av felaktiga delar eller slitage. Alla kroppskomponenter kan enkelt tas av för att komma till det snurrande huvudet, den elektriska lådan och rem pool området. HIPO PRO kan förändras för att passa bäst in på dina bangnings-förutsättningar. Den är utrustad för att minska ner maskinens driftstopp som orsakas av att slingan ändras och därmed utökar arbetsgången. För att hjälpa till att hålla utgifterna låga använder slingan mindre pressmaterial jämfört med de vanliga lockarna och, på detta viset, sparar den på materiella utgifter. En kompakt design med extern dispenser, standard båge med storleken 650x500mm (andra dimensioner efter begäran och tilläggsavgift), upp till 50 bandningar per minut för PP remmar storlek 5 - 12mm. Spänningens räckvidd kan ändras mellan 0 - 45 kg. HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Funktioner • Enkel användning, lätt underhåll • Mekanisk spänningsregulator • Fasta hjul med broms • Pålitlig PC-kortkontroll • Bevisad kvalitet HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Specifikationer HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin Modell HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Strömförsörjning 1 Fas/220V/50-60Hz/600W 4A Pakteringshastighet 50 remmar/min Spänningens omfång 0-45Kg Värmefästande position Nedre delen Båge B650mm*H500mm(Det är möjligt att skräddarsy storleken ) Arbetsbordets höjd 850mm Tillåtna PP Remmar bredd:5mm, 6mm, tjocklek:(0.5-0.8)mm bredd:8mm, 9mm, tjocklek: 0.5-0.8mm bredd:11mm, 12mm, tjocklek: 0.5-0.8mm Tillåtna Remspolar 210mm*178mm Kontrollsystem PC-kortkontroll Maskinens Dimensioner (mm) L1170 B585 H1450 Paketeringens Mått (mm) L1220 B650 H1600 Maskinens Vikt (kg) Nettovikt:185/Bruttovikt:230      ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/hipo-pro-snabb-automatisk-packmaskin-5-12mm/?attribute_select-width=8-9mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/High-speed-Automatic-Strapping-Machine-HIPO-PRO-PP-strap.gif</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2990 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210045</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4767</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>185 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210046</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm — Välj Bredd: 11-12mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin för olika PP rem-breddar Vi säljer tre typer av Snabba Automatiska Packmaskiner som passar för  5-6mm, 8-9mm, och 10-11mm breda PP remmar. Välj vilken maskin som du ser behovet av och fortsätt med en beställning eller skicka in ditt intresse. Om vi inte har HIPO PROs Snabba Packmaskin på lager med den rätta bredden kommer vi meddela en leveranstid. En kompakt design med yttre dispensers, standard båg-storlek  650x500 mm (andra dimensioner efter efterfrågan för tilläggningsavgift), upp till 50 bandningar per minut, för PP remmar, 5-12 mm. Spänningens omfattning kan justeras mellan 0-45kg. BREDD 5-6mm 8-9mm 11-12mm HIPO PRO Höghastighets Bandmaskin Vi säljer tre olika Höghastighets Bandmaskiner som passar för 5 - 6mm och 8 - 9mm breda PP remmar. Välj den maskinen du behöver och fortsätt med din beställning eller skicka en förfrågan. Om HIPO PRO Höghastighets Bandmaskins önskade bredd inte är på lager kommer vi ange till den en leveranstid. HIPO PRO är en snabb kopplingsmaskin som är tänkt att bygga lönsamhet och korta ner maskinens driftstopp. När den startar dras snurran runt bunten vid ansträngningspunkten, plastbindningen värms sedan upp, fästs och pressas för den mest idealiska tätningen på runt 1,2 sekunder. HIPO PRO är en höghastighets maskin med mycket låg underhållskostnad på det snurrande huvudet med obetydande rörliga delar som förminskar glapp av mekaniken som uppstår på grund av felaktiga delar eller slitage. Alla kroppskomponenter kan enkelt tas av för att komma till det snurrande huvudet, den elektriska lådan och rem pool området. HIPO PRO kan förändras för att passa bäst in på dina bangnings-förutsättningar. Den är utrustad för att minska ner maskinens driftstopp som orsakas av att slingan ändras och därmed utökar arbetsgången. För att hjälpa till att hålla utgifterna låga använder slingan mindre pressmaterial jämfört med de vanliga lockarna och, på detta viset, sparar den på materiella utgifter. En kompakt design med extern dispenser, standard båge med storleken 650x500mm (andra dimensioner efter begäran och tilläggsavgift), upp till 50 bandningar per minut för PP remmar storlek 5 - 12mm. Spänningens räckvidd kan ändras mellan 0 - 45 kg. HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Funktioner • Enkel användning, lätt underhåll • Mekanisk spänningsregulator • Fasta hjul med broms • Pålitlig PC-kortkontroll • Bevisad kvalitet HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Specifikationer HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin Modell HIPO PRO Snabb Automatisk Packmaskin 5-12mm Strömförsörjning 1 Fas/220V/50-60Hz/600W 4A Pakteringshastighet 50 remmar/min Spänningens omfång 0-45Kg Värmefästande position Nedre delen Båge B650mm*H500mm(Det är möjligt att skräddarsy storleken ) Arbetsbordets höjd 850mm Tillåtna PP Remmar bredd:5mm, 6mm, tjocklek:(0.5-0.8)mm bredd:8mm, 9mm, tjocklek: 0.5-0.8mm bredd:11mm, 12mm, tjocklek: 0.5-0.8mm Tillåtna Remspolar 210mm*178mm Kontrollsystem PC-kortkontroll Maskinens Dimensioner (mm) L1170 B585 H1450 Paketeringens Mått (mm) L1220 B650 H1600 Maskinens Vikt (kg) Nettovikt:185/Bruttovikt:230      ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/hipo-pro-snabb-automatisk-packmaskin-5-12mm/?attribute_select-width=11-12mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/High-speed-Automatic-Strapping-Machine-HIPO-PRO-PP-strap.gif</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2990 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210046</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4767</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>185 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>210070</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO BOX Halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin PP remmar 6-15mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO BOX Halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin för PP remmar 6-15mm. Den elektroniska bandningsmaskinen känns igen med en bättre manöverpanel och en avancerad värmetunga. HUVUDFUNKTIONER • Högteknologisk standard och simple design • Enkel användning med lågt underhåll • Gängad täckplatta av rostfritt stål • Elektronisk spänningsjustering • Fasta hjul med broms • Energieffektiv, motorn är endast igång när den behövs • Pålitlig PC-kortkontroll • Prisvärd för varje företag • Erbjuder maximalt totalvärde av alla konkurrerande märken • Påvisad kvalitet TEKNISKA SPECIFIKATIONER Remmens bredd 6 mm-15 mm Remmens spänning 3 kg-45kg - elektroniskt injusterad Dimensioner 755 mm x 540 mm x 760 mm Nettovikt 60 kg Elektrisk Specifikation 220V 50 / 60Hz 1PH Halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin Modell HIPO BOX Halvautomatisk Bandningsmaskin för PP remmar 6-15mm (stängd) Kraftkälla 220V/50/60Hz 1PH 0.25Kw Paketeringhastighet ≤3 sekunder/rem Spänningens omfång 3-45Kg Värmefästande Position Nedre delen Arbetsbordets Höjd 760mm Tillåtna PP remmar bredd:5-15mm tjocklek:0.5-0.8mm Tillåtna Remspolar 210mm*178mm Kontrollsystem PC-kortkontroll Maskinens Dimensioner (mm) L755 B540 H760 Paketets Mått (mm) L780 B570 H900 Maskinens Vikt (kg) Nettovikt: 60/ Bruttovikt: 67   HIPO BOX Halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin för PP remmar 6-15mm video]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/hipo-box-halvautomatisk-bandningsmaskin/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-semi-automatic-strapping-machine-HIPO-BOX-6-15mm-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>699 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210070</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>70 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>366,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>366</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>550531_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Packtejp BOPP 48mm/66m brun/transparent - 36 enheter / kartong — Välj din färg: brown]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Packtejp BOPP 48mm/66m brun/transparent Packtejp är en tejp belagd med lim på en eller båda sidorna. Den används för temporär eller permanent fogning av två överlappande material. De är något som vi använder mycket i vardagslivet och kan användas till olika saker. Dess bekvämlighet gör den absolut nödvändig i hemmet samt på en arbetsplats. Vi säljer endast högkvalitativa packband av Tysk produktion som kan hålla temperaturer från + 60 ° C till - 20 ° C. Vi har både brun och transparent packtejp, 48mm breda och 66mm breda på rulle. I en låda är det 36 stycken packtejpar, minimala kvantitet som du kan beställa är dock två kartonger eller 72 enheter. För lådorna är vikten upp till 60kg. Tjocklek: 43µ. Minimala orderkvantitet är två kartonger som har 72 enheter, och priserna kommer sänkas baserat på kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte momsavgifter eller leveranskostnader. Vilka typer av packtejp finns tillgängligt? AKRYLAT - det har ett vattenbaserat lim. Denna tejp används som standard (för allmän användning) och uppnår 100% limpåverkan omedelbart vid applicering. Användningen av denna tejp är opassande för låga temperaturer. SMÄLTLIM - har ett lim baserat på syntetiskt gummi, är universell och når 100% limpåverkan efter applicering. Den är också passande för extrema temperaturer och för mer påfrestande bandning. LÖSNINGSTEJP - naturligt gummilim som har en högre kapacitet. Den är passande för påfrestande limningar då kvaliteten är höggradig. Möjligheter under användning av packtejp Det primära användningsområdet för packband är paketering. Idag är materialen cellofan, akryl, glasfiber, silikon, folie, gummi och papper. Procenten av de olika ämnena beror på hur stark tejpen ska vara. Packtejp är tillgängligt i olika storlekar inkluderande de standardiserade för paketering. Vi använder också packband hemma. Ett exempel är när packtejpen limmas till stolars fötter för att inte skada golvet när man flyttar dem. Barn använder dem när de bygger. Den här tejpen är dock mest använd i industrier som paketerar. Stora företag använder packband för att täta paket och leverera varor till kunder. Den används brett i lagerlokaler, tillverkningar samt stormarknader. Användning av packtejp Packtejp använder sig av tryckkänsligt lim som bas. Dessa är blandningar av polymerer som vid låga tryck håller ytorna samman med Van Der Waals krafter. Dessa är attraktiva och reflektiva krafter som uppstår mellan atomer, molekyler och ytan av konstruktionen. Packtejpen består av flera lager. Dessa är belägg och limm. Materialsubstansen som används för att göra packtejp är papper, polyeten och vinyl. Belägget är gjort av material som tillåter tejpen att inte fästa till sig själv. I vilka sammanhang hjälper detta fortfarande till vid användning av packband? Den vanligt använda substansen är polyvinylkarbamat, och det är belägget som binder remsan med fodret. Limmet som används i denna packtejp är polymerer som i vardagligt språk har en vattenbaserad akryl. Andra substanser läggs till för att öka klibbigheten av tejpen. Historien om packtejp Om du till exempel råkar riva sönder ett viktigt dokument på jobbet så är tejpen ett behändigt verktyg. Innovationen tar en stor del i våra liv men har du någonsin tänkt på vetenskapen bakom dem? Naturlig tejp som bivax, kåda och bitumen har använts sedan urminnes tider. Antika Egyptier använde tejp från djurpäls och ben för att processa trä. Medeltida munkar använda äggvita för att sammanföra guldlöv med de heliga manuskripten. Vem inventerade packtejpen? Den Amerikanska uppfinnaren Richard Drew uppfann packtejpen 1925. Han använde cellofan som han gjorde en tejp med en klibbig yta av. Till en början användes den för industriella syften, men uppfinningen visade sig också användbar vid paketering (omslag). På grund av materialet som tejpen var gjord av kallades den första tejpen för "cellofan tejp". Olika typer av packtejp Om du tror att vi endast känner till en typ av packband har du fel. Vissa typer av packtejp är klibbiga och transparenta, ett masterband är tunnare och gjord av tyg eller plast, en brun tejp används för kartong-tätningar, en annan tejp skyddar mot färg m.m. Det finns också elektrisk tejp som är gjord av material som vinyl som är dåliga på att leda ström. Kirurgisk tejp används som sårförband.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/packtejp-bopp-48mm-66m/?attribute_pa_color=brown</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>60.48 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550531_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4790</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>14 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550521_01</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Packtejp BOPP 48mm/66m brun/transparent - 36 enheter / kartong — Välj din färg: transparent]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Packtejp BOPP 48mm/66m brun/transparent Packtejp är en tejp belagd med lim på en eller båda sidorna. Den används för temporär eller permanent fogning av två överlappande material. De är något som vi använder mycket i vardagslivet och kan användas till olika saker. Dess bekvämlighet gör den absolut nödvändig i hemmet samt på en arbetsplats. Vi säljer endast högkvalitativa packband av Tysk produktion som kan hålla temperaturer från + 60 ° C till - 20 ° C. Vi har både brun och transparent packtejp, 48mm breda och 66mm breda på rulle. I en låda är det 36 stycken packtejpar, minimala kvantitet som du kan beställa är dock två kartonger eller 72 enheter. För lådorna är vikten upp till 60kg. Tjocklek: 43µ. Minimala orderkvantitet är två kartonger som har 72 enheter, och priserna kommer sänkas baserat på kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte momsavgifter eller leveranskostnader. Vilka typer av packtejp finns tillgängligt? AKRYLAT - det har ett vattenbaserat lim. Denna tejp används som standard (för allmän användning) och uppnår 100% limpåverkan omedelbart vid applicering. Användningen av denna tejp är opassande för låga temperaturer. SMÄLTLIM - har ett lim baserat på syntetiskt gummi, är universell och når 100% limpåverkan efter applicering. Den är också passande för extrema temperaturer och för mer påfrestande bandning. LÖSNINGSTEJP - naturligt gummilim som har en högre kapacitet. Den är passande för påfrestande limningar då kvaliteten är höggradig. Möjligheter under användning av packtejp Det primära användningsområdet för packband är paketering. Idag är materialen cellofan, akryl, glasfiber, silikon, folie, gummi och papper. Procenten av de olika ämnena beror på hur stark tejpen ska vara. Packtejp är tillgängligt i olika storlekar inkluderande de standardiserade för paketering. Vi använder också packband hemma. Ett exempel är när packtejpen limmas till stolars fötter för att inte skada golvet när man flyttar dem. Barn använder dem när de bygger. Den här tejpen är dock mest använd i industrier som paketerar. Stora företag använder packband för att täta paket och leverera varor till kunder. Den används brett i lagerlokaler, tillverkningar samt stormarknader. Användning av packtejp Packtejp använder sig av tryckkänsligt lim som bas. Dessa är blandningar av polymerer som vid låga tryck håller ytorna samman med Van Der Waals krafter. Dessa är attraktiva och reflektiva krafter som uppstår mellan atomer, molekyler och ytan av konstruktionen. Packtejpen består av flera lager. Dessa är belägg och limm. Materialsubstansen som används för att göra packtejp är papper, polyeten och vinyl. Belägget är gjort av material som tillåter tejpen att inte fästa till sig själv. I vilka sammanhang hjälper detta fortfarande till vid användning av packband? Den vanligt använda substansen är polyvinylkarbamat, och det är belägget som binder remsan med fodret. Limmet som används i denna packtejp är polymerer som i vardagligt språk har en vattenbaserad akryl. Andra substanser läggs till för att öka klibbigheten av tejpen. Historien om packtejp Om du till exempel råkar riva sönder ett viktigt dokument på jobbet så är tejpen ett behändigt verktyg. Innovationen tar en stor del i våra liv men har du någonsin tänkt på vetenskapen bakom dem? Naturlig tejp som bivax, kåda och bitumen har använts sedan urminnes tider. Antika Egyptier använde tejp från djurpäls och ben för att processa trä. Medeltida munkar använda äggvita för att sammanföra guldlöv med de heliga manuskripten. Vem inventerade packtejpen? Den Amerikanska uppfinnaren Richard Drew uppfann packtejpen 1925. Han använde cellofan som han gjorde en tejp med en klibbig yta av. Till en början användes den för industriella syften, men uppfinningen visade sig också användbar vid paketering (omslag). På grund av materialet som tejpen var gjord av kallades den första tejpen för "cellofan tejp". Olika typer av packtejp Om du tror att vi endast känner till en typ av packband har du fel. Vissa typer av packtejp är klibbiga och transparenta, ett masterband är tunnare och gjord av tyg eller plast, en brun tejp används för kartong-tätningar, en annan tejp skyddar mot färg m.m. Det finns också elektrisk tejp som är gjord av material som vinyl som är dåliga på att leda ström. Kirurgisk tejp används som sårförband.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/packtejp-bopp-48mm-66m/?attribute_pa_color=transparent</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-brown-bopp-48mm-66m.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-adhesive-tape-transparent-bopp-48mm-66m-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>60.48 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550521_01</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4790</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>14 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550310</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyesterband 16mm eller 19mm - Ø76mm — Bredd: 16mm/850m – Ø76mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med polyesterband Vi säljer två sorters breddar av polyesterband. Det finns en minimal orderkvantitet för polyesterband som är 2 enheter, priset kommer dock sänkas vid höga kvantiteter. Priset inkluderar inte moms eller leveranskostnader. Minsta Order Kvantitet: 2 enheter. Paketering med polyesterband blir mer och mer populärt. Polyesterband är ett exceptionellt utbyte för stålremsor då de är billigare, lättare och mer säkra och användarvänliga. Polyesterband är gjorda av polyesterfiber, men skillnaden är hur många fibrer som är sammankopplade. Under produktion binds polyesterbanden till limtejpen med hett lim. Då bandet inte produceras vidare är den mycket prisvärd. Den blir insvept på en skiva med en central diameter på 76mm. Olikt de andra två typerna så är de stickade banden inte producerade med en lim-process. Enskilda polyesterfiber sammanflätas, vilket resulterar i en hög brytpunkt och ett bra skydd mot skarpa kanter. Då polyesterband inte produceras med lim rekommenderas det att använda fosfatterminaler. De lindas in på en skiva med en central diameter på 76 mm. Alla polyesterband är perfekta på att absorbera chocker och kan samtidigt tillåta senare spänning då de används i kombination med speciella metallklämmor. Polyesterband finns tillgängliga med breddar från 13 mm till 35 mm och har brottgränsen från 300 kg till 1600 kg. Polyesterband - struktur Polyesterband är gjorda av heta termoplastiska fiber. Beroende på bredden av bandet och det tillhörande numret av fiber som bandet innehåller kan den 13 mm breda remmen hålla för en last upp till 390 kg, och den 35 mm upp till 1400 kg. På grund av det heta limmet ser den ut som ett vax. Om den har inbyggda metallspännen så kan vi optimera oss för dess användningsområde. Polyesterbandet är ett av de band som är gjorde av polyesterfiber och erkänns som standard och det billigaste. Den är praktisk för all typ av paketering, men produkterna får inte ha skarpa kanter och får inte vara varma när de binds ihop. Dessa typer av polyesterband som varken har integrerats av polymerbelägg (VG-remmar) kan också bindas med lim (termoplastisk) eller ha en vävd struktur (vävda remmar). Brottgränsen av bandet och den förlängda naturen som den erbjuder liknar stålremsornas. Kombinera dessa två funktioner med listan nedan så kan man förstå varför denna typ ersätter stålremmar i följande industrier: träarbete, gruvarbete, konstruktion, paketering, avfallshantering m.m... Egenskaper hos polyesterband Olikt stålremsor är polyesterband säkra att använda Kostnaderna är längre De skadar inte sin last De håller för en hög brottgräns och har en hög absorbtionskraft Vi kan skriva på dem De är lätta att bära De är mer resistenta mot kemikalier och yttre krafter (de rostar eller ruttnar inte) Vi kan återanvända dem Tillgängliga verktyg för att ansluta VG-band Polyesterband kan spännas enkelt med hand eller bandningsverktyg. De kan sättas fast med speciella klämmor eller genom en enkel knut (denna metod är inte passande för VG-band)]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polyesterband-16mm-eller-19mm/?attribute_width=16mm%2F850m+%E2%80%93+%C3%9876mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-textile-strap-16mm-19mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-textile-strap-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>34.3 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550310</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4817</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>8 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550330</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Polyesterband 16mm eller 19mm - Ø76mm — Bredd: 19mm/600m – Ø76mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med polyesterband Vi säljer två sorters breddar av polyesterband. Det finns en minimal orderkvantitet för polyesterband som är 2 enheter, priset kommer dock sänkas vid höga kvantiteter. Priset inkluderar inte moms eller leveranskostnader. Minsta Order Kvantitet: 2 enheter. Paketering med polyesterband blir mer och mer populärt. Polyesterband är ett exceptionellt utbyte för stålremsor då de är billigare, lättare och mer säkra och användarvänliga. Polyesterband är gjorda av polyesterfiber, men skillnaden är hur många fibrer som är sammankopplade. Under produktion binds polyesterbanden till limtejpen med hett lim. Då bandet inte produceras vidare är den mycket prisvärd. Den blir insvept på en skiva med en central diameter på 76mm. Olikt de andra två typerna så är de stickade banden inte producerade med en lim-process. Enskilda polyesterfiber sammanflätas, vilket resulterar i en hög brytpunkt och ett bra skydd mot skarpa kanter. Då polyesterband inte produceras med lim rekommenderas det att använda fosfatterminaler. De lindas in på en skiva med en central diameter på 76 mm. Alla polyesterband är perfekta på att absorbera chocker och kan samtidigt tillåta senare spänning då de används i kombination med speciella metallklämmor. Polyesterband finns tillgängliga med breddar från 13 mm till 35 mm och har brottgränsen från 300 kg till 1600 kg. Polyesterband - struktur Polyesterband är gjorda av heta termoplastiska fiber. Beroende på bredden av bandet och det tillhörande numret av fiber som bandet innehåller kan den 13 mm breda remmen hålla för en last upp till 390 kg, och den 35 mm upp till 1400 kg. På grund av det heta limmet ser den ut som ett vax. Om den har inbyggda metallspännen så kan vi optimera oss för dess användningsområde. Polyesterbandet är ett av de band som är gjorde av polyesterfiber och erkänns som standard och det billigaste. Den är praktisk för all typ av paketering, men produkterna får inte ha skarpa kanter och får inte vara varma när de binds ihop. Dessa typer av polyesterband som varken har integrerats av polymerbelägg (VG-remmar) kan också bindas med lim (termoplastisk) eller ha en vävd struktur (vävda remmar). Brottgränsen av bandet och den förlängda naturen som den erbjuder liknar stålremsornas. Kombinera dessa två funktioner med listan nedan så kan man förstå varför denna typ ersätter stålremmar i följande industrier: träarbete, gruvarbete, konstruktion, paketering, avfallshantering m.m... Egenskaper hos polyesterband Olikt stålremsor är polyesterband säkra att använda Kostnaderna är längre De skadar inte sin last De håller för en hög brottgräns och har en hög absorbtionskraft Vi kan skriva på dem De är lätta att bära De är mer resistenta mot kemikalier och yttre krafter (de rostar eller ruttnar inte) Vi kan återanvända dem Tillgängliga verktyg för att ansluta VG-band Polyesterband kan spännas enkelt med hand eller bandningsverktyg. De kan sättas fast med speciella klämmor eller genom en enkel knut (denna metod är inte passande för VG-band)]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/polyesterband-16mm-eller-19mm/?attribute_width=19mm%2F600m+%E2%80%93+%C3%9876mm</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-textile-strap-16mm-19mm-price.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-textile-strap-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>39.5 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550330</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4817</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>8 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550390_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[VG-band 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Välj Bredd: WGC 16mm/600m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med VG-band Vi säljer tre typer av breddar på VG remmar. Ø200mm Minimala orderkvantiteten på remmarna: 2 enheter. Priserna blir lägre baserat på kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte mervärdesskatt eller leveranskostnader. Paketering med VG-band är av hög kvalitet och är komfortabel. VG-band används som ett alternativ till stålremmar då de är billigare, lättare och säkrare att hantera. Basen av VG-band är textil och ett skyddande lager av polypropylen läggs till. Tack vare det tillagda lagret blir remmarna tuffare samt gör dem tåliga mot skarpa kanter och förvittring. Det är också enklare att arbeta med (till exempel genom installationen av remmen under pallen). Bandet lindas på en platta med den centrala diametern 200mm. VG-band - remstruktur Det är ett mycket resistant polyester garn som är insluten i en polypropylen beläggning. Detta erbjuder excellent skydd mod skarpa kanter samtidigt som det motverkar förvittring. Installationen under lastpallar blir enklare än med installation av textilband. Brottgränsen av bandet och den förlängda naturen som de har är liknande dem hos stålremsor. I kombination med de två funktioner och fördelar som nämns nedan har denna produkt redan ersatt stålremsor i följande industrier: träbranschen, gruva, konstruktion, paketering, avfall m.m... Egenskapen av VG-band: VG-band är, olikt stålremmar, säkra att använda Dessa kostnader är lägre De skadar inte sin last De kan motstå högre spänning och har en högre absorptionseffekt Vi kan skriva på dem De är lättare att bära De är mer resistenta mot kemikalier och vädrets påverkan (de rostar eller ruttnar inte) De går att återanvända Verktyg för att sätta fast VG-band VG-band kan spännas för hand eller med bandspännare. De kan sättas fast med användning av speciella stålklämmor. Dimensioner och brottgränsen av VG-band Dimensioner: bredden av VG-band är 9 mm-32 mm, brottgräns från 340 till 1500 kg Lindning: Standarden på den inre diametern av skivan är 200 mm, för enkel hantering och avlindning av skivan förs in i isärtagaren med dessa dimensioner.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/vg-band/?attribute_select-width=WGC+16mm%2F600m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>83 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550390_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4781</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>1.1 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550400_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[VG-band 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Välj Bredd: WGC 19mm/500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med VG-band Vi säljer tre typer av breddar på VG remmar. Ø200mm Minimala orderkvantiteten på remmarna: 2 enheter. Priserna blir lägre baserat på kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte mervärdesskatt eller leveranskostnader. Paketering med VG-band är av hög kvalitet och är komfortabel. VG-band används som ett alternativ till stålremmar då de är billigare, lättare och säkrare att hantera. Basen av VG-band är textil och ett skyddande lager av polypropylen läggs till. Tack vare det tillagda lagret blir remmarna tuffare samt gör dem tåliga mot skarpa kanter och förvittring. Det är också enklare att arbeta med (till exempel genom installationen av remmen under pallen). Bandet lindas på en platta med den centrala diametern 200mm. VG-band - remstruktur Det är ett mycket resistant polyester garn som är insluten i en polypropylen beläggning. Detta erbjuder excellent skydd mod skarpa kanter samtidigt som det motverkar förvittring. Installationen under lastpallar blir enklare än med installation av textilband. Brottgränsen av bandet och den förlängda naturen som de har är liknande dem hos stålremsor. I kombination med de två funktioner och fördelar som nämns nedan har denna produkt redan ersatt stålremsor i följande industrier: träbranschen, gruva, konstruktion, paketering, avfall m.m... Egenskapen av VG-band: VG-band är, olikt stålremmar, säkra att använda Dessa kostnader är lägre De skadar inte sin last De kan motstå högre spänning och har en högre absorptionseffekt Vi kan skriva på dem De är lättare att bära De är mer resistenta mot kemikalier och vädrets påverkan (de rostar eller ruttnar inte) De går att återanvända Verktyg för att sätta fast VG-band VG-band kan spännas för hand eller med bandspännare. De kan sättas fast med användning av speciella stålklämmor. Dimensioner och brottgränsen av VG-band Dimensioner: bredden av VG-band är 9 mm-32 mm, brottgräns från 340 till 1500 kg Lindning: Standarden på den inre diametern av skivan är 200 mm, för enkel hantering och avlindning av skivan förs in i isärtagaren med dessa dimensioner.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/vg-band/?attribute_select-width=WGC+19mm%2F500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>83 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550400_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4781</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>19 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550410_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[VG-band 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Välj Bredd: WGC 25mm/500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med VG-band Vi säljer tre typer av breddar på VG remmar. Ø200mm Minimala orderkvantiteten på remmarna: 2 enheter. Priserna blir lägre baserat på kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte mervärdesskatt eller leveranskostnader. Paketering med VG-band är av hög kvalitet och är komfortabel. VG-band används som ett alternativ till stålremmar då de är billigare, lättare och säkrare att hantera. Basen av VG-band är textil och ett skyddande lager av polypropylen läggs till. Tack vare det tillagda lagret blir remmarna tuffare samt gör dem tåliga mot skarpa kanter och förvittring. Det är också enklare att arbeta med (till exempel genom installationen av remmen under pallen). Bandet lindas på en platta med den centrala diametern 200mm. VG-band - remstruktur Det är ett mycket resistant polyester garn som är insluten i en polypropylen beläggning. Detta erbjuder excellent skydd mod skarpa kanter samtidigt som det motverkar förvittring. Installationen under lastpallar blir enklare än med installation av textilband. Brottgränsen av bandet och den förlängda naturen som de har är liknande dem hos stålremsor. I kombination med de två funktioner och fördelar som nämns nedan har denna produkt redan ersatt stålremsor i följande industrier: träbranschen, gruva, konstruktion, paketering, avfall m.m... Egenskapen av VG-band: VG-band är, olikt stålremmar, säkra att använda Dessa kostnader är lägre De skadar inte sin last De kan motstå högre spänning och har en högre absorptionseffekt Vi kan skriva på dem De är lättare att bära De är mer resistenta mot kemikalier och vädrets påverkan (de rostar eller ruttnar inte) De går att återanvända Verktyg för att sätta fast VG-band VG-band kan spännas för hand eller med bandspännare. De kan sättas fast med användning av speciella stålklämmor. Dimensioner och brottgränsen av VG-band Dimensioner: bredden av VG-band är 9 mm-32 mm, brottgräns från 340 till 1500 kg Lindning: Standarden på den inre diametern av skivan är 200 mm, för enkel hantering och avlindning av skivan förs in i isärtagaren med dessa dimensioner.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/vg-band/?attribute_select-width=WGC+25mm%2F500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>85 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550410_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4781</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550420_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[VG-band 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Välj Bredd: 2x WGC 25mm/500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med VG-band Vi säljer tre typer av breddar på VG remmar. Ø200mm Minimala orderkvantiteten på remmarna: 2 enheter. Priserna blir lägre baserat på kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte mervärdesskatt eller leveranskostnader. Paketering med VG-band är av hög kvalitet och är komfortabel. VG-band används som ett alternativ till stålremmar då de är billigare, lättare och säkrare att hantera. Basen av VG-band är textil och ett skyddande lager av polypropylen läggs till. Tack vare det tillagda lagret blir remmarna tuffare samt gör dem tåliga mot skarpa kanter och förvittring. Det är också enklare att arbeta med (till exempel genom installationen av remmen under pallen). Bandet lindas på en platta med den centrala diametern 200mm. VG-band - remstruktur Det är ett mycket resistant polyester garn som är insluten i en polypropylen beläggning. Detta erbjuder excellent skydd mod skarpa kanter samtidigt som det motverkar förvittring. Installationen under lastpallar blir enklare än med installation av textilband. Brottgränsen av bandet och den förlängda naturen som de har är liknande dem hos stålremsor. I kombination med de två funktioner och fördelar som nämns nedan har denna produkt redan ersatt stålremsor i följande industrier: träbranschen, gruva, konstruktion, paketering, avfall m.m... Egenskapen av VG-band: VG-band är, olikt stålremmar, säkra att använda Dessa kostnader är lägre De skadar inte sin last De kan motstå högre spänning och har en högre absorptionseffekt Vi kan skriva på dem De är lättare att bära De är mer resistenta mot kemikalier och vädrets påverkan (de rostar eller ruttnar inte) De går att återanvända Verktyg för att sätta fast VG-band VG-band kan spännas för hand eller med bandspännare. De kan sättas fast med användning av speciella stålklämmor. Dimensioner och brottgränsen av VG-band Dimensioner: bredden av VG-band är 9 mm-32 mm, brottgräns från 340 till 1500 kg Lindning: Standarden på den inre diametern av skivan är 200 mm, för enkel hantering och avlindning av skivan förs in i isärtagaren med dessa dimensioner.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/vg-band/?attribute_select-width=2x+WGC+25mm%2F500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>94 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550420_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4781</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550430_02</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[VG-band 16mm, 19mm or 25mm — Välj Bredd: 2x WGC 32mm/250m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med VG-band Vi säljer tre typer av breddar på VG remmar. Ø200mm Minimala orderkvantiteten på remmarna: 2 enheter. Priserna blir lägre baserat på kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte mervärdesskatt eller leveranskostnader. Paketering med VG-band är av hög kvalitet och är komfortabel. VG-band används som ett alternativ till stålremmar då de är billigare, lättare och säkrare att hantera. Basen av VG-band är textil och ett skyddande lager av polypropylen läggs till. Tack vare det tillagda lagret blir remmarna tuffare samt gör dem tåliga mot skarpa kanter och förvittring. Det är också enklare att arbeta med (till exempel genom installationen av remmen under pallen). Bandet lindas på en platta med den centrala diametern 200mm. VG-band - remstruktur Det är ett mycket resistant polyester garn som är insluten i en polypropylen beläggning. Detta erbjuder excellent skydd mod skarpa kanter samtidigt som det motverkar förvittring. Installationen under lastpallar blir enklare än med installation av textilband. Brottgränsen av bandet och den förlängda naturen som de har är liknande dem hos stålremsor. I kombination med de två funktioner och fördelar som nämns nedan har denna produkt redan ersatt stålremsor i följande industrier: träbranschen, gruva, konstruktion, paketering, avfall m.m... Egenskapen av VG-band: VG-band är, olikt stålremmar, säkra att använda Dessa kostnader är lägre De skadar inte sin last De kan motstå högre spänning och har en högre absorptionseffekt Vi kan skriva på dem De är lättare att bära De är mer resistenta mot kemikalier och vädrets påverkan (de rostar eller ruttnar inte) De går att återanvända Verktyg för att sätta fast VG-band VG-band kan spännas för hand eller med bandspännare. De kan sättas fast med användning av speciella stålklämmor. Dimensioner och brottgränsen av VG-band Dimensioner: bredden av VG-band är 9 mm-32 mm, brottgräns från 340 till 1500 kg Lindning: Standarden på den inre diametern av skivan är 200 mm, för enkel hantering och avlindning av skivan förs in i isärtagaren med dessa dimensioner.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/vg-band/?attribute_select-width=2x+WGC+32mm%2F250m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-composit-corded-strap-WGC-16-19-25mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>96 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550430_02</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4781</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550210</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PP band - 12mm eller 16mm — Välj Bredd: 15,5x0,7mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PP band Vi säljer tre typer av breddar på PP banden. Grunden har en 406 mm diameter. Minsta orderkvantitet på PP band: 2 enheter. Priset sänks efter kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte moms eller eventuella leveranskostnader. Paketering med polypropenband är populärt inom hantverk och industriella anläggningar. Den tillåter snabb och effektiv paketering och är kostnadseffektiv. PP band används när en hög brottgräns inte är behövlig. Vi kan använda dem i kombination med (halv) automatiska bandningsmaskiner, ett manuellt mekaniskt bandningsverktyg (metallklämmor behövs) eller en bandningsmaskin (banden sammanfogas med heta tätningar eller vibration). Till listan av band och häftstift är det rekommenderat att använda avrullare för plastband då de ökar hastigheten på paketeringsprocessen och skyddar banden från miljön. Fördelarna av en bandningsmaskin till skillnad från ett handhållet mekaniskt bandningsverktyg är att de inte behöver klämmor då bandet sammanfogas med värme (varma tätningar) som i längden sparar på paketeringen och sammanfogningen. Banden kan också användas i kombination med plastklämmor. Polypropenbanden kan levereras med olika storlekar och olika grunder (63mm, 150mm, 200mm, 280mm, 406mm). PP band - Sammanfogande band PP band eller polypropenband innefattar ett rent, miljövänligt och lätt polypropylen-lager. Bandet är ett bra val när man paketerar eller ansluter, gjorda för enkelheten vid användning, möjliggör dig att paketera produkter som vanligtvis är enklare att arbeta med och ökar produktiviteten i sektioner utan större problem. PP band är tillgängliga med breddar från 5mm - 19mm och tjockleken av banden varierar mellan 0,5mm - 1mm. Tack vare den låga kostnaden och enkelheten vid användning är polypropenband en perfekt lösning för paketering i en rad olika industrier och tillverkningsföretag. Om så behövs kommer produkten nästan aldrig gå sönder, vilket ger den pålitlighet. Kunder kan sätta på sin logga (med tre färger) på sina band så de kan ta hand om marknadsföringen. Polypropenbanden kan återvinnas om rester genereras och kan enkelt tas bort. PP band är tillgängliga med bredden 5-19 mm och tjockleken 0,5 - 1 mm. Bandet håller för 70 - 500 kg. Med samma tjocklek och bredd på bandet uppnår PP band hälften av styrkan hos PET band. Samtidigt kan utsträckningen av PP band göra dem 20% längre. När PP band används med automatiska maskiner så är grund-diametern vanligtvis 200 eller 406 mm. När man använder ett handhållet verktyg eller bandningsverktyg är grund-diametern 406 mm beräknat som standard. Utöver de olika grund-diametrarna kan PP banden också skiljas på olika ytor som kan vara antingen bucklig eller len. PP band är enkla att installera med halvautomatiska maskiner. När man arbetar med handverktyg ökar den räfflade ytan flexibiliteten och hållbarheten. Kostnaden är dessutom lägre då bandets pris baserar sig på den räfflade ytan, vilket gör att det går att producera band med samma styrka utav mindre material jämfört med andra typer samt kan färgas och innehålla företagets logga eller slogan. Fördelar med PP band: PP band kan användas för att paketera olika typer av produkter och lådor. De har följande fördelar: de är lätta de har högre brottgräns är resistenta mot kemikalier de är lätta att använda de rostar inte säkra och har ett estetiskt utseende på lasten passande för alla typer av maskiner (helautomatiska, halvautomatiska och handhållna maskiner) resistenta mot temperaturskillnader (från minus tio till femtio grader Celsius) till ett lågt pris kan man pränta dem Jämförelse av PET band med PP band PET band har mer styrka än PP band (trots samma dimensioner) trots den höga brottgränsen kommer PET band inte få sönder PET band kan sträckas med upp till femtio procent mer än polypropen (trots samma dimensioner) PET band är mer resistenta till temperaturskillnader]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pp-band/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5x0%2C7mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>39 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550210</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4825</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550208</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PP band - 12mm eller 16mm — Välj Bredd: 12x0,8mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PP band Vi säljer tre typer av breddar på PP banden. Grunden har en 406 mm diameter. Minsta orderkvantitet på PP band: 2 enheter. Priset sänks efter kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte moms eller eventuella leveranskostnader. Paketering med polypropenband är populärt inom hantverk och industriella anläggningar. Den tillåter snabb och effektiv paketering och är kostnadseffektiv. PP band används när en hög brottgräns inte är behövlig. Vi kan använda dem i kombination med (halv) automatiska bandningsmaskiner, ett manuellt mekaniskt bandningsverktyg (metallklämmor behövs) eller en bandningsmaskin (banden sammanfogas med heta tätningar eller vibration). Till listan av band och häftstift är det rekommenderat att använda avrullare för plastband då de ökar hastigheten på paketeringsprocessen och skyddar banden från miljön. Fördelarna av en bandningsmaskin till skillnad från ett handhållet mekaniskt bandningsverktyg är att de inte behöver klämmor då bandet sammanfogas med värme (varma tätningar) som i längden sparar på paketeringen och sammanfogningen. Banden kan också användas i kombination med plastklämmor. Polypropenbanden kan levereras med olika storlekar och olika grunder (63mm, 150mm, 200mm, 280mm, 406mm). PP band - Sammanfogande band PP band eller polypropenband innefattar ett rent, miljövänligt och lätt polypropylen-lager. Bandet är ett bra val när man paketerar eller ansluter, gjorda för enkelheten vid användning, möjliggör dig att paketera produkter som vanligtvis är enklare att arbeta med och ökar produktiviteten i sektioner utan större problem. PP band är tillgängliga med breddar från 5mm - 19mm och tjockleken av banden varierar mellan 0,5mm - 1mm. Tack vare den låga kostnaden och enkelheten vid användning är polypropenband en perfekt lösning för paketering i en rad olika industrier och tillverkningsföretag. Om så behövs kommer produkten nästan aldrig gå sönder, vilket ger den pålitlighet. Kunder kan sätta på sin logga (med tre färger) på sina band så de kan ta hand om marknadsföringen. Polypropenbanden kan återvinnas om rester genereras och kan enkelt tas bort. PP band är tillgängliga med bredden 5-19 mm och tjockleken 0,5 - 1 mm. Bandet håller för 70 - 500 kg. Med samma tjocklek och bredd på bandet uppnår PP band hälften av styrkan hos PET band. Samtidigt kan utsträckningen av PP band göra dem 20% längre. När PP band används med automatiska maskiner så är grund-diametern vanligtvis 200 eller 406 mm. När man använder ett handhållet verktyg eller bandningsverktyg är grund-diametern 406 mm beräknat som standard. Utöver de olika grund-diametrarna kan PP banden också skiljas på olika ytor som kan vara antingen bucklig eller len. PP band är enkla att installera med halvautomatiska maskiner. När man arbetar med handverktyg ökar den räfflade ytan flexibiliteten och hållbarheten. Kostnaden är dessutom lägre då bandets pris baserar sig på den räfflade ytan, vilket gör att det går att producera band med samma styrka utav mindre material jämfört med andra typer samt kan färgas och innehålla företagets logga eller slogan. Fördelar med PP band: PP band kan användas för att paketera olika typer av produkter och lådor. De har följande fördelar: de är lätta de har högre brottgräns är resistenta mot kemikalier de är lätta att använda de rostar inte säkra och har ett estetiskt utseende på lasten passande för alla typer av maskiner (helautomatiska, halvautomatiska och handhållna maskiner) resistenta mot temperaturskillnader (från minus tio till femtio grader Celsius) till ett lågt pris kan man pränta dem Jämförelse av PET band med PP band PET band har mer styrka än PP band (trots samma dimensioner) trots den höga brottgränsen kommer PET band inte få sönder PET band kan sträckas med upp till femtio procent mer än polypropen (trots samma dimensioner) PET band är mer resistenta till temperaturskillnader]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pp-band/?attribute_select-width=12x0%2C8mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>40 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550208</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4825</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>8 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550206</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PP band - 12mm eller 16mm — Välj Bredd: 12x0,55mm/3000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PP band Vi säljer tre typer av breddar på PP banden. Grunden har en 406 mm diameter. Minsta orderkvantitet på PP band: 2 enheter. Priset sänks efter kvantitet. Priserna inkluderar inte moms eller eventuella leveranskostnader. Paketering med polypropenband är populärt inom hantverk och industriella anläggningar. Den tillåter snabb och effektiv paketering och är kostnadseffektiv. PP band används när en hög brottgräns inte är behövlig. Vi kan använda dem i kombination med (halv) automatiska bandningsmaskiner, ett manuellt mekaniskt bandningsverktyg (metallklämmor behövs) eller en bandningsmaskin (banden sammanfogas med heta tätningar eller vibration). Till listan av band och häftstift är det rekommenderat att använda avrullare för plastband då de ökar hastigheten på paketeringsprocessen och skyddar banden från miljön. Fördelarna av en bandningsmaskin till skillnad från ett handhållet mekaniskt bandningsverktyg är att de inte behöver klämmor då bandet sammanfogas med värme (varma tätningar) som i längden sparar på paketeringen och sammanfogningen. Banden kan också användas i kombination med plastklämmor. Polypropenbanden kan levereras med olika storlekar och olika grunder (63mm, 150mm, 200mm, 280mm, 406mm). PP band - Sammanfogande band PP band eller polypropenband innefattar ett rent, miljövänligt och lätt polypropylen-lager. Bandet är ett bra val när man paketerar eller ansluter, gjorda för enkelheten vid användning, möjliggör dig att paketera produkter som vanligtvis är enklare att arbeta med och ökar produktiviteten i sektioner utan större problem. PP band är tillgängliga med breddar från 5mm - 19mm och tjockleken av banden varierar mellan 0,5mm - 1mm. Tack vare den låga kostnaden och enkelheten vid användning är polypropenband en perfekt lösning för paketering i en rad olika industrier och tillverkningsföretag. Om så behövs kommer produkten nästan aldrig gå sönder, vilket ger den pålitlighet. Kunder kan sätta på sin logga (med tre färger) på sina band så de kan ta hand om marknadsföringen. Polypropenbanden kan återvinnas om rester genereras och kan enkelt tas bort. PP band är tillgängliga med bredden 5-19 mm och tjockleken 0,5 - 1 mm. Bandet håller för 70 - 500 kg. Med samma tjocklek och bredd på bandet uppnår PP band hälften av styrkan hos PET band. Samtidigt kan utsträckningen av PP band göra dem 20% längre. När PP band används med automatiska maskiner så är grund-diametern vanligtvis 200 eller 406 mm. När man använder ett handhållet verktyg eller bandningsverktyg är grund-diametern 406 mm beräknat som standard. Utöver de olika grund-diametrarna kan PP banden också skiljas på olika ytor som kan vara antingen bucklig eller len. PP band är enkla att installera med halvautomatiska maskiner. När man arbetar med handverktyg ökar den räfflade ytan flexibiliteten och hållbarheten. Kostnaden är dessutom lägre då bandets pris baserar sig på den räfflade ytan, vilket gör att det går att producera band med samma styrka utav mindre material jämfört med andra typer samt kan färgas och innehålla företagets logga eller slogan. Fördelar med PP band: PP band kan användas för att paketera olika typer av produkter och lådor. De har följande fördelar: de är lätta de har högre brottgräns är resistenta mot kemikalier de är lätta att använda de rostar inte säkra och har ett estetiskt utseende på lasten passande för alla typer av maskiner (helautomatiska, halvautomatiska och handhållna maskiner) resistenta mot temperaturskillnader (från minus tio till femtio grader Celsius) till ett lågt pris kan man pränta dem Jämförelse av PET band med PP band PET band har mer styrka än PP band (trots samma dimensioner) trots den höga brottgränsen kommer PET band inte få sönder PET band kan sträckas med upp till femtio procent mer än polypropen (trots samma dimensioner) PET band är mer resistenta till temperaturskillnader]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pp-band/?attribute_select-width=12x0%2C55mm%2F3000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-plastic-PP-strap-12mm-16mm-price.png</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>42 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550206</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4825</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>10 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET band - 12mm eller 15,5mm eller 19mm — Välj Bredd: 12×0,6mm/2500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PET band Vi säljer tre typer av PET band med olika bredder. Ø406mm. Minimala orderkvantiteten på PET band: 2 enheter. Priset kan sänkas vid högre kvantiteter. Ø406mm Priserna inkluderar inte eventuella leveranskostnader eller moms. Paketering med PET band är mycket pålitligt, (PET) är bättre och dyrare än polypropylen band (PP). Det anses huvudsakligen att PET band med samma dimensioner är två gånger så starka som PP band. PET band är också tyngre än PP band, vilket gör dem enklare att använda. Polyesterband är resistenta mot korrosion, vatten och UV strålning. Båda typerna av remmarna är tillgängliga med bredder från 9 mm till 27 mm och tjockleken från 0,35 till 1,27 mm. Brottgränsen varierar mellan 190 kg till 1200 kg. PET band används inom industrin som ett alternativ till stålremsor för sin karakteristiska höga brottgräns. Jämfört med dem är de också mycket lättare och billigare. Vi har sålt PET band av hög kvalitet och som har testats på marknaden i över 25 år. Vi har 12×0,6mm/2500m, 15,5×0,7mm/1750m och 19×1,0mm/1000m på lager. Polyesterband - PET band och priset på dem Polyeserbandet som också kallas PET band används när de konventionella polypropenbanden inte är starka nog och kan därför inte passa för sitt syfte. Polyesterband och stålremmar är mest lika i sina fysiska egenskaper. Polyesterbandet kan hålla upp till femtiofem procent högre brottgräns jämfört med andra plastband. Den kan därav hålla en lägre spänning bättre än andra icke-metalliska band trots lasten. Kvaliteten på PP band påverkas inte av vädret eller UV strålning. Olikt stålremsor är de mycket billiga och enkla att använda då de inte har skarpa kanter. Ta in fakta ovan och överväg faktumet att PP band är det bästa alternativet till stål. PET band kan användas med manuella bandningsverktyg eller automatiska maskiner. De är tillgängliga med bredder från 9-27 mm och från 0,5 till 1,27 mm tjocka. PET band varierar beroende på dess yta. Den räfflade ytan är standard och ett lent band rekommenderas för tyngre uppgifter då brottgränsen är högre. PET band har ersatt stål i många industriella processer då de är mycket billigare och samtidigt säkrare att använda (de skadar inte anställda eller last då de inte har några vassa kanter och de blir inte bruna). Dessutom är robustheten hos PET band bättre vilket gör dem mer passande för större laster. Dess höga elastiska förmåga ersätter den förlorade last-spänningen när de förlorar volymen över en längre tid (ex torrt trä). Besparingarna under användning av PP band jämfört med stålremmar är upp till femtio procent högre då PP band är billigare och priset per meter är lägre.   Typer av PET band beroende på den yttre ytan Ytan på det standardiserade PP bandet är lent. Den lena ytan har en mycket högre brottgräns än ett band med samma tjocklek men med en räfflad yta. Då polyesterband är menade att ersätta stålband är den designad att hålla för en tung last. Färgen på PP band Den vanliga färgen på PP band är grön och svart. Nya, högkvalitativa PP band PP band karakteriseras av en hög brottgräns och en stor möjlighet av sträckning. Dessa är betydelsefulla när det kommer till att välja en säker paketeringsmetod. Olikt stålremmar har PP band en högre styvhet under sträckning och motverkar stötar och effekter vid transport bättre. Vi använder manuella bandningsverktyg för att sammanfoga PP band, till exempel, TES bandningsverktyg från 12 till 16mm eller TES Plus bandningsverktyg för 16 till 19mm eller bandningsverktyget Messersi MB820. Polyesterband är det mest ekonomiska och miljövänliga bandet. Det samtida PP bandet erbjuder en rad olika fördelar: Detta band har excellenta mekaniska förmågor. Detta inkluderar en hög styrka, extrem töjbarhet och hög brottgräns. Dessa egenskaper är reflekterade i: Låg risk att skada eller förorena packade produkter (hög korrosionsresistens) Mitigation av skador under transport Lågt tryck på kanterna av det paketerade materialet Säkra paketerings-materialet Behålla spänningen om paketet krymper under lagring eller transport Mindre alternativ går sönder Lägre materialkostnader (upp till femtio procent) Simplare och renare underhåll]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-band-12mm-15mm-19mm/?attribute_select-width=12%C3%970%2C6mm%2F2500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>49 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550100</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4832</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET band - 12mm eller 15,5mm eller 19mm — Välj Bredd: 15,5×0,7mm/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PET band Vi säljer tre typer av PET band med olika bredder. Ø406mm. Minimala orderkvantiteten på PET band: 2 enheter. Priset kan sänkas vid högre kvantiteter. Ø406mm Priserna inkluderar inte eventuella leveranskostnader eller moms. Paketering med PET band är mycket pålitligt, (PET) är bättre och dyrare än polypropylen band (PP). Det anses huvudsakligen att PET band med samma dimensioner är två gånger så starka som PP band. PET band är också tyngre än PP band, vilket gör dem enklare att använda. Polyesterband är resistenta mot korrosion, vatten och UV strålning. Båda typerna av remmarna är tillgängliga med bredder från 9 mm till 27 mm och tjockleken från 0,35 till 1,27 mm. Brottgränsen varierar mellan 190 kg till 1200 kg. PET band används inom industrin som ett alternativ till stålremsor för sin karakteristiska höga brottgräns. Jämfört med dem är de också mycket lättare och billigare. Vi har sålt PET band av hög kvalitet och som har testats på marknaden i över 25 år. Vi har 12×0,6mm/2500m, 15,5×0,7mm/1750m och 19×1,0mm/1000m på lager. Polyesterband - PET band och priset på dem Polyeserbandet som också kallas PET band används när de konventionella polypropenbanden inte är starka nog och kan därför inte passa för sitt syfte. Polyesterband och stålremmar är mest lika i sina fysiska egenskaper. Polyesterbandet kan hålla upp till femtiofem procent högre brottgräns jämfört med andra plastband. Den kan därav hålla en lägre spänning bättre än andra icke-metalliska band trots lasten. Kvaliteten på PP band påverkas inte av vädret eller UV strålning. Olikt stålremsor är de mycket billiga och enkla att använda då de inte har skarpa kanter. Ta in fakta ovan och överväg faktumet att PP band är det bästa alternativet till stål. PET band kan användas med manuella bandningsverktyg eller automatiska maskiner. De är tillgängliga med bredder från 9-27 mm och från 0,5 till 1,27 mm tjocka. PET band varierar beroende på dess yta. Den räfflade ytan är standard och ett lent band rekommenderas för tyngre uppgifter då brottgränsen är högre. PET band har ersatt stål i många industriella processer då de är mycket billigare och samtidigt säkrare att använda (de skadar inte anställda eller last då de inte har några vassa kanter och de blir inte bruna). Dessutom är robustheten hos PET band bättre vilket gör dem mer passande för större laster. Dess höga elastiska förmåga ersätter den förlorade last-spänningen när de förlorar volymen över en längre tid (ex torrt trä). Besparingarna under användning av PP band jämfört med stålremmar är upp till femtio procent högre då PP band är billigare och priset per meter är lägre.   Typer av PET band beroende på den yttre ytan Ytan på det standardiserade PP bandet är lent. Den lena ytan har en mycket högre brottgräns än ett band med samma tjocklek men med en räfflad yta. Då polyesterband är menade att ersätta stålband är den designad att hålla för en tung last. Färgen på PP band Den vanliga färgen på PP band är grön och svart. Nya, högkvalitativa PP band PP band karakteriseras av en hög brottgräns och en stor möjlighet av sträckning. Dessa är betydelsefulla när det kommer till att välja en säker paketeringsmetod. Olikt stålremmar har PP band en högre styvhet under sträckning och motverkar stötar och effekter vid transport bättre. Vi använder manuella bandningsverktyg för att sammanfoga PP band, till exempel, TES bandningsverktyg från 12 till 16mm eller TES Plus bandningsverktyg för 16 till 19mm eller bandningsverktyget Messersi MB820. Polyesterband är det mest ekonomiska och miljövänliga bandet. Det samtida PP bandet erbjuder en rad olika fördelar: Detta band har excellenta mekaniska förmågor. Detta inkluderar en hög styrka, extrem töjbarhet och hög brottgräns. Dessa egenskaper är reflekterade i: Låg risk att skada eller förorena packade produkter (hög korrosionsresistens) Mitigation av skador under transport Lågt tryck på kanterna av det paketerade materialet Säkra paketerings-materialet Behålla spänningen om paketet krymper under lagring eller transport Mindre alternativ går sönder Lägre materialkostnader (upp till femtio procent) Simplare och renare underhåll]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-band-12mm-15mm-19mm/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5%C3%970%2C7mm%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>49 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550110</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4832</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550111</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET band - 12mm eller 15,5mm eller 19mm — Välj Bredd: 19×1,0mm/1000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PET band Vi säljer tre typer av PET band med olika bredder. Ø406mm. Minimala orderkvantiteten på PET band: 2 enheter. Priset kan sänkas vid högre kvantiteter. Ø406mm Priserna inkluderar inte eventuella leveranskostnader eller moms. Paketering med PET band är mycket pålitligt, (PET) är bättre och dyrare än polypropylen band (PP). Det anses huvudsakligen att PET band med samma dimensioner är två gånger så starka som PP band. PET band är också tyngre än PP band, vilket gör dem enklare att använda. Polyesterband är resistenta mot korrosion, vatten och UV strålning. Båda typerna av remmarna är tillgängliga med bredder från 9 mm till 27 mm och tjockleken från 0,35 till 1,27 mm. Brottgränsen varierar mellan 190 kg till 1200 kg. PET band används inom industrin som ett alternativ till stålremsor för sin karakteristiska höga brottgräns. Jämfört med dem är de också mycket lättare och billigare. Vi har sålt PET band av hög kvalitet och som har testats på marknaden i över 25 år. Vi har 12×0,6mm/2500m, 15,5×0,7mm/1750m och 19×1,0mm/1000m på lager. Polyesterband - PET band och priset på dem Polyeserbandet som också kallas PET band används när de konventionella polypropenbanden inte är starka nog och kan därför inte passa för sitt syfte. Polyesterband och stålremmar är mest lika i sina fysiska egenskaper. Polyesterbandet kan hålla upp till femtiofem procent högre brottgräns jämfört med andra plastband. Den kan därav hålla en lägre spänning bättre än andra icke-metalliska band trots lasten. Kvaliteten på PP band påverkas inte av vädret eller UV strålning. Olikt stålremsor är de mycket billiga och enkla att använda då de inte har skarpa kanter. Ta in fakta ovan och överväg faktumet att PP band är det bästa alternativet till stål. PET band kan användas med manuella bandningsverktyg eller automatiska maskiner. De är tillgängliga med bredder från 9-27 mm och från 0,5 till 1,27 mm tjocka. PET band varierar beroende på dess yta. Den räfflade ytan är standard och ett lent band rekommenderas för tyngre uppgifter då brottgränsen är högre. PET band har ersatt stål i många industriella processer då de är mycket billigare och samtidigt säkrare att använda (de skadar inte anställda eller last då de inte har några vassa kanter och de blir inte bruna). Dessutom är robustheten hos PET band bättre vilket gör dem mer passande för större laster. Dess höga elastiska förmåga ersätter den förlorade last-spänningen när de förlorar volymen över en längre tid (ex torrt trä). Besparingarna under användning av PP band jämfört med stålremmar är upp till femtio procent högre då PP band är billigare och priset per meter är lägre.   Typer av PET band beroende på den yttre ytan Ytan på det standardiserade PP bandet är lent. Den lena ytan har en mycket högre brottgräns än ett band med samma tjocklek men med en räfflad yta. Då polyesterband är menade att ersätta stålband är den designad att hålla för en tung last. Färgen på PP band Den vanliga färgen på PP band är grön och svart. Nya, högkvalitativa PP band PP band karakteriseras av en hög brottgräns och en stor möjlighet av sträckning. Dessa är betydelsefulla när det kommer till att välja en säker paketeringsmetod. Olikt stålremmar har PP band en högre styvhet under sträckning och motverkar stötar och effekter vid transport bättre. Vi använder manuella bandningsverktyg för att sammanfoga PP band, till exempel, TES bandningsverktyg från 12 till 16mm eller TES Plus bandningsverktyg för 16 till 19mm eller bandningsverktyget Messersi MB820. Polyesterband är det mest ekonomiska och miljövänliga bandet. Det samtida PP bandet erbjuder en rad olika fördelar: Detta band har excellenta mekaniska förmågor. Detta inkluderar en hög styrka, extrem töjbarhet och hög brottgräns. Dessa egenskaper är reflekterade i: Låg risk att skada eller förorena packade produkter (hög korrosionsresistens) Mitigation av skador under transport Lågt tryck på kanterna av det paketerade materialet Säkra paketerings-materialet Behålla spänningen om paketet krymper under lagring eller transport Mindre alternativ går sönder Lägre materialkostnader (upp till femtio procent) Simplare och renare underhåll]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-band-12mm-15mm-19mm/?attribute_select-width=19%C3%971%2C0mm%2F1000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>49 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550111</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4832</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550120</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET band - 12mm eller 15,5mm eller 19mm — Välj Bredd: 19×1,0mm/1000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PET band Vi säljer tre typer av PET band med olika bredder. Ø406mm. Minimala orderkvantiteten på PET band: 2 enheter. Priset kan sänkas vid högre kvantiteter. Ø406mm Priserna inkluderar inte eventuella leveranskostnader eller moms. Paketering med PET band är mycket pålitligt, (PET) är bättre och dyrare än polypropylen band (PP). Det anses huvudsakligen att PET band med samma dimensioner är två gånger så starka som PP band. PET band är också tyngre än PP band, vilket gör dem enklare att använda. Polyesterband är resistenta mot korrosion, vatten och UV strålning. Båda typerna av remmarna är tillgängliga med bredder från 9 mm till 27 mm och tjockleken från 0,35 till 1,27 mm. Brottgränsen varierar mellan 190 kg till 1200 kg. PET band används inom industrin som ett alternativ till stålremsor för sin karakteristiska höga brottgräns. Jämfört med dem är de också mycket lättare och billigare. Vi har sålt PET band av hög kvalitet och som har testats på marknaden i över 25 år. Vi har 12×0,6mm/2500m, 15,5×0,7mm/1750m och 19×1,0mm/1000m på lager. Polyesterband - PET band och priset på dem Polyeserbandet som också kallas PET band används när de konventionella polypropenbanden inte är starka nog och kan därför inte passa för sitt syfte. Polyesterband och stålremmar är mest lika i sina fysiska egenskaper. Polyesterbandet kan hålla upp till femtiofem procent högre brottgräns jämfört med andra plastband. Den kan därav hålla en lägre spänning bättre än andra icke-metalliska band trots lasten. Kvaliteten på PP band påverkas inte av vädret eller UV strålning. Olikt stålremsor är de mycket billiga och enkla att använda då de inte har skarpa kanter. Ta in fakta ovan och överväg faktumet att PP band är det bästa alternativet till stål. PET band kan användas med manuella bandningsverktyg eller automatiska maskiner. De är tillgängliga med bredder från 9-27 mm och från 0,5 till 1,27 mm tjocka. PET band varierar beroende på dess yta. Den räfflade ytan är standard och ett lent band rekommenderas för tyngre uppgifter då brottgränsen är högre. PET band har ersatt stål i många industriella processer då de är mycket billigare och samtidigt säkrare att använda (de skadar inte anställda eller last då de inte har några vassa kanter och de blir inte bruna). Dessutom är robustheten hos PET band bättre vilket gör dem mer passande för större laster. Dess höga elastiska förmåga ersätter den förlorade last-spänningen när de förlorar volymen över en längre tid (ex torrt trä). Besparingarna under användning av PP band jämfört med stålremmar är upp till femtio procent högre då PP band är billigare och priset per meter är lägre.   Typer av PET band beroende på den yttre ytan Ytan på det standardiserade PP bandet är lent. Den lena ytan har en mycket högre brottgräns än ett band med samma tjocklek men med en räfflad yta. Då polyesterband är menade att ersätta stålband är den designad att hålla för en tung last. Färgen på PP band Den vanliga färgen på PP band är grön och svart. Nya, högkvalitativa PP band PP band karakteriseras av en hög brottgräns och en stor möjlighet av sträckning. Dessa är betydelsefulla när det kommer till att välja en säker paketeringsmetod. Olikt stålremmar har PP band en högre styvhet under sträckning och motverkar stötar och effekter vid transport bättre. Vi använder manuella bandningsverktyg för att sammanfoga PP band, till exempel, TES bandningsverktyg från 12 till 16mm eller TES Plus bandningsverktyg för 16 till 19mm eller bandningsverktyget Messersi MB820. Polyesterband är det mest ekonomiska och miljövänliga bandet. Det samtida PP bandet erbjuder en rad olika fördelar: Detta band har excellenta mekaniska förmågor. Detta inkluderar en hög styrka, extrem töjbarhet och hög brottgräns. Dessa egenskaper är reflekterade i: Låg risk att skada eller förorena packade produkter (hög korrosionsresistens) Mitigation av skador under transport Lågt tryck på kanterna av det paketerade materialet Säkra paketerings-materialet Behålla spänningen om paketet krymper under lagring eller transport Mindre alternativ går sönder Lägre materialkostnader (upp till femtio procent) Simplare och renare underhåll]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-band-12mm-15mm-19mm/?attribute_select-width=19%C3%971%2C0mm%2F1000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>49 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550120</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4832</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550140</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET band - 12mm eller 15,5mm eller 19mm — Välj Bredd: 25×1,2mm/600m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PET band Vi säljer tre typer av PET band med olika bredder. Ø406mm. Minimala orderkvantiteten på PET band: 2 enheter. Priset kan sänkas vid högre kvantiteter. Ø406mm Priserna inkluderar inte eventuella leveranskostnader eller moms. Paketering med PET band är mycket pålitligt, (PET) är bättre och dyrare än polypropylen band (PP). Det anses huvudsakligen att PET band med samma dimensioner är två gånger så starka som PP band. PET band är också tyngre än PP band, vilket gör dem enklare att använda. Polyesterband är resistenta mot korrosion, vatten och UV strålning. Båda typerna av remmarna är tillgängliga med bredder från 9 mm till 27 mm och tjockleken från 0,35 till 1,27 mm. Brottgränsen varierar mellan 190 kg till 1200 kg. PET band används inom industrin som ett alternativ till stålremsor för sin karakteristiska höga brottgräns. Jämfört med dem är de också mycket lättare och billigare. Vi har sålt PET band av hög kvalitet och som har testats på marknaden i över 25 år. Vi har 12×0,6mm/2500m, 15,5×0,7mm/1750m och 19×1,0mm/1000m på lager. Polyesterband - PET band och priset på dem Polyeserbandet som också kallas PET band används när de konventionella polypropenbanden inte är starka nog och kan därför inte passa för sitt syfte. Polyesterband och stålremmar är mest lika i sina fysiska egenskaper. Polyesterbandet kan hålla upp till femtiofem procent högre brottgräns jämfört med andra plastband. Den kan därav hålla en lägre spänning bättre än andra icke-metalliska band trots lasten. Kvaliteten på PP band påverkas inte av vädret eller UV strålning. Olikt stålremsor är de mycket billiga och enkla att använda då de inte har skarpa kanter. Ta in fakta ovan och överväg faktumet att PP band är det bästa alternativet till stål. PET band kan användas med manuella bandningsverktyg eller automatiska maskiner. De är tillgängliga med bredder från 9-27 mm och från 0,5 till 1,27 mm tjocka. PET band varierar beroende på dess yta. Den räfflade ytan är standard och ett lent band rekommenderas för tyngre uppgifter då brottgränsen är högre. PET band har ersatt stål i många industriella processer då de är mycket billigare och samtidigt säkrare att använda (de skadar inte anställda eller last då de inte har några vassa kanter och de blir inte bruna). Dessutom är robustheten hos PET band bättre vilket gör dem mer passande för större laster. Dess höga elastiska förmåga ersätter den förlorade last-spänningen när de förlorar volymen över en längre tid (ex torrt trä). Besparingarna under användning av PP band jämfört med stålremmar är upp till femtio procent högre då PP band är billigare och priset per meter är lägre.   Typer av PET band beroende på den yttre ytan Ytan på det standardiserade PP bandet är lent. Den lena ytan har en mycket högre brottgräns än ett band med samma tjocklek men med en räfflad yta. Då polyesterband är menade att ersätta stålband är den designad att hålla för en tung last. Färgen på PP band Den vanliga färgen på PP band är grön och svart. Nya, högkvalitativa PP band PP band karakteriseras av en hög brottgräns och en stor möjlighet av sträckning. Dessa är betydelsefulla när det kommer till att välja en säker paketeringsmetod. Olikt stålremmar har PP band en högre styvhet under sträckning och motverkar stötar och effekter vid transport bättre. Vi använder manuella bandningsverktyg för att sammanfoga PP band, till exempel, TES bandningsverktyg från 12 till 16mm eller TES Plus bandningsverktyg för 16 till 19mm eller bandningsverktyget Messersi MB820. Polyesterband är det mest ekonomiska och miljövänliga bandet. Det samtida PP bandet erbjuder en rad olika fördelar: Detta band har excellenta mekaniska förmågor. Detta inkluderar en hög styrka, extrem töjbarhet och hög brottgräns. Dessa egenskaper är reflekterade i: Låg risk att skada eller förorena packade produkter (hög korrosionsresistens) Mitigation av skador under transport Lågt tryck på kanterna av det paketerade materialet Säkra paketerings-materialet Behålla spänningen om paketet krymper under lagring eller transport Mindre alternativ går sönder Lägre materialkostnader (upp till femtio procent) Simplare och renare underhåll]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-band-12mm-15mm-19mm/?attribute_select-width=25%C3%971%2C2mm%2F600m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>66 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550140</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4832</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>550150</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[PET band - 12mm eller 15,5mm eller 19mm — Välj Bredd: 32×1,2mm/500m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Paketering med PET band Vi säljer tre typer av PET band med olika bredder. Ø406mm. Minimala orderkvantiteten på PET band: 2 enheter. Priset kan sänkas vid högre kvantiteter. Ø406mm Priserna inkluderar inte eventuella leveranskostnader eller moms. Paketering med PET band är mycket pålitligt, (PET) är bättre och dyrare än polypropylen band (PP). Det anses huvudsakligen att PET band med samma dimensioner är två gånger så starka som PP band. PET band är också tyngre än PP band, vilket gör dem enklare att använda. Polyesterband är resistenta mot korrosion, vatten och UV strålning. Båda typerna av remmarna är tillgängliga med bredder från 9 mm till 27 mm och tjockleken från 0,35 till 1,27 mm. Brottgränsen varierar mellan 190 kg till 1200 kg. PET band används inom industrin som ett alternativ till stålremsor för sin karakteristiska höga brottgräns. Jämfört med dem är de också mycket lättare och billigare. Vi har sålt PET band av hög kvalitet och som har testats på marknaden i över 25 år. Vi har 12×0,6mm/2500m, 15,5×0,7mm/1750m och 19×1,0mm/1000m på lager. Polyesterband - PET band och priset på dem Polyeserbandet som också kallas PET band används när de konventionella polypropenbanden inte är starka nog och kan därför inte passa för sitt syfte. Polyesterband och stålremmar är mest lika i sina fysiska egenskaper. Polyesterbandet kan hålla upp till femtiofem procent högre brottgräns jämfört med andra plastband. Den kan därav hålla en lägre spänning bättre än andra icke-metalliska band trots lasten. Kvaliteten på PP band påverkas inte av vädret eller UV strålning. Olikt stålremsor är de mycket billiga och enkla att använda då de inte har skarpa kanter. Ta in fakta ovan och överväg faktumet att PP band är det bästa alternativet till stål. PET band kan användas med manuella bandningsverktyg eller automatiska maskiner. De är tillgängliga med bredder från 9-27 mm och från 0,5 till 1,27 mm tjocka. PET band varierar beroende på dess yta. Den räfflade ytan är standard och ett lent band rekommenderas för tyngre uppgifter då brottgränsen är högre. PET band har ersatt stål i många industriella processer då de är mycket billigare och samtidigt säkrare att använda (de skadar inte anställda eller last då de inte har några vassa kanter och de blir inte bruna). Dessutom är robustheten hos PET band bättre vilket gör dem mer passande för större laster. Dess höga elastiska förmåga ersätter den förlorade last-spänningen när de förlorar volymen över en längre tid (ex torrt trä). Besparingarna under användning av PP band jämfört med stålremmar är upp till femtio procent högre då PP band är billigare och priset per meter är lägre.   Typer av PET band beroende på den yttre ytan Ytan på det standardiserade PP bandet är lent. Den lena ytan har en mycket högre brottgräns än ett band med samma tjocklek men med en räfflad yta. Då polyesterband är menade att ersätta stålband är den designad att hålla för en tung last. Färgen på PP band Den vanliga färgen på PP band är grön och svart. Nya, högkvalitativa PP band PP band karakteriseras av en hög brottgräns och en stor möjlighet av sträckning. Dessa är betydelsefulla när det kommer till att välja en säker paketeringsmetod. Olikt stålremmar har PP band en högre styvhet under sträckning och motverkar stötar och effekter vid transport bättre. Vi använder manuella bandningsverktyg för att sammanfoga PP band, till exempel, TES bandningsverktyg från 12 till 16mm eller TES Plus bandningsverktyg för 16 till 19mm eller bandningsverktyget Messersi MB820. Polyesterband är det mest ekonomiska och miljövänliga bandet. Det samtida PP bandet erbjuder en rad olika fördelar: Detta band har excellenta mekaniska förmågor. Detta inkluderar en hög styrka, extrem töjbarhet och hög brottgräns. Dessa egenskaper är reflekterade i: Låg risk att skada eller förorena packade produkter (hög korrosionsresistens) Mitigation av skador under transport Lågt tryck på kanterna av det paketerade materialet Säkra paketerings-materialet Behålla spänningen om paketet krymper under lagring eller transport Mindre alternativ går sönder Lägre materialkostnader (upp till femtio procent) Simplare och renare underhåll]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pet-band-12mm-15mm-19mm/?attribute_select-width=32%C3%971%2C2mm%2F500m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price-buy.png</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-packing-plastic-PET-strap-12mm-16mm-19mm-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>0 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>550150</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4832</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>20 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>140100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[BO-51 Bandsträckare för stålband 13-20mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Bandsträckare för stålband BO-51 för paketering med stålremsor utan spänne. Handverktyg för paketering med stålremsor utan spänne. Passande för snabb och enkel bandning på plana ytor. Tillåter 13-16-19 mm tejp. Enkelt och ergonomiskt verktyg. Huvudfunktioner: Robust metalldesign Passande för tejp med bredderna 13-20mm och tjockleken 0.4-0.6mm Extremt kraftfull spänningssystem Enkel att använda   Namn Bandsträckare för stålband BO-51 Användningsområde Den har funktionen att inte behöva extern kraft, inga fästen och är enkel att flytta, används ofta inom tillverkning, metallurgi, transport och andra industrier såsom rullande, frakt, metall, utrustningstillverkning och så vidare. Funktioner 1. Lätt konstruktion och enkel att använda, ingen extern kraft behövs. 2. Utan fäste, använder sig av en tvåstegs booster struktur, kan enkelt uppnå en bandning mellan stål-paketeringar, hög fästnings-pålitlighet. 3. Stor spänningskraft och speciell strukturdesign för att uppnå spänning och paketering på ett enkelt sätt. Detta görs med material som stål, aluminium och annan typ av tung paketering. 4. Verktyget är hållbart, utnyttjar starka legeringsmaterial i konstruktionen och komponenterna, har en mycket pålitlig design och använder avancerad tillverkningsteknologi. 5. Patenterad design, säker att använda och utmattnings-fri design. Modell B051 Tillåtna storlekar på remmarna Bredd 12.7-19 mm Tjocklek 0.38-0.6mm Tillåtna remmar Stålremsor Hänglås form Yin och yang spänne Vikt 3.9 kg Storlek 387×168×308mm Maximal spänningskraft Stålremsor med maximala spänningen mellan 70% till 80%]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bo-51-bandstrackare-for-stalband/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-Manual-sealless-steel-strapping-tool.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>490 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>655,367,2481,2543</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>655</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandspännare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>220010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[COMBO Pallbandare PET/PP remmar 9-16mm — strap: PET 12 mm Φ406]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[COMBO pallbandare med PET och PP remmar 9-16mm Den halvautomatiska COMBO pallbandaren automatiskt tätar olika tjocklekar av PP band från 0,5 till 1mm. Brottgränsen kan justeras från 5 till 150 kg. Maskinen är passande för PP band 210 mm * 178 mm med bredden från 9 till 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16 mm). Låt oss veta vilken maskinbredd du behöver vid köp. Spänningskontrollen är mekanisk, den svetsar på grunderna av varm svetsning. Nettovikten på paketeringen är 140 kg. COMBO pallpack har ISO certifikat samt andra behövda certifikat. Minimala pall-höjden som pallbandaren kan banda är 650 mm. Pallpacken har hjul och tillåter dig att flytta maskinen fritt i rummet. Modellen COMBO pallbandare för PET / PP band 9-16mm är en pallpack som är utrustad med motoriserade och infällbara pall-matare. Den har också en elektronisk kortkontroll som drivs via en 24 V elektronisk kontrollpanel. Apparaten är också kapabel för en omedelbar tätning genom användning av en värmande tråd. Denna COMBO pallbandare fokuserar på att vara en mobil maskin som har ett stort handtag. Den har också remspänning för extern justering. Den använder PP band som standard men är också kompatibel med PET remmar. Priset för en halvautomatisk pallpack beror på ett antal faktorer, investeringen kommer dock ge avkastning inom månader efter köp om vi drar in faktorer som tidsbesparing, ökad paketerings-produktivitet och direkta besparingar på kostnaden av klämmor. Anställda kommer också tillfredsställas då du gör deras jobb betydligt lättare och säkrare. COMBO halvautomatisk pallbandare för bandning av pallar med PET eller PP band 9-16mm specification Halvautomatisk Pallbandare Modell COMBO halvautomatisk pallbandare för PET eller PP band 9-16mm Strömförsörjning 1 fas/220V/50/60Hz 0.6Kw Paketeringens hastighet ≤3 sekunder / band Spänningens omfång 5-150Kg Svärd L1000mm Värmefästande Position Sida Paketens höjdintervall 650mm-∞ Tillåtna Band PP eller PET bredd:9-16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16 mm). Låt oss veta vilken maskinbredd du behöver vid köp. tjocklek: 0.5-1.0mm(ska specificeras) Tillåtna Remspolar PP 210mm*178mm PET 406*150mm (vid efterfrågan) Kontrollsystem PC kortkontroll Maskin Dimensioner (mm) L1073 B550 H1670 Paketeringens Mått (mm) L1200 B580 H1680 Maskinens vikt (kg) Nettovikt:140/ Bruttovikt:180   Pallbandare PET/PP remmar 9-16mm Video]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/combo-pallbandare/?attribute_strap=PET+12+mm+%CE%A6406</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-price.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3360 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>220010</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4873</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>220011</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[COMBO Pallbandare PET/PP remmar 9-16mm — strap: PET 15,5 mm Φ406]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[COMBO pallbandare med PET och PP remmar 9-16mm Den halvautomatiska COMBO pallbandaren automatiskt tätar olika tjocklekar av PP band från 0,5 till 1mm. Brottgränsen kan justeras från 5 till 150 kg. Maskinen är passande för PP band 210 mm * 178 mm med bredden från 9 till 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16 mm). Låt oss veta vilken maskinbredd du behöver vid köp. Spänningskontrollen är mekanisk, den svetsar på grunderna av varm svetsning. Nettovikten på paketeringen är 140 kg. COMBO pallpack har ISO certifikat samt andra behövda certifikat. Minimala pall-höjden som pallbandaren kan banda är 650 mm. Pallpacken har hjul och tillåter dig att flytta maskinen fritt i rummet. Modellen COMBO pallbandare för PET / PP band 9-16mm är en pallpack som är utrustad med motoriserade och infällbara pall-matare. Den har också en elektronisk kortkontroll som drivs via en 24 V elektronisk kontrollpanel. Apparaten är också kapabel för en omedelbar tätning genom användning av en värmande tråd. Denna COMBO pallbandare fokuserar på att vara en mobil maskin som har ett stort handtag. Den har också remspänning för extern justering. Den använder PP band som standard men är också kompatibel med PET remmar. Priset för en halvautomatisk pallpack beror på ett antal faktorer, investeringen kommer dock ge avkastning inom månader efter köp om vi drar in faktorer som tidsbesparing, ökad paketerings-produktivitet och direkta besparingar på kostnaden av klämmor. Anställda kommer också tillfredsställas då du gör deras jobb betydligt lättare och säkrare. COMBO halvautomatisk pallbandare för bandning av pallar med PET eller PP band 9-16mm specification Halvautomatisk Pallbandare Modell COMBO halvautomatisk pallbandare för PET eller PP band 9-16mm Strömförsörjning 1 fas/220V/50/60Hz 0.6Kw Paketeringens hastighet ≤3 sekunder / band Spänningens omfång 5-150Kg Svärd L1000mm Värmefästande Position Sida Paketens höjdintervall 650mm-∞ Tillåtna Band PP eller PET bredd:9-16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16 mm). Låt oss veta vilken maskinbredd du behöver vid köp. tjocklek: 0.5-1.0mm(ska specificeras) Tillåtna Remspolar PP 210mm*178mm PET 406*150mm (vid efterfrågan) Kontrollsystem PC kortkontroll Maskin Dimensioner (mm) L1073 B550 H1670 Paketeringens Mått (mm) L1200 B580 H1680 Maskinens vikt (kg) Nettovikt:140/ Bruttovikt:180   Pallbandare PET/PP remmar 9-16mm Video]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/combo-pallbandare/?attribute_strap=PET+15%2C5+mm+%CE%A6406</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-price.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3360 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>220011</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4873</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>220020</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[COMBO Pallbandare PET/PP remmar 9-16mm — strap: PP 12 mm Φ200]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[COMBO pallbandare med PET och PP remmar 9-16mm Den halvautomatiska COMBO pallbandaren automatiskt tätar olika tjocklekar av PP band från 0,5 till 1mm. Brottgränsen kan justeras från 5 till 150 kg. Maskinen är passande för PP band 210 mm * 178 mm med bredden från 9 till 16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16 mm). Låt oss veta vilken maskinbredd du behöver vid köp. Spänningskontrollen är mekanisk, den svetsar på grunderna av varm svetsning. Nettovikten på paketeringen är 140 kg. COMBO pallpack har ISO certifikat samt andra behövda certifikat. Minimala pall-höjden som pallbandaren kan banda är 650 mm. Pallpacken har hjul och tillåter dig att flytta maskinen fritt i rummet. Modellen COMBO pallbandare för PET / PP band 9-16mm är en pallpack som är utrustad med motoriserade och infällbara pall-matare. Den har också en elektronisk kortkontroll som drivs via en 24 V elektronisk kontrollpanel. Apparaten är också kapabel för en omedelbar tätning genom användning av en värmande tråd. Denna COMBO pallbandare fokuserar på att vara en mobil maskin som har ett stort handtag. Den har också remspänning för extern justering. Den använder PP band som standard men är också kompatibel med PET remmar. Priset för en halvautomatisk pallpack beror på ett antal faktorer, investeringen kommer dock ge avkastning inom månader efter köp om vi drar in faktorer som tidsbesparing, ökad paketerings-produktivitet och direkta besparingar på kostnaden av klämmor. Anställda kommer också tillfredsställas då du gör deras jobb betydligt lättare och säkrare. COMBO halvautomatisk pallbandare för bandning av pallar med PET eller PP band 9-16mm specification Halvautomatisk Pallbandare Modell COMBO halvautomatisk pallbandare för PET eller PP band 9-16mm Strömförsörjning 1 fas/220V/50/60Hz 0.6Kw Paketeringens hastighet ≤3 sekunder / band Spänningens omfång 5-150Kg Svärd L1000mm Värmefästande Position Sida Paketens höjdintervall 650mm-∞ Tillåtna Band PP eller PET bredd:9-16mm (9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16 mm). Låt oss veta vilken maskinbredd du behöver vid köp. tjocklek: 0.5-1.0mm(ska specificeras) Tillåtna Remspolar PP 210mm*178mm PET 406*150mm (vid efterfrågan) Kontrollsystem PC kortkontroll Maskin Dimensioner (mm) L1073 B550 H1670 Paketeringens Mått (mm) L1200 B580 H1680 Maskinens vikt (kg) Nettovikt:140/ Bruttovikt:180   Pallbandare PET/PP remmar 9-16mm Video]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/combo-pallbandare/?attribute_strap=PP+12+mm+%CE%A6200</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-price.jpg.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-COMBO-Pallet-Semi-automatic-Strapping-Machine-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>3360 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2799 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>220020</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4873</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>150 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandspännare i Set | TES Plus 16-19mm – 2 Batterier &amp; Laddare – PET band 15,5mm eller 19mm – PET/PP avrullare — Välj Bredd: 19×1,0mm/1000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi förbereder bandspännare i set som inkluderar bandspännaren TES plus 16-19 mm med två batterier och en laddare + valbara PET remmar (Ø406mm) och en avrullare för PP / PET remmar. Var god välj en av de följande angivna breddarna av PET band ovan: BREDD 15,5×0,7mm/1750m 19×1,0mm/1000m Bandspännare i Set | TES Plus 16-19mm – 2 Batterier & Laddare Plastbandaren TES Plus 16-19mm är hållbar, prisvärd och lätt till vikten samt ett mycket kraftfullt och givande verktyg att ha tillgängligt. Den är designad för enhandsanvändning och är mycket anpassningsbar samt kan beställas att passa för 16-19 mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) band. Spänningen är mycket justerbar och kan väljas från 400 till 5000N. Den passande spänningen försäkrar den idealiskt försäkrade lasten. Komplett med ett 14,4 V litiumjonbatteri med 90 minuters laddtid. Batteriet räcker till runt 220 tätningar. Plastbandaren TES Plus 16-19mm används brett inom branscher som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemilabbar och metallindustrier. Bandspännaren TES Plus har en lätt konstruktion som är enkel att använda. Plastbandaren använder inte fästdon utan fungerar med friktionssmältning. Verktyget är mycket starkt. Med plastbandaren kan du automatisera verksamheten och öka hastigheten på paketerings-relaterade uppgifter. Användning: Bandspännaren TES Plus 16-19mm används mycket inom industrier som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, lantbruk, kemilabb och metall. Storleken på verktyget: 345 x 110 x 155 mm Vikt: 4,3 kg Funktioner: 1. lätt konstruktion och simpel att använda. 2. Utan fästdon används friktionssmältning för ett gränssnitt som är mycket starkt. 3. Höggradig automation, enkel drift och simpel att förstå sig på. 4. Enkel att flytta till olika platser och olika storlekar på paketen kan användas. 5. Konstruktionen och komponenterna är gjorda av högkvalitativa legeringsmaterial och teknikplast som är hållbara under användning. 6. Hög säkerhetsprestanda. Bandens bredd: från 16 till 19 mm Bandens tjocklek: 0.5 – 1.2 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätning: höggradig friktionssvetsning Maximala spänningskraft: 400-5000N Batteri: Två batterier per set ( 14.8V-4000mAh 59.2Wh ) Laddare: 110 – 240V – 50-60Hz   Likström 12.6V=4,0Ah Laddtid: 90 minuter – 150 och 220 tätningar   PET polyester band 15,5mm eller 19mm - Ø406mm PET polyester band är effektiva och ekonomiska för säkring av paket och pallar. En lätt, flexibel och icke-rostande rem för paketering som säkrar produkten. Plast PP polyester remmar kan användas för manuell bandning eller med plastbandare. PET band är det bästa alternativet till stålband, speciellt när den används för mellan till tunga tillämpningar. Jämfört med stålband har PET remmar många fördelar. Till exempel rostar inte PET band, de har en snabbare process och är billigare. Denna typ av bandning är passande för "aktiva" laster så som laster som expanderar eller krymper under transport på grund av varierande temperaturer och fuktigt innehåll. PET band har också fördelen över PP: PET band kan sträckas upp till 7% utan att förlora elasticiteten och därav behåller strängheten. Temperaturer vid 60°C är inte ovanliga i transportindustrin. Detta kan göra att PP band kan krympa eller expandera och förlora sin stränghet. PET remmar å andra sidan, kan hålla temperaturer upp till 75°C utan att förlora sina egenskaper. Den mest vanligt använda PP remmen har en grund av 406mm. Avrullare för PP/PET band - Industriell avrullare för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Högkvalitativ avrullare för PP/PET, med hjul, väldigt stabila med totalvikten runt 28kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP band.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandspannare-i-set-tes-plus-16-19mm-pet-19mm/?attribute_select-width=19%C3%971%2C0mm%2F1000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES-Plus-16-19mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1655 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120040</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4878</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120041</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandspännare i Set | TES Plus 16-19mm – 2 Batterier &amp; Laddare – PET band 15,5mm eller 19mm – PET/PP avrullare — Välj Bredd: 15,5×0,7mm/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi förbereder bandspännare i set som inkluderar bandspännaren TES plus 16-19 mm med två batterier och en laddare + valbara PET remmar (Ø406mm) och en avrullare för PP / PET remmar. Var god välj en av de följande angivna breddarna av PET band ovan: BREDD 15,5×0,7mm/1750m 19×1,0mm/1000m Bandspännare i Set | TES Plus 16-19mm – 2 Batterier & Laddare Plastbandaren TES Plus 16-19mm är hållbar, prisvärd och lätt till vikten samt ett mycket kraftfullt och givande verktyg att ha tillgängligt. Den är designad för enhandsanvändning och är mycket anpassningsbar samt kan beställas att passa för 16-19 mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) band. Spänningen är mycket justerbar och kan väljas från 400 till 5000N. Den passande spänningen försäkrar den idealiskt försäkrade lasten. Komplett med ett 14,4 V litiumjonbatteri med 90 minuters laddtid. Batteriet räcker till runt 220 tätningar. Plastbandaren TES Plus 16-19mm används brett inom branscher som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemilabbar och metallindustrier. Bandspännaren TES Plus har en lätt konstruktion som är enkel att använda. Plastbandaren använder inte fästdon utan fungerar med friktionssmältning. Verktyget är mycket starkt. Med plastbandaren kan du automatisera verksamheten och öka hastigheten på paketerings-relaterade uppgifter. Användning: Bandspännaren TES Plus 16-19mm används mycket inom industrier som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, lantbruk, kemilabb och metall. Storleken på verktyget: 345 x 110 x 155 mm Vikt: 4,3 kg Funktioner: 1. lätt konstruktion och simpel att använda. 2. Utan fästdon används friktionssmältning för ett gränssnitt som är mycket starkt. 3. Höggradig automation, enkel drift och simpel att förstå sig på. 4. Enkel att flytta till olika platser och olika storlekar på paketen kan användas. 5. Konstruktionen och komponenterna är gjorda av högkvalitativa legeringsmaterial och teknikplast som är hållbara under användning. 6. Hög säkerhetsprestanda. Bandens bredd: från 16 till 19 mm Bandens tjocklek: 0.5 – 1.2 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätning: höggradig friktionssvetsning Maximala spänningskraft: 400-5000N Batteri: Två batterier per set ( 14.8V-4000mAh 59.2Wh ) Laddare: 110 – 240V – 50-60Hz   Likström 12.6V=4,0Ah Laddtid: 90 minuter – 150 och 220 tätningar   PET polyester band 15,5mm eller 19mm - Ø406mm PET polyester band är effektiva och ekonomiska för säkring av paket och pallar. En lätt, flexibel och icke-rostande rem för paketering som säkrar produkten. Plast PP polyester remmar kan användas för manuell bandning eller med plastbandare. PET band är det bästa alternativet till stålband, speciellt när den används för mellan till tunga tillämpningar. Jämfört med stålband har PET remmar många fördelar. Till exempel rostar inte PET band, de har en snabbare process och är billigare. Denna typ av bandning är passande för "aktiva" laster så som laster som expanderar eller krymper under transport på grund av varierande temperaturer och fuktigt innehåll. PET band har också fördelen över PP: PET band kan sträckas upp till 7% utan att förlora elasticiteten och därav behåller strängheten. Temperaturer vid 60°C är inte ovanliga i transportindustrin. Detta kan göra att PP band kan krympa eller expandera och förlora sin stränghet. PET remmar å andra sidan, kan hålla temperaturer upp till 75°C utan att förlora sina egenskaper. Den mest vanligt använda PP remmen har en grund av 406mm. Avrullare för PP/PET band - Industriell avrullare för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Högkvalitativ avrullare för PP/PET, med hjul, väldigt stabila med totalvikten runt 28kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP band.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandspannare-i-set-tes-plus-16-19mm-pet-19mm/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5%C3%970%2C7mm%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES-Plus-16-19mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1645 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1495 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120041</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4878</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120052</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallbandare komplett i set | MB620 12-16mm – Batteri &amp; Laddare – PP band 12mm eller 16mm – avrullare — Välj Bredd: 12x0,8mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi rustar dig med pallbandare komplett i set som inkluderar bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16mm med batteri och laddare + ditt val av PP band samt en avrullare för PP / PET band. Var god och välj en bredd på PP band ovan: BREDD 12x0,55mm/3000m 12x0,8mm/2000m 16x0,65mm/2000m MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm + Batteri & Laddare + PP remmar 12mm eller 16mm + avrullare Egenskaper hos bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16mm: Hel Touch Display Indikator av spänningskraften i realtid Trefärgad informationsdisplay med ljudsignal Variabel spänningshastighet Förprogrammerad touch display med digitala signaler som matchar olika behov instinktivt. Den lättaste vikten bland alla i liknande klasser då apparaturen väger runt 3,4kg. Extraordinärt utrustad så garanterar den en simpel laddningsutvisning. En unik bakmonterad roller motverkar repor eller skador på produkten. Tack vare den självjusterande remmen är det mycket enkelt att ersätta utslitna delar. Specifikationer av bandningsverktyget: Användning: Messersi MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm för PET och PP band med Batteri och Laddare Storlek på bandningsverktyget: 330x150x130 mm Vikt: 3,4 Kg (inkluderat batteri) Funktioner: Helautomatiskt bandningsverktyg. Säker och lätt att använda. Hållbar och billig. Kan användas i positionerna vertikalt och horisontellt. Snabb laddning Enkel att använd och lätt konstruktion (3,7 kg inklusive batteriet). Kan användas med PP eller PET remmar. Eliminerar all användning av metallklämmor. Bandens bredd: från 12-16mm Bandens tjocklek: 0.65 – 1.0 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätningar: Tätning med höggradig friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (upphettning med friktion) Maximala spänningskraften: Max Spänning: från 10N – 2500N Batteri: Batteri 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po som möter UN28.3 kraven. Laddare: 220V Laddtid: 15-30 minuter – upp till 400 bandningar MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm är ett brukligt verktyg med den låga vikten 3,4 kg och en variabel spänningshastighet. Den används för de flesta normala PP banden (12 - 16 mm). Den har också många bekvämligheter med sin ultimata mångsidighet, enhands-operation och den lätta införingen av remmar. Bandningsverktyget är byggt att hålla och motstå alla aktiviteter i fabriker och lagerlokaler. Om något händer med detta verktyg kommer våra tränade servicetekniker helt och hållet reparera ditt verktyg och har reservdelarna samt delar från andra leverantörer. Servisen sker i EU. MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm har ett års garanti. PP polypropylen band 12 eller 16mm PP polypropylen band för bandning är enkla för manuella verktyg eller halvautomatiska eller automatiska maskiner eller bandningsverktyg, som tillåter dig att jobba i en hög takt. Remmarna kan sammanfogas med metall eller plast fästdon eller med ultraljud eller svetsning. Ett fåtal fördelar med PP remmar är den låga vikten, anpassningen till paketets form, resistansen mot fukt och andra kända kemikalier. PP remmar kommer inte korrodera. Avrullare för PP/PET band - Industriell Avrullare för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Högkvalitativ Avrullare för PP/PET, med hjul, mycket stabil tack vare vikten runt 28kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP band.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallbandare-komplett-i-set-mb620-12-16mm-pp/?attribute_select-width=12x0%2C8mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-MB620-12-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2145 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120052</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4923</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120053</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Pallbandare komplett i set | MB620 12-16mm – Batteri &amp; Laddare – PP band 12mm eller 16mm – avrullare — Välj Bredd: 12x0,55mm/3000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi rustar dig med pallbandare komplett i set som inkluderar bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16mm med batteri och laddare + ditt val av PP band samt en avrullare för PP / PET band. Var god och välj en bredd på PP band ovan: BREDD 12x0,55mm/3000m 12x0,8mm/2000m 16x0,65mm/2000m MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm + Batteri & Laddare + PP remmar 12mm eller 16mm + avrullare Egenskaper hos bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16mm: Hel Touch Display Indikator av spänningskraften i realtid Trefärgad informationsdisplay med ljudsignal Variabel spänningshastighet Förprogrammerad touch display med digitala signaler som matchar olika behov instinktivt. Den lättaste vikten bland alla i liknande klasser då apparaturen väger runt 3,4kg. Extraordinärt utrustad så garanterar den en simpel laddningsutvisning. En unik bakmonterad roller motverkar repor eller skador på produkten. Tack vare den självjusterande remmen är det mycket enkelt att ersätta utslitna delar. Specifikationer av bandningsverktyget: Användning: Messersi MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm för PET och PP band med Batteri och Laddare Storlek på bandningsverktyget: 330x150x130 mm Vikt: 3,4 Kg (inkluderat batteri) Funktioner: Helautomatiskt bandningsverktyg. Säker och lätt att använda. Hållbar och billig. Kan användas i positionerna vertikalt och horisontellt. Snabb laddning Enkel att använd och lätt konstruktion (3,7 kg inklusive batteriet). Kan användas med PP eller PET remmar. Eliminerar all användning av metallklämmor. Bandens bredd: från 12-16mm Bandens tjocklek: 0.65 – 1.0 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätningar: Tätning med höggradig friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (upphettning med friktion) Maximala spänningskraften: Max Spänning: från 10N – 2500N Batteri: Batteri 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po som möter UN28.3 kraven. Laddare: 220V Laddtid: 15-30 minuter – upp till 400 bandningar MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm är ett brukligt verktyg med den låga vikten 3,4 kg och en variabel spänningshastighet. Den används för de flesta normala PP banden (12 - 16 mm). Den har också många bekvämligheter med sin ultimata mångsidighet, enhands-operation och den lätta införingen av remmar. Bandningsverktyget är byggt att hålla och motstå alla aktiviteter i fabriker och lagerlokaler. Om något händer med detta verktyg kommer våra tränade servicetekniker helt och hållet reparera ditt verktyg och har reservdelarna samt delar från andra leverantörer. Servisen sker i EU. MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm har ett års garanti. PP polypropylen band 12 eller 16mm PP polypropylen band för bandning är enkla för manuella verktyg eller halvautomatiska eller automatiska maskiner eller bandningsverktyg, som tillåter dig att jobba i en hög takt. Remmarna kan sammanfogas med metall eller plast fästdon eller med ultraljud eller svetsning. Ett fåtal fördelar med PP remmar är den låga vikten, anpassningen till paketets form, resistansen mot fukt och andra kända kemikalier. PP remmar kommer inte korrodera. Avrullare för PP/PET band - Industriell Avrullare för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Högkvalitativ Avrullare för PP/PET, med hjul, mycket stabil tack vare vikten runt 28kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP band.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/pallbandare-komplett-i-set-mb620-12-16mm-pp/?attribute_select-width=12x0%2C55mm%2F3000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-MB620-12-16mm-PP-strap-dispenser-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2145 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120053</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>4923</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Batteridrivna bandningsverkyg i set | MB620 12-16mm – Batteri &amp; Laddare – PET remmar 12mm eller 15,5mm – PET/PP avrullare — Välj Bredd: 15,5×0,7mm/1750m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi utrustar dig med batteridrivna bandningsverkyg i set som innehåller plastbandaren TES 12-16mm med två batterier och en laddare + ditt val av PET remmar samt en avrullare som fungerar både för PP och PET remmar. Var god och välj en av de följande bredderna på PET band ovan: BREDD 12×0,7mm/2000m 15,5×0,7mm/1750m MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm + Batteri & Laddare + PET remmar 16mm + avrullare Bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16mm ger varje fördel som en bra plastbandare kan erbjuda och är dessutom snabb, enkel att använda och ännu effektivare än någonsin. Verktyget är menad att kräva minimal ansträngning av användaren, erbjuda en stabil prestanda och orubblig kvalitet. MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16 mm erbjuder 'Hypercharge Technology', vilket gör att batteriet kan bytas när som helst där endast 15 minuters laddtid lyckas ladda 75-80% av batteriets sammanlagda kraft. Bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16 mm håller nivån på spänningen ända till sista cykeln. Specifikationer av bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16 mm Användning: Bandningsverktyget Messersi MB620 12-16 mm för PET och PP remmar med Batteri & Laddare Verktygets storlek: 330x150x130 mm Vikt: 3,4 Kg (inklusive batteri) Funktioner: Helautomatisk plastbandare. Säker och vänlig att hantera. Pålitlig och prisvärd. Kan användas vertikalt eller horisontellt. Snabb laddning Enkel att använda och lätt (3,7 kg med batteri). Kan användas för bandning med PP eller PET. Eliminerar all användning av metallklämmor. Bandens bredd: från 12-16mm Bandens tjocklek: 0,65 – 1,0 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätning: Högkvalitativ tätning med friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (uppvärmning med hjälp av friktion) Maximala spänningskraft: Max Spänning: från 10N – 2500N Batteri: Batteri 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po som möter kraven från UN28.3 Laddning: 220V Laddtid: 15-30 minuter – upp till 400 bandningar Bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16 mm är en mångsidig plastbandare med den låga vikten 3,4 kg och har en variabel spänningshastighet. Man kan säga att verktyget kan användas för de flesta vardagliga PP banden (12-16 mm). Verktyget är prissatt konkurrenskraftigt, vilket betyder att den är en plånboksvänlig produkt. Detta bandningsverktyg har dessutom ett unikt sätt att erbjuda obegränsad adaptivitet med enhandsanvändningen och den simpla införingen av PET remmar. Plastbandaren har ett års garanti. PET polyester remmar 12mm eller 15,5mm - 1 enhet Bandning med PET polyester remmar gör manuella verktyg eller bandningsverktyg mycket snabba. PET remmar är miljövänliga, passande för helautomatiska maskiner samt handhållna verktyg. Fördelar med PET polyester band: enkel hantering låg spolvikt komfortabelt byte av spolen tack vare 1-2 bands teknologin ekologiskt vänlig gjord av återvunnet råmaterial och har kan återvinnas till 100% bättre transporteffektivitet (mindre CO2) tack vare mer meter per spole och pall mindre rester per meter bandning sparsam lägre kostnader för sophantering då svinnet minskar optimerad användning av last och lastutrymme tack vare den optimerade längden bandning per spole Avrullare PP/PET band - Industriella avrullare för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Avrullare för både PP/PET av hög kvalitet på hjul, mycket stabil och lätt med vikten runt 28kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP band.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/batteridrivna-bandningsverkyg-i-set-mb620-12-16mm-pet/?attribute_select-width=15%2C5%C3%970%2C7mm%2F1750m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2155 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120050</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>5121</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120051</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Batteridrivna bandningsverkyg i set | MB620 12-16mm – Batteri &amp; Laddare – PET remmar 12mm eller 15,5mm – PET/PP avrullare — Välj Bredd: 12×0,7mm/2000m]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi utrustar dig med batteridrivna bandningsverkyg i set som innehåller plastbandaren TES 12-16mm med två batterier och en laddare + ditt val av PET remmar samt en avrullare som fungerar både för PP och PET remmar. Var god och välj en av de följande bredderna på PET band ovan: BREDD 12×0,7mm/2000m 15,5×0,7mm/1750m MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16mm + Batteri & Laddare + PET remmar 16mm + avrullare Bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16mm ger varje fördel som en bra plastbandare kan erbjuda och är dessutom snabb, enkel att använda och ännu effektivare än någonsin. Verktyget är menad att kräva minimal ansträngning av användaren, erbjuda en stabil prestanda och orubblig kvalitet. MB620 bandningsverktyg 12-16 mm erbjuder 'Hypercharge Technology', vilket gör att batteriet kan bytas när som helst där endast 15 minuters laddtid lyckas ladda 75-80% av batteriets sammanlagda kraft. Bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16 mm håller nivån på spänningen ända till sista cykeln. Specifikationer av bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16 mm Användning: Bandningsverktyget Messersi MB620 12-16 mm för PET och PP remmar med Batteri & Laddare Verktygets storlek: 330x150x130 mm Vikt: 3,4 Kg (inklusive batteri) Funktioner: Helautomatisk plastbandare. Säker och vänlig att hantera. Pålitlig och prisvärd. Kan användas vertikalt eller horisontellt. Snabb laddning Enkel att använda och lätt (3,7 kg med batteri). Kan användas för bandning med PP eller PET. Eliminerar all användning av metallklämmor. Bandens bredd: från 12-16mm Bandens tjocklek: 0,65 – 1,0 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätning: Högkvalitativ tätning med friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (uppvärmning med hjälp av friktion) Maximala spänningskraft: Max Spänning: från 10N – 2500N Batteri: Batteri 14,8 V /2,0 A Li-Po som möter kraven från UN28.3 Laddning: 220V Laddtid: 15-30 minuter – upp till 400 bandningar Bandningsverktyget MB620 12-16 mm är en mångsidig plastbandare med den låga vikten 3,4 kg och har en variabel spänningshastighet. Man kan säga att verktyget kan användas för de flesta vardagliga PP banden (12-16 mm). Verktyget är prissatt konkurrenskraftigt, vilket betyder att den är en plånboksvänlig produkt. Detta bandningsverktyg har dessutom ett unikt sätt att erbjuda obegränsad adaptivitet med enhandsanvändningen och den simpla införingen av PET remmar. Plastbandaren har ett års garanti. PET polyester remmar 12mm eller 15,5mm - 1 enhet Bandning med PET polyester remmar gör manuella verktyg eller bandningsverktyg mycket snabba. PET remmar är miljövänliga, passande för helautomatiska maskiner samt handhållna verktyg. Fördelar med PET polyester band: enkel hantering låg spolvikt komfortabelt byte av spolen tack vare 1-2 bands teknologin ekologiskt vänlig gjord av återvunnet råmaterial och har kan återvinnas till 100% bättre transporteffektivitet (mindre CO2) tack vare mer meter per spole och pall mindre rester per meter bandning sparsam lägre kostnader för sophantering då svinnet minskar optimerad användning av last och lastutrymme tack vare den optimerade längden bandning per spole Avrullare PP/PET band - Industriella avrullare för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Avrullare för både PP/PET av hög kvalitet på hjul, mycket stabil och lätt med vikten runt 28kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter 400mm PET/PP band.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/batteridrivna-bandningsverkyg-i-set-mb620-12-16mm-pet/?attribute_select-width=12%C3%970%2C7mm%2F2000m</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2145 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120051</g:mpn><g:item_group_id>5121</g:item_group_id><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category></item><item><g:id>120031</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandning med plastband set | TES 12-16mm - 2 Batterier &amp; Laddare - PET remmar 12mm eller 15,5mm - avrullare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Vi kan erbjuda dig bandning med plastband set som inkluderar bandningsverktyget TES 12-16 mm med två batterier och en laddare + dina önskade PET remmar samt en avlastare för PP/PET. Var först god och välj en av bredderna på PP remmarna ovan: BREDD 12×0,7mm/2000m 15,5×0,7mm/1750m TES 12-16mm bandningsverktyg för PET och PP strap med 2 Batterier & Laddare Bandningsverktyget TES kan användas för PET och PP remmar med 12-16 mm i bredd. Bandningsverktyget TES 12-16 mm används mycket när man tillverkar och jobbar med papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metall. Bandningsverktyget TES har en lätt konstruktion och är enkel att använda. Spänningens kraft kan ändras och väljas upp till 2800 N. Spänningens justering kan göras med ett enda vrid av en spak. Den idealiska säkerheten av lasten försäkras genom att välja rätt spänningskraft. Du får även ett 14,4V litiumjonbatteri med laddtiden 90 minuter. Batteriets kraft räcker upp till 220 tätningar. Den enkla enhandsanvändningen tillåter flexibilitet under användning. Bandningsverktyget är byggt att hålla för alla typer av arbeten inom fabriker och lagerlokaler. En vertikal och horisontell bandning är möjlig tack vare manöverbarheten och den lätta användningen. Detta bandningsverktyg är också designad med friktionssvetsning för en höggradig tätning. Servas i EU. 12 månaders garanti. Användning: Bandningsverktyget TES 12-16mm används mycket när man tillverkar och jobbar med papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metall. Storleken på verktyget: 340 x 130 x 120 mm Vikt: 3,16 kg Funktioner: 1. Lätt vikt på konstruktionen och enkel att använda. 2. Utan fästdon används friktionssvetsning vilket gör att gränssnittet blir kraftfullt. 3. Automationen är hög och enkel att förstå samt att använda. 4. Lätt att flytta till olika positioner samt för varierande storlekar på paketen. 5. Både komponenterna och konstruktionen är gjorda av högkvalitativa legeringsmaterial och teknikplast som håller under användning. 6. Säkerhetsprestandan är hög. Bandens bredd: från 12 till 16 mm Bandens tjocklek: 0.5 – 1.2 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätning: friktionssvetsning med hög kvalitet Maximala spänningskraft: 2800 N Batteri: Två batterier per set ( litiumjonbatteri 4.0Aih 12VCD ) Laddare: 100V -245 CAC-50-60HZ Likström 12.6V=4.0A Laddtid: 90 minuter – 150 och 220 tätningar PET polyester remmar 12mm, 15,5mm - 1 enhet Både manuella verktyg eller bandningsmaskiner tillåter en snabb bandning med PET polyester remmar. PET band är också vänliga mot miljön, passande för helautomatiska maskiner eller verktyg för handen. Fördelar med PET polyester band: hanteringen är enkel låg spolvikt vänlig rent ekologiskt gjord av återvunnet råmaterial och därav är den 100% återvinningsbar effektivare transporter (med mindre CO2) tack vare mer meter per spole och pall mindre svinn per meter bandning kostnadseffektiv lägre avgifter för sophämtning då den minskar överblivna rester optimerar användningen av last och utrymme tack vare längden bandning per spole Avrullare för PP/PET band - Industriell avrullare för polypropylen (PP) och polyester (PET) Kvalitativ Avrullare för PP/PET, rullar på hjul, mycket stabil med totalvikten runt 28kg, storlek: 65×48×110cm, inre diameter av 400mm PET/PP remmar.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandning-med-plastband-set-tes-12-16mm-pet-16mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-sets-TES-12-16mm-PET-strap-dispenser.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1195 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>120031</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>49 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>368,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>368</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg i set</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandningsverktyg i set</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110210</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[BW-01 11-16mm Friktionsbandare för PET/PP band inkluderat Batteri &amp; Laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[BW-01 11-16mm friktionsbandare för PET och PP remmar. Inklusive Batteri & Laddare Friktionsbandaren BW-01 är mycket anpassningsbar och kan passa 11 till 16 mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) band. Bandningsverktyget är prisvärt och designad för enhandsanvändning. Spänningskraften är inte den starkaste bland alla bandningsmaskiner, den maximala spänningskraften är dock fortfarande 2200N. BW-01s friktionsbandare kommer med ett batteri och en laddare så du kan börja paketera så snart som möjligt. Bandningsverktyget BW-01 är halvautomatisk, vilket betyder att du klipper av banden manuellt, ingen kraft är dock nödvändig då du bara drar ner en spak. Du kan arbeta vertikalt eller horisontellt tack vare manöverbarheten och enkelheten vid användning. Friktionsbandaren levererar en höggradig tätning med friktionssvetsning. Den servas i EU och har en 12 månaders garanti. Friktionsbandaren BW-01 11-16mm är mycket använd inom alla typer av industrier och lagerlokaler. Det är ett av de enklaste och säkraste sätten att banda en pall på. Den kan justeras och användas på ett lätt sätt. Den perfekta balansen tillåter både vertikal och horisontellt arbete. Den borstlösa motorn är driven av det senaste litiumjonbatteriet. Med bandningsverktyget kommer du också kunna automatisera verksamheten och öka hastigheten på paketeringen. Storleken på friktionsbandaren är  290 x 140 x 165 mm (L x B x H) och den väger 3,6 kg med batteri. Bandningsverktyget för plastband är halvautomatisk, ergonomisk och kan användas både i vertikal och horisontell position. Den är designad för band med bredden 11-16 mm och 0,5-1,05 mm tjocka. Batteriet (14.8 V/2.0A Li-Po) har en laddare som inkluderas i paketet med friktionsbandaren BW-01 för PET/PP. När batteriet är fulladdat, som tar runt 15 till 30 minuter, kan friktionsbandaren göra 300 bandningar. Användning: BW-01 11-16mm friktionsbandare för PET och PP band med Batteri & Laddare Storleken på friktionsbandaren:  290x140x165 mm Vikt: 3.6 Kg (inkluderat batteri) Funktioner: Halvautomatisk friktionsbandare. Ergonomisk och inte tung. Hållbar och prisvärd. Kan användas i vertikal eller horisontell position. Matas med kraft av den senaste generationens litiumjonbatteri. Enkel att arbeta med och lätt (3,6 kg inklusive batteri). Kan användas för PP eller PET bandning. All användning av metallklämmor elimineras. Bandens bredd: från 11-16mm Bandens tjocklek: 0.5 – 1.05 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätning: Höggradig friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (upphettning med friktion) Maximala spänningskraft: Max Spänning: 2200 N Batteri: Batteri 14,8 V /2,0 A Litiumjon Laddare: 220V Laddtid: 15-30 minuter – upp till 300 bandningar   Användning Placera bandet runt produkten som ska bandas och para ihop två ändar. Användaren kommer införa ändarna mellan basen och spänningsrullen på friktionsbandaren. Du kan välja mellan friktionsbandarens lägen, automatisk, halvautomatisk, manuell eller "mjuk" för ömtåliga paket. I det halvautomatiska läget måste användaren tryck in en knapp så spänns banden tills den önskade spänningen uppnås. Genom att trycka på en enda knapp kommer friktionsbandaren automatiskt genomföra svetsning, klippning av remmarna sker dock manuellt. En lampa blinkar och signalen indikerar att användaren kan ta bort maskinen. Den ergonomiska och tuffa designen av friktionssvetsen hjälper till att maximera användarens komfort. Den är enkel att hantera. Enhandsanvändningen gör det möjligt att vara flexibel under användning. Med ett enda knapptryck med tummen styrs verktyget med spänning, svetsning och klippning. En justerbar tätningstid för olika typer av band och kvalitet garanterar en hög effektivitet. Remmarnas spänning kan enkelt sättas med en enda justering av en knapp. Den passande spänningen tillför den idealiska säkerheten för lasten. Komplett med ett 14,4 V Litiumjonbatteri med 15 till 30 minuters laddtid kan en batteriladdning utföra upp till 300 tätningar. Friktionsbandaren är byggd för att hålla för jobb inom faktorer och lagerlokaler. Den servas i EU och har 12 månaders garanti.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bw-01-11-16mm-friktionsbandare/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-BW-01-10-16mm-PET-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-BW-01-10-16mm-PET-PP-cheap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-BW-01-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-battery.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-BW-01-10-16mm-PET-PP-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1970 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>110210</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110040</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TES 12-16mm Bandningsverktyg PET Band inklusive 2 Batterier &amp; Laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TES 12-16mm bandningsverktyg för PET remmar inklusive 2 Batterier & Laddare Bandningsverktyget TES kan användas för PET remmar som är 12-16 mm breda. Bandningsmaskinen är prisvärd och lätt till vikten samt erbjuder mycket kraft när den är nära till hands. Detta bandningsverktyg är designad att användas med en hand och är ett utav de lättaste i sin klass. Bandaren är mycket anpassningsbar och kan passa för 13-16 mm breda polyester (PET) band. Spänningen kan ändras upp till 2800 N. Denna bandningsmaskin kommer levereras med 2 batterir och en laddare så du kan påbörja paketering omedelbart. Det extra 12-volts batteriet gör så du kan fortsätta arbeta när ena är urladdad, vilket motverkar driftstopp. Manöverbarheten gör att verktyget är lika enkelt att använda i vertikal som i horisontell position. Bandningsverktyget är också utrustat att leverera en tätning med friktionssvetsning. Den har en 12 månaders garanti och service är tillgänglig i EU. Vad är priset på ett bandningsverktyg? Bandningsverktyget TES 12-16mm är en utav de billigaste verktygen som erbjuds. Man kan dock inte säga att priset reflekterar kvaliteten. Trots sin billighet är bandningsmaskinen gjord av hårda och högkvalitativa plastmaterial och har implementerat det senaste inom svetsning. Spänningskraften kan justeras och verktyget kommer med två batterier. Vart används ett bandningsverktyg? Bandningsverktyget TES 12-16 mm är ett mycket prisvärt redskap vars värde enkelt kan ses när man introducerar den till paketeringens processer i alla industrier. Den passar lätt in i arbetsflödet och hjälper till att dubbla, ibland även trippla effektiviteten på användaren. Detta reducerar alla förekomster av skador i fabriken eller lagerlokalen. Det finns inte heller någon oro att snubbla över sladdar och ingen behöver ordna eller sköta fler kablar. Bandningsmaskinen TES 12-16 mm använder ett batteri och som namnet angiver kommer den med två. Detta möjliggör ett smidigt arbete. Det finns inget behov av att stanna upp arbetet för att ladda batterierna, medan ett laddar kan det andra utnyttjas. Bandningsverktyget TES 12-16 mm har byggts för att vara mycket tuff och hålla för fall, repor och varje tung hantering som den kan påträffa under användning. Bandningsmaskinen TES 12-16 mm används brett inom följande industrier; papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metall. Bandningsmaskinen TES har en lätt konstruktion och är enkel att använda. Bandningsmaskinen använder inte fästdon utan tätar med hjälp av friktionssvetsning. Verktyget är kraftfullt och starkt. Med bandningsverktyget kan du automatisera och öka hastigheten på paketeringens verksamhet. Bandningsmaskinen TES har mycket automation och är enkel att använda och förstå sig på. Konstruktionen är gjord av starka legeringsmaterial och teknikplast som inte går sönder under användning. Bandningsmaskinen är lätt att flytta på och kan användas för olika storlekar på paket. Specifikationer av bandningsmaskinen TES 12-16 mm: Användning: Bandningsmaskinen TES 12-16 mm används mycket inom industrier som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metall. Verktygets storlek: 340 x 130 x 120 mm Vikt: 3,16 kg Funktioner: 1. En lätthanterlig konstruktion som inte är tung. 2. Utan fästdon använder den het friktionssmältning med ett kraftfullt gränssnitt. 3. Mycket automation som är lätt att använda och förstå sig på. 4. Går lätt att flytta till olika positioner med olika storlekar på paketen. 5. Konstruktionen och komponenterna är gjorda av starka legeringsmaterial och teknikplast som håller under användning. 6. Hög säkerhetsprestanda. Bandens bredd: från 12 till 16 mm Bandens tjocklek: 0.7 mm Tillåtna band: PET band Tätning: Höggradig friktionssvetsning. Maximala spänningskraft: 2800 N Batteri: Två batterier per set ( litiumjonbatteri 4.0Aih 12VCD ) Laddare: 100V -245 CAC-50-60HZ Likström 12.6V=4.0A Laddningstid: 90 minuter – 150 och 220 tätningar Hur fungerar bandningsmaskinen? Ergonomin och den tuffa designen av detta bandningsverktyg med friktionssvetsning ger maximal komfort för användaren. Den är lätt att hantera med enhandsanvändning som tillåter flexibilitet under användning. Ett enda tryck med tummen så utför maskinen spänning och tätning. Applicera den föreskrivna bredden på PET remmar runt paketet och hitta två ändar som överlappar varandra. Men den ledande änden som ska vara underst, håll verktyget med den vänstra handen. Försäkra dig om att remmen är ren och fri från olja, tryck sedan knappen och för in remmen i verktyget medan du försäkrar att överlappningen är uppradad. Justerbar bandning och tätningstid gör det möjligt att individuellt ställa i maskinen. För den halvautomatiska processen, tryck på spännings-knappen för att börja spänningen. När den önskade spänningen nås trycks knappen igen för att påbörja svetsning och när den är gjord så kommer verktyget klippa av remmen. I den automatiska processen justeras spänningen på ett enkelt sätt med en knapp. Det är det...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tes-12-16mm-bandningsverktyg/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-TES-12-16mm-PET-PP-price-sale.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-banding-tool-TES-12-16mm-PET-PP-cheap-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-TES-12-16mm-PET-PP-price-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1400 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>995 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>110040</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.9 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>660010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Högkvalitativ bandavrullare för PET/PP - 405/406]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Högkvalitativ bandavrullare 405/406 Passande för PET och PP remmar 405mm, 406mm. Hög kvalitet med hjul. Totalvikt: 28kg. Storlek: 65×48×110cm. Inre diameter 400mm. Produktparametrar: Namn Högkvalitativ bandavrullare för PET -405/406 Typ av rem PET – polyeten, PP - polypropylen Remens bredd 10-19 mm Tillåtet omfång Inre diameter 400mm PET/PP remmar Vikt 28 kg]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/hogkvalitativ-bandavrullare-405-406mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-pet-pp-strapping.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-pet-pp.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-toolbox.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-pet-pp-strap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-wheels.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-with-wheels.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/dispenser-cart-buy.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>189 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>149 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>660010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>31 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>655,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>655</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>140010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Bandningsapparaten PPST-13/16 för PP band 12/13mm och 15/16mm]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Bandningsapparaten PPST-13 och PPST-16 Manuell 3 i 1 bandningsapparat PPST - 13 eller PPST -16 är ett av de bästa högkvalitativa manuella bandningsverktyget för PP bandning. Strukturen är simpel och hållbarheten hos bandningsapparaten är hög. Delar som kan behöva bytas ut i längden är lätta och bekvämliga att nå om så skulle behövas. Det manuella bandningsverktyget är extremt lätt, den väger endast runt 2,75 kg och är ett 3 i 1 verktyg. Det betyder att bandningsapparaten spänner remmar, deformerar klämmor och klipper banden. Bandningsapparaten PPST - 13 eller PPST - 16 är kombinerade och universella manuella bandningsverktyg för paketering av lådor och produkter. Denna ekonomiska bandningsapparat spänner och sammansätter PP remmar med metallklämmor med bredden 12/13 mm eller 15/16 mm. Produktparametrar: Funktion  Spänner banden + deformerar klämmorna och klipper banden Typ av band PP - polypropylen Bandens bredd 12-13 mm, 15-16mm Typ av klämmor metall - 12-13 mm eller 15-16mm Vikt 2,75 kg]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/bandningsapparat-ppst-13/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PP-manual-strapping-tool-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PP-manual-strapping-tool.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PP-manual-strapping-tool-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/PP-manual-strapping-tool-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>150 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>119 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>140010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>655,367,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>655</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Bandspännare</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>210060</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[HIPO Halvautomatisk Bandningsmaskin 5-15mm Bandningsmaskin för plast PP remmar]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[HIPO halvautomatiska bandningsmaskin 5-15mm bandningsmaskin för plast PP band Den Högkvalitativa halvautomatiska bandningsmaskinen 5-15mm HIPO är en av de mest stabila och pålitliga semiautomatiska bandningsmaskinerna som finns tillgängliga. Denna halvautoatiska bandningsmaskin är utvecklad med användning av höggradiga material och avancerade tekniker enligt uppfyllande av internationella kvalitetsstandarder. Den semiautomatiska bandningsmaskinen kan användas med polypropylen (PP) band med bredden från 5-15 mm. En halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin är enkel att manipulera. Spänningskraften kan ändras från 30 till 450 N. I paketet med maskinen är alla de behövda accessoarerna tillgängliga så du kan börja paketeringen så snart som möjligt. Den semiautomatiska bandningsmaskinen passar att användas i alla sorters industrier och lagerlokaler och kommer öka hastigheten på arbetet, därav göra dina anställda mer produktiva. Den halvautomatiska maskinen använder den senaste teknologin inom bandning och är designad för att leverera en höggradig tätning med friktionssvetsning. Funktioner av en halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin för PP band: Pålitlig PCB och kontrollkomponenter. Mekanisk spänningskontroll. Motorn stängs av för att spara energi. Enkel att använda, minimalt underhåll. Gängad överdel av bordet. Användning av en halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin HIPO semiautomatiska bandningsmaskin 5-15mm används brett inom alla typer av industrier och lagerlokaler. Den halvautomatiska bandningsmaskinen är idealisk för att öka hastigheten på paketeringens process. Enkel att hantera och injustera. En halvautomatisk PP bandningsmaskin kan spänna, täta och klippa av PP bandet. Paketeringens hastighet är mindre än 3 sekunder per band. Spänningen varierar mellan 3-45 kg. Värmefästande positionen är vid maskinens nedre del. Arbetsbordets höjd är 730 mm. Den semiautomatiska bandningsmaskinen använder PP remmar med bredden 5-15 mm och tjockleken 0,5-0,8 mm. Tillåtna remspolen är 210mm x 178mm. Maskinen är hållbar, hela konstruktionen och komponenterna är gjorda av stärkta legeringsmaterial med en stor spänningskraft, speciella strukturer, lätt stål och aluminium för tung paketering. Den används mycket inom industrier som jobbar med papper, aluminium, trä, träpaketering, kemiska fibrer, bomull, tobak, kemi, mat, vardaglig handelsvaror och produktionsindustrier. Specifikationer av en halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin: Användning: HIPO halvautomatisk bandningsmaskin 5-15mm för plast PP band Storlek av maskinen (mm): L840 B550 H730 Vikt: 60 Kg Strömförsörjning 220V/50/60Hz 1PH 0.25Kw Bandens bredd: från 5-15mm Bandens tjocklek: 0,5 - 0,8 mm Tillåtna band: PP band Tätning: höggradig tätning med friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (värmning med hjälp av friktion) Maximala spänningskraft: Max Spänning: 3-45 Kg Tillåtna Remspolar 210mm*178mm   Hur används den halvautomatiska bandningsmaskinen HIPO: Strömbrytare: Vid ON så startar maskinen, vid OFF stoppar den. Strömindikerande lampa (POWER): Om strömbrytaren är på lyser lampan. Längdjustering för band (TIMER): Skalans delar är 500 mm. För alla justeringar måste den vridas medurs. Längden av banden kommer bli längre. Knapp för bandens spänning (TENSION): Välj spänningen på banden enligt storleken av paketet. Manuell matning/Reset knapp (FEED/HOME): Tryck på FEED knappen för att hjälpa till med matning av banden. Ju längre den hålls in, desto längre blir banden. Om maskinen inte är i hempositionen, tryck på HOME knappen så kommer maskinen återgå till sin hemposition. Kyltidens justering (COOL TIME): Beroende på de olika brottgränserna, justera kyltiden för en bättre limmande effekt. Säker dörrbrytare: Om den övre kåpan är öppen kommer maskinen automatiskt sluta gå. (Var god och stäng av huvudkraften innan du öppnar kåpan). Dra ut banden från bandrullen och kolla om remhuvudet är nedåt (om inte behöver du byta sida av bandrullen), trä remmen ut från nedre remskiva A och från den övre delen av remskiva B. Trä sedan tråden genom hjul C och upp mot remmens plats D som är på den nedre brädan. Trä sedan upp remmen längst styrrullen till distansen mellan rullarna. Tryck på FEED knappen, sedan kommer banden automatiskt dispenseras. Vi erbjuder snabb och billig internationell leverans inom EU.  ]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/halvautomatisk-bandningsmaskin-5-15mm/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-semi-automatic-strapping-machine-HIPO-5-15mm-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>649 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>ROBOMASS</g:brand><g:mpn>210060</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>70 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>366,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>366</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandmaskiner</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Förpackningsmaskiner &gt; Bandmaskiner</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>130010</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[AIR19 Pneumatisk bandspännare 13-19mm för plast PET och PP remmar]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[AIR19 pneumatisk bandspännare 13-19mm för PET och PP remmar Den högkvalitativa pneumatiska bandspännaren för PET och PP remmar AIR19 är en utav de bästa och lättaste pneumatiska bandspännare som finns på marknaden. Denna luftdrivna bandningsapparaten är utvecklad med avancerad teknologi och höggradiga material som uppnår den internationella kvalitetsstandarden. Pneumatiska bandspännare kan användas för polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) remmar med bredden 13-19 mm. Den luftdrivna bandningsapparaten kan också användas med en hand och går lätt att manipulera. Bandspännaren väljs från 3500 N. I paketet med maskinen är samtliga nödvändiga accessoarer medförande så verksamheten kan starta så snart paketet anländer. En pneumatisk bandspännare används idag i alla typer av industrier och lagerfastigheter. Bandningsmaskinens design är att skapa en höggradig friktionssvetsande tätning. Servas i Europa och den pneumatiska bandspännaren har 12 månaders garanti. Funktioner av den pneumatiska bandspännaren för plast PET och PP remmar: Pneumatisk maskin: den drivs med luft och är väldigt prisvärd, täter via friktion, vilket tar bort användning av metalltätningar, tätningen är extremt stark, säker och estetiskt vinnande, hög brottgräns. Idealisk för handelsvaror så som stål eller andra tunga laster, tillverkad av den mest avancerade teknologin och av väldigt hållbara material för lång en livstid.   Användning av en pneumatisk bandspännaren AIR19 pneumatisk bandspännare 13-19mm används mycket inom industrin och lagerlokaler av alla slag. En luftdriven bandningsapparat är ett av de säkraste och minst besvärliga sättet att banda en pall. Den är lätt att använda och justera. Den är perfekt balanserad och kan utföra arbete både i vertikal och horisontell bandning. Den handhållna pneumatiska bandspännaren kan användas för PET och PP band. Med en pneumatisk bandspännare kan du spänna, täta och klippa remmarna. Pneumatiska bandspännarens lufttryck: 0,5-0,8Mpa. Max Spänningskraft: 3500N. Bandens bredd är 13-19mm och bandens tjocklek är 0,5 – 1,2 mm. Tätningstiden kan ändras i intervallet mellan 2-5 sekunder. Portabel och lätt design gör den enkel att hantera. Den drivs av en luftmotor med låg ljudnivå och som är ekonomisk. Tätning, spänning och klippning sköts av luft. Maskinen är hållbar, hela konstruktionen och komponenterna är gjorda av legeringsmaterial av hög standard. Stor spänningskraft tack vare en speciell struktur av lätt stål och aluminium för tung paketering. Den används idag mycket inom industrier som arbetar med papper, aluminium, trä, träpaketering, kemiska fibrer, bomull, tobak, kemi, mat, dagliga handelsvaror och metall.   Specifikationer av den pneumatiska bandspännaren: Användning: AIR19 pneumatiska bandspännare 13-19mm för PET och PP band med Batteri & Laddare Verktygets storlek: 280x160x180 mm Vikt: 3,82 Kg Funktioner: Kraftfull pneumatisk design, lätt konstruktion och enkel hantering. Utan fästdon används friktionssvetsning för ett kraftfullt gränssnitt. Mycket automation, stark kontrollerbarhet på svetsskölden. Stor spänningskraft och en speciell design för att utföra spänningen och paketeringen på ett enkelt sätt. Material som stål och aluminium används för tung paketering. Verktyget är hållbart då den använder sig av starka legeringsmaterial i konstruktionen, mycket pålitlig design och avancerad tillverkningsteknologi. Patenterad design, säker och utmattnings-fri att använda. Bandens bredd: från 13-19mm Bandens tjocklek: 0,5 - 1,2 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätningar: höggradig tätning från friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (värmen uppkommer av friktion) Maximal spänningskraft: Maximala spänning: 3500 N Lufttryck 0,5-0,8 MPa   Hur man använder en pneumatisk bandspännare: Placera banden runt produkten som ska bandas och hitta två ändar. Användaren kommer införa ändarna mellan basen och spänningsrollern på bandningsapparaten. Den luftdrivna bandningsapparaten är designad för spänning, tätning och klippning av PP och PET band. En ergonomisk och tuff design maximerar komforten för användaren av en pneumatisk bandspännare. Den är utrustad med ett speciellt verktyg som gör att borttagning efter bandet har klippts är enkelt. En unik bakmonterad roller är designad för att motverka repor och skador på produkten. Tack vare det självjusterande bandet är det väldigt enkelt att byta ut reservdelar. En enda knapp i tummens position fungerar som startknapp. Injustering av tätningstiden tillåter individuella inställningar beroende på bandens typ och kvalitet vilket garanterar en hög effektivitet. Bandens spänning justeras enkelt med en enda knapp. En idealisk säkerhet för lasten kan försäkras med den rätta spänningen. Titta på videon nedan där du kan se hur en luftdriven bandningsapparat för PET eller PP band fungerar. Den pneumatiska bandspännaren AIR19 är byggd för att motstå all användning i fabriker och lagerfastigheter. Om något händer med verktyget kommer våra tränade servicetekniker helt och hål...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/air19-pneumatisk-bandspannare-13-19/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-pneumatic-strapping-tool-AIR19-13-19mm-PET-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-pneumatic-strapping-tool-AIR19-13-19mm-PET-PP-cheap-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-pneumatic-strapping-tool-AIR19-13-19mm-PET-PP-new-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-pneumatic-strapping-tool-AIR19-13-19mm-PET-PP-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>469 EUR</g:price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>130010</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>655,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>655</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110100</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[Messersi MB620 Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg 12-16mm PET/PP band inklusive Batteri &amp; Laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[Messersi MB620 Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg 12-16mm PET/PP band inklusive Batteri & Laddare Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget Messersi MB620 kan användas för polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) remmar med bredden 12-16 mm. Pallbandaren kan användas med en hand och är manipulerings-lätt. Spänningskraften kan justeras från 10 N till 2500 N. MB620 batteridrivet bandningsverktyg kommer med ett batteri och en laddare så du kan börja arbeta med paketering så snart som möjligt. Det moderna batteridrivna bandningsverktyget MB620 kan användas för arbete i alla typer av industrier och är passande för processer med PP och PET band. Pallbandaren använder den senaste teknologin inom bandning. En enda borstlös motor är designad för att erbjuda en extremt lång livslängd. Nya gripband förmedlar en  hög spännings-förmåga och tolerans mot olika kvaliteter på banden. Driften med en hand automatiskt genomför spänning, friktionssvetsning och klippning effektivt. Pallbandaren har en förprogrammerad touch panel med en digital signal som passar för olika behov vid drift instinktivt. Ett speciellt verktyg försäkrar ett mjukt och enkelt borttagande av verktyget. En unik design på den bakmonterade rollern motverkar repor och andra skador på den paketerade produkten. Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget är också designad att leverera en höggradig friktionssvetsning åt tätningarna. Användaren kan justera bandens bredd och den är utrustad med reservdelar som går att byta ut på egen hand. Service är tillgänglig i Europa och den har en 12 månaders garanti. SMART & LÄTT - batteridrivet bandningsverktyg Pallbandaren Messersi 12-16mm används brett inom en rad olika industrier och lagerfastigheter. Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget är ett av det säkraste och mest trubbel-fria sätten att paketera en pall. Den är enkel att justera och hantera. Balansen behålls perfekt, både i vertikal och horisontell position. Den borstlösa motorn drivs av ett litiumjonbatteri av senaste modell. Med ett batteridrivet bandningsverktyg kommer du kunna öka hastigheten och automatisera verksamheten för paketering. Verktygets storlek är 330 x 150 x 130 mm (L x B x H) och viken är 3,4 kg med batteri. Bandningsmaskinen för plastband är automatisk, ergonomisk och kan användas i vertikal samt horisontell position. Den är designad för band med bredder från 12-16 mm och som är 0,65-1,0mm tjocka. Batteriet (14.8 V /2.0 Ett litiumjonbatteri enligt UN 38.3 säkerhetskrav) och laddaren är inkluderat i paketet med MB620 PET/PP batteridrivna bandningsverktyg. Ett fulladdat batteri kan utföra maximalt 400 cykler beroende på bandets valda spänning och tätningstid. Litiumjonbatteriets livslängd är upp till 2000 laddningar om erforderliga laddning och urladdnings-vanor behålls. Tätningstiden kan ändras från 0,3 - 2,7 sekunder. Specifikationer av det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget: Användning: Messersi MB620 batteridrivna bandningsverktyg 12-16mm för PET och PP band med Batteri & Laddare Storlek på verktyget: 330x150x130 mm Vikt: 3,4 Kg (inklusive batteri) Funktioner: Helautomatiskt batteridrivet bandningsverktyg. Säker och vänlig att driva. Pålitlig och prisvärd. Kan användas i vertikal och horisontell position. Snabb laddning. Enkel att använda och lätt tyngd (3,7 kg inklusive batteri). Kan användas med PP eller PET band. Eliminerar all användning av metalltätningar. Bandens bredd: från 12-16mm Bandens tjocklek: 0,65 - 1,0 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätning: höggradig friktionssvetsning ger en bra tätning, vibrationssvetsning (upphettas med hjälp av friktionen som skapas) Maximal Spänningskraft: Maximal Spänning: från 10 N - 2500 N Batteri: Batteri 14,8 V /2,0 A Litiumjonbatteri som möter kraven från UN28.3 Laddare: 220V Laddtid: 15-30 minuter - upp till 400 bandningar   Hur man använder det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget: Placera banden runt produkten som ska paketeras och hitta två ändar. En anställd inför sedan ändarna mellan basen och spänningsrullen av verktyget. Beroende på produkten kan du välja mellan automatiskt, halvautomatiskt eller "mjukt" läge för ömtåligt gods. I den halvautomatiska versionen måste användaren trycka på en knapp för att spänna banden tills den valda spänningen nås. Helautomatisk klämning, tätning och klippning med endast en knapp. En liten ljudsignal indikerar åt användaren kan ta bort verktyget från produkten. Den ergonomiska och tåliga designen på denna pallbandare maximerar komforten för användaren. Den är utrustad med ett speciellt verktyg som gör den mycket lätt att ta bort och den unika designen på den bakmonterade rollern motverkar skador och repor på objektet som bandas. Tack vare den självjusterande bandet är det mycket enkelt att byta ut slitdelar. Ett enda tryck med tummen driver verktyget, men spänning, tätning och klippning som sköts med en och samma startknapp. Tätningstiden kan justeras för individuella inställningar och olika typer av band samt deras kvalitet för att garantera en hög effektivitet. Spänningen ka...]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/messersi-mb620-batteridrivet-bandningsverktyg-16-19m-pet-pp-band/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-new-price.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB620-12-16mm-PET-PP-price-new-high-quality.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2160 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1920 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>messersi</g:brand><g:mpn>110100</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110110</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[MB820 Batteridriven plastbandare 16-19mm PET/PP band inklusive Batteri &amp; Laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[MB820 Batteridriven plastbandare 16-19mm för PET och PP band med Batteri & Laddare Den batteridrivna plastbandaren MB820 kan användas med polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) remmar med bredden 16 till 19mm. Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget kan användas med högerhanden och går att anpassa. Bandens spänning kan ändras från 40 N till 4000 N. MB820 batteridriven plastbandare PP/PET kommer med ett batteri och en laddare så paketeringen behöver inte vänta en sekund efter leverans. Det moderna batteridrivna bandningsverktyget MB820 kan användas för processer med PP och PET remmar i alla typer av industrier. Verktyget använder senaste teknologin inom bandning. En borstlös motor designas för att erbjuda en extremt lång livscykel. Nya gripband bidrar till en hög spänningskraft som tolererar olika kvaliteter på banden. Användningen med en hand genomför automatisk spänning, friktionssvetsning och effektiv klippning. Den batteridrivna plastbandaren har en förprogrammerad touch panel som digitalt signalerar olika inställningar instinktivt. Ett speciellt verktyg för att ta bort maskinen försäkrar en enkel och jämn borttagning. En unik bakmonterad roller är designad att inte låta repor eller annat skada föremålet som bandas. Slitdelar kan ersättas av användaren. Service finns i Europa och den har en 12 månaders garanti. SMART & ENKEL – batteridriven plastbandare Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget MB820 16-19mm går att hitta när den används i en rad olika industrier och lagerlokaler. Det är bland de lättaste och säkraste sätten att förpacka en pall. Den är mycket lätt att justera och driva. Då en optimal balans alltid kan behållas kan den användas både för vertikal och horisontell bandning. En borstlös motor matas med den senaste teknologin inom litiumjonbatteri. Med detta batteridrivna bandningsverktyg kan du automatiskt öka hastigheten på paketeringens uppgifter. Verktygets storlek är 330 x 150 x 130 mm (L x B x H) och vikten är 3,4 kg med batteriet. Den batteridrivna plastbandaren är automatisk, ergonomisk och kan drivas vertikalt eller horisontellt. Den är designad att fungera för remmar med bredden 16-19mm och tjockleken 0,7 – 1,27 mm. Batteriet (14.8 V /2.0 A Litiumjonbatteri som möter säkerhetskraven från UN38.3) och laddaren medförs i paketet med MB820 PET/PP batteridrivna plastbandare. När den är fulladdad kan batteriet erbjuda max 400 cykler, där spänningen och tätningstiden är beroende faktorer.I litiumjonbatteriets totala liv kan den genomföra 2000 laddningar om den sköts på rätt sätt med laddning och urladdning. Specifikationer av en batteridriven plastbandare: Användning: MB820 batteridrivna plastbandare 16-19mm för PET och PP remmar med Batteri & Laddare Verktygets storlek: 330x150x130 mm Vikt: 3,4 Kg (med batteri) Funktioner: Automatiskt batteridrivet bandningsverktyg. Säker och vänlig att driva. Hållbar och prisvärd. Vertikal och horisontell position är möjlig. Kort laddtid. Enkel att driva och lätt (3,7 kg inklusive batteri). Kan användas med PP eller PET bandning. Eliminerar all metallklämmor-användning. Bandens bredd: från 16-19mm Bandens tjocklek: 0,7 - 1,27 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP remmar Tätning: Höggradig tätning tack vare en bra friktionssvetsning, vibrationssvetsning (uppvärmning med friktion) Maximala spänningskraften: Maximal spänning: från 40 N - 4000 N Batteri: Batteri 14,8 V /2,0 A litiumjonbatteri som möter UN28.3 krav. Laddare: 220V Laddtid: 15-30 minuter - upp till 400 bandningar   Hur man använder en batteridriven plastbandare: Placera banden runt produkten som ska bandas och matcha två ändar. Användaren kommer sedan föra in ändarna mellan basen och rollern för spänning på verktyget. Automatiskt, halvautomatiskt och "mjukt" läge kan väljas för ömtåliga varor. I det halvautomatiska läget kommer användaren hålla inne en knapp för att öka spänningen på banden tills en lagom nivå uppnås. Helautomatisk klämning, svetsning och klippning med endast ett knapptryck. En försiktig ljudsignal indikerar att användaren kan ta bort verktyget. Den ergonomiska och tåliga designen maximerar användarkomforten på denna batteridrivna plastbandare. Utrustad med ett speciellt verktyg kan en enkel borttagning garanteras och den unika bakmonterade roller designen är gjord för att motverka repor och andra skador på objektet som bandas. Tack vare ett självjusterande band är det enkelt att själv byta ut slitdelar. Ett tumtryck av användaren så utförs spänning, tätning och klippning. Justerbar tätningstid för individuella inställningar på olika bands typer och kvaliteter kan väljas för att garantera en hög effektivitet. Spänningens kraft väljs med ett vrid på en knapp. Detta försäkrar en ultimat säkerhet på lasten. 14,4 V litiumjonbatteri med upp till 15 till 30 minuters laddtid medförs. Batteriet håller i 400 tätningar. Service finns i EU. Bandningsverktyget har ett års garanti.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/mb820-batteridriven-plastbandare-pet-pp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB820-16-19mm-PET-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB820-16-19mm-PET-PP-quality-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB820-16-19mm-PET-PP-quality-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-MB820-16-19mm-PET-PP-new-quality-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2180 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>2095 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>messersi</g:brand><g:mpn>110110</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.4 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110070</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[GT ONE 10-16mm Bandspännare för PET/PP band med Batteri &amp; Laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[GT ONE 10-16mm Bandspännare för PET/PP band med Batteri & Laddare Bandspännaren GT ONE är mycket finjusterbar och passar för 10-16 mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) band. Det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget är designad att användas med högerhanden. Spänningens kraft är justerbar och kan sättas till 2750 N. Med denna bandspännare tillkommer ett batteri och en laddare så du kan börja paketera i tidigaste skede. Tack vare manöverbarheten och enkelheten vid drift kan du både vertikalt och horisontellt använda verktyget optimalt. En tätning med höggradig friktionssvetsning levereras av det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget. Den servas i EU och har 12 månaders garanti. Bandspännaren GT-ONE 10-16 mm hittas ofta i alla typer av industrier och lagerlokaler. Det är ett av de lättaste och säkraste sätten att spänna plastband runt en pall. GT ONEs batteridrivna bandningsverktyg med justerbara driftlägen är kan ändras enligt det som krävs för utförandet. Den kan vara automatisk, halvautomatisk, manuell eller mjuk. Cykeln av bandningen genomförs med ett enda tryck på en knapp (i automatiskt eller halvautomatiskt läge). Den är mycket lätt att justera in och använda. Den är dessutom optimalt balanserad och relativt lätt till vikten. Den borstlösa motorn matas med spänning från det senaste litiumjonbatteriet. Automation och en ökad hastighet på paketeringens verksamhet är möjlig med det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget. Användning: Bandspännaren GT ONE 10-16mm för alla typer av industrier och lagerlokaler Verktygets storlek: L320mm × B100mm × H160mm Vikt: 3,7 Kg (med batteri inkluderat) Funktioner: Enknappsdrift i automatiskt läge. Ergonomisk – optimalt balanserad i alla riktningar. Kvalitativ Bosch Borstlös Motor. Horisontell och vertikal position kan användas. Drivs av ett litiumjonbatteri av senaste generationen. Enkel och lätt till vikten (3,7 kg inklusive batteri). Kan användas med PP eller PET band. Eliminerar användningen av metallklämmor helt och hållet. Bandens bredd: från 10-16mm Bandens tjocklek: 0,5 – 1,1 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP band Tätning: friktionssvetsning ger en höggradig tätning, vibrationssvetsning (upphettas på grunden av friktion) Maximal spänningskraft: Max Spänning: 2750 N / Mjukt Läge: 500 N Batteri: Batteri Akku Power SP2 14.4 Vdc – 3.0 Ah Litiumjon Laddare: 220 V Laddtid: 30 minuter – 200/400 bandningar Hur använder man bandspännaren GT-ONE? Placera bandet runt produkten och hitta två ändar. Användaren kommer föra in ändarna mellan basen och spänningsrollern av det batteridrivna bandningsverktyget. Du kan välja mellan automatisk, halvautomatisk och "mjukt" läge för ömtåliga produkter beroende på hur du ska använda verktyget. I den halvautomatiska versionen måste användaren trycka en knapp tills spänningen av banden når den önskade nivån. Genom att trycka endast en knapp kommer spänning automatisk påbörjas, och verktyget kommer även genomföra svetsning och klippning av banden. En diskret ljudsignal indikerar att användaren kan ta bort verktyget från paketet. Designen av bandspännaren är ergonomisk och tuff, vilket hjälper till att maximera användarens komfort. Enhandsanvändninen gör verktyget enkel att använda och mycket flexibel. Ett enda tryck av en knapp driver verktyget, med spänning, tätning och klippning bunden till samma startknapp. En justerbar tätningshastighet tillåter individuella inställningar för olika typer av band samt kvalitet, vilket garanterar hög effektivitet oavsett miljö. Denna justering kan enkelt göras med en knapp. En idealisk last-säkerhet kräver den rätta spänningen. 14,4 V litiumjonbatteri med laddtiden 90 minuter kommer med verktyget, och en laddning räcker för upp till 400 tätningar. Bandspännaren är byggd för att hålla och kommer motstå all användning inom fabriker och lagerlokaler. Den servas i EU och har 12 månaders garanti.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/gt-one-10-16mm-bandspannare-pet-pp/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price-new.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-new.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-charger.png</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-banding-tool-GT-ONE-10-16mm-PET-PP-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>2200 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1939 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:brand>siat-maillis</g:brand><g:mpn>110070</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>3.7 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>1470</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365,2481,2556</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item><item><g:id>110050</g:id><g:title><![CDATA[TES Plus 16-19mm Plastbandare PET/PP band inklusive 2 Batterier &amp; Laddare]]></g:title><g:description><![CDATA[TES Plus 16-19mm Plastbandare PET/PP remmar inklusive 2 Batterier & Laddare Bandsträckaren för plastband TES Plus 16-19mm är hållbar, billig, lätt och kraftfull att ha i sin omgivning. Designen är gjord så den ska användas med en hand, plastbandaren är också mycket anpassningsbar och kan passa 16-19 mm breda polyester (PET) eller polypropylen (PP) band. Spänningskraften är justerbar och kan väljas i intervallet 60 till 4000 N. Verktyget levererar också genom sin design en höggradig tätning av friktionssvetsning som har en genomsnittlig styrka av 75%. Bandsträckaren för plastband kommer med 2 batterier och en laddare så paketering kan påbörjas omedelbart. Det tillagda 12 volts batteriet tillåter kontinuerligt arbete när ena laddas, inget driftstopp alltså. Horisontell och vertikal bandning går att utföra då manöverbarheten och enkelheten finns där. Vad är priset på en plastbandare? Bandsträckaren för plastband TES Plus är ett utav de billigaste alternativen som finns. Priset kommer dock inte reflektera kvaliteten. Trots sitt låga pris är verktyget gjord av högkvalitativa hårdplaster och utför den senaste teknologin inom svetsning. Den har också en digital display och kommer med två batterier. Vart ska plastbandaren användas? Plastbandaren TES Plus 16-19mm används mycket för arbeten i industrier som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metall. Bandsträckaren för plastband TES Plus har en lätt kropp som är enkel att hantera. Verktyget använder inte fästdon utan istället friktionssvetsning. Plastbandaren är mycket kraftull. Med bandsträckaren för plastband kan du öka hastigheten och till och med automatisera verksamheten inom paketering. TES Plus har en hög grad av automation som är lätthanterlig och förståbar. Plastbandaren är gjord av starka legeringsmaterialer och teknikplast som håller bra för användning. Bandsträckaren för plastband används för olika stora paket. Specification of battery banding tool TES Plus: Användning: Plastbandaren TES Plus 16-19mm används mycket för arbeten i industrier som papper, aluminium, textil, stål, logistik, jordbruk, kemi och metall. Verktygets storlek: 350 x 135 x 170 mm vikt: 4,3 kg Funktioner: 1. Enkel att hantera tack vare en lätt konstruktion. 2. Gränssnittet är kraftfullt då friktionssvetsning utnyttjas utan fästdon. 3. Mycket automation som är enkel att hantera och förståbar. 4. Går att flytta till olika positioner och för olika storlekar på paket. 5. Legeringsmaterial och teknikplast är hållbara och bygger upp konstruktionen. 6. Hög säkerhetsprestanda. Bandets bredd: från 16 till 19 mm Bandens tjocklek: 0.5 - 1,2 mm Tillåtna band: PET och PP remmar Tätning: frikttionssvetsning med hög kvalitet Maximal spänningskraft: 60-4000 N Batteri: Två batterier per set ( 14.8V-4000mAh 59.2Wh ) Laddare: 110 - 240V - 50-60Hz   Likström 12.6V=4,0Ah Laddtid: 90 minuter - 150 och 220 tätningar   Hur fungerar plastbandaren? Den ergonomiska och tuffa designen av plastbandaren maximerar användarens komfort. Flexibiliteten säkras med enhandsanvändningen. Ett enda tryck med tummen kommer hantera hela verktyget med spänning, tätning och klippning på en och samma knapp. Individuella inställningar för olika typer av kvaliteter och band garanterar en hög effektivitet då plastbandaren har justerbar tätningstid. Detta går enkelt att göra med ett vrid av en knapp och försäkrar en ideal säkerhet för lasten. Komplett med ett 14,4V litiumjonbatteri med 90 minuters laddtid. Batteriet kan hålla för 220 tätningar. Användning i fabriker och lagerlokaler är vad denna maskin är gjord att hålla för. Platbandaren har 12 månaders garanti.]]></g:description><g:link>https://bandmaskiner.se/produkt/tes-plus-16-19mm-plastbandare-for-pet-och-pp-band/</g:link><g:image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-TES-Plus-16-19mm-PET-PP.jpg</g:image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-TES-Plus-16-19mm-PET-PP-price.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/baterijskispenjalci.si-baterijski-spenjalec-PET-trak-TES-Plus-16-19mm-poceni.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:additional_image_link>https://bandmaskiner.se/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/batterystrapping.com-battery-strapping-tool-TES-Plus-16-19mm-PET-PP-cheap.jpg</g:additional_image_link><g:availability>in stock</g:availability><g:price>1600 EUR</g:price><g:sale_price>1299 EUR</g:sale_price><g:condition>new</g:condition><g:mpn>110050</g:mpn><g:shipping_weight>4.5 kg</g:shipping_weight><g:content_language>sv</g:content_language><g:google_product_category>6987</g:google_product_category><g:wooocomerce_product_category>365</g:wooocomerce_product_category><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id>365</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_id><g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name>Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:wooocomerce_primary_category_name><g:product_type>Bandningsverktyg &gt; Batteridrivet bandningsverktyg</g:product_type></item></channel></rss>
